Brocade Communications Systems Layer 3 Routing Configuration Icx 6650 Users Manual Guide, 07.5.00
Layer 3 Routing Configuration ICX 6650 ICX6650_07500_Routing_ConfigGuide1400511787577
ICX 6650 to the manual dd31140e-6548-4aa2-b5f8-280f4c9e874b
2015-02-02
: Brocade-Communications-Systems Brocade-Communications-Systems-Layer-3-Routing-Configuration-Icx-6650-Users-Manual-485204 brocade-communications-systems-layer-3-routing-configuration-icx-6650-users-manual-485204 brocade-communications-systems pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 494
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
53-1002603-01
28 September 2012
Brocade ICX 6650
Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
Supporting FastIron Software Release 07.5.00
®
Copyright © 2012 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Brocade, Brocade Assurance, the B-wing symbol, BigIron, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, MLX, NetIron, SAN Health, ServerIron,
TurboIron, VCS, and VDX are registered trademarks, and AnyIO, Brocade One, CloudPlex, Effortless Networking, ICX, NET Health,
OpenScript, and The Effortless Network are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in
other countries. Other brands, products, or service names mentioned may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning
any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to
this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes
features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability.
Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government.
The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. shall have no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with
respect to any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained in this book or the computer programs that
accompany it.
The product described by this document may contain “open source” software covered by the GNU General Public License or other
open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing
terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit
http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd.
Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated
Corporate and Latin American Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
130 Holger Way
San Jose, CA 95134
Tel: 1-408-333-8000
Fax: 1-408-333-8101
E-mail: info@brocade.com
Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd.
No. 1 Guanghua Road
Chao Yang District
Units 2718 and 2818
Beijing 100020, China
Tel: +8610 6588 8888
Fax: +8610 6588 9999
E-mail: china-info@brocade.com
European Headquarters
Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl
Centre Swissair
Tour B - 4ème étage
29, Route de l'Aéroport
Case Postale 105
CH-1215 Genève 15
Switzerland
Tel: +41 22 799 5640
Fax: +41 22 799 5641
E-mail: emea-info@brocade.com
Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen WFOE)
Citic Plaza
No. 233 Tian He Road North
Unit 1308 – 13th Floor
Guangzhou, China
Tel: +8620 3891 2000
Fax: +8620 3891 2111
E-mail: china-info@brocade.com
Document History
Title
Publication number
Summary of changes
Date
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Release 07.4.00 document
updated with
enhancements in Release
07.5.00
September 2012
Contents
About This Document
Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Brocade ICX 6650 slot and port numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Command syntax conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Notes, cautions, and warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Brocade resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Other industry resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Getting technical help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi
Chapter 1
IP Configuration
Basic IP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
IP configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Full Layer 3 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
IP interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
IP packet flow through a Layer 3 Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
IP route exchange protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
IP multicast protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
IP interface redundancy protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ACLs and IP access policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . 11
When parameter changes take effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
IP global parameters – Layer 3 Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
IP interface parameters – Layer 3 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 2 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . 17
IP global parameters – Layer 2 Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Interface IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
iii
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Configuring IP addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Configuring 31-bit subnet masks on
point-to-point networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Configuring DNS resolver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Configuring packet parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Changing the router ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Specifying a single source interface for specified
packet types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ARP parameter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Configuring forwarding parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Disabling ICMP messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Disabling ICMP redirect messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Static routes configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Configuring a default network route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Configuring IP load sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ICMP Router Discovery Protocol configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
IRDP parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol configuration . . . . . . . . . 61
Configuring UDP broadcast and IP helper parameters . . . . . . . 62
BootP and DHCP relay parameter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
DHCP Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Displaying DHCP Server information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration and flash
image update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Configuring the management IP address and specifying
the default gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Configuring Domain Name Server resolver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Changing the TTL threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DHCP Assist configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
IPv4 GRE tunnel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
GRE packet structure and header format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD) support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Configuration considerations for PMTUD support . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Support for IPv4 multicast routing over GRE tunnels . . . . . . . . 97
GRE support with other features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Configuration considerations for GRE IP tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Configuration tasks for GRE tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Point-to-point GRE tunnel configuration example . . . . . . . . . . 107
Displaying GRE tunneling information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Clearing GRE statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics . . . . . . . . . .113
Changing the network mask display to prefix format . . . . . . .113
Displaying IP information – Layer 3 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Displaying IP information – Layer 2 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
iv
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter 2
Base Layer 3 and Routing Protocols
Adding a static IP route. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Adding a static ARP entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Modifying and displaying Layer 3 system parameter limits . . . . . .134
Layer 3 configuration notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Displaying Layer 3 system parameter limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Configuring RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Enabling RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Enabling redistribution of IP static routes into RIP . . . . . . . . .136
Configuring a redistribution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Enabling redistribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Enabling learning of default routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Changing the route loop prevention method . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Other Layer 3 protocols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Enabling or disabling routing protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Enabling or disabling Layer 2 switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Configuration notes and feature limitations for
Layer 2 switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Command syntax for Layer 2 switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Chapter 3
RIP (IPv4)
RIP overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
RIP parameters and defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
RIP global parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
RIP interface parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
RIP parameter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Enabling RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Enabling ECMP for routes in RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Configuring metric parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Changing the administrative distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Configuring redistribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Route learning and advertising parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Denying route advertisements for connected routes . . . . . . .150
Changing the route loop prevention method . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Suppressing RIP route advertisement on a VRRP or
VRRP-E backup interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Configuring RIP route filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Displaying RIP filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Displaying CPU utilization statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Chapter 4
RIP (IPv6)
RIPng overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Summary of configuration tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
RIPng configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Enabling RIPng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
v
RIPng timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Updating RIPng timers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Route learning and advertising parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Configuring default route learning and advertising . . . . . . . . .160
Advertising IPv6 address summaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Changing the metric of routes learned and
advertised on an interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Redistributing routes into RIPng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Controlling distribution of routes through RIPng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Configuring poison reverse parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Clearing RIPng routes from the IPv6 route table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Displaying the RIPng configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Displaying RIPng routing table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Chapter 5
OSPF version 2 (IPv4)
OSPF overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
OSPF point-to-point links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Designated routers in multi-access networks . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
Designated router election in multi-access networks . . . . . . .170
OSPF RFC 1583 and 2178 compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Reduction of equivalent AS External LSAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Support for OSPF RFC 2328 Appendix E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Dynamic OSPF activation and configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Dynamic OSPF memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
OSPF graceful restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Configuring OSPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
OSPF configuration rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
OSPF parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Enabling OSPF on the router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Assigning OSPF areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Assigning an area range (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Assigning interfaces to an area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Modifying interface defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Changing the timer for OSPF authentication changes . . . . . .186
Block flooding of outbound LSAs on specific
OSPF interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Configuring an OSPF non-broadcast interface. . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Assigning virtual links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Modifying virtual link parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Changing the reference bandwidth for the cost
on OSPF interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Defining redistribution filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
Preventing specific OSPF routes from being installed
in the IP route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
Modifying the default metric for redistribution . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Enabling route redistribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Disabling or re-enabling load sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
Configuring external route summarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
vi
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring default route origination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
Modifying SPF timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
Modifying the redistribution metric type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Administrative distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Configuring OSPF group Link State Advertisement pacing . . .208
Modifying OSPF traps generated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Specifying the types of OSPF Syslog messages to log . . . . . .209
Modifying the OSPF standard compliance setting. . . . . . . . . .210
Modifying the exit overflow interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
Configuring an OSPF point-to-point link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Configuring OSPF graceful restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Clearing OSPF information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Clearing OSPF neighbor information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Clearing OSPF topology information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Clearing redistributed routes from the OSPF routing table . . .213
Clearing information for OSPF areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Displaying OSPF information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Displaying general OSPF configuration information . . . . . . . .214
Displaying CPU utilization statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Displaying OSPF area information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
Displaying OSPF neighbor information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Displaying OSPF interface information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Displaying OSPF route information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
Displaying OSPF external link state information . . . . . . . . . . .222
Displaying OSPF link state information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Displaying the data in an LSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Displaying OSPF virtual neighbor information . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Displaying OSPF virtual link information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Displaying OSPF ABR and ASBR information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Displaying OSPF trap status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Displaying OSPF graceful restart information . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
Chapter 6
OSPF version 3 (IPv6)
OSPF (IPv6) overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Differences between OSPF V2 and OSPF V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Link state advertisement types for OSPF V3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
OSPF V3 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Enabling OSPF V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Assigning OSPF V3 areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Assigning interfaces to an area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
Configuring virtual links. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
Changing the reference bandwidth for the cost on
OSPF V3 interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Redistributing routes into OSPF V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
External route summarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Filtering OSPF V3 routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Default route origination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
Shortest path first timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
Administrative distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
vii
Configuring the OSPF V3 LSA pacing interval . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Modifying exit overflow interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Modifying external link state database limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Modifying OSPF V3 interface defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
Disabling or re-enabling event logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
IPsec for OSPF V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
IPsec for OSPF V3 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Displaying OSPF V3 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
Displaying OSPF V3 area information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Displaying OSPF V3 database information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
Displaying OSPF V3 interface information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Displaying OSPF V3 memory usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
Displaying OSPF V3 neighbor information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Displaying routes redistributed into OSPF V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
Displaying OSPF V3 route information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Displaying OSPF V3 SPF information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Displaying IPv6 OSPF virtual link information . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
Displaying OSPF V3 virtual neighbor information . . . . . . . . . .273
IPsec examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Chapter 7
BGP (IPv4)
BGP4 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
Relationship between the BGP4 route table and
the IP route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
How BGP4 selects a path for a route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
BGP4 message types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
BGP4 graceful restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Basic configuration and activation for BGP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Note regarding disabling BGP4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
BGP4 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
BGP4 parameter changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
Enabling BGP4 on the router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
Changing the router ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
Setting the local AS number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
Adding a loopback interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
Adding BGP4 neighbors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
Adding a BGP4 peer group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
Changing the Keep Alive Time and Hold Time . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
Changing the BGP4 next-hop update timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
Enabling fast external fallover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Changing the maximum number of paths for
BGP4 load sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Customizing BGP4 load sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Specifying a list of networks to advertise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Changing the default local preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
Using the IP default route as a valid next hop for
a BGP4 route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
viii
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Advertising the default route. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Changing the default MED (Metric) used for
route redistribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Enabling next-hop recursion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Changing administrative distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Requiring the first AS to be the neighbor AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Disabling or re-enabling comparison of the
AS-Path length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Enabling or disabling comparison of the router IDs . . . . . . . .315
Configuring the Layer 3 switch to always compare
Multi-Exit Discriminators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Treating missing MEDs as the worst MEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Route reflection parameter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Configuration notes for BGP4 autonomous systems . . . . . . .320
Aggregating routes advertised to BGP4 neighbors . . . . . . . . .323
Configuring BGP4 graceful restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
Configuring timers for BGP4 graceful restart (optional) . . . . .324
BGP null0 routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
Configuration steps for BGP null0 routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
Configuration examples for BGP null0 routing. . . . . . . . . . . . .327
Show commands for BGP null0 routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
Modifying redistribution parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
Redistributing connected routes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
Redistributing RIP routes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Redistributing OSPF external routes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Redistributing static routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
Disabling or re-enabling re-advertisement of all learned
BGP4 routes to all BGP4 neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
Redistributing IBGP routes into RIP and OSPF. . . . . . . . . . . . .332
Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
Specific IP address filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
AS-path filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
BGP4 filtering communities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Defining IP prefix lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Defining neighbor distribute lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
Defining route maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
Using a table map to set the tag value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
Configuring cooperative BGP4 route filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Route flap dampening configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
Globally configuring route flap dampening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
Using a route map to configure route flap dampening
for specific routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
Using a route map to configure route flap dampening for
a specific neighbor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
Removing route dampening from a route. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Removing route dampening from neighbor routes
suppressed due to aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Displaying and clearing route flap dampening statistics . . . .359
Generating traps for BGP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
ix
Displaying BGP4 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
Displaying summary BGP4 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
Displaying the active BGP4 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
Displaying CPU utilization statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
Displaying summary neighbor information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
Displaying BGP4 neighbor information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
Displaying peer group information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
Displaying summary route information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
Displaying the BGP4 route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
Displaying BGP4 route-attribute entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
Displaying the routes BGP4 has placed in the
IP route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
Displaying route flap dampening statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Displaying the active route map configuration . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Displaying BGP4 graceful restart neighbor information . . . . .390
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session . . .390
Using soft reconfiguration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
Dynamically requesting a route refresh from
a BGP4 neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
Closing or resetting a neighbor session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
Clearing and resetting BGP4 routes in the IP route table . . . .397
Clearing traffic counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
Clearing route flap dampening statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398
Removing route flap dampening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398
Clearing diagnostic buffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
Chapter 8
IPv6
Static IPv6 route configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
Configuring a static IPv6 route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnel configuration notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
Configuring a manual IPv6 tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
Clearing IPv6 tunnel statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
Displaying IPv6 tunnel information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
ECMP load sharing for IPv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408
Disabling or re-enabling ECMP load sharing for IPv6 . . . . . . .409
Changing the maximum load sharing paths for IPv6 . . . . . . .409
Enabling support for network-based ECMP
load sharing for IPv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
Displaying ECMP load-sharing information for IPv6 . . . . . . . .409
Chapter 9
VRRP and VRRP-E
VRRP and VRRP-E overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
VRRP overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
VRRP-E overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
ARP behavior with VRRP-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
x
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Comparison of VRRP and VRRP-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
VRRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
VRRP-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
Architectural differences between VRRP and VRRP-E. . . . . . .421
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
Note regarding disabling VRRP or VRRP-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
Basic VRRP parameter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
Configuration rules for VRRP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
Configuring the Owner for IPv4 VRRP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
Configuring the Owner for IPv6 VRRP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
Configuring a Backup for IPv4 VRRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
Configuring a Backup for IPv6 VRRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
Configuration considerations for IPv6 VRRP v3 and
IPv6 VRRP-E v3 support on Brocade devices . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
Basic VRRP-E parameter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Configuration rules for VRRP-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Configuring IPv4 VRRP-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Configuring IPv6 VRRP-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration . . . . . . . . .432
VRRP and VRRP-E authentication types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
VRRP router type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
Suppression of RIP advertisements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
Hello interval configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
Dead interval configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
Backup Hello message state and interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
Track port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
Track priority configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
Backup preempt configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440
Changing the timer scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440
VRRP-E slow start timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
VRRP-E Extension for Server Virtualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
Forcing a Master router to abdicate to a Backup router. . . . . . . . .445
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
Displaying summary information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
Displaying detailed information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
Displaying statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
Clearing VRRP or VRRP-E statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
Displaying CPU utilization statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information for IPv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
Displaying detailed information for IPv6 VRRP v3 and
IPv6 VRRP-E v3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
Configuration examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
VRRP example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
VRRP-E example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461
Index
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
xi
xii
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
About This Document
The Brocade ICX 6650 is a ToR (Top of Rack) Ethernet switch for campus LAN and classic Ethernet
data center environments.
Audience
This document is designed for system administrators with a working knowledge of Layer 2 and
Layer 3 switching and routing.
If you are using a Brocade Layer 3 Switch, you should be familiar with the following protocols if
applicable to your network: IP, RIP, OSPF, BGP, ISIS, PIM, and VRRP.
Supported hardware and software
This document is specific to the Brocade ICX 6650 running FastIron 7.5.00.
Brocade ICX 6650 slot and port numbering
Many CLI commands require users to enter port numbers as part of the command syntax, and
many show command outputs display port numbers. The port numbers are entered and displayed
in stack-unit/slot number/port number format. In all Brocade ICX 6650 inputs and outputs, the
stack-unit number is always 1.
The Brocade ICX 6650 contains the following slots and Ethernet ports:
• Slot 1 is located on the front of the ICX 6650 device and contains ports 1 through 56. Ports 1
through 32 are 10 GbE. Ports 33 through 56 are 1/10 GbE SFP+ ports. Refer to the following
figure.
Slot 1
xi
Brocade ICX 6650 slot and port numbering
• Slot 2 is located on the back of the Brocade ICX 6650 device and contains ports 1 through 3
on the top row and port 4 on the bottom row. These ports are 2x40 GbE QSFP+. Refer to the
following figure.
Slot 2
Slot 2 Slot 3
• Slot 3 is located on the back of the Brocade ICX 6650 device and contains ports 1 through 8.
These ports are 4 x 10 GbE breakout ports and require the use of a breakout cable. Refer to
the previous figure.
How this document is organized
This document is organized to help you find the information that you want as quickly and easily as
possible.
The document contains the following components:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
xii
“IP Configuration” on page 1
“Base Layer 3 and Routing Protocols” on page 133
“RIP (IPv4)” on page 141
“RIP (IPv6)” on page 157
“OSPF version 2 (IPv4)” on page 167
“OSPF version 3 (IPv6)” on page 227
“BGP (IPv4)” on page 281
“IPv6” on page 401
“VRRP and VRRP-E” on page 411
Brocade ICX 6650 slot and port numbering
Document conventions
This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this
document.
Text formatting
The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows:
bold text
Identifies command names
Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements
Identifies keywords and operands
Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI
italic text
Provides emphasis
Identifies variables
Identifies paths and Internet addresses
Identifies document titles
code text
Identifies CLI output
Identifies command syntax examples
For readability, command names in the narrative portions of this guide are presented in mixed
lettercase: for example, switchShow. In actual examples, command lettercase is all lowercase.
Command syntax conventions
Command syntax in this manual follows these conventions:
command
Commands are printed in bold.
--option, option
Command options are printed in bold.
-argument, arg
Arguments.
[]
Optional elements appear in brackets.
variable
Variables are printed in italics. In the help pages, values are underlined or
enclosed in angled brackets < >.
...
Repeat the previous element, for example “member[;member...]”
value
Fixed values following arguments are printed in plain font. For example,
--show WWN
|
Boolean. Elements are exclusive. Example: --show -mode egress | ingress
Notes, cautions, and warnings
The following notices and statements are used in this manual. They are listed below in order of
increasing severity of potential hazards.
NOTE
A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a
reference to related information.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
xiii
Brocade ICX 6650 slot and port numbering
ATTENTION
An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data.
CAUTION
A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause
damage to hardware, firmware, software, or data.
DANGER
A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely
hazardous to you. Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions
or situations.
Notice to the reader
This document might contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations. These
trademarks are the properties of their respective companies and corporations.
These references are made for informational purposes only.
Corporation
Referenced Trademarks and Products
Microsoft Corporation
Windows, Windows NT, Internet Explorer
Oracle Corporation
Oracle, Java
Netscape Communications Corporation
Netscape
Mozilla Corporation
Mozilla Firefox
Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Sun, Solaris
Red Hat, Inc.
Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Maximum RPM, Linux Undercover
Related publications
The following Brocade documents supplement the information in this guide:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
xiv
Brocade ICX 6650 Release Notes
Brocade ICX 6650 Hardware Installation Guide New
Brocade ICX 6650 Administration Guide
Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Configuration Guide
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
Brocade ICX 6650 Security Configuration Guide
Brocade ICX 6650 IP Multicast Configuration Guide
Brocade ICX 6650 slot and port numbering
• Brocade ICX 6650 Diagnostic Reference
• Unified IP MIB Reference
• Ports-on-Demand Licensing for the Brocade ICX 6650
The latest versions of these guides are posted at http://www.brocade.com/ethernetproducts.
Additional information
This section lists additional Brocade and industry-specific documentation that you might find
helpful.
Brocade resources
To get up-to-the-minute information, go to http://my.brocade.com to register at no cost for a user ID
and password.
White papers, online demonstrations, and data sheets are available through the Brocade website
at:
http://www.brocade.com/products-solutions/products/index.page
For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade website:
http://www.brocade.com
Release notes are available on the MyBrocade website.
Other industry resources
For additional resource information, visit the Technical Committee T11 website. This website
provides interface standards for high-performance and mass storage applications for Fibre
Channel, storage management, and other applications:
http://www.t11.org
For information about the Fibre Channel industry, visit the Fibre Channel Industry Association
website:
http://www.fibrechannel.org
Getting technical help
To contact Technical Support, go to
http://www.brocade.com/services-support/index.page
for the latest e-mail and telephone contact information.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
xv
Brocade ICX 6650 slot and port numbering
Document feedback
Quality is our first concern at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and
completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a
topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to:
documentation@brocade.com
Provide the title and version number of the document and as much detail as possible about your
comment, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement.
xvi
Chapter
1
IP Configuration
Table 1 lists the IP features Brocade ICX 6650 devices support. These features are supported with
the full Layer 3 software image, except where explicitly noted.
TABLE 1
Supported IP features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
BootP/DHCP relay
Yes
Specifying which IP address will be
included in a DHCP/BootP reply packet
Yes
DHCP Server
Yes
DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration
Yes
DHCP Client-Based Flash image
Auto-update
Yes
DHCP assist
Yes
Equal Cost Multi Path (ECMP) load sharing Yes
IP helper
Yes
Single source address for the following
packet types:
• Telnet
• TFTP
• Syslog
• SNTP
• TACACS/TACACS+
• RADIUS
• SSH
• SNMP
Yes
IPv4 point-to-point GRE IP tunnels
Yes
Routes in hardware maximum:
Up to 7168 routes
Yes
Routing for directly connected IP subnets
Yes
Virtual Interfaces:
Up to 512 virtual interfaces
Yes
31-bit subnet mask on point-to-point
networks
Yes
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
Yes
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
(RARP)
Yes
IP follow
Yes
Proxy ARP
Yes
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
1
Basic IP configuration
TABLE 1
Supported IP features (Continued)
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
Local proxy ARP
Yes
Jumbo frames
• Up to 10,240 bytes
Yes
IP MTU (individual port setting)
Yes
Path MTU discovery
Yes
ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP)
Yes
Domain Name Server (DNS) resolver
Yes
NOTE
The terms Layer 3 Switch and router are used interchangeably in this chapter and mean the same.
Basic IP configuration
IP is enabled by default. Basic configuration consists of adding IP addresses for Layer 3 Switches,
enabling a route exchange protocol, such as the Routing Information Protocol (RIP).
If you are configuring a Layer 3 Switch, refer to “Configuring IP addresses” on page 19 to add IP
addresses, then enable and configure the route exchange protocols, as described in other chapters
of this guide.
If you are configuring a Layer 2 Switch, refer to “Configuring the management IP address and
specifying the default gateway” on page 88 to add an IP address for management access through
the network and to specify the default gateway.
The rest of this chapter describes IP and how to configure it in more detail. Use the information in
this chapter if you need to change some of the IP parameters from their default values or you want
to view configuration information or statistics.
IP configuration overview
Brocade Layer 2 Switches and Layer 3 Switches support Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) and IPv6.
IP support on Brocade Layer 2 Switches consists of basic services to support management access
and access to a default gateway.
Full Layer 3 support
IP support on Brocade full Layer 3 Switches includes all of the following, in addition to a highly
configurable implementation of basic IP services including Address Resolution Protocol (ARP),
ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP), and Reverse ARP (RARP):
• Route-only support (Global configuration level only)
• Route redistribution
2
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IP configuration overview
• Route exchange protocols:
- Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
- Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
- Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4)
• Multicast protocols:
- Internet Group Membership Protocol (IGMP)
- Protocol Independent Multicast Dense (PIM-DM)
- Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse (PIM-SM)
• Router redundancy protocols:
- Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRP-E)
- Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)
IP interfaces
NOTE
This section describes IPv4 addresses. For information about IPv6 addresses on Brocade ICX 6650
devices, refer to “IPv6 addressing overview” section in the Brocade ICX 6650 Administration Guide.
Brocade Layer 3 Switches and Layer 2 Switches allow you to configure IP addresses. On Layer 3
Switches, IP addresses are associated with individual interfaces. On Layer 2 Switches, a single IP
address serves as the management access address for the entire device.
All Brocade Layer 3 Switches and Layer 2 Switches support configuration and display of IP
addresses in classical subnet format (for example: 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0) and Classless
Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format (for example: 192.168.1.1/24). You can use either format when
configuring IP address information. IP addresses are displayed in classical subnet format by default
but you can change the display format to CIDR. Refer to “Changing the network mask display to
prefix format” on page 113.
Layer 3 Switches
Brocade Layer 3 Switches allow you to configure IP addresses on the following types of interfaces:
• Ethernet ports
• Virtual routing interfaces (used by VLANs to route among one another)
• Loopback interfaces
Each IP address on a Layer 3 Switch must be in a different subnet. You can have only one interface
that is in a given subnet. For example, you can configure IP addresses 192.168.1.1/24 and
192.168.2.1/24 on the same Layer 3 Switch, but you cannot configure 192.168.1.1/24 and
192.168.1.2/24 on the same Layer 3 Switch.
You can configure multiple IP addresses on the same interface.
The number of IP addresses you can configure on an individual interface depends on the Layer 3
Switch model. To display the maximum number of IP addresses and other system parameters you
can configure on a Layer 3 Switch, refer to “Displaying and modifying system parameter default
settings” section in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration Guide.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
3
IP configuration overview
You can use any of the IP addresses you configure on the Layer 3 Switch for Telnet, or SNMP
access.
Layer 2 Switches
You can configure an IP address on a Brocade Layer 2 Switch for management access to the Layer
2 Switch. An IP address is required for Telnet access and SNMP access.
You also can specify the default gateway for forwarding traffic to other subnets.
4
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IP configuration overview
IP packet flow through a Layer 3 Switch
Figure 1 shows how an IP packet moves through a Brocade Layer 3 Switch.
FIGURE 1
IP Packet flow through a Brocade Layer 3 Switch
Load
Balancing
Algorithm
Y
N
PBR
or
IP acc
policy
Y
Mult.
Equalcost
Paths
Lowest
Metric
N
RIP
Incoming
Port
N
Session
Table
Y
Fwding
Cache
N
IP Route
Table
Lowest
Admin.
Distance
BGP4
Y
Outgoing
Port
OSPF
ARP
Cache
Static ARP
Table
Figure 1 shows the following packet flow:
1. When the Layer 3 Switch receives an IP packet, the Layer 3 Switch checks for filters on the
receiving interface.1 If a deny filter on the interface denies the packet, the Layer 3 Switch
discards the packet and performs no further processing, except generating a Syslog entry and
SNMP message, if logging is enabled for the filter.
2. If the packet is not denied at the incoming interface, the Layer 3 Switch looks in the session
table for an entry that has the same source IP address and TCP or UDP port as the packet. If
the session table contains a matching entry, the Layer 3 Switch immediately forwards the
packet, by addressing it to the destination IP address and TCP or UDP port listed in the session
table entry and sending the packet to a queue on the outgoing ports listed in the session table.
The Layer 3 Switch selects the queue based on the Quality of Service (QoS) level associated
with the session table entry.
1.
The filter can be an Access Control List (ACL) or an IP access policy.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
5
IP configuration overview
3. If the session table does not contain an entry that matches the packet source address and TCP
or UDP port, the Layer 3 Switch looks in the IP forwarding cache for an entry that matches the
packet destination IP address. If the forwarding cache contains a matching entry, the Layer 3
Switch forwards the packet to the IP address in the entry. The Layer 3 Switch sends the packet
to a queue on the outgoing ports listed in the forwarding cache. The Layer 3 Switch selects the
queue based on the Quality of Service (QoS) level associated with the forwarding cache entry.
4. If the IP forwarding cache does not have an entry for the packet, the Layer 3 Switch checks the
IP route table for a route to the packet destination. If the IP route table has a route, the Layer 3
Switch makes an entry in the session table or the forwarding cache, and sends the route to a
queue on the outgoing ports:
• If the running-config contains an IP access policy for the packet, the software makes an
entry in the session table. The Layer 3 Switch uses the new session table entry to forward
subsequent packets from the same source to the same destination.
• If the running-config does not contain an IP access policy for the packet, the software
creates a new entry in the forwarding cache. The Layer 3 Switch uses the new cache entry
to forward subsequent packets to the same destination.
The following sections describe the IP tables and caches:
•
•
•
•
ARP cache and static ARP table
IP route table
IP forwarding cache
Layer 4 session table
The software enables you to display these tables. You also can change the capacity of the tables on
an individual basis if needed by changing the memory allocation for the table.
ARP cache and static ARP table
The ARP cache contains entries that map IP addresses to MAC addresses. Generally, the entries
are for devices that are directly attached to the Layer 3 Switch.
An exception is an ARP entry for an interface-based static IP route that goes to a destination that is
one or more router hops away. For this type of entry, the MAC address is either the destination
device MAC address or the MAC address of the router interface that answered an ARP request on
behalf of the device, using proxy ARP.
ARP cache
The ARP cache can contain dynamic (learned) entries and static (user-configured) entries. The
software places a dynamic entry in the ARP cache when the Layer 3 Switch learns a device MAC
address from an ARP request or ARP reply from the device.
The software can learn an entry when the Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch receives an ARP request
from another IP forwarding device or an ARP reply. Here is an example of a dynamic entry:
1
IP Address
10.95.6.102
MAC Address
0000.00fc.ea21
Type
Dynamic
Age
0
Port
1/1/6
Each entry contains the destination device IP address and MAC address.
6
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IP configuration overview
Static ARP table
In addition to the ARP cache, Layer 3 Switches have a static ARP table. Entries in the static ARP
table are user-configured. You can add entries to the static ARP table regardless of whether or not
the device the entry is for is connected to the Layer 3 Switch.
NOTE
Layer 3 Switches have a static ARP table. Layer 2 Switches do not.
The software places an entry from the static ARP table into the ARP cache when the entry interface
comes up.
Here is an example of a static ARP entry.
No.
1
IP Address
192.168.6.111
MAC Address
Type
0000.003b.d210 Static
Age
0
Port
1/1/1
Status
Valid
Each entry lists the information you specified when you created the entry.
Displaying ARP entries
To display ARP entries, refer to the following sections:
• “Displaying the ARP cache” on page 118 – Layer 3 Switch
• “Displaying the static ARP table” on page 120 – Layer 3 Switch only
• “Displaying ARP entries” on page 129 – Layer 2 Switch
To configure other ARP parameters, refer to the following sections:
• “ARP parameter configuration” on page 35 – Layer 3 Switch only
To increase the size of the ARP cache and static ARP table, refer to the following:
• For dynamic entries, refer to the section “Displaying and modifying system parameter default
settings” section in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration
Guide. The ip-arp parameter controls the ARP cache size.
• Static entries, “Changing the maximum number of entries the static ARP table can hold” on
page 40 (Layer 3 Switches only). The ip-static-arp parameter controls the static ARP table size.
IP route table
The IP route table contains paths to IP destinations.
NOTE
Layer 2 Switches do not have an IP route table. A Layer 2 Switch sends all packets addressed to
another subnet to the default gateway, which you specify when you configure the basic IP
information on the Layer 2 Switch.
The IP route table can receive the paths from the following sources:
•
•
•
•
•
A directly-connected destination, which means there are no router hops to the destination
A static IP route, which is a user-configured route
A route learned through RIP
A route learned through OSPF
A route learned through BGP4
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
7
IP configuration overview
The IP route table contains the best path to a destination:
• When the software receives paths from more than one of the sources listed above, the
software compares the administrative distance of each path and selects the path with the
lowest administrative distance. The administrative distance is a protocol-independent value
from 1 through 255.
• When the software receives two or more best paths from the same source and the paths have
the same metric (cost), the software can load share traffic among the paths based on
destination host or network address (based on the configuration and the Layer 3 Switch
model).
Here is an example of an entry in the IP route table.
Destination
10.1.0.0
NetMask
255.255.0.0
Gateway
10.1.1.2
Port
Cost
1/1/1
2
Type
R
Each IP route table entry contains the destination IP address and subnet mask and the IP address
of the next-hop router interface to the destination. Each entry also indicates the port attached to
the destination or the next-hop to the destination, the route IP metric (cost), and the type. The type
indicates how the IP route table received the route:
• To display the IP route table, refer to “Displaying the IP route table” on page 122 (Layer 3
Switch only).
• To configure a static IP route, refer to “Static routes configuration” on page 45 (Layer 3 Switch
only).
• To clear a route from the IP route table, refer to “Clearing IP routes” on page 124 (Layer 3
Switch only).
• To increase the size of the IP route table for learned and static routes, refer to the section
“Displaying and modifying system parameter default settings” section in the Brocade ICX 6650
Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration Guide:
-
For learned routes, modify the ip-route parameter.
For static routes, modify the ip-static-route parameter.
IP forwarding cache
The IP forwarding cache provides a fast-path mechanism for forwarding IP packets. The cache
contains entries for IP destinations. When a Brocade Layer 3 Switch has completed processing and
addressing for a packet and is ready to forward the packet, the device checks the IP forwarding
cache for an entry to the packet destination:
• If the cache contains an entry with the destination IP address, the device uses the information
in the entry to forward the packet out the ports listed in the entry. The destination IP address is
the address of the packet final destination. The port numbers are the ports through which the
destination can be reached.
• If the cache does not contain an entry and the traffic does not qualify for an entry in the
session table instead, the software can create an entry in the forwarding cache.
Each entry in the IP forwarding cache has an age timer. If the entry remains unused for ten
minutes, the software removes the entry. The age timer is not configurable.
Here is an example of an entry in the IP forwarding cache.
8
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IP configuration overview
1
IP Address
192.168.1.11
Next Hop
DIRECT
MAC
0000.0000.0000
Type
PU
Port
n/a
Vlan
Pri
0
Each IP forwarding cache entry contains the IP address of the destination, and the IP address and
MAC address of the next-hop router interface to the destination. If the destination is actually an
interface configured on the Layer 3 Switch itself, as shown here, then next-hop information
indicates this. The port through which the destination is reached is also listed, as well as the VLAN
and Layer 4 QoS priority associated with the destination if applicable.
To display the IP forwarding cache, refer to “Displaying the forwarding cache” on page 121.
NOTE
You cannot add static entries to the IP forwarding cache, although you can increase the number of
entries the cache can contain. Refer to the section “Displaying and modifying system parameter
default settings” section in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration
Guide.
Layer 4 session table
The Layer 4 session provides a fast path for forwarding packets. A session is an entry that contains
complete Layer 3 and Layer 4 information for a flow of traffic. Layer 3 information includes the
source and destination IP addresses. Layer 4 information includes the source and destination TCP
and UDP ports. For comparison, the IP forwarding cache contains the Layer 3 destination address
but does not contain the other source and destination address information of a Layer 4 session
table entry.
The Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch selects the session table instead of the IP forwarding table for
fast-path forwarding for the following features:
• Layer 4 Quality-of-Service (QoS) policies
• IP access policies
To increase the size of the session table, refer to the section “Displaying and modifying system
parameter default settings” section in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching
Configuration Guide. The ip-qos-session parameter controls the size of the session table.
IP route exchange protocols
Brocade Layer 3 Switches support the following IP route exchange protocols:
• Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
• Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
• Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4)
All these protocols provide routes to the IP route table. You can use one or more of these protocols,
in any combination. The protocols are disabled by default. For configuration information, refer to
the following:
• Chapter 3, “RIP (IPv4)”
• Chapter 5, “OSPF version 2 (IPv4)”
• Chapter 7, “BGP (IPv4)”
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
9
IP configuration overview
IP multicast protocols
Brocade Layer 3 Switches also support the following Internet Group Membership Protocol (IGMP)
based IP multicast protocols:
• Protocol Independent Multicast – Dense mode (PIM-DM)
• Protocol Independent Multicast – Sparse mode (PIM-SM)
For configuration information, refer to the Brocade ICX 6650 IP Multicast Configuration Guide. .
NOTE
Brocade Layer 2 Switches support IGMP and can forward IP multicast packets. For more information
see, Chapter 2, “IP Multicast Reduction” in the Brocade ICX 6650 IP Mulitcast Configuration Guide.
IP interface redundancy protocols
You can configure a Brocade Layer 3 Switch to back up an IP interface configured on another
Brocade Layer 3 Switch. If the link for the backed up interface becomes unavailable, the other
Layer 3 Switch can continue service for the interface. This feature is especially useful for providing
a backup to a network default gateway.
Brocade Layer 3 Switches support the following IP interface redundancy protocols:
• Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) – A standard router redundancy protocol based on
RFC 2338. You can use VRRP to configure Brocade Layer 3 Switches and third-party routers to
back up IP interfaces on other Brocade Layer 3 Switches or third-party routers.
• Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRP-E) – A Brocade extension to standard
VRRP that adds additional features and overcomes limitations in standard VRRP. You can use
VRRP-E only on Brocade Layer 3 Switches.
For configuration information, refer to the Chapter 9, “VRRP and VRRP-E”.
ACLs and IP access policies
Brocade Layer 3 Switches provide two mechanisms for filtering IP traffic:
• Access Control Lists (ACLs)
• IP access policies
Both methods allow you to filter packets based on Layer 3 and Layer 4 source and destination
information.
ACLs also provide great flexibility by providing the input to various other filtering mechanisms such
as route maps, which are used by BGP4.
IP access policies allow you to configure QoS based on sessions (Layer 4 traffic flows).
Only one of these filtering mechanisms can be enabled on a Brocade device at a time. Brocade
devices can store forwarding information for both methods of filtering in the session table.
For configuration information, see the Chapter, “Rule-Based IP ACLs” in the Brocade ICX 6650
Security Configuration Guide.
10
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches
IP is enabled by default. The following IP-based protocols are all disabled by default:
• Routing protocols:
- Routing Information Protocol (RIP) – refer to Chapter 3, “RIP (IPv4)”
- Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) – refer to Chapter 5, “OSPF version 2 (IPv4)”
- Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4) – refer to Chapter 7, “BGP (IPv4)”
• Multicast protocols:
- Internet Group Membership Protocol (IGMP)
- Protocol Independent Multicast Dense (PIM-DM)
- Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse (PIM-SM)
NOTE
For more information, see the Brocade ICX 6650 IP Mulitcast Configuration Guide.
• Router redundancy protocols:
- Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRP-E) – refer to Chapter 9, “VRRP and
VRRP-E”
-
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) – refer to Chapter 9, “VRRP and VRRP-E”
The following tables list the Layer 3 Switch IP parameters, their default values, and where to find
configuration information.
NOTE
For information about parameters in other protocols based on IP, such as RIP, OSPF, and so on, refer
to the configuration chapters for those protocols.
When parameter changes take effect
Most IP parameters described in this chapter are dynamic. They take effect immediately, as soon
as you enter the CLI command. You can verify that a dynamic change has taken effect by displaying
the running-config. To display the running-config, enter the show running-config or write terminal
command at any CLI prompt.
To save a configuration change permanently so that the change remains in effect following a
system reset or software reload, save the change to the startup-config file:
• To save configuration changes to the startup-config file, enter the write memory command
from the Privileged EXEC level of any configuration level of the CLI.
Changes to memory allocation require you to reload the software after you save the changes to the
startup-config file. When reloading the software is required to complete a configuration change
described in this chapter, the procedure that describes the configuration change includes a step
for reloading the software.
IP global parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Table 2 lists the IP global parameters for Layer 3 Switches.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
11
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches
TABLE 2
IP global parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
IP state
The Internet Protocol, version 4
Enabled
n/a
NOTE: You cannot
disable IP.
page 113
IP address and
mask notation
Format for displaying an IP address and its network
mask information. You can enable one of the
following:
• Class-based format; example: 192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
• Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format;
example: 192.168.1.1/24
Class-based
Router ID
The value that routers use to identify themselves to
other routers when exchanging route information.
OSPF and BGP4 use router IDs to identify routers.
RIP does not use the router ID.
The IP address
configured on the
lowest-numbered
loopback interface.
If no loopback interface
is configured, then the
lowest-numbered IP
address configured on
the device.
page 31
Maximum
Transmission
Unit (MTU)
The maximum length an Ethernet packet can be
without being fragmented.
1500 bytes for Ethernet
II encapsulation
1492 bytes for SNAP
encapsulation
page 28
Address
Resolution
Protocol (ARP)
A standard IP mechanism that routers use to learn
the Media Access Control (MAC) address of a device
on the network. The router sends the IP address of a
device in the ARP request and receives the device
MAC address in an ARP reply.
Enabled
page 35
ARP rate
limiting
Lets you specify a maximum number of ARP packets
the device will accept each second. If the device
receives more ARP packets than you specify, the
device drops additional ARP packets for the
remainder of the one-second interval.
Disabled
page 36
ARP age
The amount of time the device keeps a MAC address
learned through ARP in the device ARP cache. The
device resets the timer to zero each time the ARP
entry is refreshed and removes the entry if the timer
reaches the ARP age.
Ten minutes
page 37
Disabled
page 38
NOTE: Changing this
parameter
affects the
display of IP
addresses, but
you can enter
addresses in
either format
regardless of the
display setting.
NOTE: You also can change the ARP age on an
individual interface basis. Refer to Table 3
on page 15.
Proxy ARP
12
An IP mechanism a router can use to answer an ARP
request on behalf of a host, by replying with the
router own MAC address instead of the host.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches
TABLE 2
IP global parameters – Layer 3 Switches (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
Static ARP
entries
An ARP entry you place in the static ARP table. Static
entries do not age out.
No entries
page 39
Time to Live
(TTL)
The maximum number of routers (hops) through
which a packet can pass before being discarded.
Each router decreases a packet TTL by 1 before
forwarding the packet. If decreasing the TTL causes
the TTL to be 0, the router drops the packet instead
of forwarding it.
64 hops
page 41
Directed
broadcast
forwarding
A directed broadcast is a packet containing all ones
(or in some cases, all zeros) in the host portion of
the destination IP address. When a router forwards
such a broadcast, it sends a copy of the packet out
each of its enabled IP interfaces.
Disabled
page 41
page 42
NOTE: You also can enable or disable this
parameter on an individual interface basis.
Refer to Table 3 on page 15.
Directed
broadcast
mode
The packet format the router treats as a directed
broadcast. The following formats can be directed
broadcast:
• All ones in the host portion of the packet
destination address.
• All zeroes in the host portion of the packet
destination address.
All ones
Source-routed
packet
forwarding
A source-routed packet contains a list of IP
addresses through which the packet must pass to
reach its destination.
Enabled
page 41
Internet Control
Message
Protocol (ICMP)
messages
The Brocade Layer 3 Switch can send the following
types of ICMP messages:
• Echo messages (ping messages)
• Destination Unreachable messages
Enabled
page 43
ICMP Router
Discovery
Protocol (IRDP)
An IP protocol a router can use to advertise the IP
addresses of its router interfaces to directly
attached hosts. You can enable or disable the
protocol, and change the following protocol
parameters:
• Forwarding method (broadcast or multicast)
• Hold time
• Maximum advertisement interval
• Minimum advertisement interval
• Router preference level
Disabled
page 58
Enabled
page 61
NOTE: If you enable
all-zeroes
directed
broadcasts,
all-ones directed
broadcasts
remain enabled.
NOTE: You also can enable or disable IRDP and
configure the parameters on an individual
interface basis. Refer to Table 3 on page 15.
Reverse ARP
(RARP)
An IP mechanism a host can use to request an IP
address from a directly attached router when the
host boots.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
13
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches
TABLE 2
IP global parameters – Layer 3 Switches (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
Static RARP
entries
An IP address you place in the RARP table for RARP
requests from hosts.
No entries
page 62
NOTE: You must enter the RARP entries manually.
The Layer 3 Switch does not have a
mechanism for learning or dynamically
generating RARP entries.
Maximum
BootP relay
hops
The maximum number of hops away a BootP server
can be located from a router and still be used by the
router clients for network booting.
Four
page 67
Domain name
for Domain
Name Server
(DNS) resolver
A domain name (example: brocade.router.com) you
can use in place of an IP address for certain
operations such as IP pings, trace routes, and Telnet
management connections to the router.
None configured
page 25
DNS default
gateway
addresses
A list of gateways attached to the router through
None configured
which clients attached to the router can reach DNSs.
page 25
IP load sharing
A Brocade feature that enables the router to balance
traffic to a specific destination across multiple
equal-cost paths.
IP load sharing uses a hashing algorithm based on
the source IP address, destination IP address,
protocol field in the IP header, TCP, and UDP
information.
Enabled
page 55
NOTE: Load sharing is sometimes called Equal Cost
Multi Path (ECMP).
14
Maximum IP
load sharing
paths
The maximum number of equal-cost paths across
which the Layer 3 Switch is allowed to distribute
traffic.
Four
page 58
Origination of
default routes
You can enable a router to originate default routes
for the following route exchange protocols, on an
individual protocol basis:
• RIP
• OSPF
• BGP4
Disabled
page 144
page 178
page 291
Default network
route
The router uses the default network route if the IP
route table does not contain a route to the
destination and also does not contain an explicit
default route (0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 or 0.0.0.0/0).
None configured
page 54
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches
TABLE 2
IP global parameters – Layer 3 Switches (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
Static route
An IP route you place in the IP route table.
No entries
page 45
Source
interface
The IP address the router uses as the source
address for Telnet, RADIUS, or TACACS/TACACS+
packets originated by the router. The router can
select the source address based on either of the
following:
• The lowest-numbered IP address on the
interface the packet is sent on.
• The lowest-numbered IP address on a specific
interface. The address is used as the source for
all packets of the specified type regardless of
interface the packet is sent on.
The lowest-numbered IP
address on the interface
the packet is sent on.
page 31
IP interface parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Table 3 lists the interface-level IP parameters for Layer 3 Switches.
TABLE 3
IP interface parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Parameter
Description
IP state
The Internet Protocol, version 4
Default
For more
information
Enabled
n/a
NOTE: You cannot
disable IP.
IP address
A Layer 3 network interface address
None configured1
page 19
NOTE: Layer 2 Switches have a single IP address
used for management access to the entire
device. Layer 3 Switches have separate IP
addresses on individual interfaces.
Encapsulation type
The format of the packets in which the router
encapsulates IP datagrams. The encapsulation
format can be one of the following:
• Ethernet II
• SNAP
Ethernet II
page 28
Maximum
Transmission Unit
(MTU)
The maximum length (number of bytes) of an
encapsulated IP datagram the router can forward.
1500 for Ethernet II
encapsulated packets
1492 for SNAP
encapsulated packets
page 30
ARP age
Locally overrides the global setting. Refer to
Table 2 on page 12.
Ten minutes
page 37
Metric
A numeric cost the router adds to RIP routes
learned on the interface. This parameter applies
only to RIP routes.
1 (one)
page 144
Directed broadcast
forwarding
Locally overrides the global setting. Refer to
Table 2 on page 12.
Disabled
page 41
ICMP Router
Discovery Protocol
(IRDP)
Locally overrides the global IRDP settings. Refer to
Table 2 on page 12.
Disabled
page 60
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
15
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 3 Switches
TABLE 3
IP interface parameters – Layer 3 Switches (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
DHCP gateway
stamp
The router can assist DHCP/BootP Discovery
packets from one subnet to reach DHCP/BootP
servers on a different subnet by placing the IP
address of the router interface that receives the
request in the request packet Gateway field.
You can override the default and specify the IP
address to use for the Gateway field in the
packets.
The lowest-numbered IP
address on the interface
that receives the
request
page 66
NOTE: UDP broadcast forwarding for client
DHCP/BootP requests (bootps) must be
enabled (this is enabled by default) and
you must configure an IP helper address
(the server IP address or a directed
broadcast to the server subnet) on the port
connected to the client.
DHCP Client-Based
Auto-Configuration
Allows the switch to obtain IP addresses from a
DHCP host automatically, for either a specified
(leased) or infinite period of time.
Enabled
page 80
DHCP Server
All FastIron devices can be configured to function
as DHCP servers.
Disabled
page 67
UDP broadcast
forwarding
The router can forward UDP broadcast packets for
UDP applications such as BootP. By forwarding the
UDP broadcasts, the router enables clients on one
subnet to find servers attached to other subnets.
The router helps forward
broadcasts for the
following UDP
application protocols:
• bootps
• dns
• netbios-dgm
• netbios-ns
• tacacs
• tftp
• time
page 63
None configured
page 64
NOTE: To completely enable a client UDP
application request to find a server on
another subnet, you must configure an IP
helper address consisting of the server IP
address or the directed broadcast address
for the subnet that contains the server. See
the next row.
IP helper address
The IP address of a UDP application server (such
as a BootP or DHCP server) or a directed broadcast
address. IP helper addresses allow the router to
forward requests for certain UDP applications from
a client on one subnet to a server on another
subnet.
1. Some devices have a factory default, used for troubleshooting during installation. For Layer 3 Switches, the
address is on module 1 port 1 (or 1/1/1).
16
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 2 Switches
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 2 Switches
IP is enabled by default. The following tables list the Layer 2 Switch IP parameters, their default
values, and where to find configuration information.
NOTE
Brocade Layer 2 Switches also provide IP multicast forwarding, which is enabled by default. For more
information about this feature, refer to the Brocade ICX 6650 IP Multicast Configuration Guide.
IP global parameters – Layer 2 Switches
Table 4 lists the IP global parameters for Layer 2 Switches.
TABLE 4
IP global parameters – Layer 2 Switches
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
IP address
and mask
notation
Format for displaying an IP address and its network
mask information. You can enable one of the
following:
• Class-based format; example: 192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
• Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format;
example: 192.168.1.1/24
Class-based
page 113
IP address
A Layer 3 network interface address
None configured1
page 88
NOTE: Changing this
parameter affects
the display of IP
addresses, but you
can enter
addresses in either
format regardless
of the display
setting.
NOTE: Layer 2 Switches have a single IP address
used for management access to the entire
device. Layer 3 Switches have separate IP
addresses on individual interfaces.
Default
gateway
The IP address of a locally attached router (or a router
attached to the Layer 2 Switch by bridges or other
Layer 2 Switches). The Layer 2 Switch and clients
attached to it use the default gateway to
communicate with devices on other subnets.
None configured
page 88
Address
Resolution
Protocol (ARP)
A standard IP mechanism that networking devices
use to learn the Media Access Control (MAC) address
of another device on the network. The Layer 2 Switch
sends the IP address of a device in the ARP request
and receives the device MAC address in an ARP reply.
Enabled
n/a
ARP age
The amount of time the device keeps a MAC address
learned through ARP in the device ARP cache. The
device resets the timer to zero each time the ARP
entry is refreshed and removes the entry if the timer
reaches the ARP age.
Ten minutes
The maximum number of routers (hops) through
which a packet can pass before being discarded.
Each router decreases a packet TTL by 1 before
forwarding the packet. If decreasing the TTL causes
the TTL to be 0, the router drops the packet instead of
forwarding it.
64 hops
Time to Live
(TTL)
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
NOTE: You cannot disable
ARP.
n/a
NOTE: You cannot change
the ARP age on
Layer 2 Switches.
page 90
17
Basic IP parameters and defaults – Layer 2 Switches
TABLE 4
IP global parameters – Layer 2 Switches (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
Domain name
for Domain
Name Server
(DNS) resolver
A domain name (example: brocade.router.com) you
can use in place of an IP address for certain
operations such as IP pings, trace routes, and Telnet
management connections to the router.
None configured
page 89
DNS default
gateway
addresses
A list of gateways attached to the router through
which clients attached to the router can reach DNSs.
None configured
page 89
Source
interface
The IP address the Layer 2 Switch uses as the source
address for Telnet, RADIUS, or TACACS/TACACS+
packets originated by the router. The Layer 2 Switch
uses its management IP address as the source
address for these packets.
The management IP
address of the Layer 2
Switch.
n/a
The device can assist DHCP/BootP Discovery packets
from one subnet to reach DHCP/BootP servers on a
different subnet by placing the IP address of the
router interface that forwards the packet in the
packet Gateway field.
You can specify up to 32 gateway lists. A gateway list
contains up to eight gateway IP addresses. You
activate DHCP assistance by associating a gateway
list with a port.
When you configure multiple IP addresses in a
gateway list, the Layer 2 Switch inserts the addresses
into the DHCP Discovery packets in a round robin
fashion.
None configured
page 94
Enabled
page 80
DHCP gateway
stamp
Allows the switch to obtain IP addresses from a DHCP
DHCP
host automatically, for either a specified (leased) or
Client-Based
Auto-Configura infinite period of time.
tion
NOTE: This parameter is
not configurable
on Layer 2
Switches.
1. Some devices have a factory default, used for troubleshooting during installation. For Layer 3 Switches, the
address is on port 1 (or 1/1/1).
18
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Interface IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
Table 5 lists the interface-level IP parameters for Layer 2 Switches.
TABLE 5
Interface IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
DHCP
gateway
stamp
You can configure a list of DHCP stamp addresses for a port.
When the port receives a DHCP/BootP Discovery packet from a
client, the port places the IP addresses in the gateway list into
the packet Gateway field.
None configured
page 94
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
The following sections describe how to configure IP parameters. Some parameters can be
configured globally while others can be configured on individual interfaces. Some parameters can
be configured globally and overridden for individual interfaces.
NOTE
This section describes how to configure IP parameters for Layer 3 Switches. For IP configuration
information for Layer 2 Switches, refer to “Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches” on
page 88.
Configuring IP addresses
You can configure an IP address on the following types of Layer 3 Switch interfaces:
• Ethernet port
• Virtual routing interface (also called a Virtual Ethernet or “VE”)
• Loopback interface
By default, you can configure up to 24 IP addresses on each interface.
You can increase this amount to up to 128 IP subnet addresses per port by increasing the size of
the ip-subnet-port table.
Refer to the section “Displaying system parameter default values” in the Brocade ICX 6650
Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration Guide.
NOTE
Once you configure a virtual routing interface on a VLAN, you cannot configure Layer 3 interface
parameters on individual ports. Instead, you must configure the parameters on the virtual routing
interface itself.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
19
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Brocade devices support both classical IP network masks (Class A, B, and C subnet masks, and so
on) and Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) network prefix masks:
• To enter a classical network mask, enter the mask in IP address format. For example, enter
“192.168.22.99 255.255.255.0” for an IP address with a Class-C subnet mask.
• To enter a prefix network mask, enter a forward slash ( / ) and the number of bits in the mask
immediately after the IP address. For example, enter “192.168.22.99/24” for an IP address
that has a network mask with 24 significant bits (ones).
By default, the CLI displays network masks in classical IP address format (example:
255.255.255.0). You can change the display to prefix format. Refer to “Changing the network mask
display to prefix format” on page 113.
Assigning an IP address to an Ethernet port
To assign an IP address to port 1/1/1, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip address 192.168.6.1 255.255.255.0
You also can enter the IP address and mask in CIDR format, as follows.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip address 192.168.6.1/24
Syntax: [no] ip address ip-addr ip-mask [ospf-ignore | ospf-passive | secondary]
or
Syntax: [no] ip address ip-addr/mask-bits [ospf-ignore | ospf-passive | secondary]
The ospf-ignore | ospf-passive parameters modify the Layer 3 Switch defaults for adjacency
formation and interface advertisement. Use one of these parameters if you are configuring multiple
IP subnet addresses on the interface but you want to prevent OSPF from running on some of the
subnets:
• ospf-passive – This option disables adjacency formation with OSPF neighbors. By default,
when OSPF is enabled on an interface, the software forms OSPF router adjacencies between
each primary IP address on the interface and the OSPF neighbor attached to the interface.
• ospf-ignore – This option disables OSPF adjacency formation and also disables advertisement
of the interface into OSPF. The subnet is completely ignored by OSPF.
NOTE
The ospf-passive option disables adjacency formation but does not disable advertisement of the
interface into OSPF. To disable advertisement in addition to disabling adjacency formation, you must
use the ospf-ignore option.
Use the secondary parameter if you have already configured an IP address within the same subnet
on the interface.
NOTE
When you configure more than one address in the same subnet, all but the first address are
secondary addresses and do not form OSPF adjacencies.
20
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
NOTE
All physical IP interfaces on Brocade Layer 3 devices share the same MAC address. For this reason,
if more than one connection is made between two devices, one of which is a Brocade Layer 3 device,
Brocade recommends the use of virtual interfaces. It is not recommended to connect two or more
physical IP interfaces between two routers.
Assigning an IP address to a loopback interface
Loopback interfaces are always up, regardless of the states of physical interfaces. They can add
stability to the network because they are not subject to route flap problems that can occur due to
unstable links between a Layer 3 Switch and other devices. You can configure up to eight loopback
interfaces on a Chassis Layer 3 Switch .
You can add up to 24 IP addresses to each loopback interface.
NOTE
If you configure the Brocade Layer 3 Switch to use a loopback interface to communicate with a BGP4
neighbor, you also must configure a loopback interface on the neighbor and configure the neighbor
to use that loopback interface to communicate with the Brocade Layer 3 Switch. Refer to “Adding a
loopback interface” on page 292.
To add a loopback interface, enter commands such as those shown in the following example.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)# exit
Brocade(config)# interface loopback 1
Brocade(config-lbif-1)# ip address 10.0.0.1/24
Syntax: interface loopback num
The num parameter specifies the virtual interface number. You can specify from 1 to the maximum
number of virtual interfaces supported on the device. To display the maximum number of virtual
interfaces supported on the device, enter the show default values command. The maximum is
listed in the System Parameters section, in the Current column of the virtual-interface row.
Refer to the syntax description in “Assigning an IP address to an Ethernet port” on page 20.
Assigning an IP address to a virtual interface
A virtual interface is a logical port associated with a Layer 3 Virtual LAN (VLAN) configured on a
Layer 3 Switch. You can configure routing parameters on the virtual interface to enable the Layer 3
Switch to route protocol traffic from one Layer 3 VLAN to the other, without using an external
router.1
You can configure IP routing interface parameters on a virtual interface. This section describes how
to configure an IP address on a virtual interface. Other sections in this chapter that describe how to
configure interface parameters also apply to virtual interfaces.
NOTE
The Layer 3 Switch uses the lowest MAC address on the device (the MAC address of port 1 or 1/1/1)
as the MAC address for all ports within all virtual interfaces you configure on the device.
To add a virtual interface to a VLAN and configure an IP address on the interface, enter commands
such as the following.
1.
The Brocade feature that allows routing between VLANs within the same device, without the
need for external routers, is called Integrated Switch Routing (ISR).
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
21
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Brocade(config)# vlan 2 name IP-Subnet_10.1.2.0/24
Brocade(config-vlan-2)# untag ethernet 1/1/1 to 1/1/4
Brocade(config-vlan-2)# router-interface ve1
Brocade(config-vlan-2)# interface ve1
Brocade(config-vif-1)# ip address 10.1.2.1/24
The first two commands in this example create a Layer 3 protocol-based VLAN name
“IP-Subnet_10.1.2.0/24” and add a range of untagged ports to the VLAN. The router-interface
command creates virtual interface 1 as the routing interface for the VLAN.
Syntax: router-interface ve num
The num variable specifies the virtual interface number. You can enter a number from 1 through
4095.
When configuring virtual routing interfaces on a device, you can specify a number from 1 through
4095. However, the total number of virtual routing interfaces that are configured must not exceed
the system-max limit of 512. For more information on the number of virtual routing interfaces
supported, refer to the section “Allocating memory for more VLANs or virtual routing interfaces” in
the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration Guide.
The last two commands change to the interface configuration level for the virtual interface and
assign an IP address to the interface.
Syntax: interface ve num
Refer to the syntax description in “Assigning an IP address to an Ethernet port” on page 20.
Configuring IP Follow on a virtual routing interface
IP Follow allows multiple virtual routing interfaces to share the same IP address. With this feature,
one virtual routing interface is configured with an IP address, while the other virtual routing
interfaces are configured to use that IP address, thus, they “follow” the virtual routing interface
that has the IP address. This feature is helpful in conserving IP address space.
Configuration limitations and feature limitations for IP Follow on a virtual routing interface
• When configuring IP Follow, the primary virtual routing interface should not have ACL or DoS
Protection configured. It is recommended that you create a dummy virtual routing interface as
the primary and use the IP-follow virtual routing interface for the network.
• Global Policy Based Routing is not supported when IP Follow is configured.
• IPv6 is not supported with ip-follow.
Configuration syntax for IP Follow on a virtual routing interface
Configure IP Follow by entering commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# vlan 2 name IP-Subnet_10.10.2.0/24
Brocade(config-vlan-2)# untag ethernet 1/1/1 to 1/1/4
Brocade(config-vlan-2)# router-interface ve1
Brocade(config-vlan-2)# interface ve 1
Brocade(config-vif-1)# ip address 10.10.2.1/24
Brocade(config-vif-1)# interface ve 2
Brocade(config-vif-2)# ip follow ve 1
Brocade(config-vif-2)# interface ve 3
Brocade(config-vif-3)# ip follow ve 1
Syntax: [no] ip follow ve number
22
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
For number, enter the ID of the virtual routing interface.
Use the no form of the command to disable the configuration.
Virtual routing interface 2 and 3 do not have their own IP subnet addresses, but are sharing the IP
address of virtual routing interface 1.
Deleting an IP address
To delete an IP address, enter the no ip address command.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# no ip address 10.1.2.1
This command deletes IP address 10.1.2.1. You do not need to enter the subnet mask.
To delete all IP addresses from an interface, enter the no ip address * command.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# no ip address *
Syntax: no ip address ip-addr | *
Configuring 31-bit subnet masks on
point-to-point networks
To conserve IPv4 address space, a 31-bit subnet mask can be assigned to point-to-point networks.
Support for an IPv4 address with a 31-bit subnet mask is described in RFC 3021.
With IPv4, four IP addresses with a 30-bit subnet mask are allocated on point-to-point networks. In
contrast, a 31-bit subnet mask uses only two IP addresses: all zero bits and all one bits in the host
portion of the IP address. The two IP addresses are interpreted as host addresses, and do not
require broadcast support because any packet that is transmitted by one host is always received by
the other host at the receiving end. Therefore, directed broadcast on a point-to-point interface is
eliminated.
IP-directed broadcast CLI configuration at the global level, or the per interface level, is not
applicable on interfaces configured with a 31-bit subnet mask IP address.
When the 31-bit subnet mask address is configured on a point-to-point link, using network
addresses for broadcast purposes is not allowed. For example, in an IPV4 broadcast scheme, the
following subnets can be configured:
• 10.10.10.1 - Subnet for directed broadcast: {, -1}
• 10.10.10.0 - Subnet for network address: {, 0}
In a point-to-point link with a 31-bit subnet mask, the previous two addresses are interpreted as
host addresses and packets are not rebroadcast.
Configuring an IPv4 address with a 31-bit subnet mask
To configure an IPv4 address with a 31-bit subnet mask, enter the following commands.
You can configure an IPv4 address with a 31-bit subnet mask on any interface (for example,
Ethernet, loopback, VE, or tunnel interfaces).
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ip address 10.10.9.9 255.255.255.254
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
23
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
You can also enter the IP address and mask in the Classless Inter-domain Routing (CIDR) format, as
follows.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ip address 10.10.9.9/31
Syntax: [no] ip address ip-address ip-mask
Syntax: [no] ip address ip-address/subnet mask-bits
The ip-address variable specifies the host address. The ip-mask variable specifies the IP network
mask. The subnet mask-bits variable specifies the network prefix mask.
To disable configuration for an IPv4 address with a 31-bit subnet mask on any interface, use the no
form of the command.
You cannot configure a secondary IPv4 address with a 31-bit subnet mask on any interface. The
following error message is displayed when a secondary IPv4 address with a 31-bit subnet mask is
configured.
Error: Cannot assign /31 subnet address as secondary
Configuration example
Figure 2 shows the usage of 31- and 24-bit subnet masks in configuring IP addresses.
FIGURE 2
Configured 31- bit and 24-bit subnet masks
A
B
C
10.1.1.0/31
Router
10.1.1.1/31
10.2.2.2/24
Router
10.2.2.1/24
Router A is connected to Router B as a point-to-point link with 10.1.1.0/31 subnet. There are only
two available addresses in this subnet, 10.1.1.0 on Router A and 10.1.1.1 on Router B,
Routers B and C are connected by a regular 24-bit subnet. Router C can either be a switch with
many hosts belonging to the 10.2.2.2/24 subnet connected to it, or it can be a router.
Router A
RouterA(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/1
RouterA(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip address 10.1.1.0/31
Router B
RouterB(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/1
RouterB(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip address 10.1.1.1/31
RouterB(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# exit
RouterB(config# interface ethernet 1/3/1
RouterB(config-if-e10000-1/3/1)# ip address 10.2.2.1/24
Router C
RouterC(config# interface ethernet 1/3/1
RouterC(config-if-e10000-1/3/1)# ip address 10.2.2.2/24
24
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Displaying information for a 31-bit subnet mask
Use the following commands to display information for the 31-bit subnet mask:
• show run interface
• show ip route
• show ip cache
Configuring DNS resolver
The Domain Name System (DNS) resolver is a feature in a Layer 2 or Layer 3 switch that sends and
receives queries to and from the DNS server on behalf of a client.
You can create a list of domain names that can be used to resolve host names. This list can have
more than one domain name. When a client performs a DNS query, all hosts within the domains in
the list can be recognized and queries can be sent to any domain on the list.
After you define a domain name, the Brocade device automatically appends the appropriate
domain to a host and forwards it to the DNS servers for resolution.
For example, if the domain “ds.company.com” is defined on a Layer 2 or Layer 3 switch and you
want to initiate a ping to “mary”, you must reference only the host name instead of the host name
and its domain name. For example, you could enter the following command to initiate the ping.
U:> ping mary
The Layer 2 or Layer 3 switch qualifies the host name by appending a domain name (for example,
mary.ds1.company.com). This qualified name is sent to the DNS server for resolution. If there are
four DNS servers configured, it is sent to the first DNS server. If the host name is not resolved, it is
sent to the second DNS server. If a match is found, a response is sent back to the client with the
host IP address. If no match is found, an “unknown host” message is returned. (Refer to Figure 3.)
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
25
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
FIGURE 3
DNS resolution with one domain name
DNS Servers with host
names and IP addresses
configured
DNS Server 1
Domain name
eng.company.com is
configured in the
FastIron switch
DNS Server 2
1. Client sends a
command to ping
"mary"
DNS Server 3
2. FastIron switch sends
"mary.eng.company.com
to DNS servers for resolution.
DNS Server 4
This server has
“mary.eng.company.com”
4. If “mary.eng.company.com”
is in the DNS servers, its IP
address is returned. If it is not
found, a “unknown host”
message is returned.
3. Beginning with DNS Server 1,
DNS Servers are checked
in sequential order to see if
“mary.eng.company.com”
is configured in the server.
Defining a domain name
To define a domain to resolve host names, enter the ip dns domain-name command.
Brocade(config)# ip dns domain-name ds.company.com
Syntax: [no] ip dns domain-name domain-name
Enter the domain name for domain-name.
Defining DNS server addresses
You can configure the Brocade device to recognize up to four DNS servers. The first entry serves as
the primary default address. If a query to the primary address fails to be resolved after three
attempts, the next DNS address is queried (also up to three times). This process continues for each
defined DNS address until the query is resolved. The order in which the default DNS addresses are
polled is the same as the order in which you enter them.
To define DNS servers, enter the ip dns server-address command.
Brocade(config)# ip dns server-address 192.168.22.199 192.168.7.15 192.168.10.25
192.168.20.15
Syntax: [no] ip dns server-address ip-addr [ip-addr] [ip-addr] [ip-addr]
In this example, the first IP address entered becomes the primary DNS address and all others are
secondary addresses. Because IP address 192.168.20.15 is the last address listed, it is also the
last address consulted to resolve a query.
26
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Defining a domain list
If you want to use more than one domain name to resolve host names, you can create a list of
domain names. For example, enter the commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#
Brocade(config)#
Brocade(config)#
Brocade(config)#
Brocade(config)#
ip
ip
ip
ip
dns
dns
dns
dns
domain-list
domain-list
domain-list
domain-list
company.com
ds.company.com
hw_company.com
qa_company.com
The domain names are tried in the order you enter them
Syntax: [no] ip dns domain-list domain-name
Using a DNS name to initiate a trace route
Suppose you want to trace the route from a Brocade Layer 3 Switch to a remote server identified as
NYC02 on domain newyork.com. Because the NYC02@ds1.newyork.com domain is already defined
on the Layer 3 Switch, you need to enter only the host name, NYC02, as noted in the following
example.
Brocade# traceroute nyc02
Syntax: traceroute host-ip-addr [maxttl value] [minttl value] [numeric] [timeout value]
[source-ip ip addr]
The only required parameter is the IP address of the host at the other end of the route.
After you enter the command, a message indicating that the DNS query is in process and the
current gateway address (IP address of the domain name server) being queried appear on the
screen.
Type Control-c to abort
Sending DNS Query to 192.168.22.199
Tracing Route to IP node 192.168.22.80
To ABORT Trace Route, Please use stop-traceroute command.
Traced route to target IP node 192.168.22.80:
IP Address
Round Trip Time1
Round Trip Time2
192.168.6.30
93 msec
121 msec
NOTE
In the previousexample, 192.168.22.199 is the IP address of the domain name server (default DNS
gateway address), and 192.168.22.80 represents the IP address of the NYC02 host.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
27
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Configuring packet parameters
You can configure the following packet parameters on Layer 3 Switches. These parameters control
how the Layer 3 Switch sends IP packets to other devices on an Ethernet network. The Layer 3
Switch always places IP packets into Ethernet packets to forward them on an Ethernet port.
• Encapsulation type – The format for the Layer 2 packets within which the Layer 3 Switch sends
IP packets.
• Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) – The maximum length of IP packet that a Layer 2 packet
can contain. IP packets that are longer than the MTU are fragmented and sent in multiple
Layer 2 packets. You can change the MTU globally or an individual ports:
-
Global MTU – The default MTU value depends on the encapsulation type on a port and is
1500 bytes for Ethernet II encapsulation and 1492 bytes for SNAP encapsulation.
-
Port MTU – A port default MTU depends on the encapsulation type enabled on the port.
Changing the encapsulation type
The Layer 3 Switch encapsulates IP packets into Layer 2 packets, to send the IP packets on the
network. (A Layer 2 packet is also called a MAC layer packet or an Ethernet frame.) The source
address of a Layer 2 packet is the MAC address of the Layer 3 Switch interface sending the packet.
The destination address can be one of the following:
• The MAC address of the IP packet destination. In this case, the destination device is directly
connected to the Layer 3 Switch.
• The MAC address of the next-hop gateway toward the packet destination.
• An Ethernet broadcast address.
The entire IP packet, including the source and destination address and other control information
and the data, is placed in the data portion of the Layer 2 packet. Typically, an Ethernet network
uses one of two different formats of Layer 2 packet:
• Ethernet II
• Ethernet SNAP (also called IEEE 802.3)
The control portions of these packets differ slightly. All IP devices on an Ethernet network must use
the same format. Brocade Layer 3 Switches use Ethernet II by default. You can change the IP
encapsulation to Ethernet SNAP on individual ports if needed.
NOTE
All devices connected to the Layer 3 Switch port must use the same encapsulation type.
To change the IP encapsulation type on interface 5 to Ethernet SNAP, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ip encapsulation snap
Syntax: ip encapsulation snap | ethernet_ii
Changing the MTU
The Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) is the maximum length of IP packet that a Layer 2 packet
can contain. IP packets that are longer than the MTU are fragmented and sent in multiple Layer 2
packets. You can change the MTU globally or on individual ports.
28
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
The default MTU is 1500 bytes for Ethernet II packets and 1492 for Ethernet SNAP packets.
MTU enhancements
Brocade devices contain the following enhancements to jumbo packet support:
• Hardware forwarding of Layer 3 jumbo packets – Layer 3 IP unicast jumbo packets received on
a port that supports the frame MTU size and forwarded to another port that also supports the
frame MTU size are forwarded in hardware. .
• ICMP unreachable message if a frame is too large to be forwarded – If a jumbo packet has the
Do not Fragment (DF) bit set, and the outbound interface does not support the packet MTU
size, the Brocade device sends an ICMP unreachable message to the device that sent the
packet.
NOTE
These enhancements apply only to transit traffic forwarded through the Brocade device.
Configuration considerations for increasing the MTU
• The MTU command is applicable to VEs and physical IP interfaces. It applies to traffic routed
between networks.
• You cannot use this command to set Layer 2 maximum frame sizes per interface. The global
jumbo command causes all interfaces to accept Layer 2 frames.
• When you increase the MTU size of a port, the increase uses system resources. Increase the
MTU size only on the ports that need it. For example, if you have one port connected to a server
that uses jumbo frames and two other ports connected to clients that can support the jumbo
frames, increase the MTU only on those three ports. Leave the MTU size on the other ports at
the default value (1500 bytes). Globally increase the MTU size only if needed.
Forwarding traffic to a port with a smaller MTU size
In order to forward traffic from a port with 1500 MTU configured to a port that has a smaller MTU
(for example, 750) size, you must apply the mtu-exceed forward global command. To remove this
setting, enter the mtu-exceed hard-drop command. MTU-exceed hard-drop is the default state of
the router.
Syntax:mtu-exceed [ forward | hard-drop ]
• forward - forwards a packet from a port with a larger MTU to a port with a smaller MTU
• hard-drop - resets to default, removes the forward function.
Globally changing the Maximum Transmission Unit
The Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) is the maximum size an IP packet can be when
encapsulated in a Layer 2 packet. If an IP packet is larger than the MTU allowed by the Layer 2
packet, the Layer 3 Switch fragments the IP packet into multiple parts that will fit into the Layer 2
packets, and sends the parts of the fragmented IP packet separately, in different Layer 2 packets.
The device that receives the multiple fragments of the IP packet reassembles the fragments into
the original packet.
You can increase the MTU size to accommodate jumbo packet sizes up to 10,240 bytes.
To globally enable jumbo support on all ports of a Brocade ICX 6650 device, enter commands such
as the following.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
29
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Brocade(config)# jumbo
Brocade(config)# write memory
Brocade(config)# end
Brocade# reload
Syntax: [no] jumbo
NOTE
You must save the configuration change and then reload the software to enable jumbo support.
Changing the MTU on an individual port
By default, the maximum Ethernet MTU sizes are as follows:
• 1500 bytes – The maximum for Ethernet II encapsulation
• 1492 bytes – The maximum for SNAP encapsulation
When jumbo mode is enabled, the maximum Ethernet MTU sizes are as follows:
• 10,240 bytes– The maximum for Ethernet II encapsulation
• 10,240 bytes – The maximum for SNAP encapsulation
NOTE
If you set the MTU of a port to a value lower than the global MTU and from 576 through 1499, the
port fragments the packets. However, if the port MTU is exactly 1500 and this is larger than the
global MTU, the port drops the packets.
NOTE
You must save the configuration change and then reload the software to enable jumbo support.
To change the MTU for interface 1/1/5 to 1000, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ip mtu 1000
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# write memory
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# end
Brocade# reload
Syntax: [no] ip mtu num
The num parameter specifies the MTU. Ethernet II packets can hold IP packets from 576 through
1500 bytes long. If jumbo mode is enabled, Ethernet II packets can hold IP packets up to 10,240
bytes long. Ethernet SNAP packets can hold IP packets from 576 through 1492 bytes long. If jumbo
mode is enabled, SNAP packets can hold IP packets up to 10,240 bytes long. The default MTU for
Ethernet II packets is 1500. The default MTU for SNAP packets is 1492.
Path MTU discovery (RFC 1191) support
Brocade ICX 6650 devices support the path MTU discovery method described in RFC 1191. When
the Brocade device receives an IP packet that has its Do not Fragment (DF) bit set, and the packet
size is greater than the MTU value of the outbound interface, then the Brocade device returns an
ICMP Destination Unreachable message to the source of the packet, with the Code indicating
"fragmentation needed and DF set". The ICMP Destination Unreachable message includes the MTU
of the outbound interface. The source host can use this information to help determine the
maximum MTU of a path to a destination.
RFC 1191 is supported on all interfaces.
30
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Changing the router ID
In most configurations, a Layer 3 Switch has multiple IP addresses, usually configured on different
interfaces. As a result, a Layer 3 Switch identity to other devices varies depending on the interface
to which the other device is attached. Some routing protocols, including Open Shortest Path First
(OSPF) and Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4), identify a Layer 3 Switch by just one of the
IP addresses configured on the Layer 3 Switch, regardless of the interfaces that connect the Layer
3 Switches. This IP address is the router ID.
NOTE
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) does not use the router ID.
NOTE
If you change the router ID, all current BGP4 sessions are cleared.
By default, the router ID on a Brocade Layer 3 Switch is one of the following:
• If the router has loopback interfaces, the default router ID is the IP address configured on the
lowest numbered loopback interface configured on the Layer 3 Switch. For example, if you
configure loopback interfaces 1, 2, and 3 as follows, the default router ID is 192.168.9.9/24:
-
Loopback interface 1, 192.168.9.9/24
Loopback interface 2, 192.168.4.4/24
Loopback interface 3, 192.168.1.1/24
• If the device does not have any loopback interfaces, the default router ID is the lowest
numbered IP interface configured on the device.
If you prefer, you can explicitly set the router ID to any valid IP address. The IP address cannot be in
use on another device in the network.
NOTE
Brocade Layer 3 Switches use the same router ID for both OSPF and BGP4. If the router is already
configured for OSPF, you may want to use the router ID that is already in use on the router rather
than set a new one. To display the router ID, enter the show ip command at any CLI level.
To change the router ID, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip router-id 192.168.22.26
Syntax: ip router-id ip-addr
The ip-addr can be any valid, unique IP address.
NOTE
You can specify an IP address used for an interface on the Brocade Layer 3 Switch, but do not specify
an IP address in use by another device.
Specifying a single source interface for specified
packet types
When the Layer 3 Switch originates a packet of one of the following types, the source address of
the packet is the lowest-numbered IP address on the interface that sends the packet:
• Telnet
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
31
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
TACACS/TACACS+
TFTP
RADIUS
Syslog
SNTP
SSH
SNMP traps
You can configure the Layer 3 Switch to always use the lowest-numbered IP address on a specific
Ethernet, loopback, or virtual interface as the source addresses for these packets. When
configured, the Layer 3 Switch uses the same IP address as the source for all packets of the
specified type, regardless of the ports that actually sends the packets.
Identifying a single source IP address for specified packets provides the following benefits:
• If your server is configured to accept packets only from specific IP addresses, you can use this
feature to simplify configuration of the server by configuring the Brocade device to always send
the packets from the same link or source address.
• If you specify a loopback interface as the single source for specified packets, servers can
receive the packets regardless of the states of individual links. Thus, if a link to the server
becomes unavailable but the client or server can be reached through another link, the client or
server still receives the packets, and the packets still have the source IP address of the
loopback interface.
The software contains separate CLI commands for specifying the source interface for specific
packets. You can configure a source interface for one or more of these types of packets separately.
The following sections show the syntax for specifying a single source IP address for specific packet
types.
Telnet packets
To specify the IP address configured on a virtual interface as the device source for all Telnet
packets, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface loopback 2
Brocade(config-lbif-2)# ip address 10.0.0.2/24
Brocade(config-lbif-2)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip telnet source-interface loopback 2
The commands in this example configure loopback interface 2, assign IP address 10.0.0.2/24 to
the interface, then designate the interface as the source for all Telnet packets from the Layer 3
Switch.
The following commands configure an IP interface on an Ethernet port and designate the address
port as the source for all Telnet packets from the Layer 3 Switch.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)# ip address 192.168.22.110/24
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip telnet source-interface ethernet 1/1/4
Syntax: [no] ip telnet source-interface ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num | management num
The num variable is a loopback interface, virtual interface or management interface number.
32
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
TACACS/TACACS+ packets
To specify the lowest-numbered IP address configured on a virtual interface as the device source
for all TACACS/TACACS+ packets, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ve 1
Brocade(config-vif-1)# ip address 10.0.0.3/24
Brocade(config-vif-1)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip tacacs source-interface ve 1
The commands in this example configure virtual interface 1, assign IP address 10.0.0.3/24 to the
interface, then designate the interface as the source for all TACACS/TACACS+ packets from the
Layer 3 Switch.
Syntax: [no] ip tacacs source-interface ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num | management num
The num variable is a loopback interface, virtual interface or management interface number.
RADIUS packets
To specify the lowest-numbered IP address configured on a virtual interface as the device source
for all RADIUS packets, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ve 1
Brocade(config-vif-1)# ip address 10.0.0.3/24
Brocade(config-vif-1)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip radius source-interface ve 1
The commands in this example configure virtual interface 1, assign IP address 10.0.0.3/24 to the
interface, then designate the interface as the source for all RADIUS packets from the Layer 3
Switch.
Syntax: [no] ip radius source-interface ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num | management num
The num variable is a loopback interface, virtual interface or management interface number.
TFTP packets
To specify the lowest-numbered IP address configured on a virtual interface as the device source
for all TFTP packets, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ve 1
Brocade(config-vif-1)# ip address 10.0.0.3/24
Brocade(config-vif-1)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip tftp source-interface ve 1
The commands in this example configure virtual interface 1, assign IP address 10.0.0.3/24 to the
interface, then designate the interface's address as the source address for all TFTP packets.
Syntax: [no] ip tftp source-interface ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num | management num
The num variable is a loopback interface, virtual interface or management interface number.
The default is the lowest-numbered IP address configured on the port through which the packet is
sent. The address therefore changes, by default, depending on the port.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
33
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Syslog packets
To specify the lowest-numbered IP address configured on a virtual interface as the device source
for all Syslog packets, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ve 1
Brocade(config-vif-1)# ip address 10.0.0.4/24
Brocade(config-vif-1)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip syslog source-interface ve 1
The commands in this example configure virtual interface 1, assign IP address 10.0.0.4/24 to the
interface, then designate the interface's address as the source address for all Syslog packets.
Syntax: [no] ip syslog source-interface ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num | management num
The num variable is a loopback interface, virtual interface or management interface number.
The default is the lowest-numbered IP or IPv6 address configured on the port through which the
packet is sent. The address therefore changes, by default, depending on the port.
SNTP packets
To specify the lowest-numbered IP address configured on a virtual interface as the device source
for all SNTP packets, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ve 1
Brocade(config-vif-1)# ip address 10.0.0.5/24
Brocade(config-vif-1)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip sntp source-interface ve 1
The commands in this example configure virtual interface 1, assign IP address 10.0.0.5/24 to the
interface, then designate the interface's address as the source address for all SNTP packets.
Syntax: [no] ip sntp source-interface ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num | management num
The num variable is a loopback interface, virtual interface or management interface number.
The default is the lowest-numbered IP or IPv6 address configured on the port through which the
packet is sent. The address therefore changes, by default, depending on the port.
SSH packets
NOTE
When you specify a single SSH source, you can use only that source address to establish SSH
management sessions with the Brocade device.
To specify the numerically lowest IP address configured on a loopback interface as the device
source for all SSH packets, enter commands such as a the following.
Brocade(config)# interface loopback 2
Brocade(config-lbif-2)# ip address 10.0.0.2/24
Brocade(config-lbif-2)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip ssh source-interface loopback 2
34
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
The commands in this example configure loopback interface 2, assign IP address 10.0.0.2/24 to
the interface, then designate the interface as the source for all SSH packets from the Layer 3
Switch.
Syntax: [no] ip ssh source-interface ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num | management num
The num variable is a loopback interface, virtual interface or management interface number.
SNMP packets
To specify a loopback interface as the SNMP single source trap, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)# interface loopback 1
Brocade(config-lbif-1)# ip address 10.0.0.1/24
Brocade(config-lbif-1)# exit
Brocade(config)# snmp-server trap-source loopback 1
The commands in this example configure loopback interface 1, assign IP address 10.0.0.1/24 to
the loopback interface, then designate the interface as the SNMP trap source for this device.
Regardless of the port the Brocade device uses to send traps to the receiver, the traps always
arrive from the same source IP address.
Syntax: [no] snmp-server trap-source ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | loopback num | ve
num
The num variable is a loopback interface or virtual interface number.
ARP parameter configuration
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a standard IP protocol that enables an IP Layer 3 Switch to
obtain the MAC address of another device interface when the Layer 3 Switch knows the IP address
of the interface. ARP is enabled by default and cannot be disabled.
NOTE
Brocade Layer 2 Switches also support ARP. The description in “How ARP works” also applies to ARP
on Brocade Layer 2 Switches. However, the configuration options described later in this section
apply only to Layer 3 Switches, not to Layer 2 Switches.
How ARP works
A Layer 3 Switch needs to know a destination MAC address when forwarding traffic, because the
Layer 3 Switch encapsulates the IP packet in a Layer 2 packet (MAC layer packet) and sends the
Layer 2 packet to a MAC interface on a device directly attached to the Layer 3 Switch. The device
can be the packet final destination or the next-hop router toward the destination.
The Layer 3 Switch encapsulates IP packets in Layer 2 packets regardless of whether the ultimate
destination is locally attached or is multiple router hops away. Since the Layer 3 Switch IP route
table and IP forwarding cache contain IP address information but not MAC address information, the
Layer 3 Switch cannot forward IP packets based solely on the information in the route table or
forwarding cache. The Layer 3 Switch needs to know the MAC address that corresponds with the IP
address of either the packet locally attached destination or the next-hop router that leads to the
destination.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
35
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
For example, to forward a packet whose destination is multiple router hops away, the Layer 3
Switch must send the packet to the next-hop router toward its destination, or to a default route or
default network route if the IP route table does not contain a route to the packet destination. In
each case, the Layer 3 Switch must encapsulate the packet and address it to the MAC address of a
locally attached device, the next-hop router toward the IP packet destination.
To obtain the MAC address required for forwarding a datagram, the Layer 3 Switch does the
following:
• First, the Layer 3 Switch looks in the ARP cache (not the static ARP table) for an entry that lists
the MAC address for the IP address. The ARP cache maps IP addresses to MAC addresses. The
cache also lists the port attached to the device and, if the entry is dynamic, the age of the
entry. A dynamic ARP entry enters the cache when the Layer 3 Switch receives an ARP reply or
receives an ARP request (which contains the sender IP address and MAC address). A static
entry enters the ARP cache from the static ARP table (which is a separate table) when the
interface for the entry comes up.
To ensure the accuracy of the ARP cache, each dynamic entry has its own age timer. The timer
is reset to zero each time the Layer 3 Switch receives an ARP reply or ARP request containing
the IP address and MAC address of the entry. If a dynamic entry reaches its maximum
allowable age, the entry times out and the software removes the entry from the table. Static
entries do not age out and can be removed only by you.
• If the ARP cache does not contain an entry for the destination IP address, the Layer 3 Switch
broadcasts an ARP request out all its IP interfaces. The ARP request contains the IP address of
the destination. If the device with the IP address is directly attached to the Layer 3 Switch, the
device sends an ARP response containing its MAC address. The response is a unicast packet
addressed directly to the Layer 3 Switch. The Layer 3 Switch places the information from the
ARP response into the ARP cache.
ARP requests contain the IP address and MAC address of the sender, so all devices that
receive the request learn the MAC address and IP address of the sender and can update their
own ARP caches accordingly.
NOTE
The ARP request broadcast is a MAC broadcast, which means the broadcast goes only to
devices that are directly attached to the Layer 3 Switch. A MAC broadcast is not routed to other
networks. However, some routers, including Brocade Layer 3 Switches, can be configured to
reply to ARP requests from one network on behalf of devices on another network. Refer to
“Enabling proxy ARP” on page 38.
NOTE
If the router receives an ARP request packet that it is unable to deliver to the final destination
because of the ARP timeout and no ARP response is received (the Layer 3 Switch knows of no route
to the destination address), the router sends an ICMP Host Unreachable message to the source.
Rate limiting ARP packets
You can limit the number of ARP packets the Brocade device accepts during each second. By
default, the software does not limit the number of ARP packets the device can receive. Since the
device sends ARP packets to the CPU for processing, if a device in a busy network receives a high
number of ARP packets in a short period of time, some CPU processing might be deferred while the
CPU processes the ARP packets.
36
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
To prevent the CPU from becoming flooded by ARP packets in a busy network, you can restrict the
number of ARP packets the device will accept each second. When you configure an ARP rate limit,
the device accepts up to the maximum number of packets you specify, but drops additional ARP
packets received during the one-second interval. When a new one-second interval starts, the
counter restarts at zero, so the device again accepts up to the maximum number of ARP packets
you specified, but drops additional packets received within the interval.
To limit the number of ARP packets the device will accept each second, enter the rate-limit-arp
command at the global CONFIG level of the CLI.
Brocade(config)# rate-limit-arp 100
This command configures the device to accept up to 100 ARP packets each second. If the device
receives more than 100 ARP packets during a one-second interval, the device drops the additional
ARP packets during the remainder of that one-second interval.
Syntax: [no] rate-limit-arp num
The num parameter specifies the number of ARP packets and can be from 0 through 100. If you
specify 0, the device will not accept any ARP packets.
NOTE
If you want to change a previously configured the ARP rate limiting policy, you must remove the
previously configured policy using the no rate-limit-arp num command before entering the new
policy.
Changing the ARP aging period
When the Layer 3 Switch places an entry in the ARP cache, the Layer 3 Switch also starts an aging
timer for the entry. The aging timer ensures that the ARP cache does not retain learned entries that
are no longer valid. An entry can become invalid when the device with the MAC address of the entry
is no longer on the network.
The ARP age affects dynamic (learned) entries only, not static entries. The default ARP age is ten
minutes. On Layer 3 Switches, you can change the ARP age to a value from 0 through 240 minutes.
You cannot change the ARP age on Layer 2 Switches. If you set the ARP age to zero, aging is
disabled and entries do not age out.
To globally change the ARP aging parameter to 20 minutes, enter the ip arp-age command.
Brocade(config)# ip arp-age 20
Syntax: ip arp-age num
The num parameter specifies the number of minutes and can be from 0 through 240. The default
is 10. If you specify 0, aging is disabled.
To override the globally configured IP ARP age on an individual interface, enter a command such as
the following at the interface configuration level.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip arp-age 30
Syntax: [no] ip arp-age num
The num parameter specifies the number of minutes and can be from 0 through 240. The default
is the globally configured value, which is 10 minutes by default. If you specify 0, aging is disabled.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
37
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Enabling proxy ARP
Proxy ARP allows a Layer 3 Switch to answer ARP requests from devices on one network on behalf
of devices in another network. Since ARP requests are MAC-layer broadcasts, they reach only the
devices that are directly connected to the sender of the ARP request. Thus, ARP requests do not
cross routers.
For example, if Proxy ARP is enabled on a Layer 3 Switch connected to two subnets,
192.168.10.0/24 and 192.168.20.0/24, the Layer 3 Switch can respond to an ARP request from
192.168.10.69 for the MAC address of the device with IP address 192.168.20.69. In standard ARP,
a request from a device in the 192.168.10.0/24 subnet cannot reach a device in the 192.168.20.0
subnet if the subnets are on different network cables, and thus is not answered.
NOTE
An ARP request from one subnet can reach another subnet when both subnets are on the same
physical segment (Ethernet cable), because MAC-layer broadcasts reach all the devices on the
segment.
Proxy ARP is disabled by default on Brocade Layer 3 Switches. This feature is not supported on
Brocade Layer 2 Switches.
You can enable proxy ARP at the Interface level, as well as at the Global CONFIG level, of the CLI.
NOTE
Configuring proxy ARP at the Interface level overrides the global configuration.
Enabling proxy ARP globally
To enable IP proxy ARP on a global basis, enter the ip proxy-arp command.
Brocade(config)# ip proxy-arp
To again disable IP proxy ARP on a global basis, enter the no ip proxy-arp command.
Brocade(config)# no ip proxy-arp
Syntax: [no] ip proxy-arp
Enabling IP ARP on an interface
NOTE
Configuring proxy ARP at the Interface level overrides the global configuration.
To enable IP proxy ARP on an interface, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ip proxy-arp enable
To again disable IP proxy ARP on an interface, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ip proxy-arp disable
Syntax: [no] ip proxy-arp enable | disable
38
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Enabling local proxy ARP
Brocade devices support Proxy Address Resolution Protocol (Proxy ARP), a feature that enables
router ports to respond to ARP requests for subnets it can reach. However, router ports will not
respond to ARP requests for IP addresses in the same subnet as the incoming ports, unless Local
Proxy ARP per IP interface is enabled. Local Proxy ARP enables router ports to reply to ARP
requests for IP addresses within the same subnet and to forward all traffic between hosts in the
subnet.
When Local Proxy ARP is enabled on a router port, the port will respond to ARP requests for IP
addresses within the same subnet, if it has ARP entries for the destination IP addresses in the ARP
cache. If it does not have ARP entries for the IP addresses, the port will attempt to resolve them by
broadcasting its own ARP requests.
Local Proxy ARP is disabled by default. To use Local Proxy ARP, Proxy ARP (ip proxy-arp command)
must be enabled globally on the Brocade device. You can enter the CLI command to enable Local
Proxy ARP even though Proxy ARP is not enabled, however, the configuration will not take effect
until you enable Proxy ARP.
Use the show run command to view the ports on which Local Proxy ARP is enabled.
To enable Local Proxy ARP, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)# ip local-proxy-arp
Syntax: [no] ip local-proxy-arp
Use the no form of the command to disable Local Proxy ARP.
Creating static ARP entries
Brocade Layer 3 Switches have a static ARP table, in addition to the regular ARP cache. The static
ARP table contains entries that you configure.
Static entries are useful in cases where you want to pre-configure an entry for a device that is not
connected to the Layer 3 Switch, or you want to prevent a particular entry from aging out. The
software removes a dynamic entry from the ARP cache if the ARP aging interval expires before the
entry is refreshed. Static entries do not age out, regardless of whether the Brocade device receives
an ARP request from the device that has the entry address.
NOTE
You cannot create static ARP entries on a Layer 2 Switch.
The maximum number of static ARP entries you can configure depends on the software version
running on the device. Refer to “Changing the maximum number of entries the static ARP table can
hold” on page 40.
To display the ARP cache and static ARP table, refer to the following:
• To display the ARP table, refer to “Displaying the ARP cache” on page 118.
• To display the static ARP table, refer to “Displaying the static ARP table” on page 120.
To create a static ARP entry, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)# arp 1 192.168.4.2 0000.0094.2348 ethernet 1/1/2
Syntax: arp num ip-addr mac-addr ethernet port
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
39
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
The num parameter specifies the entry number. You can specify a number from 1 up to the
maximum number of static entries allowed on the device.
The ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address of the device that has the MAC address of the entry.
The mac-addr parameter specifies the MAC address of the entry.
The ethernet port command specifies the port number attached to the device that has the MAC
address of the entry.Specify the port variable in the format stack-unit/slotnum/portnum.
Changing the maximum number of entries the static ARP table can hold
If you need to change the maximum number of entries supported on a Layer 3 Switch, use the
method described in this section.
NOTE
The basic procedure for changing the static ARP table size is the same as the procedure for changing
other configurable cache or table sizes. Refer to the section “Displaying system parameter default
values” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration Guide.
To increase the maximum number of static ARP table entries you can configure on a Brocade Layer
3 Switch, enter commands such as the following at the global CONFIG level of the CLI.
Brocade(config)# system-max ip-static-arp 1000
Brocade(config)# write memory
Brocade(config)# end
Brocade# reload
NOTE
You must save the configuration to the startup-config file and reload the software after changing the
static ARP table size to place the change into effect.
Syntax: system-max ip-static-arp num
The num parameter indicates the maximum number of static ARP entriesdepending on the
software version running on the device.
Configuring forwarding parameters
The following configurable parameters control the forwarding behavior of Brocade Layer 3
Switches:
•
•
•
•
Time-To-Live (TTL) threshold
Forwarding of directed broadcasts
Forwarding of source-routed packets
Ones-based and zero-based broadcasts
All these parameters are global and thus affect all IP interfaces configured on the Layer 3 Switch.
To configure these parameters, use the procedures in the following sections.
40
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Changing the TTL threshold
The time to live (TTL) threshold prevents routing loops by specifying the maximum number of router
hops an IP packet originated by the Layer 3 Switch can travel through. Each device capable of
forwarding IP that receives the packet decrements (decreases) the packet TTL by one. If a device
receives a packet with a TTL of 1 and reduces the TTL to zero, the device drops the packet.
The default TTL is 64. You can change the TTL to a value from 1 through 255.
To modify the TTL threshold to 25, enter the ip ttl command.
Brocade(config)# ip ttl 25
Syntax: ip ttl 1-255
Enabling forwarding of directed broadcasts
A directed broadcast is an IP broadcast to all devices within a single directly-attached network or
subnet. A net-directed broadcast goes to all devices on a given network. A subnet-directed
broadcast goes to all devices within a given subnet.
NOTE
A less common type, the all-subnets broadcast, goes to all directly-attached subnets. Forwarding for
this broadcast type also is supported, but most networks use IP multicasting instead of all-subnet
broadcasting.
Forwarding for all types of IP directed broadcasts is disabled by default. You can enable forwarding
for all types if needed. You cannot enable forwarding for specific broadcast types.
To enable forwarding of IP directed broadcasts, enter the ip directed-broadcast command.
Brocade(config)# ip directed-broadcast
Syntax: [no] ip directed-broadcast
Brocade software makes the forwarding decision based on the router's knowledge of the
destination network prefix. Routers cannot determine that a message is unicast or directed
broadcast apart from the destination network prefix. The decision to forward or not forward the
message is by definition only possible in the last hop router.
To disable the directed broadcasts, enter the no ip directed-broadcast command in the CONFIG
mode.
Brocade(config)# no ip directed-broadcast
To enable directed broadcasts on an individual interface instead of globally for all interfaces, enter
commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip directed-broadcast
Syntax: [no] ip directed-broadcast
Disabling forwarding of IP source-routed packets
A source-routed packet specifies the exact router path for the packet. The packet specifies the path
by listing the IP addresses of the router interfaces through which the packet must pass on its way to
the destination. The Layer 3 Switch supports both types of IP source routing:
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
41
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• Strict source routing – requires the packet to pass through only the listed routers. If the Layer 3
Switch receives a strict source-routed packet but cannot reach the next hop interface specified
by the packet, the Layer 3 Switch discards the packet and sends an ICMP Source-Route-Failure
message to the sender.
NOTE
The Layer 3 Switch allows you to disable sending of the Source-Route-Failure messages. Refer
to “Disabling ICMP messages” on page 43.
• Loose source routing – requires that the packet pass through all of the listed routers but also
allows the packet to travel through other routers, which are not listed in the packet.
The Layer 3 Switch forwards both types of source-routed packets by default. To disable the feature,
use either of the following methods. You cannot enable or disable strict or loose source routing
separately.
To disable forwarding of IP source-routed packets, enter the no ip source-route command.
Brocade(config)# no ip source-route
Syntax: [no] ip source-route
To re-enable forwarding of source-routed packets, enter the ip source-route command.
Brocade(config)# ip source-route
Enabling support for zero-based IP subnet broadcasts
By default, the Layer 3 Switch treats IP packets with all ones in the host portion of the address as IP
broadcast packets. For example, the Layer 3 Switch treats IP packets with 192.168.22.255/24 as
the destination IP address as IP broadcast packets and forwards the packets to all IP hosts within
the 192.168.22.x subnet (except the host that sent the broadcast packet to the Layer 3 Switch).
Most IP hosts are configured to receive IP subnet broadcast packets with all ones in the host
portion of the address. However, some older IP hosts instead expect IP subnet broadcast packets
that have all zeros instead of all ones in the host portion of the address. To accommodate this type
of host, you can enable the Layer 3 Switch to treat IP packets with all zeros in the host portion of
the destination IP address as broadcast packets.
NOTE
When you enable the Layer 3 Switch for zero-based subnet broadcasts, the Layer 3 Switch still treats
IP packets with all ones the host portion as IP subnet broadcasts too. Thus, the Layer 3 Switch can
be configured to support all ones only (the default) or all ones and all zeroes.
NOTE
This feature applies only to IP subnet broadcasts, not to local network broadcasts. The local network
broadcast address is still expected to be all ones.
To enable the Layer 3 Switch for zero-based IP subnet broadcasts in addition to ones-based IP
subnet broadcasts, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)# ip broadcast-zero
Brocade(config)# write memory
Brocade(config)# end
Brocade# reload
42
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
NOTE
You must save the configuration and reload the software to place this configuration change into
effect.
Syntax: [no] ip broadcast-zero
Disabling ICMP messages
Brocade devices are enabled to reply to ICMP echo messages and send ICMP Destination
Unreachable messages by default.
You can selectively disable the following types of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
messages:
• Echo messages (ping messages) – The Layer 3 Switch replies to IP pings from other IP devices.
• Destination Unreachable messages – If the Layer 3 Switch receives an IP packet that it cannot
deliver to its destination, the Layer 3 Switch discards the packet and sends a message back to
the device that sent the packet to the Layer 3 Switch. The message informs the device that the
destination cannot be reached by the Layer 3 Switch.
Disabling replies to broadcast ping requests
By default, Brocade devices are enabled to respond to broadcast ICMP echo packets, which are
ping requests.
To disable response to broadcast ICMP echo packets (ping requests), enter the following command.
Brocade(config)# no ip icmp echo broadcast-request
Syntax: [no] ip icmp echo broadcast-request
If you need to re-enable response to ping requests, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)# ip icmp echo broadcast-request
Disabling ICMP destination unreachable messages
By default, when a Brocade device receives an IP packet that the device cannot deliver, the device
sends an ICMP Unreachable message back to the host that sent the packet. You can selectively
disable a Brocade device response to the following types of ICMP Unreachable messages:
• Administration – The packet was dropped by the Brocade device due to a filter or ACL
configured on the device.
• Fragmentation-needed – The packet has the Do not Fragment bit set in the IP Flag field, but
the Brocade device cannot forward the packet without fragmenting it.
• Host – The destination network or subnet of the packet is directly connected to the Brocade
device, but the host specified in the destination IP address of the packet is not on the network.
• Port – The destination host does not have the destination TCP or UDP port specified in the
packet. In this case, the host sends the ICMP Port Unreachable message to the Brocade
device, which in turn sends the message to the host that sent the packet.
• Protocol – The TCP or UDP protocol on the destination host is not running. This message is
different from the Port Unreachable message, which indicates that the protocol is running on
the host but the requested protocol port is unavailable.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
43
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• Source-route-failure – The device received a source-routed packet but cannot locate the
next-hop IP address indicated in the packet Source-Route option.
You can disable the Brocade device from sending these types of ICMP messages on an individual
basis. To do so, use the following CLI method.
NOTE
Disabling an ICMP Unreachable message type does not change the Brocade device ability to forward
packets. Disabling ICMP Unreachable messages prevents the device from generating or forwarding
the Unreachable messages.
To disable all ICMP Unreachable messages, enter the no ip icmp unreachable command.
Brocade(config)# no ip icmp unreachable
Syntax: [no] ip icmp unreachable [host | protocol | administration | fragmentation-needed | port
| source-route-fail]
• If you enter the command without specifying a message type (as in the example above), all
types of ICMP Unreachable messages listed above are disabled. If you want to disable only
specific types of ICMP Unreachable messages, you can specify the message type. To disable
more than one type of ICMP message, enter the no ip icmp unreachable command for each
messages type.
• The administration parameter disables ICMP Unreachable (caused by Administration action)
messages.
• The fragmentation-needed parameter disables ICMP Fragmentation-Needed But Do
not-Fragment Bit Set messages.
•
•
•
•
The host parameter disables ICMP Host Unreachable messages.
The port parameter disables ICMP Port Unreachable messages.
The protocol parameter disables ICMP Protocol Unreachable messages.
The source-route-fail parameter disables ICMP Unreachable (caused by Source-Route-Failure)
messages.
To disable ICMP Host Unreachable messages but leave the other types of ICMP Unreachable
messages enabled, enter the following commands instead of the command shown above.
Brocade(config)# no ip icmp unreachable host
If you have disabled all ICMP Unreachable message types but you want to re-enable certain types,
for example ICMP Host Unreachable messages, you can do so by entering the following command.
Brocade(config)# ip icmp unreachable host
Disabling ICMP redirect messages
You can disable or re-enable ICMP redirect messages. By default, a Brocade Layer 3 Switch sends
an ICMP redirect message to the source of a misdirected packet in addition to forwarding the
packet to the appropriate router. You can disable ICMP redirect messages on a global basis or on
an individual port basis.
NOTE
The device forwards misdirected traffic to the appropriate router, even if you disable the redirect
messages.
44
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
To disable ICMP redirect messages globally, enter the following command at the global CONFIG
level of the CLI:
Brocade(config)# no ip icmp redirect
Syntax: [no] ip icmp redirects
To disable ICMP redirect messages on a specific interface, enter the following command at the
configuration level for the interface:
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# no ip redirect
Syntax: [no] ip redirect
Static routes configuration
The IP route table can receive routes from the following sources:
• Directly-connected networks – When you add an IP interface, the Layer 3 Switch automatically
creates a route for the network the interface is in.
• RIP – If RIP is enabled, the Layer 3 Switch can learn about routes from the advertisements
other RIP routers send to the Layer 3 Switch. If the route has a lower administrative distance
than any other routes from different sources to the same destination, the Layer 3 Switch
places the route in the IP route table.
• OSPF – Refer to RIP, but substitute “OSPF” for “RIP”.
• BGP4 – Refer to RIP, but substitute “BGP4” for “RIP”.
• Default network route – A statically configured default route that the Layer 3 Switch uses if
other default routes to the destination are not available. Refer to “Configuring a default
network route” on page 54.
• Statically configured route – You can add routes directly to the route table. When you add a
route to the IP route table, you are creating a static IP route. This section describes how to add
static routes to the IP route table.
Static route types
You can configure the following types of static IP routes:
• Standard – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask,
and the IP address of the next-hop gateway. You can configure multiple standard static routes
with the same metric for load sharing or with different metrics to provide a primary route and
backup routes.
• Interface-based – the static route consists of the destination network address and network
mask, and the Layer 3 Switch interface through which you want the Layer 3 Switch to send
traffic for the route. Typically, this type of static route is for directly attached destination
networks.
• Null – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, and the
“null0” parameter. Typically, the null route is configured as a backup route for discarding traffic
if the primary route is unavailable.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
45
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Static IP route parameters
When you configure a static IP route, you must specify the following parameters:
• The IP address and network mask for the route destination network.
• The route path, which can be one of the following:
- The IP address of a next-hop gateway
- An Ethernet port
- A virtual interface (a routing interface used by VLANs for routing Layer 3 protocol traffic
among one another)
-
A “null” interface. The Layer 3 Switch drops traffic forwarded to the null interface.
You also can specify the following optional parameters:
• The metric for the route – The value the Layer 3 Switch uses when comparing this route to
other routes in the IP route table to the same destination. The metric applies only to routes that
the Layer 3 Switch has already placed in the IP route table. The default metric for static IP
routes is 1.
• The administrative distance for the route – The value that the Layer 3 Switch uses to compare
this route with routes from other route sources to the same destination before placing a route
in the IP route table. This parameter does not apply to routes that are already in the IP route
table. The default administrative distance for static IP routes is 1.
The default metric and administrative distance values ensure that the Layer 3 Switch always
prefers static IP routes over routes from other sources to the same destination.
Multiple static routes to the same destination provide load sharing and
redundancy
You can add multiple static routes for the same destination network to provide one or more of the
following benefits:
• IP load balancing – When you add multiple IP static routes for the same destination to different
next-hop gateways, and the routes each have the same metric and administrative distance, the
Layer 3 Switch can load balance traffic to the routes’ destination. For information about IP load
balancing, refer to “Configuring IP load sharing” on page 55.
• Path redundancy – When you add multiple static IP routes for the same destination, but give
the routes different metrics or administrative distances, the Layer 3 Switch uses the route with
the lowest administrative distance by default, but uses another route to the same destination if
the first route becomes unavailable.
Refer to the following sections for examples and configuration information:
• “Configuring load balancing and redundancy using multiple static routes to the same
destination” on page 49
• “Configuring standard static IP routes and interface or null static routes to the same
destination” on page 50
46
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Static route states follow port states
IP static routes remain in the IP route table only so long as the port or virtual interface used by the
route is available. If the port or virtual routing interface becomes unavailable, the software removes
the static route from the IP route table. If the port or virtual routing interface becomes available
again later, the software adds the route back to the route table.
This feature allows the Layer 3 Switch to adjust to changes in network topology. The Layer 3 Switch
does not continue trying to use routes on unavailable paths but instead uses routes only when their
paths are available.
Figure 4 shows an example of a network containing a static route. The static route is configured on
Switch A, as shown in the CLI example following the figure.
FIGURE 4
Example of a static route
10.95.6.188/24
Switch A
10.95.7.7/24
10.95.6.157/24
e 1/1/2
Switch B
e 1/1/3
10.95.7.69/24
The following command configures a static route to 10.95.7.0, using 10.95.6.157 as the next-hop
gateway.
Brocade(config)# ip route 10.95.7.0/24 10.95.6.157
When you configure a static IP route, you specify the destination address for the route and the
next-hop gateway or Layer 3 Switch interface through which the Layer 3 Switch can reach the route.
The Layer 3 Switch adds the route to the IP route table. In this case, Switch A knows that
10.95.6.157 is reachable through port 1/1/2, and also assumes that local interfaces within that
subnet are on the same port. Switch A deduces that IP interface 10.95.7.188 is also on port 1/1/2.
The software automatically removes a static IP route from the IP route table if the port used by that
route becomes unavailable. When the port becomes available again, the software automatically
re-adds the route to the IP route table.
Configuring a static IP route
To configure an IP static route with a destination address of 192.168.0.0 255.0.0.0 and a next-hop
router IP address of 192.168.1.1, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.0.0 255.0.0.0 192.168.1.1
To configure a static IP route with an Ethernet port instead of a next-hop address, enter a command
such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.69 255.255.255.0 ethernet 1/1/4
The command in the previous example configures a static IP route for destination network
192.168.2.69/24. Since an Ethernet port is specified instead of a gateway IP address as the next
hop, the Layer 3 Switch always forwards traffic for the 192.168.2.69/24 network to port 1/1/4.
The command in the following example configures an IP static route that uses virtual interface 3 as
its next hop.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
47
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.71 255.255.255.0 ve 3
The command in the following example configures an IP static route that uses port 1/1/2 as its
next hop.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.73 255.255.255.0 ethernet 1/1/2
Syntax: ip route dest-ip-addr dest-mask
next-hop-ip-addr |
ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num
[metric] [distance num]
or
Syntax: ip route dest-ip-addr/mask-bits
next-hop-ip-addr |
ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num
[metric] [distance num]
The dest-ip-addr is the route destination. The dest-mask is the network mask for the route
destination IP address. Alternatively, you can specify the network mask information by entering a
forward slash followed by the number of bits in the network mask. For example, you can enter
192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0 as 192.168.0.0/.24.
The next-hop-ip-addr is the IP address of the next-hop router (gateway) for the route.
If you do not want to specify a next-hop IP address, you can instead specify a port or interface
number on the Layer 3 Switch. The num parameter is a virtual interface number. If you instead
specify an Ethernet port, the portnum is the port number (including the stack unit and slot
number). In this case, the Layer 3 Switch forwards packets destined for the static route destination
network to the specified interface. Conceptually, this feature makes the destination network like a
directly connected network, associated with a specific Layer 3 Switch interface.
NOTE
The port or virtual interface you use for the static route next hop must have at least one IP address
configured on it. The address does not need to be in the same subnet as the destination network.
The metric parameter can be a number from 1 through 16. The default is 1.
NOTE
If you specify 16, RIP considers the metric to be infinite and thus also considers the route to be
unreachable.
The distance num parameter specifies the administrative distance of the route. When comparing
otherwise equal routes to a destination, the Layer 3 Switch prefers lower administrative distances
over higher ones, so make sure you use a low value for your default route. The default is 1.
NOTE
The Layer 3 Switch will replace the static route if the it receives a route with a lower administrative
distance. Refer to “Administrative distance” on page 207 for a list of the default administrative
distances for all types of routes.
NOTE
You can also assign the default router as the destination by entering 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.
48
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Configuring a “Null” route
You can configure the Layer 3 Switch to drop IP packets to a specific network or host address by
configuring a “null” (sometimes called “null0”) static route for the address. When the Layer 3
Switch receives a packet destined for the address, the Layer 3 Switch drops the packet instead of
forwarding it.
To configure a null static route, use the following CLI method.
To configure a null static route to drop packets destined for network 192.168.22.x, enter the
following commands.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.22.0 255.255.255.0 null0
Brocade(config)# write memory
Syntax: ip route ip-addr ip-mask null0 [metric] [distance num]
or
Syntax: ip route ip-addr/mask-bits null0 [metric] [distance num]
To display the maximum value for your device, enter the show default values command. The
maximum number of static IP routes the system can hold is listed in the ip-static-route row in the
System Parameters section of the display. To change the maximum value, use the system-max
ip-static-route num command at the global CONFIG level.
The ip-addr parameter specifies the network or host address. The Layer 3 Switch will drop packets
that contain this address in the destination field instead of forwarding them.
The ip-mask parameter specifies the network mask. Ones are significant bits and zeros allow any
value. For example, the mask 255.255.255.0 matches on all hosts within the Class C subnet
address specified by ip-addr. Alternatively, you can specify the number of bits in the network mask.
For example, you can enter 192.168.22.0/24 instead of 192.168.22.0 255.255.255.0.
The null0 parameter indicates that this is a null route. You must specify this parameter to make this
a null route.
The metric parameter adds a cost to the route. You can specify from 1 through 16. The default is 1.
The distance num parameter configures the administrative distance for the route. You can specify a
value from 1 through 255. The default is 1. The value 255 makes the route unusable.
NOTE
The last two parameters are optional and do not affect the null route, unless you configure the
administrative distance to be 255. In this case, the route is not used and the traffic might be
forwarded instead of dropped.
Configuring load balancing and redundancy
using multiple static routes to the same destination
You can configure multiple static IP routes to the same destination, for the following benefits:
• IP load sharing – If you configure more than one static route to the same destination, and the
routes have different next-hop gateways but have the same metrics, the Layer 3 Switch load
balances among the routes using basic round-robin. For example, if you configure two static
routes with the same metrics but to different gateways, the Layer 3 Switch alternates between
the two routes. For information about IP load balancing, refer to “Configuring IP load sharing”
on page 55.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
49
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• Backup Routes – If you configure multiple static IP routes to the same destination, but give the
routes different next-hop gateways and different metrics, the Layer 3 Switch will always use the
route with the lowest metric. If this route becomes unavailable, the Layer 3 Switch will fail over
to the static route with the next-lowest metric, and so on.
NOTE
You also can bias the Layer 3 Switch to select one of the routes by configuring them with different
administrative distances. However, make sure you do not give a static route a higher administrative
distance than other types of routes, unless you want those other types to be preferred over the static
route. For a list of the default administrative distances, refer to “Administrative distance” on
page 207.
The steps for configuring the static routes are the same as described in the previous section. The
following sections provide examples.
To configure multiple static IP routes, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.69 255.255.255.0 192.168.22.1
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.69 255.255.255.0 192.168.10.1
The commands in the previous example configure two static IP routes. The routes go to different
next-hop gateways but have the same metrics. These commands use the default metric value (1),
so the metric is not specified. These static routes are used for load sharing among the next-hop
gateways.
The following commands configure static IP routes to the same destination, but with different
metrics. The route with the lowest metric is used by default. The other routes are backups in case
the first route becomes unavailable. The Layer 3 Switch uses the route with the lowest metric if the
route is available.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.69 255.255.255.0 192.168.22.1
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.69 255.255.255.0 192.168.10.1 2
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.2.69 255.255.255.0 192.168.1 3
In this example, each static route has a different metric. The metric is not specified for the first
route, so the default (1) is used. A metric is specified for the second and third static IP routes. The
second route has a metric of two and the third route has a metric of 3. Thus, the second route is
used only of the first route (which has a metric of 1) becomes unavailable. Likewise, the third route
is used only if the first and second routes (which have lower metrics) are both unavailable.
For complete syntax information, refer to “Configuring a static IP route” on page 47.
Configuring standard static IP routes and interface or null static routes to the
same destination
You can configure a null0 or interface-based static route to a destination and also configure a
normal static route to the same destination, so long as the route metrics are different.
When the Layer 3 Switch has multiple routes to the same destination, the Layer 3 Switch always
prefers the route with the lowest metric. Generally, when you configure a static route to a
destination network, you assign the route a low metric so that the Layer 3 Switch prefers the static
route over other routes to the destination.
50
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
This feature is especially useful for the following configurations. These are not the only allowed
configurations but they are typical uses of this enhancement:
• When you want to ensure that if a given destination network is unavailable, the Layer 3 Switch
drops (forwards to the null interface) traffic for that network instead of using alternate paths to
route the traffic. In this case, assign the normal static route to the destination network a lower
metric than the null route.
• When you want to use a specific interface by default to route traffic to a given destination
network, but want to allow the Layer 3 Switch to use other interfaces to reach the destination
network if the path that uses the default interface becomes unavailable. In this case, give the
interface route a lower metric than the normal static route.
NOTE
You cannot add a null or interface-based static route to a network if there is already a static route of
any type with the same metric you specify for the null or interface-based route.
Figure 5 shows an example of two static routes configured for the same destination network. In this
example, one of the routes is a standard static route and has a metric of 1. The other static route is
a null route and has a higher metric than the standard static route. The Layer 3 Switch always
prefers the static route with the lower metric. In this example, the Layer 3 Switch always uses the
standard static route for traffic to destination network 192.168.7.0/24, unless that route becomes
unavailable, in which case the Layer 3 Switch sends traffic to the null route instead.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
51
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
FIGURE 5
Standard and null static routes to the same destination network
Two static routes to 192.168.7.0/24:
--Standard static route through
gateway 192.168.6.157, with metric 1
--Null route, with metric 2
192.168.6.188/24
192.168.6.157/24
Switch A
192.168.7.7/24
Switch B
When standard static route
is good, Switch A uses that
route.
192.168.7.69/24
Switch A
192.168.6.188/24
192.168.6.157/24
If standard static route is
unavailable, Switch A uses
the null route (in effect dropping
instead of forwarding the packets).
Switch B
192.168.7.7/24
X
192.168.7.69/24
Null
Figure 6 shows another example of two static routes. In this example, a standard static route and
an interface-based static route are configured for destination network 192.168.6.0/24. The
interface-based static route has a lower metric than the standard static route. As a result, the Layer
3 Switch always prefers the interface-based route when the route is available. However, if the
interface-based route becomes unavailable, the Layer 3 Switch still forwards the traffic toward the
destination using an alternate route through gateway 192.168.8.11/24.
52
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
FIGURE 6
Standard and interface routes to the same destination network
Two static routes to 192.168.6.0/24:
--Interface-based route through
Port1/1/1, with metric 1.
--Standard static route through
gateway 192.168.8.11, with metric 3.
Switch A
192.168.8.12/24
Port1/1/4
192.168.6.188/24
Port1/1/1
When route through interface
1/1/1 is available, Switch A always
uses that route.
192.168.6.69/24
192.168.8.11/24
Switch B
Switch C
Switch D
If route through interface
1/1/1 becomes unavailable,
Switch A uses alternate
route through gateway
192.168.8.11/24.
To configure a standard static IP route and a null route to the same network as shown in Figure 5
on page 52, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.7.0/24 192.168.6.157/24 1
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.7.0/24 null0 3
The first command configures a standard static route, which includes specification of the next-hop
gateway. The command also gives the standard static route a metric of 1, which causes the Layer 3
Switch to always prefer this route when the route is available.
The second command configures another static route for the same destination network, but the
second route is a null route. The metric for the null route is 3, which is higher than the metric for the
standard static route. If the standard static route is unavailable, the software uses the null route.
For complete syntax information, refer to “Configuring a static IP route” on page 47.
To configure a standard static route and an interface-based route to the same destination, enter
commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.6.0/24 ethernet 1/1 1
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.6.0/24 192.168.8.11/24 3
The first command configured an interface-based static route through Ethernet port 1/1/1. The
command assigns a metric of 1 to this route, causing the Layer 3 Switch to always prefer this route
when it is available. If the route becomes unavailable, the Layer 3 Switch uses an alternate route
through the next-hop gateway 192.168.8.11/24.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
53
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Configuring a default network route
The Layer 3 Switch enables you to specify a candidate default route without the need to specify the
next hop gateway. If the IP route table does not contain an explicit default route (for example,
0.0.0.0/0) or propagate an explicit default route through routing protocols, the software can use
the default network route as a default route instead.
When the software uses the default network route, it also uses the default network route's next hop
gateway as the gateway of last resort.
This feature is especially useful in environments where network topology changes can make the
next hop gateway unreachable. This feature allows the Layer 3 Switch to perform default routing
even if the default network route's default gateway changes.
The feature thus differs from standard default routes. When you configure a standard default route,
you also specify the next hop gateway. If a topology change makes the gateway unreachable, the
default route becomes unusable.
For example, if you configure 10.10.10.0/24 as a candidate default network route, if the IP route
table does not contain an explicit default route (0.0.0.0/0), the software uses the default network
route and automatically uses that route's next hop gateway as the default gateway. If a topology
change occurs and as a result the default network route's next hop gateway changes, the software
can still use the default network route. To configure a default network route, use the following CLI
method.
If you configure more than one default network route, the Layer 3 Switch uses the following
algorithm to select one of the routes.
1. Use the route with the lowest administrative distance.
2. If the administrative distances are equal:
• Are the routes from different routing protocols (RIP, OSPF, or BGP4)? If so, use the route
with the lowest IP address.
• If the routes are from the same routing protocol, use the route with the best metric. The
meaning of “best” metric depends on the routing protocol:
• RIP – The metric is the number of hops (additional routers) to the destination. The best
route is the route with the fewest hops.
• OSPF – The metric is the path cost associated with the route. The path cost does not
indicate the number of hops but is instead a numeric value associated with each route.
The best route is the route with the lowest path cost.
• BGP4 – The metric is the Multi-exit Discriminator (MED) associated with the route. The
MED applies to routes that have multiple paths through the same AS. The best route is the
route with the lowest MED.
You can configure up to four default network routes.
To configure a default network route, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip default-network 192.168.22.0
Brocade(config)# write memory
Syntax: ip default-network ip-addr
The ip-addr parameter specifies the network address.
To verify that the route is in the route table, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
54
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Brocade# show ip route
Total number of IP routes: 2
Start index: 1 B:BGP D:Connected R:RIP S:Static
Destination
NetMask
Gateway
1
10.157.20.0
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
2
10.157.22.0
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
O:OSPF *:Candidate default
Port
Cost
Type
lb1
1
D
1/1/1
1
*D
This example shows two routes. Both of the routes are directly attached, as indicated in the Type
column. However, one of the routes is shown as type “*D”, with an asterisk (*). The asterisk
indicates that this route is a candidate default network route.
Configuring IP load sharing
The IP route table can contain more than one path to a given destination. When this occurs, the
Layer 3 Switch selects the path with the lowest cost as the path for forwarding traffic to the
destination. If the IP route table contains more than one path to a destination and the paths each
have the lowest cost, then the Layer 3 Switch uses IP load sharing to select a path to the
destination.1
IP load sharing uses a hashing algorithm based on the source IP address, destination IP address,
and protocol field in the IP header, TCP, and UDP information.
NOTE
IP load sharing is based on next-hop routing, and not on source routing.
NOTE
The term “path” refers to the next-hop router to a destination, not to the entire route to a destination.
Thus, when the software compares multiple equal-cost paths, the software is comparing paths that
use different next-hop routers, with equal costs, to the same destination.
In many contexts, the terms “route” and ”path” mean the same thing. Most of the user
documentation uses the term “route” throughout. The term “path” is used in this section to refer to
an individual next-hop router to a destination, while the term “route” refers collectively to the
multiple paths to the destination. Load sharing applies when the IP route table contains multiple,
equal-cost paths to a destination.
NOTE
Brocade devices also perform load sharing among the ports in aggregate links. Refer to the section
“Trunk group load sharing” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration
Guide.
How multiple equal-cost paths enter the IP route table
IP load sharing applies to equal-cost paths in the IP route table. Routes that are eligible for load
sharing can enter the table from any of the following sources:
• IP static routes
• Routes learned through RIP
• Routes learned through OSPF
1.
IP load sharing is also called “Equal-Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)” load sharing or just “ECMP”
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
55
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• Routes learned through BGP4
Administrative distance for each IP route
The administrative distance is a unique value associated with each type (source) of IP route. Each
path has an administrative distance. The administrative distance is not used when performing IP
load sharing, but the administrative distance is used when evaluating multiple equal-cost paths to
the same destination from different sources, such as RIP, OSPF and so on.
The value of the administrative distance is determined by the source of the route. The Layer 3
Switch is configured with a unique administrative distance value for each IP route source.
When the software receives multiple paths to the same destination and the paths are from
different sources, the software compares the administrative distances of the paths and selects the
path with the lowest distance. The software then places the path with the lowest administrative
distance in the IP route table. For example, if the Layer 3 Switch has a path learned from OSPF and
a path learned from RIP for a given destination, only the path with the lower administrative distance
enters the IP route table.
Here are the default administrative distances on the Brocade Layer 3 Switch:
• Directly connected – 0 (this value is not configurable)
• Static IP route – 1 (applies to all static routes, including default routes and default network
routes)
•
•
•
•
•
External Border Gateway Protocol eBGP) – 20
OSPF – 110
RIP – 120
Internal Gateway Protocol (iBGP) – 200
Unknown – 255 (the router will not use this route)
Lower administrative distances are preferred over higher distances. For example, if the router
receives routes for the same network from OSPF and from RIP, the router will prefer the OSPF route
by default.
NOTE
You can change the administrative distances individually. Refer to the configuration chapter for the
route source for information.
Since the software selects only the path with the lowest administrative distance, and the
administrative distance is determined by the path source, IP load sharing does not apply to paths
from different route sources. IP load sharing applies only when the IP route table contains multiple
paths to the same destination, from the same IP route source.
IP load sharing does not apply to paths that come from different sources.
Path cost
The cost parameter provides a common basis of comparison for selecting from among multiple
paths to a given destination. Each path in the IP route table has a cost. When the IP route table
contains multiple paths to a destination, the Layer 3 Switch chooses the path with the lowest cost.
When the IP route table contains more than one path with the lowest cost to a destination, the
Layer 3 Switch uses IP load sharing to select one of the lowest-cost paths.
56
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
The source of a path cost value depends on the source of the path:
• IP static route – The value you assign to the metric parameter when you configure the route.
The default metric is 1. Refer to “Configuring load balancing and redundancy using multiple
static routes to the same destination” on page 49.
• RIP – The number of next-hop routers to the destination.
• OSPF – The Path Cost associated with the path. The paths can come from any combination of
inter-area, intra-area, and external Link State Advertisements (LSAs).
• BGP4 – The path Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) value.
NOTE
If the path is redistributed between two or more of the above sources before entering the IP route
table, the cost can increase during the redistribution due to settings in redistribution filters.
Static route, OSPF, and BGP4 load sharing
IP load sharing and load sharing for static routes, OSPF routes, and BGP4 routes are individually
configured. Multiple equal-cost paths for a destination can enter the IP route table only if the
source of the paths is configured to support multiple equal-cost paths. For example, if BGP4 allows
only one path with a given cost for a given destination, the BGP4 route table cannot contain
equal-cost paths to the destination. Consequently, the IP route table will not receive multiple
equal-cost paths from BGP4.
Table 6 lists the default and configurable maximum numbers of paths for each IP route source that
can provide equal-cost paths to the IP route table. The table also lists where to find configuration
information for the route source load sharing parameters.
The load sharing state for all the route sources is based on the state of IP load sharing. Since IP
load sharing is enabled by default on all Brocade Layer 3 Switches, load sharing for static IP routes,
RIP routes, OSPF routes, and BGP4 routes also is enabled by default.
TABLE 6
Default load sharing parameters for route sources
Route source
Default maximum number
of paths
Maximum number of
paths
See...
Static IP route
41
81
page 58
1
1
RIP
4
8
page 58
OSPF
4
8
page 58
BGP4
1
4
page 291
1.
This value depends on the value for IP load sharing, and is not separately configurable.
How IP load sharing works
When the Layer 3 Switch receives traffic for a destination and the IP route table contains multiple,
equal-cost paths to that destination, the device checks the IP forwarding cache for a forwarding
entry for the destination. The IP forwarding cache provides a fast path for forwarding IP traffic,
including load-balanced traffic. The cache contains entries that associate a destination host or
network with a path (next-hop router).
• If the IP forwarding sharing cache contains a forwarding entry for the destination, the device
uses the entry to forward the traffic.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
57
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• If the IP load forwarding cache does not contain a forwarding entry for the destination, the
software selects a path from among the available equal-cost paths to the destination, then
creates a forwarding entry in the cache based on the calculation. Subsequent traffic for the
same destination uses the forwarding entry.
Response to path state changes
If one of the load-balanced paths to a cached destination becomes unavailable, or the IP route
table receives a new equal-cost path to a cached destination, the software removes the
unavailable path from the IP route table. Then the software selects a new path.
Disabling or re-enabling load sharing
To disable IP load sharing, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# no ip load-sharing
Syntax: [no] ip load-sharing
Changing the maximum number of ECMP (load sharing) paths
You can change the maximum number of paths the Layer 3 Switch supports to a value from 2
through 8. The maximum number of ECMP load sharing paths supported per device is 8.
For optimal results, set the maximum number of paths to a value at least as high as the maximum
number of equal-cost paths your network typically contains. For example, if the Layer 3 Switch you
are configuring for IP load sharing has six next-hop routers, set the maximum paths value to six.
NOTE
If the setting for the maximum number of paths is lower than the actual number of equal-cost paths,
the software does not use all the paths for load sharing for RIP routes. Run the clear ip route
command to fix this issue.
To change the number of IP load sharing paths, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip load-sharing 6
Syntax: [no] ip load-sharing [num]
The num parameter specifies the number of paths and can be from 2 through 8, depending on the
device you are configuring.
ICMP Router Discovery Protocol configuration
The ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP) is used by Brocade Layer 3 Switches to advertise the IP
addresses of its router interfaces to directly attached hosts. IRDP is disabled by default. You can
enable the feature on a global basis or on an individual port basis:
• If you enable the feature globally, all ports use the default values for the IRDP parameters.
• If you leave the feature disabled globally but enable it on individual ports, you also can
configure the IRDP parameters on an individual port basis.
58
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
NOTE
You can configure IRDP parameters only an individual port basis. To do so, IRDP must be
disabled globally and enabled only on individual ports. You cannot configure IRDP parameters
if the feature is globally enabled.
When IRDP is enabled, the Layer 3 Switch periodically sends Router Advertisement messages out
the IP interfaces on which the feature is enabled. The messages advertise the Layer 3 Switch IP
addresses to directly attached hosts who listen for the messages. In addition, hosts can be
configured to query the Layer 3 Switch for the information by sending Router Solicitation messages.
Some types of hosts use the Router Solicitation messages to discover their default gateway. When
IRDP is enabled on the Brocade Layer 3 Switch, the Layer 3 Switch responds to the Router
Solicitation messages. Some clients interpret this response to mean that the Layer 3 Switch is the
default gateway. If another router is actually the default gateway for these clients, leave IRDP
disabled on the Brocade Layer 3 Switch.
IRDP parameters
IRDP uses the following parameters. If you enable IRDP on individual ports instead of enabling the
feature globally, you can configure these parameters on an individual port basis:
• Packet type – The Layer 3 Switch can send Router Advertisement messages as IP broadcasts
or as IP multicasts addressed to IP multicast group 224.0.0.1. The packet type is IP broadcast.
• Maximum message interval and minimum message interval – When IRDP is enabled, the
Layer 3 Switch sends the Router Advertisement messages every 450 – 600 seconds by
default. The time within this interval that the Layer 3 Switch selects is random for each
message and is not affected by traffic loads or other network factors. The random interval
minimizes the probability that a host will receive Router Advertisement messages from other
routers at the same time. The interval on each IRDP-enabled Layer 3 Switch interface is
independent of the interval on other IRDP-enabled interfaces. The default maximum message
interval is 600 seconds. The default minimum message interval is 450 seconds.
• Hold time – Each Router Advertisement message contains a hold time value. This value
specifies the maximum amount of time the host should consider an advertisement to be valid
until a newer advertisement arrives. When a new advertisement arrives, the hold time is reset.
The hold time is always longer than the maximum advertisement interval. Therefore, if the hold
time for an advertisement expires, the host can reasonably conclude that the router interface
that sent the advertisement is no longer available. The default hold time is three times the
maximum message interval.
• Preference – If a host receives multiple Router Advertisement messages from different
routers, the host selects the router that sent the message with the highest preference as the
default gateway. The preference can be a number from 0-4294967296 to 0-4294967295.
The default is 0.
Enabling IRDP globally
To globally enable IRDP, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)# ip irdp
This command enables IRDP on the IP interfaces on all ports. Each port uses the default values for
the IRDP parameters. The parameters are not configurable when IRDP is globally enabled.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
59
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Enabling IRDP on an individual port
To enable IRDP on an individual interface and change IRDP parameters, enter commands such as
the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)# ip irdp maxadvertinterval 400
This example shows how to enable IRDP on a specific port and change the maximum
advertisement interval for Router Advertisement messages to 400 seconds.
NOTE
To enable IRDP on individual ports, you must leave the feature globally disabled.
Syntax: [no] ip irdp [broadcast | multicast] [holdtime seconds] [maxadvertinterval seconds]
[minadvertinterval seconds] [preference number]
The broadcast | multicast parameter specifies the packet type the Layer 3 Switch uses to send
Router Advertisement:
• broadcast – The Layer 3 Switch sends Router Advertisement as IP broadcasts. This is the
default.
• multicast – The Layer 3 Switch sends Router Advertisement as multicast packets addressed to
IP multicast group 224.0.0.1.
The holdtime seconds parameter specifies how long a host that receives a Router Advertisement
from the Layer 3 Switch should consider the advertisement to be valid. When a host receives a new
Router Advertisement message from the Layer 3 Switch, the host resets the hold time for the Layer
3 Switch to the hold time specified in the new advertisement. If the hold time of an advertisement
expires, the host discards the advertisement, concluding that the router interface that sent the
advertisement is no longer available. The value must be greater than the value of the
maxadvertinterval parameter and cannot be greater than 9000. The default is three times the
value of the maxadvertinterval parameter.
The maxadvertinterval parameter specifies the maximum amount of time the Layer 3 Switch waits
between sending Router Advertisements. You can specify a value from 1 to the current value of the
holdtime parameter. The default is 600 seconds.
The minadvertinterval parameter specifies the minimum amount of time the Layer 3 Switch can
wait between sending Router Advertisements. The default is three-fourths (0.75) the value of the
maxadvertinterval parameter. If you change the maxadvertinterval parameter, the software
automatically adjusts the minadvertinterval parameter to be three-fourths the new value of the
maxadvertinterval parameter. If you want to override the automatically configured value, you can
specify an interval from 1 to the current value of the maxadvertinterval parameter.
The preference number parameter specifies the IRDP preference level of this Layer 3 Switch. If a
host receives Router Advertisements from multiple routers, the host selects the router interface
that sent the message with the highest interval as the host default gateway. The valid range is
0-4294967296 to 0-4294967295. The default is 0.
60
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol configuration
The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) provides a simple mechanism for
directly-attached IP hosts to boot over the network. RARP allows an IP host that does not have a
means of storing its IP address across power cycles or software reloads to query a directly-attached
router for an IP address.
RARP is enabled by default. However, you must create a RARP entry for each host that will use the
Layer 3 Switch for booting. A RARP entry consists of the following information:
• The entry number – the entry sequence number in the RARP table.
• The MAC address of the boot client.
• The IP address you want the Layer 3 Switch to give to the client.
When a client sends a RARP broadcast requesting an IP address, the Layer 3 Switch responds to
the request by looking in the RARP table for an entry that contains the client MAC address:
• If the RARP table contains an entry for the client, the Layer 3 Switch sends a unicast response
to the client that contains the IP address associated with the client MAC address in the RARP
table.
• If the RARP table does not contain an entry for the client, the Layer 3 Switch silently discards
the RARP request and does not reply to the client.
How RARP differs from BootP and DHCP
RARP and BootP/DHCP are different methods for providing IP addresses to IP hosts when they
boot. These methods differ in the following ways:
• Location of configured host addresses:
- RARP requires static configuration of the host IP addresses on the Layer 3 Switch. The
Layer 3 Switch replies directly to a host request by sending an IP address you have
configured in the RARP table.
-
The Layer 3 Switch forwards BootP and DHCP requests to a third-party BootP/DHCP server
that contains the IP addresses and other host configuration information.
• Connection of host to boot source (Layer 3 Switch or BootP/DHCP server):
- RARP requires the IP host to be directly attached to the Layer 3 Switch.
- An IP host and the BootP/DHCP server can be on different networks and on different
routers, so long as the routers are configured to forward (“help”) the host boot request to
the boot server.
-
You can centrally configure other host parameters on the BootP/DHCP server, in addition
to the IP address, and supply those parameters to the host along with its IP address.
To configure the Layer 3 Switch to forward BootP/DHCP requests when boot clients and the boot
servers are on different subnets on different Layer 3 Switch interfaces, refer to “BootP and DHCP
relay parameter configuration” on page 65.
Disabling RARP
RARP is enabled by default. To disable RARP, enter the following command at the global CONFIG
level.
Brocade(config)# no ip rarp
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
61
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Syntax: [no] ip rarp
To re-enable RARP, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)# ip rarp
Creating static RARP entries
You must configure the RARP entries for the RARP table. The Layer 3 Switch can send an IP
address in reply to a client RARP request only if create a RARP entry for that client.
To assign a static IP RARP entry for static routes on a Brocade router, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade(config)# rarp 1 0000.0054.2348 192.168.4.2
This command creates a RARP entry for a client with MAC address 0000.0054.2348. When the
Layer 3 Switch receives a RARP request from this client, the Layer 3 Switch replies to the request by
sending IP address 192.168.4.2 to the client.
Syntax: rarp number mac-addr. ip-addr
The number parameter identifies the RARP entry number. You can specify an unused number from
1 to the maximum number of RARP entries supported on the device. To determine the maximum
number of entries supported on the device, refer to the section “Displaying and modifying system
parameter default settings” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration
Guide.
The mac-addr parameter specifies the MAC address of the RARP client.
The ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address the Layer 3 Switch will give the client in response to
the client RARP request.
Changing the maximum number of static RARP entries supported
The number of RARP entries the Layer 3 Switch supports depends on how much memory the Layer
3 Switch has. To determine how many RARP entries your Layer 3 Switch can have, display the
system default information using the procedure in the section“Displaying and modifying system
parameter default settings” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Platform and Layer 2 Switching Configuration
Guide.
If your Layer 3 Switch allows you to increase the maximum number of RARP entries, you can use a
procedure in the same section to do so.
NOTE
You must save the configuration to the startup-config file and reload the software after changing the
RARP cache size to place the change into effect.
Configuring UDP broadcast and IP helper parameters
Some applications rely on client requests sent as limited IP broadcasts addressed to the UDP
application port. If a server for the application receives such a broadcast, the server can reply to
the client. Routers do not forward subnet directed broadcasts, so the client and server must be on
the same network for the broadcast to reach the server. If the client and server are on different
networks (on opposite sides of a router), the client request cannot reach the server.
62
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
You can configure the Layer 3 Switch to forward clients‘ requests to UDP application servers. To do
so:
• Enable forwarding support for the UDP application port, if forwarding support is not already
enabled.
• Configure a helper adders on the interface connected to the clients. Specify the helper
address to be the IP address of the application server or the subnet directed broadcast
address for the IP subnet the server is in. A helper address is associated with a specific
interface and applies only to client requests received on that interface. The Layer 3 Switch
forwards client requests for any of the application ports the Layer 3 Switch is enabled to
forward to the helper address.
Forwarding support for the following application ports is enabled by default:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
bootps (port 67)
dns (port 53)
tftp (port 69)
time (port 37)
netbios-ns (port 137)
netbios-dgm (port 138)
tacacs (port 65)
NOTE
The application names are the names for these applications that the Layer 3 Switch software
recognizes, and might not match the names for these applications on some third-party devices. The
numbers listed in parentheses are the UDP port numbers for the applications. The numbers come
from RFC 1340.
NOTE
Forwarding support for BootP/DHCP is enabled by default. If you are configuring the Layer 3 Switch
to forward BootP/DHCP requests, refer to “BootP and DHCP relay parameter configuration” on
page 65.
You can enable forwarding for other applications by specifying the application port number.
You also can disable forwarding for an application.
NOTE
If you disable forwarding for a UDP application, forwarding of client requests received as broadcasts
to helper addresses is disabled. Disabling forwarding of an application does not disable other
support for the application. For example, if you disable forwarding of Telnet requests to helper
addresses, other Telnet support on the Layer 3 Switch is not also disabled.
Enabling forwarding for a UDP application
If you want the Layer 3 Switch to forward client requests for UDP applications that the Layer 3
Switch does not forward by default, you can enable forwarding support for the port. To enable
forwarding support for a UDP application, use the following method. You also can disable
forwarding for an application using this method.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
63
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
NOTE
You also must configure a helper address on the interface that is connected to the clients for the
application. The Layer 3 Switch cannot forward the requests unless you configure the helper
address. Refer to “Configuring an IP helper address” on page 66.
To enable the forwarding of SNMP trap broadcasts, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)# ip forward-protocol udp ntp
Syntax: [no] ip forward-protocol udp udp-port-name | udp-port-num
The udp-port-name parameter can have one of the following values. For reference, the
corresponding port numbers from RFC 1340 are shown in parentheses. If you specify an
application name, enter the name only, not the parentheses or the port number shown here:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
bootpc (port 68)
bootps (port 67)
discard (port 9)
dns (port 53)
dnsix (port 90)
echo (port 7)
mobile-ip (port 434)
netbios-dgm (port 138)
netbios-ns (port 137)
ntp (port 123)
tacacs (port 65)
talk (port 517)
time (port 37)
tftp (port 69)
In addition, you can specify any UDP application by using the application UDP port number.
The udp-port-num parameter specifies the UDP application port number. If the application you
want to enable is not listed above, enter the application port number. You also can list the port
number for any of the applications listed above.
To disable forwarding for an application, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)# no ip forward-protocol udp ntp
This command disables forwarding of SNMP requests to the helper addresses configured on Layer
3 Switch interfaces.
Configuring an IP helper address
To forward a client broadcast request for a UDP application when the client and server are on
different networks, you must configure a helper address on the interface connected to the client.
Specify the server IP address or the subnet directed broadcast address of the IP subnet the server
is in as the helper address.
You can configure up to 16 helper addresses on each interface. You can configure a helper
address on an Ethernet port or a virtual interface.
64
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
To configure a helper address on an interface 2 on chassis module 1, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/2
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)# ip helper-address 1 192.168.7.6
The commands in this example change the CLI to the configuration level for port 1/1/2, then add a
helper address for server 192.168.7.6 to the port. If the port receives a client request for any of
the applications that the Layer 3 Switch is enabled to forward, the Layer 3 Switch forwards the
client request to the server.
Syntax: ip helper-address num ip-addr
The num parameter specifies the helper address number and can be from 1 through 16.
The ip-addr command specifies the server IP address or the subnet directed broadcast address of
the IP subnet the server is in.
BootP and DHCP relay parameter configuration
A host on an IP network can use BootP or DHCP to obtain its IP address from a BootP/DHCP server.
To obtain the address, the client sends a BootP or DHCP request. The request is a subnet directed
broadcast and is addressed to UDP port 67. A limited IP broadcast is addressed to IP address
255.255.255.255 and is not forwarded by the Brocade Layer 3 Switch or other IP routers.
When the BootP or DHCP client and server are on the same network, the server receives the
broadcast request and replies to the client. However, when the client and server are on different
networks, the server does not receive the client request, because the Layer 3 Switch does not
forward the request.
You can configure the Layer 3 Switch to forward BootP/DHCP requests. To do so, configure a
helper address on the interface that receives the client requests, and specify the BootP/DHCP
server IP address as the address you are helping the BootP/DHCP requests to reach. Instead of
the server IP address, you can specify the subnet directed broadcast address of the IP subnet the
server is in.
BootP and DHCP relay parameters
The following parameters control the Layer 3 Switch forwarding of BootP and DHCP requests:
• Helper address – The BootP/DHCP server IP address. You must configure the helper address
on the interface that receives the BootP/DHCP requests from the client. The Layer 3 Switch
cannot forward a request to the server unless you configure a helper address for the server.
• Gateway address – The Layer 3 Switch places the IP address of the interface that received the
BootP/DHCP request in the request packet Gateway Address field (sometimes called the
Router ID field). When the server responds to the request, the server sends the response as a
unicast packet to the IP address in the Gateway Address field. (If the client and server are
directly attached, the Gateway ID field is empty and the server replies to the client using a
unicast or broadcast packet, depending on the server.)
By default, the Layer 3 Switch uses the lowest-numbered IP address on the interface that
receives the request as the Gateway address. You can override the default by specifying the IP
address you want the Layer 3 Switch to use.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
65
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• Hop count – Each router that forwards a BootP/DHCP packet increments the hop count by 1.
Routers also discard a forwarded BootP/DHCP request instead of forwarding the request if the
hop count is greater than the maximum number of BootP/DHCP hops allows by the router. By
default, a Brocade Layer 3 Switch forwards a BootP/DHCP request if its hop count is four or
less, but discards the request if the hop count is greater than four. You can change the
maximum number of hops the Layer 3 Switch will allow to a value from 1 through 15.
NOTE
The BootP/DHCP hop count is not the TTL parameter.
Configuring an IP helper address
The procedure for configuring a helper address for BootP/DHCP requests is the same as the
procedure for configuring a helper address for other types of UDP broadcasts. Refer to “Configuring
an IP helper address” on page 64.
Configuring the BOOTP and DHCP reply source address
You can configure the Brocade device so that a BOOTP/DHCP reply to a client contains the server
IP address as the source address instead of the router IP address. To do so, enter the following
command at the Global CONFIG level of the CLI.
Brocade(config)# ip helper-use-responder-ip
Syntax: [no] ip helper-use-responder-ip
Changing the IP address used for stamping BootP and DHCP requests
When the Layer 3 Switch forwards a BootP/DHCP request, the Layer 3 Switch “stamps” the
Gateway Address field. The default value the Layer 3 Switch uses to stamp the packet is the
lowest-numbered IP address configured on the interface that received the request. If you want the
Layer 3 Switch to use a different IP address to stamp requests received on the interface, use either
of the following methods to specify the address.
The BootP/DHCP stamp address is an interface parameter. Change the parameter on the interface
that is connected to the BootP/DHCP client.
To change the IP address used for stamping BootP/DHCP requests received on interface 1/1/1,
enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip bootp-gateway 192.168.22.26
These commands change the CLI to the configuration level for port 1/1/1, then change the
BootP/DHCP stamp address for requests received on port 1/1/1 to 192.168.22.26. The Layer 3
Switch will place this IP address in the Gateway Address field of BootP/DHCP requests that the
Layer 3 Switch receives on port 1/1/1 and forwards to the BootP/DHCP server.
Syntax: ip bootp-gateway ip-addr
66
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Changing the maximum number of hops to a BootP relay server
Each BootP or DHCP request includes a field Hop Count field. The Hop Count field indicates how
many routers the request has passed through. When the Layer 3 Switch receives a BootP/DHCP
request, the Layer 3 Switch looks at the value in the Hop Count field:
• If the hop count value is equal to or less than the maximum hop count the Layer 3 Switch
allows, the Layer 3 Switch increments the hop count by one and forwards the request.
• If the hop count is greater than the maximum hop count the Layer 3 Switch allows, the Layer 3
Switch discards the request.
To change the maximum number of hops the Layer 3 Switch allows for forwarded BootP/DHCP
requests, use either of the following methods.
NOTE
The BootP and DHCP hop count is not the TTL parameter.
To modify the maximum number of BootP/DHCP hops, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)#bootp-relay-max-hops 10
This command allows the Layer 3 Switch to forward BootP/DHCP requests that have passed
through ten previous hops before reaching the Layer 3 Switch. Requests that have traversed 11
hops before reaching the switch are dropped. Since the hop count value initializes at zero, the hop
count value of an ingressing DHCP Request packet is the number of Layer 3 routers that the packet
has already traversed.
Syntax: bootp-relay-max-hops 1 through 15
DHCP Server
All Brocade ICX 6650 devices can be configured to function as DHCP Servers.
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a computer networking protocol used by devices
(DHCP clients) to obtain leased (or permanent) IP addresses. DHCP is an extension of the
Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP). The differences between DHCP and BOOTP are the address allocation
and renewal process.
DHCP introduces the concept of a lease on an IP address. Refer to “How DHCP Client-Based
Auto-Configuration and flash image update works” on page 82. The DHCP server can allocate an IP
address for a specified amount of time, or can extend a lease for an indefinite amount of time.
DHCP provides greater control of address distribution within a subnet. This feature is crucial if the
subnet has more devices than available IP address. In contrast to BOOTP, which has two types of
messages that can be used for leased negotiation, DHCP provides 7 types of messages. Refer to
“Supported options for DHCP Servers” on page 85.
DHCP allocates temporary or permanent network IP addresses to clients. When a client requests
the use of an address for a time interval, the DHCP server guarantees not to reallocate that
address within the requested time and tries to return the same network address each time the
client makes a request. The period of time for which a network address is allocated to a client is
called a lease. The client may extend the lease through subsequent requests. When the client is
done with the address, they can release the address back to the server. By asking for an indefinite
lease, clients may receive a permanent assignment.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
67
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
In some environments, it may be necessary to reassign network addresses due to exhaustion of the
available address pool. In this case, the allocation mechanism reuses addresses with expired
leases.
Configuration notes for configuring DHCP servers
• DHCP server is supported in the Layer 2 and full Layer 3 software images.
• In the event of a controlled or forced switchover, a DHCP client will request from the DHCP
server the same IP address and lease assignment that it had before the switchover. After the
switchover, the DHCP Server feature will be automatically re-initialized on the new active
controller or management module.
• If any address from the configured DHCP pool is used, for example by the DHCP server, TFTP
server, etc., you must exclude the address from the network pool. For configuration
instructions, refer to “Specifying addresses to exclude from the address pool” on page 76.
DHCP option 82 support
The DHCP relay agent information option (DHCP option 82) enables a DHCP relay agent to include
information about itself when forwarding client-originated DHCP packets to a DHCP server. The
DHCP server uses this information to implement IP address or other parameter-assignment
policies.
In a metropolitan Ethernet-access environment, the DHCP server can centrally manage IP address
assignments for a large number of subscribers. If DHCP option 82 is disabled, a DHCP policy can
only be applied per subnet, rather than per physical port. When DCHP option 82 is enabled, a
subscriber is identified by the physical port through which it connects to the network.
DHCP Server options
A Brocade ICX 6650 device configured as a DHCP server can support up to 1000 DHCP clients,
offering them the following options:
• NetBIOS over TCP/IP Name Server - Specifies a list of RFC1001/1002 NBNS name servers
listed in order of preference.
• Domain Name Server - Specifies a list of Domain Name System (RFC 1035) name servers
available to the client. Servers are listed in order of preference.
• Domain Name - Specifies the domain name the client should use when resolving hostnames
using the Domain Name system.
• Router Option - specifies a list of IP addresses for routers on the client subnet. Routers are
listed in order of preference.
• Subnet Mask - Specifies the client subnet mask (per RFC950).
• Vendor Specific Information - Allows clients and servers to exchange vendor-specific
information.
• Boot File - Specifies a boot image to be used by the client
• Next Bootstrap Server - Configures the IP address of the next server to be used for startup by
the client.
• TFTP Server - Configures the address or name of the TFTP server available to the client.
68
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
A DHCP server assigns and manages IPv4 addresses from multiple address pools, using dynamic
address allocation. The DHCP server also contains the relay agent to forward DHCP broadcast
messages to network segments that do not support these types of messages.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
69
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
FIGURE 7
DHCP Server configuration flow chart
Classify
incoming
message
Yes
DHCP
enabled?
Yes
No
previous
allocation in
DB for this
host?
Reserve the
previous
allocated address
Yes
Send offer to host
and listen for
response
Host
responds?
No
No
Use RX Portnum,
Ciaddr field, and
Giaddr field to select
proper address
pool
End
Reserve an
address from the
address pool
Reserve
the
address
No
Available
address in the
pool?
Yes
Host options
requested
address?
Yes
Check for
requested
address
from host
options
parameters
(Requested IP
Address)
No
Yes
Requested
address
available?
No
Log error in
system log and
send DHCP NAK
to host
Log error to
system log
DHCP
release?
Mark address as
available to
another host
Yes
No
Yes
DHCP
decline?
Yes
Check host decline
address against
address pool
No
DHCP
inform?
Mark address as
no available and
log config error
in system log
Match found?
No
Send ACK to host
with all configured
options. Do not include
lease expiration
or yiaddr
Yes
Log warning to
system log
No
DHCP
request
Is request
response to
DHCP offer?
Yes
accepting
assigned
address/lease
parameters
Send ACK to
host and listen
for request to
extend, renew, or
release lease
No
Request to
extend or
renew lease
70
Renew or extend
the lease
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Configuring DHCP Server on a device
Perform the following steps to configure the DHCP Server feature on your device:
1. Enable DHCP Server by entering a command similar to the following.
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-server enable
2. Create a DHCP Server address pool by entering a command similar to the following.
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-server pool cabo
3. Configure the DHCP Server address pool by entering commands similar to the following.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)#
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)#
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)#
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)#
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)#
network 192.168.1.0/24
domain-name brocade.com
dns-server 192.168.1.2 192.168.1.3
netbios-name-server 192.168.1.2
lease 0 0 5
4. To disable DHCP, enter a command similar to the following.
Brocade(config)# no ip dhcp-server enable
The following sections describe the default DHCP settings, CLI commands and the options you can
configure for the DHCP Server feature.
Default DHCP Server settings
Table 7 shows the default DHCP Server settings.
TABLE 7
DHCP server default settings
Parameter
Default Value
DHCP server
Disabled
Lease database expiration time
86400 seconds
The duration of the lease for an assigned IP address
43200 seconds (one day)
Maximum lease database expiration time
86400 seconds
DHCP server with option 82
Disabled
DHCP server unknown circuit-ID for Option 82
Permit range lookup
IP distribution mechanism
Linear
DHCP Server CLI commands
Table 8 described DHCP Server optional parameters command.
TABLE 8
DHCP Server optional parameters command
Command
Description
dbexpire
Specifies how long, in seconds, the DHCP server should wait before
aborting a database transfer
option domain-name
Specifies the domain name for the DHCP clients.
option
domain-nameservers
Specifies the Domain Name System (DNS) IP servers that are
available to the DHCP clients.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
71
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
TABLE 8
DHCP Server optional parameters command
Command
Description
option merit-dump
Specifies the path name of a file into which the client’s core image
should be placed in the event that the client crashes (the DHCP
application issues an exception in case of errors such as division by
zero).
option root-path
Specifies the name of the path that contains the client’s root
filesystem in NFS notation.
option router
Adds the default router and gateway for the DHCP clients.
option subnet-mask
Defines the subnet mask for the network.
option
broadcastaddress
Defines a broadcast address for the network.
option wins-server
Defines the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name
servers that are available to Microsoft DHCP clients.
option log-servers
Defines a list of log servers available to the client.
option
bootstrapserver
Specifies the IP address of the bootstrap server (the command fills
the “siaddr” field in the DHCP packet).
option
bootstrapfilename
Sets the name of the bootstrap file. The no form of this command
removes the name of the bootstrap file.
option bootfile-name
Specifies the pathname of the boot file.
option tftp-server
Specifies the IP address of a TFTP server.
Table 9 describes the CLI commands that are available in the DHCP Server feature.
TABLE 9
DHCP Server CLI commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp-server arp-ping-timeout <#>
Specifies the time (in seconds) the server will wait for a response to an
arp-ping packet before deleting the client from the binding database. The
minimum setting is 5 seconds and the maximum time is 30 seconds.
NOTE: Do not alter the default value unless it is necessary. Increasing
the value of this timer may increase the time to get console
access after a reboot.
clear ip dhcp-server binding
Deletes a specific, or all leases from the binding database. Refer to
“Removing DHCP leases” on page 74.
ip dhcp-server enable
Enables the DHCP server feature. Refer to “Enabling DHCP Server” on
page 74.
no ip dhcp-server mgmt
Disables DHCP server on the management port. Refer to “Disabling DHCP
Server on the management port” on page 74.
ip dhcp-server pool name
Switches to pool configuration mode (config-dhcp-name# prompt) and
creates an address pool. Refer to “Creating an address pool” on page 75.
ip dhcp-server relay-agent-echo
enable
Enables relay agent echo (Option 82). Refer to “Enabling relay agent echo
(Option 82)” on page 75.
ip dhcp-server server-id
Specifies the IP address of the selected DHCP server. Refer to
“Configuring the IP address of the DHCP server” on page 75.
show ip dhcp-server binding [address] Displays a specific lease entry, or all lease entries. Refer to “Displaying
active lease entries” on page 78.
72
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
TABLE 9
DHCP Server CLI commands (Continued)
Command
Description
show ip dhcp-server address-pool
name
Displays a specific address pool or all address pools. Refer to “Displaying
address-pool information” on page 78.
show ip dhcp-server flash
Displays the lease binding database that is stored in flash memory. Refer
to “Displaying lease-binding information in flash memory” on page 79.
show ip dhcp-server summary
Displays a summary of active leases, deployed address pools,
undeployed address pools, and server uptime.“Displaying summary
DHCP server information” on page 80.
bootfile name
Specifies a boot image to be used by the client. Refer to “Configuring the
boot image” on page 75.
deploy
Deploys an address pool configuration to the server. Refer to “Deploying
an address pool configuration to the server” on page 76.
dhcp-default-router addresses
Specifies the IP address of the default router or routers for a client. Refer
to “Specifying default routers available to the client” on page 76.
dns-server addresses
Specifies the IP addresses of a DNS server or servers available to the
client. Refer to “Specifying DNS servers available to the client” on
page 76.
domain-name domain
Configures the domain name for the client. Refer to “Configuring the
domain name for the client” on page 76.
lease dayshoursminutes
Specifies the lease duration for an address pool. The default is a one-day
lease. Refer to“Configuring the lease duration for the address pool” on
page 76.
excluded-address [address
|address-low | address-high]
Specifies an address or range of addresses to be excluded from the
address pool. Refer to“Specifying addresses to exclude from the address
pool” on page 76.
netbios-name-server address
[address2 | address3]
Specifies the IP address of a NetBIOS WINS server or servers that are
available to Microsoft DHCP clients. Refer to “Configuring the NetBIOS
server for DHCP clients” on page 77.
network subnet/mask
Configures the subnet network and mask of the DHCP address pool.
Refer to “Configuring the subnet and mask of a DHCP address pool” on
page 77.
next-bootstrap-server address
Configures the IP address of the next server to be used for startup by the
client. Refer to “Configuring a next-bootstrap server” on page 77.
tftp-server address | name name
Configures the address or name of the TFTP server available to the client.
Refer to “Configuring the TFTP server” on page 77.
vendor-class [ascii | ip | hex ] value
Specifies the vendor type and configuration value for the DHCP client.
Refer to “Configuring a vendor type and configuration value for a DHCP
client” on page 77.
default-lease-time
Specifies the duration of the lease for an IP address that is assigned from
a DHCP server to a DHCP client.
database tftp
Defines the TFTP IP address server for storing the DHCP database, the
name of the stored file and the time period at which the stored database
is synchronized with the database on the device.
database ftp
Defines the FTP IP address server for storing the DHCP database, the
name of the stored file and the time period at which the stored database
is synchronized with the database on the device.
max-lease-time
Specifies the maximal duration of the leases in seconds.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
73
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Removing DHCP leases
The clear ip dhcp-server binding command can be used to delete a specific lease, or all lease
entries from the lease binding database.
Brocade(config)# clear ip dhcp-server binding *
Syntax: clear ip dhcp-server binding [address | *]
• address - The IP address to be deleted
• * - Clears all IP addresses
Enabling DHCP Server
The ip dhcp-server enable command enables DHCP Server, which is disabled by default.
Syntax: [no] ip dhcp-server enable
The no version of this command disables DHCP Server.
Disabling DHCP Server on the management port
By default, when DHCP Server is enabled, it responds to DHCP client requests received on the
management port. If desired, you can prevent the response to DHCP client requests received on
the management port, by disabling DHCP Server support on the port. When disabled, DHCP client
requests that are received on the management port are silently discarded.
To disable DHCP Server on the management port, enter the following command at the global
configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config)# no ip dhcp-server mgmt
To re-enable DHCP Server on the management port after it has been disabled, enter the ip
dhcp-server mgmt command:
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-server mgmt
Syntax: [no] ip dhcp-server mgmt
Setting the wait time for ARP-ping response
At startup, the server reconciles the lease-binding database by sending an ARP-ping packet out to
every client. If there is no response to the ARP-ping packet within a set amount of time (set in
seconds), the server deletes the client from the lease-binding database. The minimum setting is 5
seconds and the maximum is 30 seconds.
Syntax: ip dhcp-server arp-ping-timeout num
• num - The number of seconds to wait for a response to an ARP-ping packet.
NOTE
Do not alter the default value unless it is necessary. Increasing the value of this timer may increase
the time to get console access after a reboot.
74
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Creating an address pool
The ip dhcp-server pool command puts you in pool configuration mode, and allows you to create an
address pool.
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-server pool
Brocade(config-dhcp-name)# ip dhcp-server pool monterey
Brocade(config-dhcp-monterey)#
These commands create an address pool named monterey.
Syntax: ip dhcp-server pool name
Configuration notes for creating an address pool
• If the DHCP server address is part of a configured DHCP address pool, you must exclude the
DHCP server address from the network pool. Refer to “Specifying addresses to exclude from
the address pool” on page 76.
• While in DHCP server pool configuration mode, the system will place the DHCP server pool in
pending mode and the DHCP server will not use the address pool to distribute information to
clients. To activate the pool, use the deploy command. Refer to “Deploying an address pool
configuration to the server” on page 76.
Enabling relay agent echo (Option 82)
The ip dhcp-server relay-agent-echo enable command activates DHCP Option 82, and enables the
DHCP server to echo relay agent information in all replies.
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-server relay-agent-echo enable
Syntax: ip dhcp-server relay-agent-echo enable
Configuring the IP address of the DHCP server
The ip dhcp-server command specifies the IP address of the selected DHCP server, as shown in this
example:
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-server 192.168.1.144
Syntax: ip dhcp-server server-identifier
• server-identifier - The IP address of the DHCP server
This command assigns an IP address to the selected DHCP server.
Configuring the boot image
The bootfile command specifies a boot image name to be used by the DHCP client.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# bootfile foxhound
In this example, the DHCP client should use the boot image called “foxhound”.
Syntax: bootfile name
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
75
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Deploying an address pool configuration to the server
The deploy command sends an address pool configuration to the DHCP server.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# deploy
Syntax: deploy
Specifying default routers available to the client
The dhcp-default-router command specifies the ip addresses of the default routers for a client.
Syntax: dhcp-default-router address [address, address]
Specifying DNS servers available to the client
The dns-server command specifies DNS servers that are available to DHCP clients.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# dns-server 192.168.1.143, 192.168.2.142
Syntax: dns-server address [address. address]
Configuring the domain name for the client
The domain-name command configures the domain name for the client.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# domain-name sierra
Syntax: domain-name domain
Configuring the lease duration for the address pool
The lease command specifies the lease duration for the address pool. The default is a one-day
lease.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# lease 1 4 32
In this example, the lease duration has been set to one day, four hours, and 32 minutes. You can
set a lease duration for just days, just hours, or just minutes, or any combination of the three.
Syntax: lease days hours minutes
Specifying addresses to exclude from the address pool
The excluded-address command specifies either a single address, or a range of addresses that are
to be excluded from the address pool.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# excluded-address 192.168.3.44
Syntax: excluded-address [address | address-low address-high]
• address - Specifies a single address
• address-low address-high - Specifies a range of addresses
76
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Configuring the NetBIOS server for DHCP clients
The netbios-name-server command specifies the IP address of a NetBIOS WINS server or servers
that are available to Microsoft DHCP clients.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# netbios-name-server 192.168.1.55
Syntax: netbios-name-server address [address2, address3]
Configuring the subnet and mask of a DHCP address pool
This network command configures the subnet network and mask of the DHCP address pool.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# network 192.168.3.44/24
Syntax: network subnet/mask
Configuring a next-bootstrap server
The next-bootstrap-server command specifies the IP address of the next server the client should
use for boot up.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# next-bootstrap-server 192.168.5.44
Syntax: next-bootstrap-server address
Configuring the TFTP server
The tftp-server command specifies the address or name of the TFTP server to be used by the DHCP
clients.
To configure a TFTP server by specifying its IP address, enter a command similar to the following.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# tftp-server 192.168.5.48
To configure a TFTP server by specifying its server name, enter a command similar to the following.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# tftp-server tftp.domain.com
Syntax: tftp-server address | name server-name
• address is the IP address of the TFTP server.
• name configures the TFTP server specified by server-name.
If DHCP options 66 (TFTP server name) and 150 (TFTP server IP address) are both configured, the
DHCP client ignores option 150 and tries to resolve the TFTP server name (option 66) using DNS.
Configuring a vendor type and configuration value for a DHCP client
The vendor-class command specifies the vendor-type and configuration value for a DHCP client.
Brocade(config-dhcp-cabo)# vendor class ascii waikiki
Syntax: vendor-class [ascii | ip | hex] value
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
77
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Displaying DHCP Server information
The following DHCP show commands can be entered from any level of the CLI.
Displaying active lease entries
The show ip dhcp-server binding command displays a specific active lease, or all active leases, as
shown in the following example:
Brocade# show ip dhcp-server binding
The following output is displayed:
Brocade# show ip dhcp-server binding
Bindings from all pools:
IP Address
Client-ID/
Hardware address
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.3
0000.005d.a440
0000.00e1.26c0
Lease expiration Type
0d:0h:29m:31s
0d:0h:29m:38s
Automatic
Automatic
Syntax: show ip dhcp-server binding [address]
• address - Displays entries for this address only
Table 10 describes this output.
TABLE 10
CLI display of show ip dhcp-server binding command
Field
Description
IP address
The IP addresses currently in the binding database
Client ID/Hardware address
The hardware address for the client
Lease expiration
The time when this lease will expire
Type
The type of lease
Displaying address-pool information
This show ip dhcp-server address-pool command displays information about a specific address
pool, or for all address pools.
Brocade# show ip dhcp-server address-pools
Output similar to the following is displayed, as shown here.
Showing all address pool(s):
Pool Name: one
Time elapsed since last save: 0d:0h:6m:52s
Total number of active leases: 2
Address Pool State: active
IP Address Exclusions: 192.168.1.45
IP Address Exclusions: 192.168.1.99 192.168.1.103
Pool Configured Options:
bootfile: example.bin
dhcp-default-router: 192.168.1.1
dns-server: 192.168.1.100
domain-name: example.com
78
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
lease:
netbios-name-server:
network:
next-bootstrap-server:
tftp-server:
0 0 30
192.168.1.101
192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
192.168.1.102
192.168.1.103
Syntax: show ip dhcp-server address-pool[s] [name]
• address-pool[s] - If you enter address-pools, the display will show all address pools
• name - Displays information about a specific address pool
Table 11 describes this output.
TABLE 11
CLI display of show ip dhcp-server address pools command
Field
Description
Pool name
The name of the address pool
Time elapsed since last save
The time that has elapsed since the last save.
Total number of active leases
The number of leases that are currently active.
Address pool state
The state of the address pool (active or inactive).
IP Address exclusions
IP addresses that are not included in the address pool
Pool configured options
bootfile
The name of the bootfile
dhcp-server-router
The address of the DHCP server router
dns-server
The address of the dns server
domain-name
The name of the domain
lease
The identifier for the lease
netbios-name server
The address of the netbios name server
network
The address of the network
next-bootstrap-server
The address of the next-bootstrap server
tftp-server
The address of the TFTP server
Displaying lease-binding information in flash memory
The show ip dhcp-server flash command displays the lease-binding database that is stored in flash
memory.
Brocade# show ip dhcp-server flash
The following information is displayed.
Brocade# show ip dhcp-server flash
Address Pool Binding:
IP Address
Client-ID/
Hardware address
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.3
0000.005d.a440
0000.00e1.26c0
Lease expiration Type
0d:0h:18m:59s
0d:0h:19m:8s
Automatic
Automatic
Syntax: show ip dhcp-server flash
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
79
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Table 12 describes this output.
TABLE 12
CLI display of show ip dhcp-server flash command
Field
Description
IP address
The IP address of the flash memory lease-binding database
Client-ID/Hardware address
The address of the client
Lease expiration
The time when the lease will expire
Type
The type of lease
Displaying summary DHCP server information
The show ip dhcp-server summary command displays information about active leases, deployed
address-pools, undeployed address-pools, and server uptime.
Brocade# show ip dhcp-server summary
The following information is displayed.
DHCP Server Summary:
Total number of active leases: 2
Total number of deployed address-pools: 1
Total number of undeployed address-pools: 0
Server uptime: 0d:0h:8m:27s
Syntax: show ip dhcp-server summary
Table describes this output.
CLI display of show ip dhcp-server summary command
Field
Description
Total number of active leases
Indicates the number of leases that are currently active
Total number of deployed address-pools
The number of address pools currently in use.
Total number of undeployed address-pools
The number of address-pools being held in reserve.
Server uptime
The amount of time that the server has been active.
DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration and flash
image update
DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration allows Layer 2 and Layer 3 devices to automatically obtain
leased IP addresses through a DHCP server, negotiate address lease renewal, and obtain flash
image and configuration files.
DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration occurs as follows.
1. The IP address validation and lease negotiation enables the DHCP client (a Brocade Layer 2 or
Layer 3 device) to automatically obtain and configure an IP address, as follows:
• One lease is granted for each Layer 2 device. if the device is configured with a static IP
address, the DHCP Auto-Configuration feature is automatically disabled.
80
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• For a Layer 3 device, one leased address is granted (per device) to the interface that first
receives a response from the DHCP server.
2. If auto-update is enabled, the TFTP flash image is downloaded and updated. The device
compares the filename of the requested flash image with the image stored in flash. If the
filenames are different, then the device will download the new image from a TFTP server, write
the downloaded image to flash, then reload the device.
3. In the final step, TFTP configuration download and update, the device downloads a
configuration file from a TFTP server and saves it as the running configuration.
Figure 8 shows how DHCP Client-Based Auto Configuration works.
FIGURE 8
DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration
brcd07000.bin
newswitch.cfg
ICX6650-64--Switch0000.005e.4d00.cfg
brocade.cfg
ICX6650-64--Switch.cfg
003
006
067
015
150
TFTP Server
192.168.1.5
Router: 192.168.1.1
DNS Server: 192.168.1.3
bootfile name: brcd07000.bin
DNS Domain Name: test.com
TFTP Server IP Address: 192.168.1.5
DHCP Server
192.168.1.2
Network
Brocade(config)#show run
Current configuration:
!
ver 07.5.00q018T321
!
stack unit 1
module 1 icx6650-64-56-port-management-module
module 2 icx6650-64-4-port-160g-module
module 3 icx6650-64-8-port-80g-module
!
ip dns domain-name test.com
ip address 192.168.1.100 255.255.255.0 dynamic
ip dns server-address 192.168.1.3
ip default-gateway 192.168.1.1
!
!
end
Brocade Switch
IP addr: 192.168.1.100
MAC addr: 0000.005e.4d00
Configuration notes and feature limitations for
DHCP Cient-Based Auto-Configuration
• For Layer 3 devices, this feature is available for the default VLAN only. For Layer 2 devices, this
feature is available for default VLANs and management VLANs. This feature is not supported
on virtual interfaces (VEs), trunked ports, or LACP ports.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
81
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• Although the DHCP server may provide multiple addresses, only one IP address is installed at a
time.
• This feature is not supported together with DHCP snooping.
The following configuration rules apply to flash image update:
• To enable flash image update (ip dhcp-client auto-update enable command), also enable
auto-configuration (ip dhcp-client enable command).
• The image filename to be updated must have the extension .bin.
• The DHCP option 067 bootfile name will be used for image update if it has the extension .bin.
• The DHCP option 067 bootfile name will be used for configuration download if it does not have
the extension .bin.
• If the DHCP option 067 bootfile name is not configured or does not have the extension .bin,
then the auto-update image will not occur.
How DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration and flash image update works
Auto-Configuration and Auto-update are enabled by default. To disable this feature, refer to
“Disabling or re-enabling Auto-Configuration” on page 86 and “Disabling or re-enabling
Auto-Update” on page 86, respectively.
The steps of the Auto-Configuration and Auto-update process are described in Figure 9, and in the
description that follows the flowchart.
82
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
FIGURE 9
The DHCP Client-Based Auto-Configuration steps
IP Address Validation and Lease Negotiation
Legend: Typical process (may change depending on environment)
System boot/
feature enable
(start)
Has IP
address?
Existing Device
Asks server if
Dynamic address is valid?
(in pool and
not leased)
Static or
dynamic
address?
Yes
Static
No
Other Possible Events
DHCP
Yes
server responds?
(4 tries)
Yes
Is IP address
valid?
Dynamic IP
is re-leased
to system
No
No
TFTP Configuration Download and Update
Requests new
IP address from
DHCP server
Server
responds?
(4 tries)
New Device
Continue lease
Reboot or
feature re-enable?
Yes
TFTP info from
DHCP server?
No
Yes
Continue until
renewal time
No
Yes
No
Yes
Use TFTP server name
or server IP address
provided by server
Server
responds?
(4 tries)
Use DHCP server
address as TFTP
server address
Request files
from TFTP
No
No
Continue until
lease expires
IP address
is released
TFTP server
responds and
has requested
file?
Yes
Merge file
with running config
(server file takes
precedence to
resolve conflicts)
Static address
is kept
TFTP download
process ends
DHCP Client
process ends
Validate the IP address and lease negotiation
1. At boot-up, the device automatically checks its configuration for an IP address.
2. If the device does not have a static IP address, it requests the lease of an address from the
DHCP server:
• If the server responds, it leases an IP address to the device for the specified lease period.
• If the server does not respond (after four tries) the DHCP Client process is ended.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
83
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
3. If the device has a dynamic address, the device asks the DHCP server to validate that address.
If the server does not respond, the device will continue to use the existing address until the
lease expires. If the server responds, and the IP address is outside of the DHCP address pool
or has been leased to another device, it is automatically rejected, and the device receives a
new IP address from the server. If the existing address is valid, the lease continues.
NOTE
The lease time interval is configured on the DHCP server, not on the client device. The ip
dhcp-client lease command is set by the system, and is non-operational to a user.
4. If the existing address is static, the device keeps it and the DHCP Client process is ended.
5. For a leased IP address, when the lease interval reaches the renewal point, the device
requests a renewal from the DHCP server:
• If the device is able to contact the DHCP server at the renewal point in the lease, the DHCP
server extends the lease. This process can continue indefinitely.
• If the device is unable to reach the DHCP server after four attempts, it continues to use the
existing IP address until the lease expires. When the lease expires, the dynamic IP address
is removed and the device contacts the DHCP server for a new address. If the device is still
unable to contact the DHCP server after four attempts, the process is ended.
The TFTP Flash image download and update step
NOTE
This process only occurs when the client device reboots, or when DHCP-client has been disabled and
then re-enabled.
Once a lease is obtained from the server (described in “Validate the IP address and lease
negotiation” on page 83), the device compares the filename of the requested flash image with the
image stored in flash.
• If the .bin filenames match, then the DHCP client skips the flash image download. If
auto-configuration is enabled, the DHCP client proceeds with downloading the configuration
files as described in “The TFTP configuration download and update step”.
• If the .bin filenames are different, then the DHCP client downloads the new image from a TFTP
server, then writes the downloaded image to flash.
The code determines which flash (i.e., primary or secondary) to use based on how the device is
booted. Once the flash is updated with the newer flash image, the device is reloaded If
auto-configuration is enabled, the DHCP client then proceeds to download the configuration
files described in “The TFTP configuration download and update step”.
The TFTP configuration download and update step
NOTE
This process only occurs when the client device reboots, or when Auto-Configuration has been
disabled and then re-enabled.
84
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
1. When the device reboots, or the Auto-Configuration feature has been disabled and then
re-enabled, the device uses information from the DHCP server to contact the TFTP server to
update the running-configuration file:
• If the DHCP server provides a TFTP server name or IP address, the device uses this
information to request files from the TFTP server.
• If the DHCP server does not provide a TFTP server name or IP address, the device requests
the configuration files from the DHCP server.
2. The device requests the configuration files from the TFTP server by asking for filenames in the
following order:
• bootfile name provided by the DHCP server (if configured)
• hostnameMAC-config.cfg, for example:
ICX6650-64-Router0000.008f.23b7-config.cfg
• hostnameMAC.cfg, for example:
ICX6650-64-Router0000.008f.23b7.cfg
• brocade.cfg (applies to all devices), for example:
brocade.cfg
• -.cfg (applies to Layer 2 or base Layer 3 devices), for example:
icx6650-router.cfg (Brcd6650 Layer 2)
icx6650-router.cfg (Brcd6650 Layer 3)
If the device is successful in contacting the TFTP server and the server has the configuration
file, the files are merged. If there is a conflict, the server file takes precedence.
If the device is unable to contact the TFTP server or if the files are not found on the server, the
TFTP part of the configuration download process ends.
Supported options for DHCP Servers
DHCP Client supports the following options:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
001 - subnetmask
003 - router ip
015 - domain name
006 - domain name server
012 - hostname (optional)
066 - TFTP server name (only used for Client-Based Auto Configuration)
067 - bootfile name
150 - TFTP server IP address (private option, datatype = IP Address)
Configuration notes for DHCP servers
• When using DHCP on a router, if you have a DHCP address for one interface, and you want to
connect to the DHCP server from another interface, you must disable DHCP on the first
interface, then enable DHCP on the second interface.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
85
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
• When DHCP is disabled, and then re-enabled, or if the system is rebooted, the TFTP process
requires approximately three minutes to run in the background before file images can be
downloaded manually.
• Once a port is assigned a leased IP address, it is bound by the terms of the lease regardless of
the link state of the port.
Disabling or re-enabling Auto-Configuration
For a switch, you can disable or enable this feature using the following commands.
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-client enable
Brocade(config)# no ip dhcp-client enable
For a router, you can disable or enable this feature using the following commands.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# ip dhcp-client enable
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)# no ip dhcp-client enable
Syntax: [no] ip dhcp-client enable
Disabling or re-enabling Auto-Update
Auto-update is enabled by default. To disable it, use the following command.
Brocade(config)# no ip dhcp-client auto-update enabled
To re-enable auto-update after it has been disabled, use the following command.
Brocade(config)# ip dhcp-client auto-update enabled
Syntax: [no] ip dhcp-client auto-update enabled
Displaying DHCP configuration information
The following example shows output from the show ip command for Layer 2 devices.
Brocade(config)# show ip
Switch IP address: 10.44.16.116
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
Default router address:
TFTP server address:
Configuration filename:
Image filename:
10.44.16.1
10.44.16.41
brocade.cfg
None
The following example shows output from the show ip address command for a Layer 2 device.
Brocade(config)# show ip address
IP Address
Type
Lease Time
10.44.16.116
Dynamic
174
Interface
1/1/1
The following example shows output from the show ip address command for a Layer 3 device.
86
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches
Brocade(config)# show ip address
IP Address
Type
Lease Time
10.44.3.233
Dynamic
672651
10.0.0.1
Static
N/A
Interface
1/1/2
1/1/5
The following example shows a Layer 2 device configuration as a result of the show run command.
Brocade(config)# show run
Current configuration:
!
ver 07.5.00b1T323
!
stack unit 1
module 1 icx6650-56-port-management-module
module 2 icx6650-4-port-40g-module
module 3 icx6650-8-port-10g-module
!
!
ip address 10.44.16.116 255.255.255.0 dynamic
ip dns server-address 10.44.16.41
ip dhcp-client lease 174
ip default-gateway 10.44.16.1
The following example shows a Layer 3 device configuration as a result of the show run command.
Brocade(config)# show run
Current configuration:
!
ver 07.5.00b1T323
!
stack unit 1
module 1 icx6650-56-port-management-module
module 2 icx6650-4-port-40g-module
module 3 icx6650-8-port-10g-module
!
vlan 1 name DEFAULT-VLAN by port
!
ip dns domain-name test.com
ip dns server-address 10.44.3.111
interface ethernet 1/1/2
ip address 10.44.3.233 255.255.255.0 dynamic
ip dhcp-client lease 691109
!
interface ethernet 1/1/5
ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
ip helper-address 1 10.44.3.111
!
end
DHCP Log messages
The following DHCP notification messages are sent to the log file.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
87
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
255.255.255.0 on port
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
2d01h48m21s:I: DHCPC:
existing ip address found, no further action needed by DHCPC
Starting DHCP Client service
Stopped DHCP Client service
ICX6650 Switch running-configuration changed
sending TFTP request for bootfile name icx6650-switch.cfg
TFTP unable to download running-configuration
Found static IP Address 192.168.1.1 subnet mask
1/1/5
Client service found no DHCP server(s) on 3 possible subnet
changing 1/1/3 protocol from stopped to running
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
The following sections describe how to configure IP parameters on a Brocade Layer 2 Switch.
NOTE
This section describes how to configure IP parameters for Layer 2 Switches. For IP configuration
information for Layer 3 Switches, refer to “Configuring IP parameters – Layer 3 Switches” on
page 19.
Configuring the management IP address and specifying
the default gateway
To manage a Layer 2 Switch using Telnet or Secure Shell (SSH) CLI connections, you must configure
an IP address for the Layer 2 Switch. Optionally, you also can specify the default gateway.
Brocade devices support both classical IP network masks (Class A, B, and C subnet masks, and so
on) and Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) network prefix masks:
• To enter a classical network mask, enter the mask in IP address format. For example, enter
“192.168.22.99 255.255.255.0” for an IP address with a Class-C subnet mask.
• To enter a prefix network mask, enter a forward slash ( / ) and the number of bits in the mask
immediately after the IP address. For example, enter “192.168.22.99/24” for an IP address
that has a network mask with 24 significant bits (ones).
By default, the CLI displays network masks in classical IP address format (example:
255.255.255.0). You can change the display to prefix format. Refer to “Changing the network mask
display to prefix format” on page 113.
Assigning an IP address to a Brocade Layer 2 switch
To assign an IP address to a Brocade Layer 2 Switch, enter a command such as the following at the
global CONFIG level.
Brocade(config)# ip address 192.168.6.110 255.255.255.0
Syntax: ip address ip-addr ip-mask
or
Syntax: ip address ip-addr/mask-bits
You also can enter the IP address and mask in CIDR format, as follows.
Brocade(config)# ip address 192.168.6.1/24
88
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
To specify the Layer 2 Switch default gateway, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.6.1
Syntax: ip default-gateway ip-addr
NOTE
When configuring an IP address on a Layer 2 switch that has multiple VLANs, make sure the
configuration includes a designated management VLAN that identifies the VLAN to which the global
IP address belongs. Refer to the section “Designated VLAN for Telnet management sessions to a
Layer 2 Switch” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Security Configuration Guide.
Configuring Domain Name Server resolver
The Domain Name Server (DNS) resolver feature lets you use a host name to perform Telnet, ping,
and traceroute commands. You can also define a DNS domain on a Brocade Layer 2 Switch or
Layer 3 Switch and thereby recognize all hosts within that domain. After you define a domain name,
the Brocade Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch automatically appends the appropriate domain to the
host and forwards it to the domain name server.
For example, if the domain “newyork.com” is defined on a Brocade Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch
and you want to initiate a ping to host “NYC01” on that domain, you need to reference only the host
name in the command instead of the host name and its domain name. For example, you could
enter either of the following commands to initiate the ping.
Brocade# ping nyc01
Brocade# ping nyc01.newyork.com
Defining a DNS entry
You can define up to four DNS servers for each DNS entry. The first entry serves as the primary
default address. If a query to the primary address fails to be resolved after three attempts, the next
gateway address is queried (also up to three times). This process continues for each defined
gateway address until the query is resolved. The order in which the default gateway addresses are
polled is the same as the order in which you enter them.
Suppose you want to define the domain name of newyork.com on a Layer 2 Switch and then define
four possible default DNS gateway addresses. To do so, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# ip dns domain-name newyork.com
Brocade(config)# ip dns server-address 192.168.22.199 192.168.7.15 192.168.17.25
192.168.10.15
Syntax: ip dns server-address ip-addr [ip-addr] [ip-addr] [ip-addr]
In this example, the first IP address in the ip dns server-address... command becomes the primary
gateway address and all others are secondary addresses. Because IP address 192.168.10.15 is
the last address listed, it is also the last address consulted to resolve a query.
Using a DNS name to initiate a trace route
Suppose you want to trace the route from a Brocade Layer 2 Switch to a remote server identified as
NYC02 on domain newyork.com. Because the newyork.com domain is already defined on the Layer
2 Switch, you need to enter only the host name, NYC02, as noted in the following command.
Brocade# traceroute nyc02
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
89
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
Syntax: traceroute host-ip-addr [maxttl value] [minttl value] [numeric] [timeout value]
[source-ip ip addr]
The only required parameter is the IP address of the host at the other end of the route.
After you enter the command, a message indicating that the DNS query is in process and the
current gateway address (IP address of the domain name server) being queried appear on the
screen.
Type Control-c to abort
Sending DNS Query to 192.168.22.199
Tracing Route to IP node 192.168.22.80
To ABORT Trace Route, Please use stop-traceroute command.
Traced route to target IP node 192.168.22.80:
IP Address
Round Trip Time1
Round Trip Time2
192.168.6.30
93 msec
121 msec
NOTE
In the previous example, 192.168.22.199 is the IP address of the domain name server (default DNS
gateway address), and 192.168.22.80 represents the IP address of the NYC02 host.
FIGURE 10
Querying a Host on the newyork.com Domain
Domain Name Server
newyork.com
[
nyc01
nyc02
192.168.6.199
Layer 3 Switch
nyc02
...
nyc01
...
Changing the TTL threshold
The time to live (TTL) threshold prevents routing loops by specifying the maximum number of router
hops an IP packet originated by the Layer 2 Switch can travel through. Each device capable of
forwarding IP that receives the packet decrements (decreases) the packet TTL by one. If a router
receives a packet with a TTL of 1 and reduces the TTL to zero, the router drops the packet.
The default TTL is 64. You can change the TTL to a value from 1 through 255.
To modify the TTL threshold to 25, enter the following commands.
90
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
Brocade(config)# ip ttl 25
Brocade(config)# exit
Syntax: ip ttl 1-255
DHCP Assist configuration
DHCP Assist allows a Brocade Layer 2 Switch to assist a router that is performing multi-netting on
its interfaces as part of its DHCP relay function.
DHCP Assist ensures that a DHCP server that manages multiple IP subnets can readily recognize
the requester IP subnet, even when that server is not on the client local LAN segment. The Brocade
Layer 2 Switch does so by stamping each request with its IP gateway address in the DHCP discovery
packet.
NOTE
Brocade Layer 3 Switches provide BootP/DHCP assistance by default on an individual port basis.
Refer to “Changing the IP address used for stamping BootP and DHCP requests” on page 66.
By allowing multiple subnet DHCP requests to be sent on the same wire, you can reduce the
number of router ports required to support secondary addressing as well as reduce the number of
DHCP servers required, by allowing a server to manage multiple subnet address assignments.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
91
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
FIGURE 11
DHCP requests in a network without DHCP Assist on the Layer 2 Switch
Step 3:
DHCP Server generates IP
addresses for Hosts 1,2,3 and 4.
All IP address are assigned
in the 192.168.5.1 range.
DHCP
Server
10.95.7.6
DHCP requests for the other sub-nets
were not recognized by
192.168.5.5
the non-DHCP assist router causing
192.168.5.10
incorrect address assignments.
192.168.5.35
192.168.5.30
Step 2:
Router assumes the lowest
IP address (192.168.5.1) is the
gateway address.
IP addresses configured
on the router interface.
Step 1:
192.168.5.1
DHCP IP address requests
10.95.6.1
for Hosts 1, 2, 3 and 4 in
10.95.1.1
Sub-nets 1, 2, 3 and 4.
10.95.5.1
Router
Layer 2 Switch
Host 1
Host 2
10.95.6.x
Subnet 2
192.168.5.x
Subnet 1
Hub
Host 3
10.95.1.x
Subnet 3
Host 4
10.95.5.x
Subnet 4
In a network operating without DHCP Assist, hosts can be assigned IP addresses from the wrong
subnet range because a router with multiple subnets configured on an interface cannot distinguish
among DHCP discovery packets received from different subnets.
For example, in Figure 11, a host from each of the four subnets supported on a Layer 2 Switch
requests an IP address from the DHCP server. These requests are sent transparently to the router.
Because the router is unable to determine the origin of each packet by subnet, it assumes the
lowest IP address or the ‘primary address’ is the gateway for all ports on the Layer 2 Switch and
stamps the request with that address.
When the DHCP request is received at the server, it assigns all IP addresses within that range only.
With DHCP Assist enabled on a Brocade Layer 2 Switch, correct assignments are made because
the Layer 2 Switch provides the stamping service.
How DHCP Assist works
Upon initiation of a DHCP session, the client sends out a DHCP discovery packet for an address
from the DHCP server as seen in Figure 12. When the DHCP discovery packet is received at a
Brocade Layer 2 Switch with the DHCP Assist feature enabled, the gateway address configured on
the receiving interface is inserted into the packet. This address insertion is also referred to as
stamping.
92
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
FIGURE 12
DHCP requests in a network with DHCP Assist operating on a FastIron Switch
DHCP
Server
10.95.7.6
Step 3:
Router forwards the DHCP request to the
server without touching the gateway
address inserted in the packet by the switch.
Router
Step 2:
FastIron stamps each DHCP request
with the gateway address of the
corresponding subnet of the
receiving port.
Layer 2 Switch
Interface 14
Interface 2
Gateway addresses:
192.168.5.1
10.95.6.1
10.95.1.1
10.95.5.1
Host 2
Host 1
192.168.5.x
Subnet 1
Interface 8
10.95.6.x
Subnet 2
Hub
Host 3
10.95.1.x
Subnet 3
Step 1:
DHCP IP address requests
for Hosts 1, 2, 3 and 4 in
Subnets 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Host 4
10.95.5.x
Subnet 4
When the stamped DHCP discovery packet is then received at the router, it is forwarded to the
DHCP server. The DHCP server then extracts the gateway address from each request and assigns
an available IP address within the corresponding IP subnet (Figure 13). The IP address is then
forwarded back to the workstation that originated the request.
NOTE
When DHCP Assist is enabled on any port, Layer 2 broadcast packets are forwarded by the CPU.
Unknown unicast and multicast packets are still forwarded in hardware, although selective packets
such as IGMP, are sent to the CPU for analysis. When DHCP Assist is not enabled, Layer 2 broadcast
packets are forwarded in hardware.
NOTE
The DHCP relay function of the connecting router must be turned on.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
93
Configuring IP parameters – Layer 2 Switches
FIGURE 13
DHCP offers are forwarded back toward the requestors
Step 4:
DHCP Server extracts the gateway
address from each packet and
assigns IP addresses for each
host within the appropriate
range.
DHCP
Server
10.95.7.6
DHCP response with IP addresses
for Subnets 1, 2, 3 and 4
192.168.5.10
10.95.6.15
10.95.1.35
10.95.5.25
Router
Layer 2 Switch
192.168.5.10
Step 5:
IP addresses are distributed
to the appropriate hosts.
10.95.6.15
Host 2
Host 1
10.95.6.x
Subnet 2
192.168.5.x
Subnet 1
Hub
10.95.5.25
10.95.1.35
Host 3
10.95.1.x
Subnet 3
Host 4
10.95.5.x
Subnet 4
NOTE
When DHCP Assist is enabled on any port, Layer 2 broadcast packets are forwarded by the CPU.
Unknown unicast and multicast packets are still forwarded in hardware, although selective packets
such as IGMP are sent to the CPU for analysis. When DHCP Assist is not enabled, Layer 2 broadcast
packets are forwarded in hardware.
Configuring DHCP Assist
You can associate a gateway list with a port. You must configure a gateway list when DHCP Assist is
enabled on a Brocade Layer 2 Switch. The gateway list contains a gateway address for each subnet
that will be requesting addresses from a DHCP server. The list allows the stamping process to
occur. Each gateway address defined on the Layer 2 Switch corresponds to an IP address of the
Brocade router interface or other router involved.
Up to eight addresses can be defined for each gateway list in support of ports that are
multi-homed. When multiple IP addresses are configured for a gateway list, the Layer 2 Switch
inserts the addresses into the discovery packet in a round robin fashion.
Up to 32 gateway lists can be defined for each Layer 2 Switch.
94
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Example
To create the configuration indicated in Figure 12 and Figure 13, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)# dhcp-gateway-list 1 192.168.5.1
Brocade(config)# dhcp-gateway-list 2 10.95.6.1
Brocade(config)# dhcp-gateway-list 3 10.95.1.1 10.95.5.1
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/2
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)# dhcp-gateway-list 1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)# interface ethernet 1/1/8
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/8)# dhcp-gateway-list 3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/8)# interface ethernet 1/1/14
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/14)# dhcp-gateway-list 2
Syntax: dhcp-gateway-list num ip-addr
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
This section describes support for point-to-point Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) tunnels and
how to configure them on a Brocade device.
GRE tunnels support includes, but is not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
IPv4 over GRE tunnels. IPv6 over GRE tunnels is not supported.
Static and dynamic unicast routing over GRE tunnels
Multicast routing over GRE tunnels
Hardware forwarding of IP data traffic across a GRE tunnel.
Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD)
IPv4 GRE tunnel overview
Generic Routing Encapsulation is described in RFC 2784. Generally, GRE provides a way to
encapsulate arbitrary packets (payload packet) inside of a transport protocol, and transmit them
from one tunnel endpoint to another. The payload is encapsulated in a GRE packet. The resulting
GRE packet is then encapsulated in a delivery protocol, then forwarded to the tunnel destination. At
the tunnel destination, the packet is decapsulated to reveal the payload. The payload is then
forwarded to its final destination.
Brocade IPv6-capable devices allow the tunneling of packets of the following protocols over an IPv4
network using GRE:
• OSPF V2
• BGP4
• RIP V1 and V2
GRE packet structure and header format
Figure 14 shows the structure of a GRE encapsulated packet.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
95
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
FIGURE 14
GRE encapsulated packet structure
Delivery Header
GRE Header
Payload Packet
Figure 15 shows the GRE header format.
FIGURE 15
Checksum
GRE header format
Reserved0
Ver
Protocol Type
Checksum
(optional)
Reserved
(optional)
The GRE header has the following fields:
• Checksum – 1 bit. This field is assumed to be zero in this version. If set to 1, this means that
the Checksum (optional) and Reserved (optional) fields are present and the Checksum
(optional) field contains valid information.
• Reserved0 – 12 bits. If bits 1 - 5 are non-zero, then a receiver must discard the packet unless
RFC 1701 is implemented. Bits 6 - 12 are reserved for future use and must be set to zero in
transmitted packets. This field is assumed to be zero in this version.
• Ver – 3 bits. The GRE protocol version. This field must be set to zero in this version.
• Protocol Type – 16 bits. The Ethernet protocol type of the packet, as defined in RFC 1700.
• Checksum (optional) – 16 bits. This field is optional. It contains the IP checksum of the GRE
header and the payload packet.
• Reserved (optional) – 16 bits. This field is optional. It is reserved for Brocade internal use.
Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD) support
Brocade IronWare software supports the following RFCs for handling large packets over a GRE
tunnel:
• RFC 1191, Path MTU Discovery
• RFC 4459, MTU and Fragmentation Issues with In-the-Network Tunneling
RFC 1191 describes a method for dynamically discovering the maximum transmission unit (MTU)
of an arbitrary internet path. When a FastIron device receives an IP packet that has its Do not
Fragment (DF) bit set, and the packet size is greater than the MTU value of the outbound interface,
then the FastIron device returns an ICMP Destination Unreachable message to the source of the
packet, with the code indicating "fragmentation needed and DF set". The ICMP Destination
Unreachable message includes the MTU of the outbound interface. The source host can use this
information to help determine the minimum MTU of a path to a destination.
96
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
RFC 4459 describes solutions for issues with large packets over a tunnel. The following methods,
from RFC 4459, are supported in Brocade IronWare software:
• If a source attempts to send packets that are larger than the lowest MTU value along the path,
PMTUD can signal to the source to send smaller packets. This method is described in Section
3.2 of RFC 4459.
• Inner packets can be fragmented before encapsulation, in such a manner that the
encapsulated packet fits in the tunnel path MTU, which is discovered using PMTUD. This
method is described in Section 3.4 of RFC 4459.
By default, PMTUD is enabled.
Configuration considerations for PMTUD support
Consider the following when configuring PMTUD support.
• When the new PMTUD value is smaller than all of the eight MTU values configured in the
system, the PMTUD feature is disabled for the tunnel, and the value is not added to the
system. For example, the new PMTUD value is 620 which is smaller in value than all of the
eight, different MTU path values configured in the system. The following warning message
is displayed on the CLI:
Warning - All MTU profiles used, disabling PMTU for tunnel ; new
PMTU was
Support for IPv4 multicast routing over GRE tunnels
PIM-DM and PIM-SM Layer 3 multicast protocols and multicast data traffic are supported over GRE
tunnels. When a multicast protocol is enabled on both ends of a GRE tunnel, multicast packets can
be sent from one tunnel endpoint to another. To accomplish this, the packets are encapsulated
using the GRE unicast tunneling mechanism and forwarded like any other IPv4 unicast packet to
the destination endpoint of the tunnel. The router that terminates the tunnel (i.e., the router where
the tunnel endpoint is an ingress interface) de-encapsulates the GRE tunneled packet to retrieve
the native multicast data packets. After de-encapsulation, data packets are forwarded in the
direction of its receivers, and control packets may be consumed. This creates a PIM-enabled virtual
or logical link between the two GRE tunnel endpoints.
Strict RPF check for multicast protocols
IronWare software enforces strict Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) check rules on an (s,g) entry on a
GRE tunnel interface. The (s,g) entry uses the GRE tunnel as an RPF interface. During unicast
routing transit, GRE tunnel packets may arrive at different physical interfaces. The strict RPF check
limits GRE PIM tunnel interfaces to accept the (s,g) GRE tunnel traffic.
NOTE
For the Brocade ICX 6650 devicesloopback ports are required for de-encapsulating the GRE
tunneled packet. On these hardware devices, when the GRE-encapsulated multicast packet is
received, the unicast GRE mechanism takes care of de-encapsulating the packet. The packet then
egresses and re-ingresses the tunnel interface loopback port as the native multicast packet. The
hardware RPF check is done, not on the tunnel interface directly, but on the loopback port - the
hardware compares this port number with the port number configured in the Multicast table (s,g)
entry. If they match, the packet is routed. Otherwise it is sent to the CPU for error processing. In
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
97
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
unicast, it is permissible for multiple tunnel interfaces to use a single loopback port. However, in
multicast, this will not allow the hardware to determine the tunnel interface that the packet was
received on in order to do an RPF check. Therefore, when IPv4 Multicast Routing is enabled on a
GRE tunnel, the tunnel interface must have a dedicated loopback port.
GRE support with other features
This section describes how GRE tunnels may affect other features on Brocade ICX 6650 devices.
Support for ECMP for routes through a GRE tunnel
Equal-Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) load sharing allows for load distribution of traffic among available
routes. When GRE is enabled, a mix of GRE tunnels and normal IP routes is supported. If multiple
routes are using GRE tunnels to a destination, packets are automatically load-balanced between
tunnels, or between tunnels and normal IP routes.
ACL, QoS, and PBR support for traffic through a GRE tunnel
PBR and ACL filtering for packets terminating on a GRE tunnel is not supported. However, PBR can
be used to map IP traffic into a GRE tunnel, but it cannot be used to route GRE traffic. QoS support
for GRE encapsulated packets is limited to copying DSCP values from the inner header onto the
outer headerTraffic coming from a tunnel can be filtered by an ACL both before and after the tunnel
is terminated and also redirected by PBR after tunnel is terminated. An ACL classifies and sets QoS
for GRE traffic. If the ACL is applied to the tunnel ingress port, then the delivery header (outer
header) would be classified or filtered before the tunnel is terminated.
NOTE
Restrictions for using ACLs in conjunction with GRE are noted in the section “Configuration
considerations for GRE IP tunnels” on page 98. PBR can be configured on tunnel loopback ports for
tunnel interfaces with no restrictions. .
Syslog messages related to GRE IP tunnels
Syslog messages provide management applications with information related to GRE IP tunnels. The
following Syslog message is supported.
Tunnel: TUN-RECURSIVE-DOWN tnnl 1, Tnl disabled due to recursive routing
Configuration considerations for GRE IP tunnels
Before configuring GRE tunnels and tunnel options, consider the configuration notes in this
section.
• When GRE is enabled on a Layer 3 switch, the following features are not supported on Virtual
Ethernet (VE) ports and VE member ports (ports that have IP addresses):
-
98
ACL logging
ACL statistics (also called ACL counting)
MAC address filters
IPv6 filters
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
NOTE
The above features are supported on VLANs that do not have VE ports.
• Whenever multiple IP addresses are configured on a tunnel source, the primary address of the
tunnel is always used for forming the tunnel connections. Therefore, carefully check the
configurations when configuring the tunnel destination.
• When a GRE tunnel is configured, you cannot configure the same routing protocol on the
tunnel through which you learn the route to the tunnel destination. For example, if the FastIron
learns the tunnel destination route through the OSPF protocol, you cannot configure the OSPF
protocol on the same tunnel and vice-versa. When a tunnel has OSPF configured, the FastIron
cannot learn the tunnel destination route through OSPF. This could cause the system to
become unstable.
• The tunnel destination cannot be resolved to the tunnel itself or any other local tunnel. This is
called recursive routing. This scenario would cause the tunnel interface to flap and the Syslog
message TUN-RECURSIVE-DOWN to be logged. To resolve this issue, create a static route for
the tunnel destination.
GRE MTU configuration considerations
The default Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) value for packets in a GRE tunnel is 1476 bytes, or
10194 bytes for jumbo packets. The MTU of the GRE tunnel is compared with the outgoing packet
before the packet is encapsulated. After encapsulation, the packet size increases by 24 bytes.
Therefore, when changing the GRE tunnel MTU, set the MTU to at least 24 bytes less than the IP
MTU of the outgoing interface. If the MTU is not set to at least 24 bytes less than the IP MTU, the
size of the encapsulated packet will exceed the IP MTU of the outgoing interface. This will cause the
packet to either be sent to the CPU for fragmentation, or the packet will be dropped if the DF
(Do-Not-Fragment) bit is set in the original IP packet, and an ICMP message is sent.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
99
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Configuration tasks for GRE tunnels
Brocade recommends that you perform the configuration tasks in the order listed in Table 13.
TABLE 13
Configuration tasks for GRE tunnels
Configuration tasks
Default behavior
For more information
Required tasks
1
Create a tunnel interface
Not assigned
“Creating a tunnel interface” on
page 101
2
Configure the source address or source
interface for the tunnel interface
Not assigned
“Configuring the source address or
source interface for a tunnel
interface” on page 101
3
Configure the destination address of the
tunnel interface
Not assigned
“Configuring the destination address
for a tunnel interface” on page 102
4
Enable GRE encapsulation on the tunnel
interface
Disabled
“Enabling GRE encapsulation on a
tunnel interface” on page 102
5
Configure an IP address for the tunnel
interface
Not assigned
“Configuring an IP address for a
tunnel interface” on page 103
6
If a route to the tunnel destination
(configured in Step 3) does not already
exist, create a static route to the tunnel
destination.
Not assigned
“Configuring a static route to a tunnel
destination” on page 103
Optional tasks
1
Change the maximum transmission unit
(MTU) value for the tunnel interface
1476 bytes or
10194 bytes (jumbo
mode)
“Changing the MTU value for a tunnel
interface” on page 104
2
Change the number of GRE tunnels
supported on the device
Support for 32 GRE
tunnels
“Changing the maximum number of
tunnels supported” on page 104
3
Enable and configure GRE link keepalive
on the tunnel interface
Disabled
“Configuring GRE link keepalive” on
page 104
4
Change the Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD)
configuration on the GRE tunnel interface
Enabled
“Configuring Path MTU Discovery” on
page 105
5
Enable support for IPv4 multicast routing
Disabled
“Enabling IPv4 multicast routing over
a GRE tunnel” on page 106
The following features are also supported on GRE tunnel interfaces:
• Naming the tunnel interface (CLI command port-name) – for configuration details, refer to the
section “Assigning a port name” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Administration Guide.
• Changing the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) (CLI command ip mtu) – for configuration
details, refer to “Changing the MTU on an individual port” on page 30.
• Increasing the cost of routes learned on the port (CLI command ip metric) – for configuration
details, refer to “Changing the cost of routes learned on a port” on page 144.
After performing the configuration steps listed in Table 13, you can view the GRE configuration and
observe the routes that use GRE tunnels. For details, refer to “Displaying GRE tunneling
information” on page 108.
100
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Creating a tunnel interface
To create a tunnel interface, enter the following command at the Global CONFIG level of the CLI.
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)#
Syntax: [no] interface tunnel tunnel-number
The tunnel-number is a numerical value that identifies the tunnel being configured.
NOTE
You can also use the port-name command to name the tunnel. To do so, follow the configuration
instructions in the “Assigning a port name” section in the Brocade ICX 6650 Administration Guide.
Configuring the source address or source interface for a tunnel interface
To configure the source for a tunnel interface, specify either a source address or a source interface.
NOTE
If the destination address for a tunnel interface is not resolved, Brocade recommends that you
either configure source interface (instead of source address) as the source for a tunnel interface, or
enable GRE link keepalive on the tunnel interface.
The tunnel source address should be one of the router IP addresses configured on a physical,
loopback, or VE interface, through which the other end of the tunnel is reachable.
To configure the source address for a specific tunnel interface, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel source 192.168.10.8
The source interface should be the port number of the interface configured on a physical,
loopback, or VE interface. The source interface should have at least one IP address configured on
it. Otherwise, the interface will not be added to the tunnel configuration and an error message
similar to the following will be displayed:
ERROR - Tunnel source interface 1/1/3 has no configured IP address.
To configure the source interface for a specific tunnel interface, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel source ethernet 1/1/3
Syntax: [no] tunnel source ip-address | ethernet portnum | ve number
The ip-address variable is the source IP address being configured for the specified tunnel.
The ethernet portnum variable is the stack unit, source slot and port number of the physical
interface being configured for the specified tunnel, for example 1/1/3.
The ve number variable is the VE interface number being configured for the specified tunnel.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
101
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Deleting an IP address from an interface configured as a tunnel source
To delete an IP address from an interface that is configured as a tunnel source, first remove the
tunnel source from the tunnel interface then delete the IP address, as shown in the following
example.
Brocade(config-if-e1000-1/1/3)# interface tunnel 8
Brocade(config-tnif-8)# no tunnel source 192.168.83.15
Brocade(config-tnif-8)# interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)# no ip address 192.168.83.15/24
If you attempt to delete an IP address without first removing the tunnel source, the console will
display an error message, as shown in the following example.
Brocade# config terminal
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)# no ip address 192.168.83.15/24
Error - Please remove tunnel source from tnnl 8 before removing IP address
NOTE
The previous error message will also display on the CLI when an interface is part of a VLAN. A VLAN
cannot be deleted until the tunnel source is first removed.
Configuring the destination address for a tunnel interface
The destination address should be the address of the IP interface of the device on the other end of
the tunnel.
To configure the destination address for a specific tunnel interface, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel destination 192.168.5.2
Syntax: [no] tunnel destination ip-address
The ip-address variable is the destination IP address being configured for the specified tunnel.
NOTE
Ensure a route to the tunnel destination exists on the tunnel source device. Create a static route if
necessary. For configuration details, refer to “Configuring a static route to a tunnel destination” on
page 103.
Enabling GRE encapsulation on a tunnel interface
To enable GRE encapsulation on a tunnel interface, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel mode gre ip
Syntax: [no] tunnel mode gre ip
• gre specifies that the tunnel will use GRE encapsulation (IP protocol 47).
• ip specifies that the tunneling protocol is IPv4.
102
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
NOTE
Before configuring a new GRE tunnel, the system should have at least one slot available for adding
the default tunnel MTU value to the system tables. Depending on the configuration, the default
tunnel MTU range is ((1500 or 10218) - 24) . To check for slot availability, or to see if the MTU value
is already configured in the IP table, use the show ip mtu command. For more information on the
show ip mtu command, refer to “Displaying multicast protocols and GRE tunneling information” on
page 110.
Applying an ACL or PBR to a tunnel interface
To apply an ACL or PBR policy to a tunnel interface on a Brocade ICX 6650 device , enter
commands such as the following:
Applying a PBR policy to a tunnel interface
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel mode gre ip
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)# ip policy route-map test-route
Applying an ACL policy to a tunnel interface
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel mode gre ip
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)# ip access-group 10 in
Configuring an IP address for a tunnel interface
An IP address sets a tunnel interface as an IP port and allows the configuration of Layer 3
protocols, such as OSPF, BGP, and Multicast (PIM-DM and PIM-SM) on the port. Note that the
subnet cannot overlap other subnets configured on other routing interfaces, and both ends of the
tunnel should be in the same subnet, as illustrated in the GRE tunnel configuration example in
Figure 16 on page 107.
To configure an IP address for a specified tunnel interface, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# ip address 10.10.3.1/24
Syntax: [no] ip address ip-address
The ip-address is the IP address being configured for the specified tunnel interface.
Configuring a static route to a tunnel destination
If a route to the tunnel destination does not already exist on the tunnel source, create a static
route.
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0/24 192.168.8.1
Syntax: [no] ip route destination-ip/network next-hop-ip
• The destination-ip/netowork variable is the destination IP address of the tunnel interface.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
103
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Changing the MTU value for a tunnel interface
For important configuration considerations regarding this feature, refer to “GRE MTU configuration
considerations” on page 99.
You can set an MTU value for packets entering the tunnel. Packets that exceed either the default
MTU value of 1476/10194 bytes (for jumbo case) or the value that you set using this command, are
fragmented and encapsulated with IP/GRE headers for transit through the tunnel (if they do not
have the DF bit set in the IP header). All fragments will carry the same DF bit as the incoming
packet. Jumbo packets are supported, although they may be fragmented based on the configured
MTU value.
The following command allows you to change the MTU value for packets transiting “tunnel 1”:
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# ip mtu 1200
Syntax: ip mtu packet-size
The packet-size variable specifies the maximum size in bytes for the packets transiting the tunnel.
Enter a value from 576 through 1476. The default value is 1476.
NOTE
To prevent packet loss after the 24 byte GRE header is added, make sure that any physical interface
that is carrying GRE tunnel traffic has an IP MTU setting at least 24 bytes greater than the tunnel
MTU setting. This configuration is only allowed on the system if the tunnel mode is set to GRE.
Changing the maximum number of tunnels supported
By default, Brocade ICX 6650 IPv6 devices support up to 32 GRE tunnels. You can configure the
device to support 16–64 GRE tunnels. To change the maximum number of tunnels supported,
enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# system-max gre-tunnels 16
Reload required. Please write memory and then reload or power cycle.
Brocade(config)# write memory
Brocade(config)# exit
Brocade# reload
NOTE
You must save the configuration (write memory) and reload the software to place the change into
effect.
Syntax: system-max gre-tunnels number
The number variable specifies the number of GRE tunnels that can be supported on the device.
The permissible range is 16–64. The system-max gre-tunnels command determines the interface
range that is supported for an interface tunnel. For example, if the system-max value is reduced, it
is possible that the configured interfaces may be rejected after a system reload.
Configuring GRE link keepalive
When GRE tunnels are used in combination with static routing or policy-based routing, and a
dynamic routing protocol such as RIP, BGP, or OSPF is not deployed over the GRE tunnel, a
configured tunnel does not have the ability to bring down the line protocol of either tunnel
endpoint, if the far end becomes unreachable. Traffic sent on the tunnel cannot follow alternate
104
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
paths because the tunnel is always UP. To avoid this scenario, enable GRE link keepalive, which will
maintain or place the tunnel in an UP or DOWN state based upon the periodic sending of keepalive
packets and the monitoring of responses to the packets. If the packets fail to reach the tunnel far
end more frequently than the configured number of retries, the tunnel is placed in the DOWN state.
To enable GRE link keepalive, configure it on one end of the tunnel and ensure the other end of the
tunnel has GRE enabled.
To configure GRE link keepalive, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# keepalive 12 4
These commands configure the device to wait for 4 consecutive lost keepalive packets before
bringing the tunnel down. There will be a 12 second interval between each packet. Note that when
the tunnel comes up, it would immediately (within one second) send the first keepalive packet.
Syntax: [no] keepalive seconds retries
Use the no form of the command to disable the keepalive option.
The seconds variable specifies the number of seconds between each initiation of a keepalive
message. The range for this interval is 2–32767 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
The retries variable specifies the number of times that a packet is sent before the system places
the tunnel in the DOWN state. Possible values are from 1 through 255. The default number of
retries is 3.
Use the show interface tunnel and show ip tunnel traffic commands to view the GRE link keepalive
configuration,. For details, refer to “Displaying GRE tunneling information” on page 108.
Configuring Path MTU Discovery
Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD) support is described in the section “Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD)
support” on page 96. PMTUD is enabled by default on tunnel interfaces. This section describes
how to disable and re-enable PMTUD on a tunnel interface, change the PMTUD age timer, manually
clear the tunnel PMTUD, and view the PMTUD configuration.
Disabling and re-enabling PMTUD
PMTUD is enabled by default. To disable it, enter the following command:
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel path-mtu-discovery disable
To re-enable PMTUD after it has been disabled, enter the following command:
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# no tunnel path-mtu-discovery disable
Syntax: [no] tunnel path-mtu-discovery disable
Changing the age timer for PMTUD
By default, when PMTUD is enabled on a tunnel interface, the path MTU is reset to its original value
every 10 minutes. If desired, you can change the reset time (default age timer) to a value of up to
30 minutes. To do so, enter a command such as the following on the GRE tunnel interface.
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel path-mtu-discovery age-timer 20
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
105
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
This command configures the device to wait for 20 minutes before resetting the path MTU to its
original value.
Syntax: [no] tunnel path-mtu-discovery age-timer minutes | infinite
For minutes, enter a value from 10 to 30.
Enter infinite to disable the timer.
Clearing the PMTUD dynamic value
To reset a dynamically-configured MTU on a tunnel Interface back to the configured value, enter the
following command.
Brocade(config)# clear ip tunnel pmtud 1
Syntax: clear ip tunnel pmtud tunnel-ID
The tunnel-ID variable is a valid tunnel number or name.
Viewing PMTUD configuration details
Use the show interface tunnel command to view the PMTUD configuration and to determine
whether PMTUD has reduced the size of the MTU. For details about the show interface tunnel
command, refer to “Displaying GRE tunneling information” on page 108.
Enabling IPv4 multicast routing over a GRE tunnel
This section describes how to enable IPv4 multicast protocols, PIM Sparse (PIM-SM) and PIM
Dense (PIM-DM), on a GRE tunnel. Perform the procedures in this section after completing the
required tasks in Table 13 on page 100.
For an overview of multicast routing support over a GRE tunnel, refer to “Support for IPv4 multicast
routing over GRE tunnels” on page 97. To view information about multicast protocols and GRE
tunnel-specific information, refer to “Displaying multicast protocols and GRE tunneling information”
on page 110.
Enabling PIM-SM on a GRE tunnel
To enable PIM-SM on a GRE tunnel interface, enter commands such as the following:
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 10
Brocade(config-tnif-10)# ip pim-sparse
Syntax: [no] ip pim-sparse
Use the no form of the command to disable PIM-SM on the tunnel interface.
Enabling PIM-DM on a GRE tunnel interface
To enable PIM-DM on a GRE tunnel interface, enter commands such as the following:
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 10
Brocade(config-tnif-10)# ip pim
Syntax: [no] ip pim
Use the no form of the command to disable PIM-DM on the tunnel interface.
106
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Point-to-point GRE tunnel configuration example
In the configuration example shown in Figure 16, a GRE Tunnel is configured between device A and
device B. Traffic between networks 10.10.1.0/24 and 10.10.2.0/24 is encapsulated in a GRE
packet sent through the tunnel on the 10.10.3.0 network, and unpacked and sent to the
destination network. A static route is configured at each Layer 3 switch to go through the tunnel
interface to the target network.
FIGURE 16
Point-to-point GRE tunnel configuration example
Device A
10.10.1.0/24
Port
1/1/3
192.168.8.108
10.10.3.1
Internet
10.10.3.0
10.10.3.2
10.10.2.0/24
Device B
Port
1/1/5
192.168.5.2
The following shows the configuration commands for the example shown in Figure 16.
Configuring point-to-point GRE tunnel for device A
Brocade (config)# interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade (config-if-e10000-1/1/3)# ip address 192.168.8.108/24
Brocade (config)# exit
Brocade (config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel source 192.168.8.108
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel destination 192.168.5.2
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel mode gre ip
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# ip address 10.10.3.1/24
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# exit
Brocade (config)# ip route 192.168.5.0/24 192.168.8.1
Configuring point-to-point GRE tunnel for device B
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ip address 192.168.5.2/24
Brocade(config)# exit
Brocade(config)# interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel source 192.168.5.2
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel destination 192.168.8.108
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# tunnel mode gre ip
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
107
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# ip address 10.10.3.2/24
Brocade(config-tnif-1)# exit
Brocade(config)# ip route 192.168.8.0/24 192.168.5.1
Displaying GRE tunneling information
This section describes the show commands that display the GRE tunnels configuration, the link
status of the GRE tunnels, and the routes that use GRE tunnels. To display information about
multicast protocols and GRE tunnels, refer to “Displaying multicast protocols and GRE tunneling
information” on page 110.
To display GRE tunneling Information, use the following commands:
•
•
•
•
•
•
show ip interface
show ip route
show ip interface tunnel
show ip tunnel traffic
show interface tunnel
show statistics tunnel
The following shows an example output of the show ip interface command, which includes
information about GRE tunnels.
Brocade# show ip interface
Interface
IP-Address
Tunnel 1
10.10.3.1
OK?
YES
Method
NVRAM
Status
up
Protocol
up
For field definitions, refer to Table 17 on page 117.
Syntax: show ip interface
The show ip route command displays routes that are pointing to a GRE tunnel as shown in the
following example.
Brocade# show ip route
Total number of IP routes: 3, avail: 79996 (out of max 80000)
B:BGP D:Connected R:RIP S:Static O:OSPF *:Candidate default
Destination
NetMask
Gateway
Port
1
192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
7
2
192.168.2.0
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.3
7
3
192.168.3.0
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
tn3
Cost
1
1
1
Type
D
S
D
For field definitions, refer to Table 21 on page 124.
Syntax: show ip route
The show ip interface tunnel command displays the link status and IP address configuration for an
IP tunnel interface as shown in the following example.
Brocade# show ip interface tunnel 1
Interface Tunnel 1
port state: UP
ip address: 192.168.21.2 subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
encapsulation: GRE, mtu: 1476, metric: 1
directed-broadcast-forwarding: disabled
proxy-arp: disabled
108
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
ip
No
No
No
arp-age: 10 minutes
Helper Addresses are configured
inbound ip access-list is set
outgoing ip access-list is set
Syntax: show ip interface tunnel [tunnel-ID]
The tunnel-ID variable is a valid tunnel number or name.
The show interface tunnel command displays the GRE tunnel configuration.
Brocade# show int tunnel 3
Tunnel3 is up, line protocol is up
Hardware is Tunnel
Tunnel source 192.168.1.1
Tunnel destination is 192.168.2.3
Port name is customer1001
Internet address is 10.34.3.2/24, MTU 1476 bytes, encapsulation GRE
Keepalive is Enabled : Interval 10, No.of Retries 3
Total Keepalive Pkts Tx: 2, Rx: 2
Path MTU Discovery: Enabled, MTU is 1476 bytes
Syntax: show interface tunnel [tunnel-ID]
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 14
CLI display of show interface tunnel command
Field
Definition
Hardware is Tunnel
The interface is a tunnel interface.
Tunnel source
The source address for the tunnel.
Tunnel destination
The destination address for the tunnel.
Port name
The port name (if applicable).
Internet address
The internet address.
MTU
The maximum transmission unit.
encapsulation GRE
GRE encapsulation is enabled on the port.
Keepalive
Indicates whether or not GRE link keepalive is enabled.
Interval
If GRE link keepalive is enabled, this field displays the number of seconds
between each initiation of a GRE link keepalive message.
No. of Retries
If GRE link keepalive is enabled, this field displays the number of times that a
GRE link keepalive packet is sent before the tunnel is placed in the DOWN
state.
Total Keepalive Pkts
If GRE link keepalive is enabled, this field shows the total number of GRE link
keepalive packets transmitted (TX) and received (RX) on the tunnel since it was
last cleared by the administrator.
Path MTU Discovery
Indicates whether or not PMTUD is enabled. If PMTUD is enabled, the MTU
value is also displayed.
The show ip tunnel traffic command displays the link status of the tunnel and the number of
keepalive packets received and sent on the tunnel.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
109
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Brocade# show ip tunnel traffic
IP GRE Tunnels
Tunnel Status Packet Received
1
up/up
362
3
up/up
0
10 down/down
0
Packet Sent
0
0
0
KA recv
362
0
0
KA sent
362
0
0
Syntax: show ip tunnel traffic
The show statistics tunnel [tunnel-ID] command displays GRE tunnel statistics for a specific tunnel
ID number. The following shows an example output for tunnel ID 1.
Syntax: show statistics tunnel [tunnel-ID]
The tunnel-ID variable specifies the tunnel ID number.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 15
CLI display of show ip tunnel traffic command
Field
Description
Tunnel Status
Indicates whether the tunnel is up or down. Possible values are:
• Up/Up – The tunnel and line protocol are up.
• Up/Down – The tunnel is up and the line protocol is down.
• Down/Up – The tunnel is down and the line protocol is up.
• Down/Down – The tunnel and line protocol are down.
Packet Received
The number of packets received on the tunnel since it was last cleared by the
administrator.
Packet Sent
The number of packets sent on the tunnel since it was last cleared by the
administrator.
KA recv
The number of keepalive packets received on the tunnel since it was last
cleared by the administrator.
KA sent
The number of keepalive packets sent on the tunnel since it was last cleared
by the administrator.
Displaying multicast protocols and GRE tunneling information
The following show commands display information about multicast protocols and GRE tunnels:
•
•
•
•
•
•
show ip pim interface
show ip pim nbr
show ip pim mcache
show ip pim flow
show statistics
show ip mtu
NOTE
All other show commands that are supported currently for Ethernet, VE, and IP loopback interfaces,
are also supported for tunnel interfaces. To display information for a tunnel interface, specify the
tunnel in the format tn num. For example, show interface tn 1. In some cases, the Ethernet port that
the tunnel is using will be displayed in the format tn num:e port.
110
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
The following shows an example output of the show ip pim interface command. The lines in bold
highlight the GRE tunnel-specific information.
Brocade# show ip pim interface
Interface e1/1/1
PIM Dense: V2
TTL Threshold: 1, Enabled, DR: itself
Local Address: 10.10.10.10
Interface tn1
PIM Dense: V2
TTL Threshold: 1, Enabled, DR: 10.1.1.20 on tn1:e2
Local Address: 10.1.1.10
Neighbor:
10.1.1.20
Syntax: show ip pim interface
The following shows an example output of the show ip pim nbr command. The line in bold shows
the GRE tunnel-specific information.
Brocade# show ip pim nbr
Total number of neighbors: 1 on 1 ports
Port
Phy_p
Neighbor
Holdtime Age
tn1
tn1:e2
10.1.1.20
180
60
UpTime
1740
Syntax: show ip pim nbr
The following shows an example output of the show ip pim mcache command. The line in bold
shows the GRE tunnel-specific information.
Brocade# show ip pim mcache 192.168.1.1
1
(10.10.10.1 192.168.1.1) in e1/1/1 (e1/1/1), cnt=629
Source is directly connected
L3 (HW) 1: tn1:e2(VL1)
fast=1 slow=0 pru=1 graft
age=120s up-time=8m HW=1 L2-vidx=8191 has mll
Syntax: show ip pim mcache ip-address
The following shows an example output of the show ip pim flow command. The text in bold
highlights the GRE tunnel-specific information.
Brocade# show ip pim flow 192.168.1.1
Multicast flow (10.10.10.1 192.168.1.1):
Vidx for source vlan forwarding: 8191 (Blackhole, no L2 clients)
Hardware MC Entry hit on devices: 0 1 2 3
MC Entry[0x0c008040]: 00014001 000022ee 0ffc0001 00000000
--- MLL contents read from Device 0 --MLL Data[0x018c0010]: 0021ff8d 00000083 00000000 00000000
First : Last:1, outlif:60043ff1 00000000, TNL:1(e2)
1 flow printed
Syntax: show ip pim flow
The following shows an example output of the show statistics command. The following statistics
demonstrate an example where the encapsulated multicast traffic ingresses a tunnel endpoint on
port e 1/1/2, egresses and re-ingresses as native multicast traffic on the loopback port e 1/1/4,
and is then forwarded to the outbound interface e 1/1/1.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
111
IPv4 point-to-point GRE tunnels
Brocade# show statistics
Port
1
2
3
4
In Packets
0
1668
0
1668
Out Packets
1670
7
0
1668
In Errors
0
0
0
0
Out Errors
0
0
0
0
Syntax: show statistics
The show ip mtu command can be used to see if there is space available for the ip_default_mtu_24
value in the system, or if the MTU value is already configured in the IP table. The following shows an
example output of the show ip mtu command.
Brocade(config-tnif-10)#show ip mtu
idx
size usage ref-count
0 10218
1
default
1
800
0
1
2
900
0
1
3
750
0
1
4 10194
1
1
5 10198
0
1
Syntax: show ip mtu
Clearing GRE statistics
Use the clear ip tunnel command to clear statistics related to GRE tunnels.
To clear GRE tunnel statistics, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)# clear ip tunnel stat 3
To reset a dynamically-configured MTU on a tunnel Interface back to the configured value, enter a
command such as the following.
Brocade(config)#clear ip tunnel pmtud 3
Syntax: clear ip tunnel [pmtud tunnel-ID | stat tunnel-ID]
Use the pmtud option to reset a dynamically-configured MTU on a tunnel Interface back to the
configured value.
Use the stat option to clear tunnel statistics.
The tunnel-ID variable is a valid tunnel number or name.
Use the clear statistics tunnel [tunnel-ID] command to clear GRE tunnel statistics for a specific
tunnel ID number. To clear GRE tunnel statistics for tunnel ID 3, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade(config)# clear statistics tunnel 3
Syntax: clear statistics tunnel [tunnel-ID]
The tunnel-ID variable specifies the tunnel ID number.
112
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
The following sections describe IP display options for Layer 3 Switches and Layer 2 Switches:
• To display IP information on a Layer 3 Switch, refer to “Displaying IP information – Layer 3
Switches” on page 113.
• To display IP information on a Layer 2 Switch, refer to “Displaying IP information – Layer 2
Switches” on page 128.
Changing the network mask display to prefix format
By default, the CLI displays network masks in classical IP address format (example:
255.255.255.0). You can change the displays to prefix format (example: /18) on a Layer 3 Switch
or Layer 2 Switch using the following CLI method.
To enable CIDR format for displaying network masks, entering the following command at the global
CONFIG level of the CLI.
Brocade(config)# ip show-subnet-length
Syntax: [no] ip show-subnet-length
Displaying IP information – Layer 3 Switches
You can display the following IP configuration information statistics on Layer 3 Switches:
• Global IP parameter settings and IP access policies – refer to “Displaying global IP
configuration information” on page 113.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CPU utilization statistics – refer to “Displaying CPU utilization statistics” on page 115.
IP interfaces – refer to “Displaying IP interface information” on page 117.
ARP entries – refer to “Displaying ARP entries” on page 118.
Static ARP entries – refer to “Displaying ARP entries” on page 118.
IP forwarding cache – refer to “Displaying the forwarding cache” on page 121.
IP route table – refer to “Displaying the IP route table” on page 122.
IP traffic statistics – refer to “Displaying IP traffic statistics” on page 125.
The following sections describe how to display this information.
In addition to the information described below, you can display the following IP information. This
information is described in other parts of this guide:
•
•
•
•
•
RIP
OSPF
BGP4
PIM
VRRP or VRRP-E
Displaying global IP configuration information
To display IP configuration information, enter the following command at any CLI level.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
113
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
Brocade# show ip
Global Settings
ttl: 64, arp-age: 10, bootp-relay-max-hops: 4
router-id :10.95.11.128
enabled : UDP-Broadcast-Forwarding IRDP Proxy-ARP RARP OSPF
disabled: BGP4 Load-Sharing RIP DVMRP FSRP VRRP
Static Routes
Index
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Next Hop Router
Metric Distance
1
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
10.157.23.2
1
1
Policies
Index
Action
Source
Destination
Protocol
Port Operator
1
deny
10.157.22.34
10.157.22.26
tcp
http =
64
permit
any
any
Syntax: show ip
NOTE
This command has additional options, which are explained in other sections in this guide, including
the sections following this one.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 16
CLI display of global IP configuration information – Layer 3 Switch
Field
Description
Global settings
ttl
The Time-To-Live (TTL) for IP packets. The TTL specifies the maximum number of router hops
a packet can travel before reaching the Brocade router. If the packet TTL value is higher than
the value specified in this field, the Brocade router drops the packet.
To change the maximum TTL, refer to “Changing the TTL threshold” on page 41.
arp-age
The ARP aging period. This parameter specifies how many minutes an inactive ARP entry
remains in the ARP cache before the router ages out the entry.
To change the ARP aging period, refer to “Changing the ARP aging period” on page 37.
bootp-relay-max-ho
ps
The maximum number of hops away a BootP server can be located from the Brocade router
and still be used by the router clients for network booting.
To change this value, refer to “Changing the maximum number of hops to a BootP relay
server” on page 67.
router-id
The 32-bit number that uniquely identifies the Brocade router.
By default, the router ID is the numerically lowest IP interface configured on the router. To
change the router ID, refer to “Changing the router ID” on page 31.
enabled
The IP-related protocols that are enabled on the router.
disabled
The IP-related protocols that are disabled on the router.
Static routes
114
Index
The row number of this entry in the IP route table.
IP Address
The IP address of the route destination.
Subnet Mask
The network mask for the IP address.
Next Hop Router
The IP address of the router interface to which the Brocade router sends packets for the
route.
Metric
The cost of the route. Usually, the metric represents the number of hops to the destination.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
TABLE 16
CLI display of global IP configuration information – Layer 3 Switch (Continued)
Field
Description
Distance
The administrative distance of the route. The default administrative distance for static IP
routes in Brocade routers is 1.
To list the default administrative distances for all types of routes or to change the
administrative distance of a static route, refer to “Changing the administrative distance” on
page 146.
Policies
Index
The policy number. This is the number you assigned the policy when you configured it.
Action
The action the router takes if a packet matches the comparison values in the policy. The
action can be one of the following:
• deny – The router drops packets that match this policy.
• permit – The router forwards packets that match this policy.
Source
The source IP address the policy matches.
Destination
The destination IP address the policy matches.
Protocol
Port
The IP protocol the policy matches. The protocol can be one of the following:
ICMP
IGMP
IGRP
OSPF
TCP
UDP
•
•
•
•
•
•
The Layer 4 TCP or UDP port the policy checks for in packets. The port can be displayed by its
number or, for port types the router recognizes, by the well-known name. For example, TCP
port 80 can be displayed as HTTP.
NOTE: This field applies only if the IP protocol is TCP or UDP.
Operator
The comparison operator for TCP or UDP port names or numbers.
NOTE: This field applies only if the IP protocol is TCP or UDP.
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
You can display CPU utilization statistics for IP protocols using the show process cpu command.
The show process cpu command includes CPU utilization statistics for ACL, 802.1x, and L2VLAN.
L2VLAN contains any packet transmitted to a VLAN by the CPU, including unknown unicast,
multicast, broadcast, and CPU forwarded Layer 2 traffic.
To display CPU utilization statistics for the previous one-second, one-minute, five-minute, and
fifteen-minute intervals, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
115
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
Brocade# show process cpu
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
ACL
0.00
0.00
ARP
0.01
0.01
BGP
0.00
0.00
DOT1X
0.00
0.00
GVRP
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
L2VLAN
0.01
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
5Min(%)
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
0
714
0
0
0
161
229
673
0
9
7
0
If the software has been running less than 15 minutes (the maximum interval for utilization
statistics), the command indicates how long the software has been running. Here is an example.
Brocade# show process cpu
The system has only been up for 6 seconds.
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
5Min(%)
ACL
0.00
0.00
0.00
ARP
0.01
0.01
0.01
BGP
0.00
0.00
0.00
DOT1X
0.00
0.00
0.00
GVRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.00
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
0.00
L2VLAN
0.01
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.00
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
0
714
0
0
0
161
229
673
0
9
7
0
To display utilization statistics for a specific number of seconds, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade# show process cpu 2
Statistics for last 1 sec and 80 ms
Process Name
Sec(%)
Time(ms)
ACL
0
0.00
ARP
1
0.01
BGP
0
0.00
DOT1X
0
0.00
GVRP
0
0.00
ICMP
0
0.00
IP
0
0.00
L2VLAN
1
0.01
OSPF
0
0.00
RIP
0
0.00
STP
0
0.00
VRRP
0
0.00
116
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
When you specify how many seconds’ worth of statistics you want to display, the software selects
the sample that most closely matches the number of seconds you specified. In this example,
statistics are requested for the previous two seconds. The closest sample available is actually for
the previous 1 second plus 80 milliseconds.
Syntax: show process cpu [num]
The num parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 1 through 900. If you use
this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics only for the specified number of seconds. If
you do not use this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics for the previous one-second,
one-minute, five-minute, and fifteen-minute intervals.
Displaying IP interface information
To display IP interface information, enter the following command at any CLI level.
Brocade# show ip interface
Interface
Ethernet 1/1/1
Ethernet 1/1/2
Loopback 1
IP-Address
10.95.6.173
10.3.3.3
10.2.3.4
OK?
YES
YES
YES
Method
NVRAM
manual
NVRAM
Status
up
up
down
Protocol
up
up
down
Syntax: show ip interface [ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum] | [loopback num] |[tunnel num]
| [ve num]
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 17
CLI display of interface IP configuration information
Field
Description
Interface
The type and the slot and port number of the interface.
IP-Address
The IP address of the interface.
NOTE: If an “s” is listed following the address, this is a secondary address. When the address
was configured, the interface already had an IP address in the same subnet, so the
software required the “secondary” option before the software could add the interface.
OK?
Whether the IP address has been configured on the interface.
Method
Whether the IP address has been saved in NVRAM. If you have set the IP address for the
interface in the CLI, but have not saved the configuration, the entry for the interface in the
Method field is “manual”.
Status
The link status of the interface. If you have disabled the interface with the disable command,
the entry in the Status field will be “administratively down”. Otherwise, the entry in the Status
field will be either “up” or “down”.
Protocol
Whether the interface can provide two-way communication. If the IP address is configured, and
the link status of the interface is up, the entry in the protocol field will be “up”. Otherwise the
entry in the protocol field will be “down”.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
117
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
To display detailed IP information for a specific interface, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade# show ip interface ethernet 1/1/1
Interface Ethernet 1/1/1
port state: UP
ip address: 192.168.9.51
subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
encapsulation: ETHERNET, mtu: 1500, metric: 1
directed-broadcast-forwarding: disabled
proxy-arp: disabled
ip arp-age: 10 minutes
Ip Flow switching is disabled
No Helper Addresses are configured.
No inbound ip access-list is set
No outgoing ip access-list is set
Displaying ARP entries
You can display the ARP cache and the static ARP table. The ARP cache contains entries for devices
attached to the Layer 3 Switch. The static ARP table contains the user-configured ARP entries. An
entry in the static ARP table enters the ARP cache when the entry interface comes up.
The tables require separate display commands.
Displaying the ARP cache
To display the contents of the ARP cache, enter the following command at any CLI level.
Brocade# show arp
Total number of ARP entries: 5, maximum capacity: 6000
No.
1
2
3
4
5
IP Address
10.95.6.102
10.95.6.18
10.95.6.54
10.95.6.101
10.95.6.211
MAC Address
0000.00fc.ea21
0000.00d2.04ed
0000.00ab.cd2b
0000.007c.a7fa
0000.0038.ac9c
Type
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Age
0
3
0
0
0
Port
1/1/6
1/1/6
1/1/6
1/1/6
1/1/6
Status
Valid
Pend
Pend
Valid
Valid
Syntax: show arp [ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | mac-address xxxx.xxxx.xxxx [mask] |
ip-addr [ip-mask]] [num]
The mac-address xxxx.xxxx.xxxx parameter lets you restrict the display to entries for a specific MAC
address.
The mask parameter lets you specify a mask for the mac-address xxxx.xxxx.xxxx parameter, to
display entries for multiple MAC addresses. Specify the MAC address mask as “f”s and “0”s, where
“f”s are significant bits.
The ip-addr and ip-mask parameters let you restrict the display to entries for a specific IP address
and network mask. Specify the IP address masks in standard decimal mask format (for example,
255.255.0.0).
118
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
NOTE
The ip-mask parameter and mask parameter perform different operations. The ip-mask parameter
specifies the network mask for a specific IP address, whereas the mask parameter provides a filter
for displaying multiple MAC addresses that have specific values in common.
The num parameter lets you display the table beginning with a specific entry number.
NOTE
The entry numbers in the ARP cache are not related to the entry numbers for static ARP table entries.
This display shows the following information. The number in the left column of the CLI display is
the row number of the entry in the ARP cache. This number is not related to the number you assign
to static MAC entries in the static ARP table.
TABLE 18
CLI display of ARP cache
Field
Description
Total number
of ARP
Entries
The number of entries in the ARP cache.
Maximum
capacity
The total number of ARP entries supported on the device.
IP Address
The IP address of the device.
MAC Address
The MAC address of the device.
Type
The ARP entry type, which can be one of the following:
• Dynamic – The Layer 3 Switch learned the entry from an incoming packet.
• Static – The Layer 3 Switch loaded the entry from the static ARP table when the device for the
entry was connected to the Layer 3 Switch.
• DHCP – The Layer 3 Switch learned the entry from the DHCP binding address table.
NOTE: If the type is DHCP, the port number will not be available until the entry gets resolved
through ARP.
Age
The number of minutes before which the ARP entry was refreshed. If this value reaches the ARP
aging period, the entry is removed from the table.
To display the ARP aging period, refer to “Displaying global IP configuration information” on
page 113. To change the ARP aging interval, refer to “Changing the ARP aging period” on page 37.
NOTE: Static entries do not age out.
Port
The port on which the entry was learned.
NOTE: If the ARP entry type is DHCP, the port number will not be available until the entry gets
resolved through ARP.
Status
The status of the entry, which can be one of the following:
Valid – This a valid ARP entry.
Pend – The ARP entry is not yet resolved.
•
•
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
119
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
Displaying the static ARP table
To display the static ARP table instead of the ARP cache, enter the following command at any CLI
level.
Brocade# show ip static-arp
Static ARP table size: 512, configurable from 512 to 1024
Index
IP Address
MAC Address
Port
1
10.95.6.111
0000.003b.d210
1/1/1
3
10.95.6.123
0000.003b.d211
1/1/2
This example shows two static entries. Note that because you specify an entry index number when
you create the entry, it is possible for the range of index numbers to have gaps, as shown in this
example.
NOTE
The entry number you assign to a static ARP entry is not related to the entry numbers in the ARP
cache.
Syntax: show ip static-arp [ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | mac-address xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
[mask] |
ip-addr [ip-mask]] [num]
The mac-address xxxx.xxxx.xxxx parameter lets you restrict the display to entries for a specific MAC
address.
The mask parameter lets you specify a mask for the mac-address xxxx.xxxx.xxxx parameter, to
display entries for multiple MAC addresses. Specify the MAC address mask as “f”s and “0”s, where
“f”s are significant bits.
The ip-addr and ip-mask parameters let you restrict the display to entries for a specific IP address
and network mask. Specify the IP address masks in standard decimal mask format (for example,
255.255.0.0).
NOTE
The ip-mask parameter and mask parameter perform different operations. The ip-mask parameter
specifies the network mask for a specific IP address, whereas the mask parameter provides a filter
for displaying multiple MAC addresses that have specific values in common.
The num parameter lets you display the table beginning with a specific entry number.
120
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
TABLE 19
CLI display of static ARP table
Field
Description
Static ARP table size
The maximum number of static entries that can be configured on the device using the
current memory allocation. The range of valid memory allocations for static ARP entries is
listed after the current allocation. To change the memory allocation for static ARP entries,
refer to“Changing the maximum number of entries the static ARP table can hold” on
page 40.
Index
The number of this entry in the table. You specify the entry number when you create the
entry.
IP Address
The IP address of the device.
MAC Address
The MAC address of the device.
Port
The port attached to the device the entry is for.
Displaying the forwarding cache
To display the IP forwarding cache, enter the following command at any CLI level.
Brocade# show ip cache
Total number of cache entries: 3
D:Dynamic P:Permanent F:Forward U:Us C:Complex Filter
W:Wait ARP I:ICMP Deny K:Drop R:Fragment S:Snap Encap
IP Address
Next Hop
MAC
Type
1
192.168.1.11
DIRECT
0000.0000.0000
PU
2
192.168.1.255
DIRECT
0000.0000.0000
PU
3
192.168.255.255 DIRECT
0000.0000.0000
PU
Port
n/a
n/a
n/a
Vlan
Pri
0
0
0
Syntax: show ip cache [ip-addr] | [num]
The ip-addr parameter displays the cache entry for the specified IP address.
The num parameter displays the cache beginning with the row following the number you enter. For
example, to begin displaying the cache at row 10, enter the following command.
Brocade# show ip cache 9
The show ip cache command displays the following information.
TABLE 20
CLI display of IP forwarding cache – Layer 3 Switch
Field
Description
IP Address
The IP address of the destination.
Next Hop
The IP address of the next-hop router to the destination. This field contains either an IP address
or the value DIRECT. DIRECT means the destination is either directly attached or the destination
is an address on this Brocade device. For example, the next hop for loopback addresses and
broadcast addresses is shown as DIRECT.
MAC
The MAC address of the destination.
NOTE: If the entry is type U (indicating that the destination is this Brocade device), the address
consists of zeroes.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
121
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
TABLE 20
CLI display of IP forwarding cache – Layer 3 Switch (Continued)
Field
Description
Type
The type of host entry, which can be one or more of the following:
• D – Dynamic
• P – Permanent
• F – Forward
• U – Us
• C – Complex Filter
• W – Wait ARP
• I – ICMP Deny
• K – Drop
• R – Fragment
• S – Snap Encap
Port
The port through which this device reaches the destination. For destinations that are located on
this device, the port number is shown as “n/a”.
VLAN
Indicates the VLANs the listed port is in.
Pri
The QoS priority of the port or VLAN.
Displaying the IP route table
To display the IP route table, enter the show ip route command at any CLI level.
Brocade# show ip route
Total number of IP routes: 514
Start index: 1 B:BGP D:Connected
Destination
NetMask
Destination
NetMask
10.1.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.2.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.3.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.4.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.5.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.6.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.7.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.8.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.9.0.0
255.255.0.0
10.10.0.0
255.255.0.0
R:RIP S:Static
Gateway
Gateway
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
192.168.1.2
O:OSPF *:Candidate default
Port
Cost
Type
Port
Cost
Type
1/1/1
2
R
1/1/2
2
R
1/1/3
2
R
1/1/4
2
R
1/1/5
2
R
1/1/6
2
R
1/1/7
2
R
1/1/8
2
R
1/1/9
2
R
1/1/10
2
S
Syntax: show ip route [ip-addr [ip-mask] [longer] [none-bgp]] | num | bgp | direct | ospf | rip |
static
The ip-addr parameter displays the route to the specified IP address.
The ip-mask parameter lets you specify a network mask or, if you prefer CIDR format, the number of
bits in the network mask. If you use CIDR format, enter a forward slash immediately after the IP
address, then enter the number of mask bits (for example: 10.157.22.0/24 for 10.157.22.0
255.255.255.0).
The longer parameter applies only when you specify an IP address and mask. This option displays
only the routes for the specified IP address and mask. Refer to the following example.
The none-bgp parameter displays only the routes that did not come from BGP4.
The num option display the route table entry whose row number corresponds to the number you
specify. For example, if you want to display the tenth row in the table, enter “10”.
122
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
The bgp option displays the BGP4 routes.
The direct option displays only the IP routes that are directly attached to the Layer 3 Switch.
The ospf option displays the OSPF routes.
The rip option displays the RIP routes.
The static option displays only the static IP routes.
The default routes are displayed first.
Here is an example of how to use the direct option. To display only the IP routes that go to devices
directly attached to the Layer 3 Switch, enter the following command.
Brocade# show ip route direct
Start index: 1 B:BGP D:Connected R:RIP S:Static
Destination
NetMask
Gateway
10.157.22.0
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
O:OSPF *:Candidate default
Port
Cost
Type
1/1/4
1
D
Notice that the route displayed in this example has “D” in the Type field, indicating the route is to a
directly connected device.
Here is an example of how to use the static option. To display only the static IP routes, enter the
following command.
Brocade# show ip route static
Start index: 1 B:BGP D:Connected R:RIP
Destination
NetMask
192.168.33.11
255.255.255.0
S:Static O:OSPF *:Candidate default
Gateway
Port
Cost
Type
10.157.22.12
1/1/3
2
S
Notice that the route displayed in this example has “S” in the Type field, indicating the route is
static.
Here is an example of how to use the longer option. To display only the routes for a specified IP
address and mask, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade# show ip route 10.159.0.0/16 longer
Starting index: 1 B:BGP D:Directly-Connected R:RIP S:Static O:OSPF
Destination
NetMask
Gateway
Port Cost Type
10.159.38.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.39.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.40.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.41.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.42.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.43.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.44.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.45.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
10.159.46.0
255.255.255.0 10.95.6.101
1/1/1 1
S
This example shows all the routes for networks beginning with 10.159. The mask value and longer
parameter specify the range of network addresses to be displayed. In this example, all routes
within the range 10.159.0.0 – 10.159.255.255 are listed.
The summary option displays a summary of the information in the IP route table. The following is
an example of the output from this command.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
123
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
Example
Brocade# show ip route summary
IP Routing Table - 35 entries:
6 connected, 28 static, 0 RIP, 1 OSPF, 0 BGP
Number of prefixes:
/0: 1 /16: 27 /22: 1 /24: 5 /32: 1
Syntax: show ip route summary
In this example, the IP route table contains 35 entries. Of these entries, 6 are directly connected
devices, 28 are static routes, and 1 route was calculated through OSPF. One of the routes has a
zero-bit mask (this is the default route), 27 have a 16-bit mask, 5 have a 24-bit mask, 1 has 22-bit
mask, and 1 has a 32-bit mask.
The following table lists the information displayed by the show ip route command.
TABLE 21
CLI display of IP route table
Field
Description
Destination
The destination network of the route.
NetMask
The network mask of the destination address.
Gateway
The next-hop router.
An asterisk (*) next to the next-hop router indicates that it is one of multiple Equal-Cost
Multi-Path (ECMP) next hops for a given route. The asterisk will initially appear next to the first
next hop for each route with multiple ECMP next hops. If the ARP entry for the next hop* ages
out or is cleared, then the next packet to be routed through the Brocade device whose
destination matches that route can cause the asterisk to move to the next hop down the list of
ECMP next hops for that route. This means that if the next hop* goes down, the asterisk can
move to another next hop with equal cost.
Port
The port through which this router sends packets to reach the route's destination.
Cost
The route's cost.
Type
The route type, which can be one of the following:
• B – The route was learned from BGP.
• D – The destination is directly connected to this Layer 3 Switch.
• R – The route was learned from RIP.
• S – The route is a static route.
• * – The route and next-hop gateway are resolved through the ip default-network setting.
• O – The route is an OSPF route. Unless you use the ospf option to display the route table,
“O” is used for all OSPF routes. If you do use the ospf option, the following type codes are
used:
• O – OSPF intra area route (within the same area).
• IA – The route is an OSPF inter area route (a route that passes from one area into
another).
• E1 – The route is an OSPF external type 1 route.
• E2 – The route is an OSPF external type 2 route.
Clearing IP routes
If needed, you can clear the entire route table or specific individual routes.
To clear all routes from the IP route table, enter the following command.
Brocade# clear ip route
124
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
To clear route 10.157.22.0/24 from the IP routing table, enter the clear ip route command.
Brocade# clear ip route 10.157.22.0/24
Syntax: clear ip route [ip-addr ip-mask]
or
Syntax: clear ip route [ip-addr/mask-bits]
Displaying IP traffic statistics
To display IP traffic statistics, enter the show ip traffic command at any CLI level.
Brocade# show ip traffic
IP Statistics
139 received, 145 sent, 0 forwarded
0 filtered, 0 fragmented, 0 reassembled, 0 bad header
0 no route, 0 unknown proto, 0 no buffer, 0 other errors
ICMP Statistics
Received:
0 total, 0 errors, 0 unreachable, 0 time exceed
0 parameter, 0 source quench, 0 redirect, 0 echo,
0 echo reply, 0 timestamp, 0 timestamp reply, 0 addr mask
0 addr mask reply, 0 irdp advertisement, 0 irdp solicitation
Sent:
0 total, 0 errors, 0 unreachable, 0 time exceed
0 parameter, 0 source quench, 0 redirect, 0 echo,
0 echo reply, 0 timestamp, 0 timestamp reply, 0 addr mask
0 addr mask reply, 0 irdp advertisement, 0 irdp solicitation
UDP Statistics
1 received, 0 sent, 1 no port, 0 input errors
TCP Statistics
0 active opens, 0 passive opens, 0 failed attempts
0 active resets, 0 passive resets, 0 input errors
138 in segments, 141 out segments, 4 retransmission
RIP
0
0
0
0
0
Statistics
requests sent, 0 requests received
responses sent, 0 responses received
unrecognized, 0 bad version, 0 bad addr family, 0 bad req format
bad metrics, 0 bad resp format, 0 resp not from rip port
resp from loopback, 0 packets rejected
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
125
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
The show ip traffic command displays the following information.
TABLE 22
CLI display of IP traffic statistics – Layer 3 Switch
Field
Description
IP statistics
received
The total number of IP packets received by the device.
sent
The total number of IP packets originated and sent by the device.
forwarded
The total number of IP packets received by the device and forwarded to other devices.
filtered
The total number of IP packets filtered by the device.
fragmented
The total number of IP packets fragmented by this device to accommodate the MTU of this
device or of another device.
reassembled
The total number of fragmented IP packets that this device re-assembled.
bad header
The number of IP packets dropped by the device due to a bad packet header.
no route
The number of packets dropped by the device because there was no route.
unknown proto
The number of packets dropped by the device because the value in the Protocol field of the
packet header is unrecognized by this device.
no buffer
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
other errors
The number of packets dropped due to error types other than those listed above.
ICMP statistics
The ICMP statistics are derived from RFC 792, “Internet Control Message Protocol”, RFC 950, “Internet Standard
Subnetting Procedure”, and RFC 1256, “ICMP Router Discovery Messages”. Statistics are organized into Sent and
Received. The field descriptions below apply to each.
total
The total number of ICMP messages sent or received by the device.
errors
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
unreachable
The number of Destination Unreachable messages sent or received by the device.
time exceed
The number of Time Exceeded messages sent or received by the device.
parameter
The number of Parameter Problem messages sent or received by the device.
source quench
The number of Source Quench messages sent or received by the device.
redirect
The number of Redirect messages sent or received by the device.
echo
The number of Echo messages sent or received by the device.
echo reply
The number of Echo Reply messages sent or received by the device.
timestamp
The number of Timestamp messages sent or received by the device.
timestamp
reply
The number of Timestamp Reply messages sent or received by the device.
addr mask
The number of Address Mask Request messages sent or received by the device.
addr mask
reply
The number of Address Mask Replies messages sent or received by the device.
irdp
advertisement
The number of ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP) Advertisement messages sent or received
by the device.
irdp solicitation
The number of IRDP Solicitation messages sent or received by the device.
UDP statistics
126
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
TABLE 22
CLI display of IP traffic statistics – Layer 3 Switch (Continued)
Field
Description
received
The number of UDP packets received by the device.
sent
The number of UDP packets sent by the device.
no port
The number of UDP packets dropped because they did not have a valid UDP port number.
input errors
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
TCP statistics
The TCP statistics are derived from RFC 793, “Transmission Control Protocol”.
active opens
The number of TCP connections opened by sending a TCP SYN to another device.
passive opens
The number of TCP connections opened by this device in response to connection requests (TCP
SYNs) received from other devices.
failed attempts
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
active resets
The number of TCP connections this device reset by sending a TCP RESET message to the device
at the other end of the connection.
passive resets
The number of TCP connections this device reset because the device at the other end of the
connection sent a TCP RESET message.
input errors
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
in segments
The number of TCP segments received by the device.
out segments
The number of TCP segments sent by the device.
retransmission
The number of segments that this device retransmitted because the retransmission timer for the
segment had expired before the device at the other end of the connection had acknowledged
receipt of the segment.
RIP statistics
The RIP statistics are derived from RFC 1058, “Routing Information Protocol”.
requests sent
The number of requests this device has sent to another RIP router for all or part of its RIP routing
table.
requests
received
The number of requests this device has received from another RIP router for all or part of this
device RIP routing table.
responses sent
The number of responses this device has sent to another RIP router request for all or part of this
device RIP routing table.
responses
received
The number of responses this device has received to requests for all or part of another RIP
router routing table.
unrecognized
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
bad version
The number of RIP packets dropped by the device because the RIP version was either invalid or
is not supported by this device.
bad addr family The number of RIP packets dropped because the value in the Address Family Identifier field of
the packet header was invalid.
bad req format
The number of RIP request packets this router dropped because the format was bad.
bad metrics
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
bad resp
format
The number of responses to RIP request packets dropped because the format was bad.
resp not from
rip port
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
127
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
TABLE 22
CLI display of IP traffic statistics – Layer 3 Switch (Continued)
Field
Description
resp from
loopback
The number of RIP responses received from loopback interfaces.
packets
rejected
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
Displaying IP information – Layer 2 Switches
You can display the following IP configuration information statistics on Layer 2 Switches:
• Global IP settings – refer to “Displaying global IP configuration information” on page 128.
• ARP entries – refer to “Displaying ARP entries” on page 129.
• IP traffic statistics – refer to “Displaying IP traffic statistics” on page 129.
Displaying global IP configuration information
To display the Layer 2 Switch IP address and default gateway, enter the show ip command.
Brocade# show ip
Switch IP address: 192.168.1.2
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
Default router address:
TFTP server address:
Configuration filename:
Image filename:
192.168.1.1
None
None
None
Syntax: show ip
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 23
CLI display of global IP configuration information – Layer 2 Switch
Field
Description
IP configuration
Switch IP address
The management IP address configured on the Layer 2 Switch. Specify this
address for Telnet .
Subnet mask
The subnet mask for the management IP address.
Default router address
The address of the default gateway, if you specified one.
Most recent TFTP access
128
TFTP server address
The IP address of the most-recently contacted TFTP server, if the switch has
contacted a TFTP server since the last time the software was reloaded or the
switch was rebooted.
Configuration filename
The name under which the Layer 2 Switch startup-config file was uploaded or
downloaded during the most recent TFTP access.
Image filename
The name of the Layer 2 Switch flash image (system software file) that was
uploaded or downloaded during the most recent TFTP access.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
Displaying ARP entries
To display the entries the Layer 2 Switch has placed in its ARP cache, enter the show arp command
from any level of the CLI.
Brocade# show arp
Total Arp Entries : 1, maximum capacity: 1000
No.
1
IP
Mac
Port Age VlanId
192.168.1.170
0000.0011.d042
7
0
1
Syntax: show arp
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 24
CLI display of ARP cache
Field
Description
Total ARP Entries
The number of entries in the ARP cache.
Maximum
capacity
The total number of ARP entries supported on the device.
IP
The IP address of the device.
Mac
The MAC address of the device.
NOTE: If the MAC address is all zeros, the entry is for the default gateway, but the Layer 2
Switch does not have a link to the gateway.
Port
The port on which the entry was learned.
Age
The number of minutes the entry has remained unused. If this value reaches the ARP aging
period, the entry is removed from the cache.
VlanId
The VLAN the port that learned the entry is in.
NOTE: If the MAC address is all zeros, this field shows a random VLAN ID, since the Layer 2
Switch does not yet know which port the device for this entry is attached to.
Displaying IP traffic statistics
To display IP traffic statistics on a Layer 2 Switch, enter the show ip traffic command at any CLI
level.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
129
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
Brocade# show ip traffic
IP Statistics
27 received, 24 sent
0 fragmented, 0 reassembled, 0 bad header
0 no route, 0 unknown proto, 0 no buffer, 0 other errors
ICMP Statistics
Received:
0 total, 0 errors, 0 unreachable, 0 time exceed
0 parameter, 0 source quench, 0 redirect, 0 echo,
0 echo reply, 0 timestamp, 0 timestamp rely, 0 addr mask
0 addr mask reply, 0 irdp advertisement, 0 irdp solicitation
Sent:
0 total, 0 errors, 0 unreachable, 0 time exceed
0 parameter, 0 source quench, 0 redirect, 0 echo,
0 echo reply, 0 timestamp, 0 timestamp rely, 0 addr mask
0 addr mask reply, 0 irdp advertisement, 0 irdp solicitation
UDP Statistics
0 received, 0 sent, 0 no port, 0 input errors
TCP
1
0
0
27
Statistics
current active tcbs, 4 tcbs allocated, 0 tcbs freed 0 tcbs protected
active opens, 0 passive opens, 0 failed attempts
active resets, 0 passive resets, 0 input errors
in segments, 24 out segments, 0 retransmission
Syntax: show ip traffic
The show ip traffic command displays the following information.
TABLE 25
CLI display of IP traffic statistics – Layer 2 Switch
Field
Description
IP statistics
received
The total number of IP packets received by the device.
sent
The total number of IP packets originated and sent by the device.
fragmented
The total number of IP packets fragmented by this device to accommodate the MTU of this
device or of another device.
reassembled
The total number of fragmented IP packets that this device re-assembled.
bad header
The number of IP packets dropped by the device due to a bad packet header.
no route
The number of packets dropped by the device because there was no route.
unknown proto
The number of packets dropped by the device because the value in the Protocol field of the
packet header is unrecognized by this device.
no buffer
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
other errors
The number of packets that this device dropped due to error types other than the types listed
above.
ICMP statistics
The ICMP statistics are derived from RFC 792, “Internet Control Message Protocol”, RFC 950, “Internet Standard
Subnetting Procedure”, and RFC 1256, “ICMP Router Discovery Messages”. Statistics are organized into Sent and
Received. The field descriptions below apply to each.
130
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
TABLE 25
CLI display of IP traffic statistics – Layer 2 Switch (Continued)
Field
Description
total
The total number of ICMP messages sent or received by the device.
errors
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
unreachable
The number of Destination Unreachable messages sent or received by the device.
time exceed
The number of Time Exceeded messages sent or received by the device.
parameter
The number of Parameter Problem messages sent or received by the device.
source quench
The number of Source Quench messages sent or received by the device.
redirect
The number of Redirect messages sent or received by the device.
echo
The number of Echo messages sent or received by the device.
echo reply
The number of Echo Reply messages sent or received by the device.
timestamp
The number of Timestamp messages sent or received by the device.
timestamp reply
The number of Timestamp Reply messages sent or received by the device.
addr mask
The number of Address Mask Request messages sent or received by the device.
addr mask reply
The number of Address Mask Replies messages sent or received by the device.
irdp advertisement The number of ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP) Advertisement messages sent or
received by the device.
irdp solicitation
The number of IRDP Solicitation messages sent or received by the device.
UDP statistics
received
The number of UDP packets received by the device.
sent
The number of UDP packets sent by the device.
no port
The number of UDP packets dropped because the packet did not contain a valid UDP port
number.
input errors
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
TCP statistics
The TCP statistics are derived from RFC 793, “Transmission Control Protocol”.
current active tcbs
The number of TCP Control Blocks (TCBs) that are currently active.
tcbs allocated
The number of TCBs that have been allocated.
tcbs freed
The number of TCBs that have been freed.
tcbs protected
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
active opens
The number of TCP connections opened by this device by sending a TCP SYN to another
device.
passive opens
The number of TCP connections opened by this device in response to connection requests
(TCP SYNs) received from other devices.
failed attempts
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
active resets
The number of TCP connections this device reset by sending a TCP RESET message to the
device at the other end of the connection.
passive resets
The number of TCP connections this device reset because the device at the other end of the
connection sent a TCP RESET message.
input errors
This information is used by Brocade customer support.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
131
Displaying IP configuration information and statistics
TABLE 25
132
CLI display of IP traffic statistics – Layer 2 Switch (Continued)
Field
Description
in segments
The number of TCP segments received by the device.
out segments
The number of TCP segments sent by the device.
retransmission
The number of segments that this device retransmitted because the retransmission timer for
the segment had expired before the device at the other end of the connection had
acknowledged receipt of the segment.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter
Base Layer 3 and Routing Protocols
2
Table 26 lists the base Layer 3 features Brocade ICX 6650 devices support. These features are
supported in full Layer 3 software images, except where explicitly noted.
TABLE 26
Supported base Layer 3 features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
Static IP routing
Yes
Layer 3 system parameter limits
Yes
Static ARP entries
Yes
RIP V1 and V2
(Static RIP support only in the base Layer
3 image. The Brocade device with base
Layer 3 does not learn RIP routes from
other Layer 3 devices. However, the
device does advertise directly connected
routes.)
Yes
Redistribution of IP static routes into RIP
Yes
RIP default route learning
Yes
Route loop prevention:
• Split horizon
• Poison reverse
Yes
Route-only support (supported with full
Layer 3 image only)
Yes
Adding a static IP route
To add a static IP route, enter a command such as the following at the global CONFIG level of the
CLI.
Brocade(config)#ip route 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.2.1
This command adds a static IP route to the 192.168.10.x/24 subnet.
Syntax: [no] ip route dest-ip-addr dest-mask next-hop-ip-addr [metric] [tag num]
or
Syntax: [no] ip route dest-ip-addr/mask-bits next-hop-ip-addr [metric] [tag num]
The dest-ip-addr variable is the route destination. The dest-mask variable is the network mask for
the route destination IP address. Alternatively, you can specify the network mask information by
entering a forward slash followed by the number of bits in the network mask. For example, you can
enter 192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0 as 192.168.0.0/.24. To configure a default route, enter 0.0.0.0
for dest-ip-addr and 0.0.0.0 for dest-mask (or 0 for the mask-bits variable if you specify the address
in CIDR format). Specify the IP address of the default gateway using the next-hop-ip-addr variable.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
133
Adding a static ARP entry
The next-hop-ip-addr variable is the IP address of the next hop router (gateway) for the route.
The metric variable specifies the cost of the route and can be a number from 1 through 16. The
default is 1. The metric is used by RIP. If you do not enable RIP, the metric is not used.
The tag num parameter specifies the tag value of the route. The possible value is from 0 through
4294967295. The default value is 0.
NOTE
You cannot specify null0 or another interface as the next hop in the base Layer 3 image.
Adding a static ARP entry
Static entries are useful in cases where you want to pre-configure an entry for a device that is not
connected to the Brocade device, or you want to prevent a particular entry from aging out. The
software removes a dynamic entry from the ARP cache if the ARP aging interval expires before the
entry is refreshed. Static entries do not age out, regardless of whether the Brocade device receives
an ARP request from the device that has the entry address. The software places a static ARP entry
into the ARP cache as soon as you create the entry.
To add a static ARP entry, enter a command such as the following at the global CONFIG level of the
CLI.
Brocade(config)#arp 1 192.168.22.3 0000.00bb.cccc ethernet 1/1/3
This command adds a static ARP entry that maps IP address 192.168.22.3 to MAC address
0000.00bb.cccc. The entry is for a MAC address connected to Brocade port 3.
Syntax: [no] arp num ip-addr mac-addr ethernet port
The num variable specifies the entry number. You can specify a number from 1 up to the maximum
number of static entries allowed on the device. You can allocate more memory to increase this
amount. To do so, enter the system-max ip-static-arp num command at the global CONFIG level of
the CLI.
The ip-addr variable specifies the IP address of the device that has the MAC address of the entry.
The mac-addr variable specifies the MAC address of the entry.
The ethernet port parameter specifies the port number attached to the device that has the MAC
address of the entry. Specify the port variable in stack-unit/slotnum/portnum format
The clear arp command clears learned ARP entries but does not remove any static ARP entries.
Modifying and displaying Layer 3 system parameter limits
This section shows how to view and configure some of the Layer 3 system parameter limits.
Layer 3 configuration notes
Changing the system parameters reconfigures the device memory. Whenever you reconfigure the
memory on a Brocade device, you must save the change to the startup-config file, and then reload
the software to place the change into effect.
134
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Modifying and displaying Layer 3 system parameter limits
The Layer 3 system parameter limits for IPv6 models are automatically adjusted by the system and
cannot be manually modified.
Displaying Layer 3 system parameter limits
To display the Layer 3 system parameter defaults, maximum values, and current values, enter the
show default value command at any level of the CLI.
The following example shows the output on a Brocade ICX 6650 device.
Brocade#show default value
sys log buffers:50
mac age time:300 sec
ip arp age:10 min
ip addr per intf:24
when multicast enabled :
igmp group memb.:260 sec
when ospf enabled :
ospf dead:40 sec
ospf transit delay:1 sec
when bgp enabled :
bgp local pref.:100
bgp metric:10
bgp ext. distance:20
System Parameters
ip-arp
ip-static-arp
multicast-route
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
telnet sessions:5
bootp relay max hops:4
ip ttl:64 hops
igmp query:125 sec
hardware drop: enabled
ospf hello:10 sec
ospf retrans:5 sec
bgp keep alive:60 sec
bgp local as:1
bgp int. distance:200
bgp hold:180 sec
bgp cluster id:0
bgp local distance:200
Default
4000
512
64
Maximum
64000
6000
8192
Current
64000
6000
8192
135
Configuring RIP
Configuring RIP
If you want the Brocade device to use Routing Information Protocol (RIP), you must enable the
protocol globally, and then enable RIP on individual ports. When you enable RIP on a port, you also
must specify the version (version 1 only, version 2 only, or version 1 compatible with version 2).
Optionally, you also can set or change the following parameters:
• Route redistribution – You can enable the software to redistribute static routes from the IP
route table into RIP. Redistribution is disabled by default.
• Learning of default routes – The default is disabled.
• Loop prevention (split horizon or poison reverse) – The default is poison reverse.
Enabling RIP
RIP is disabled by default. You must enable the protocol both globally and on the ports on which
you want to use RIP.
To enable RIP globally, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)#router rip
Syntax: [no] router rip
To enable RIP on a port and specify the RIP version, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#ip rip v1-only
These commands change the CLI to the configuration level for port 1 and enable RIP version 1 on
the interface. You must specify the version.
Syntax: interface ethernet port
Syntax: [no] ip rip v1-only | v1-compatible-v2 | v2-only
Specify the port variable in the format stack-unit/slotnum/portnum.
Enabling redistribution of IP static routes into RIP
By default, the software does not redistribute the IP static routes in the route table into RIP. To
configure redistribution, perform the following tasks.
1. Configure redistribution filters (optional).
You can configure filters to permit or deny redistribution for a route based on the route metric.
You also can configure a filter to change the metric. You can configure up to 64 redistribution
filters. The software uses the filters in ascending numerical order and immediately takes the
action specified by the filter. Thus, if filter 1 denies redistribution of a given route, the software
does not redistribute the route, regardless of whether a filter with a higher ID permits
redistribution of that route.
NOTE
The default redistribution action is permit, even after you configure and apply a permit or deny
filter. To deny redistribution of specific routes, you must configure a deny filter.
136
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring RIP
NOTE
The option to set the metric is not applicable to static routes.
2. Enable redistribution.
NOTE
If you plan to configure redistribution filters, do not enable redistribution until you have
configured the filters.
When you enable redistribution, all types of routes are redistributed into RIP; redistribution is
not limited to IP static routes. If you want to deny certain routes from being redistributed into
RIP, configure deny filters for those routes before you enable redistribution. You can configure
up to 64 RIP redistribution filters. They are applied in ascending numerical order.
NOTE
The default redistribution action is permit, even after you configure and apply redistribution
filters to the port. If you want to tightly control redistribution, apply a filter to deny all routes as
the last filter (filter ID 64), and then apply filters with lower filter IDs to allow specific routes.
Configuring a redistribution filter
To configure a redistribution filter, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#deny redistribute 1 static address 192.168.0.0
255.255.0.0
This command denies redistribution of all 192.168.x.x IP static routes.
Syntax: [no] permit | deny redistribute filter-num static address ip-addr ip-mask
[match-metric value | set-metric value]
The filter-num variable specifies the redistribution filter ID. Specify a number from 1 through 64.
The software uses the filters in ascending numerical order. Thus, if filter 1 denies a route from
being redistributed, the software does not redistribute that route even if a filter with a higher ID
permits redistribution of the route.
The static address ip-addr ip-mask parameters apply redistribution to the specified network and
subnet address. Use 0 to specify “any”. For example, “192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0“ means “any
192.168.x.x subnet”. However, to specify any subnet (all subnets match the filter), enter static
address 255.255.255.255 255.255.255.255.
The match-metric value parameter applies redistribution to those routes with a specific metric
value. Possible values are from 1 through 15.
The set-metric value parameter sets the RIP metric value that will be applied to the routes imported
into RIP.
NOTE
The set-metric parameter does not apply to static routes.
The following command denies redistribution of a 192.168.x.x IP static route only if the route metric
is 5.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#deny redistribute 2 static address 192.168.0.0
255.255.0.0 match-metric 5
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
137
Configuring RIP
The following commands deny redistribution of all routes except routes for 10.10.10.x and
10.20.20.x.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#deny redistribute 64 static address 255.255.255.255
255.255.255.255
Brocade(config-rip-router)#permit redistribute 1 static address 10.10.10.0
255.255.255.0
Brocade(config-rip-router)#permit redistribute 2 static address 10.20.20.0
255.255.255.0
Enabling redistribution
After you configure redistribution parameters, you must enable redistribution.
To enable RIP redistribution, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#redistribution
Syntax: [no] redistribution
Enabling learning of default routes
By default, the software does not learn RIP default routes.
To enable learning of default RIP routes, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#ip rip learn-default
Syntax: [no] ip rip learn-default
Changing the route loop prevention method
RIP can use the following methods to prevent routing loops:
• Split horizon – The Brocade device does not advertise a route on the same interface as the one
on which it learned the route.
• Poison reverse – The Brocade device assigns a cost of 16 (“infinite” or “unreachable”) to a
route before advertising it on the same interface as the one on which it learned the route. This
is the default.
NOTE
These methods are in addition to the RIP maximum valid route cost of 15.
To enable split horizon, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#no ip rip poison-reverse
Syntax: [no] ip rip poison-reverse
138
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Other Layer 3 protocols
Other Layer 3 protocols
For information about other IP configuration commands in the Layer 2 with base Layer 3 image that
are not included in this chapter, refer to Chapter 1, “IP Configuration”.
For information about enabling or disabling Layer 3 routing protocols, refer to “Enabling or disabling
routing protocols” on page 139.
Enabling or disabling routing protocols
This section describes how to enable or disable routing protocols. For complete configuration
information about the routing protocols, refer to “RIP overview” on page 141.
The full Layer 3 code supports the following protocols:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
BGP4
IGMP
IP
IP multicast (PIM-SM, PIM-DM)
OSPF
PIM
RIPV1 and V2
VRRP
VRRP-E
VSRP
IP routing is enabled by default on devices running Layer 3 code. All other protocols are disabled,
so you must enable them to configure and use them.
To enable a protocol on a device running full Layer 3 code, enter router at the global CONFIG level,
followed by the protocol to be enabled. The following example shows how to enable OSPF.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Syntax: router bgp | igmp | ip | ospf | pim | rip |vrrp | vrrp-e | vsrp
Enabling or disabling Layer 2 switching
By default, Brocade Layer 3 switches support Layer 2 switching. These devices modify the routing
protocols that are not supported on the devices. If you want to disable Layer 2 switching, you can
do so globally or on individual ports, depending on the version of software your device is running.
NOTE
Consult your reseller or Brocade to understand the risks involved before disabling all Layer 2
switching operations.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
139
Enabling or disabling Layer 2 switching
Configuration notes and feature limitations for
Layer 2 switching
• Enabling or disabling Layer 2 switching is supported in the full Layer 3 software image only.
• Enabling or disabling Layer 2 switching is not supported on virtual interfaces.
Command syntax for Layer 2 switching
To globally disable Layer 2 switching on a Layer 3 switch, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#route-only
Brocade(config)#exit
Brocade#write memory
Brocade#reload
To re-enable Layer 2 switching on a Layer 3 switch, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#no route-only
Brocade(config)#exit
Brocade#write memory
Brocade#reload
Syntax: [no] route-only
To disable Layer 2 switching only on a specific interface, go to the interface configuration level for
that interface, and then disable the feature. The following commands show how to disable Layer 2
switching on port 2.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/2
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)#route-only
140
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter
3
RIP (IPv4)
Table 27 lists the the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) for IPv4 features Brocade ICX 6650
devices support. These features are supported in the full Layer 3 software image.
TABLE 27
Supported RIP features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
RIP V1 and V2
Yes
Route learning and advertising
Yes
Route redistribution into RIP
Yes
Route metrics
Yes
Route loop prevention:
• Poison reverse
• Split horizon
Yes
RIP route advertisement suppression on a
VRRP or VRRP-E backup interface
Yes
Route filters
Yes
CPU utilization statistics for RIP
Yes
RIP overview
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an IP route exchange protocol that uses a distance vector (a
number representing a distance) to measure the cost of a given route. The cost is a distance
vector because the cost often is equivalent to the number of router hops between the Brocade
Layer 3 Switch and the destination network.
A Brocade Layer 3 Switch can receive multiple paths to a destination. The software evaluates the
paths, selects the best path, and saves the path in the IP route table as the route to the
destination. Typically, the best path is the path with the fewest hops. A hop is another router
through which packets must travel to reach the destination. If the Brocade Layer 3 Switch receives
a RIP update from another router that contains a path with fewer hops than the path stored in the
Brocade Layer 3 Switch route table, the Layer 3 Switch replaces the older route with the newer one.
The Layer 3 Switch then includes the new path in the updates it sends to other RIP routers,
including Brocade Layer 3 Switches.
RIP routers, including the Brocade Layer 3 Switch, also can modify a route cost, generally by adding
to it, to bias the selection of a route for a given destination. In this case, the actual number of router
hops may be the same, but the route has an administratively higher cost and is thus less likely to
be used than other, lower-cost routes.
A RIP route can have a maximum cost of 15. Any destination with a higher cost is considered
unreachable. Although limiting to larger networks, the low maximum hop count prevents endless
loops in the network.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
141
RIP parameters and defaults
Brocade Layer 3 Switches support the following RIP versions:
• Version (V1)
• V1 compatible with V2
• Version (V2) (the default)
RIP parameters and defaults
The following tables list the RIP parameters, their default values, and where to find configuration
information.
RIP global parameters
Table 28 lists the global RIP parameters and their default values, and indicates where you can find
configuration information.
TABLE 28
RIP global parameters
Parameter
RIP state
Description
Default
Reference
The global state of the protocol.
Disabled
page 144
120
page 146
NOTE: You also must enable the protocol on individual
interfaces. Globally enabling the protocol does not
allow interfaces to send and receive RIP information.
Refer to Table 29 on page 143.
Administrative
distance
The administrative distance is a numeric value assigned to
each type of route on the router.
When the router is selecting from among multiple routes
(sometimes of different origins) to the same destination, the
router compares the administrative distances of the routes and
selects the route with the lowest administrative distance.
This parameter applies to routes originated by RIP. The
administrative distance stays with a route when it is
redistributed into other routing protocols.
Redistribution
RIP can redistribute routes from other routing protocols such as Disabled
OSPF and BGP4 into RIP. A redistributed route is one that a
router learns through another protocol, then distributes into RIP.
Redistribution
metric
RIP assigns a RIP metric (cost) to each external route
redistributed from another routing protocol into RIP. An external
route is a route with at least one hop (packets must travel
through at least one other router to reach the destination).
This parameter applies to routes that are redistributed from
other protocols into RIP.
Update interval How often the router sends route updates to its RIP neighbors.
142
page 146
1 (one)
page 148
30 seconds
page 149
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
RIP parameters and defaults
TABLE 28
RIP global parameters (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
Reference
Learning
default routes
The router can learn default routes from its RIP neighbors.
Disabled
page 149
Advertising
and learning
with specific
neighbors
The Layer 3 Switch learns and advertises RIP routes with all its
neighbors by default. You can prevent the Layer 3 Switch from
advertising routes to specific neighbors or learning routes from
specific neighbors.
Learning and
advertising
permitted for
all neighbors
page 149
NOTE: You also can enable or disable this parameter on an
individual interface basis. Refer to Table 29 on
page 143.
RIP interface parameters
Table 29 lists the interface-level RIP parameters and their default values, and indicates where you
can find configuration information.
TABLE 29
.
RIP interface parameters
Parameter
Description
Default
RIP state and
version
Disabled
The state of the protocol and the version that is
supported on the interface. The version can be
one of the following:
• Version 1 only
• Version 2 only
• Version 1, but also compatible with version 2
Reference
page 144
NOTE: You also must enable RIP globally.
Metric
A numeric cost the router adds to RIP routes
learned on the interface. This parameter applies
only to RIP routes.
1 (one)
page 144
Learning default
routes
Locally overrides the global setting. Refer to
Table 28 on page 142.
Disabled
page 149
Loop prevention
The method a router uses to prevent routing loops
caused by advertising a route on the same
interface as the one on which the router learned
the route.
• Split horizon – The router does not advertise
a route on the same interface as the one on
which the router learned the route.
• Poison reverse – The router assigns a cost of
16 (“infinite” or “unreachable”) to a route
before advertising it on the same interface
as the one on which the router learned the
route.
Poison reverse
page 150
You can control the routes that a Layer 3 Switch
learns or advertises.
The Layer 3 Switch learns
and advertises all RIP
routes on all interfaces.
Advertising and
learning specific
routes
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
NOTE: Enabling split
horizon disables
poison reverse on
the interface.
page 151
143
RIP parameter configuration
RIP parameter configuration
Use the following procedures to configure RIP parameters on a system-wide and individual
interface basis.
Enabling RIP
RIP is disabled by default. To enable it, use the following procedure.
NOTE
You must enable the protocol globally and also on individual interfaces on which you want to
advertise RIP. Globally enabling the protocol does not enable it on individual interfaces.
To enable RIP globally, enter the router rip command.
Brocade(config)#router rip
Syntax: [no] router rip
After globally enabling the protocol, you must enable it on individual interfaces. You can enable the
protocol on physical interfaces as well as virtual routing interfaces. To enable RIP on an interface,
enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#ip rip v1-only
Syntax: [no] ip rip v1-only | v1-compatible-v2 | v2-only
NOTE
You must specify the RIP version.
Enabling ECMP for routes in RIP
ECMP for routes in RIP is disabled by default. Use the ecmp-enable command to enable the feature
at the router rip level.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#ecmp-enable
Syntax: [no] ecmp-enable
Configuring metric parameters
By default, a Brocade Layer 3 Switch port increases the cost of a RIP route that is learned on the
port by one. You can configure individual ports to add more than one to a learned route cost. In
addition, you can configure a RIP offset list to increase the metric for learned or advertised routes
based on network address.
Changing the cost of routes learned on a port
By default, a Brocade Layer 3 Switch port increases the cost of a RIP route that is learned on the
port. The Layer 3 Switch increases the cost by adding one to the route metric before storing the
route.
144
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
RIP parameter configuration
You can change the amount that an individual port adds to the metric of RIP routes learned on the
port. To do so, use the following method.
NOTE
RIP considers a route with a metric of 16 to be unreachable. Use this metric only if you do not want
the route to be used. You can prevent the Layer 3 Switch from using a specific port for routes learned
though that port by setting its metric to 16.
To increase the cost a port adds to RIP routes learned in that port, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/2
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)#ip metric 5
These commands configure port 1/1/2 to add 5 to the cost of each route learned on the port.
Syntax: ip metric metric-value
The metric-value can be a value from 1 to 16.
Configuring a RIP offset list
A RIP offset list allows you to add to the metric of specific inbound or outbound routes learned or
advertised by RIP. RIP offset lists provide a simple method for adding to the cost of specific routes
and therefore biasing the Layer 3 Switch route selection away from those routes.
A RIP offset list consists of the following parameters:
• An access control list (ACL) that specifies the routes to which to add the metric.
• The direction:
- In applies to routes the Layer 3 Switch learns from RIP neighbors.
- Out applies to routes the Layer 3 Switch is advertising to its RIP neighbors.
• The type and number of a specific port to which the RIP offset list applies (optional).
The software adds the offset value to the routing metric (cost) of the routes that match the ACL. If
a route matches both a global offset list and an interface-based offset list, the interface-based
offset list takes precedence. The interface-based offset list metric is added to the route in this
case.
You can configure up to 24 global RIP offset lists and up to 24 RIP offset lists on each interface.
To configure a global RIP offset list, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#access-list 21 deny 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255
Brocade(config)#access-list 21 permit any
Brocade(config)#router rip
Brocade(config-rip-router)#offset-list 21 out 10
The commands in this example configure a standard ACL. The ACL matches on all IP networks
except 192.168.x.x. When the Layer 3 Switch advertises a route that matches ACL 21, the offset
list adds 10 to the route metric.
Syntax: [no] offset-list ACL-number-or-name in | out metric [ethernet port]
Specify port variable in the format stack-unit/slotnum/portnum.
In the following example, the Layer 3 Switch uses ACL 21 to add 10 to the metric of routes received
on Ethernet port 1/1/2.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
145
RIP parameter configuration
Brocade(config-rip-router)#offset-list 21 in 10 ethernet 1/1/2
Changing the administrative distance
By default, the Layer 3 Switch assigns the default RIP administrative distance (120) to RIP routes.
When comparing routes based on administrative distance, the Layer 3 Switch selects the route with
the lower distance. You can change the administrative distance for RIP routes.
NOTE
Refer to “Changing administrative distances” on page 313 for the default distances for all route
sources.
To change the administrative distance for RIP routes, enter the distance command.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#distance 140
This command changes the administrative distance to 140 for all RIP routes.
Syntax: [no] distance num
The num variable specifies a range from 1 through 255.
Configuring redistribution
You can configure the Layer 3 Switch to redistribute routes learned through Open Shortest Path
First (OSPF) or Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4) into RIP. When you redistribute a route
from one of these other protocols into RIP, the Layer 3 Switch can use RIP to advertise the route to
its RIP neighbors.
To configure redistribution, perform the following tasks:
1. Configure redistribution filters (optional). You can configure filters to permit or deny
redistribution for a route based on its origin (OSPF, BGP4, and so on), the destination network
address, and the route metric. You also can configure a filter to set the metric based on these
criteria.
2. Change the default redistribution metric (optional). The Layer 3 Switch assigns a RIP metric of
1 to each redistributed route by default. You can change the default metric to a value up to 16.
3. Enable redistribution.
NOTE
Do not enable redistribution until you configure the other redistribution parameters.
Configuring redistribution filters
RIP redistribution filters apply to all interfaces. The software uses the filters in ascending
numerical order and immediately takes the action specified by the filter. Thus, if filter 1 denies
redistribution of a given route, the software does not redistribute the route, regardless of whether a
filter with a higher ID would permit redistribution of that route.
146
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
RIP parameter configuration
NOTE
The default redistribution action is permit, even after you configure and apply redistribution filters
to the virtual routing interface. If you want to tightly control redistribution, apply a filter to deny all
routes as the last filter (the filter with the highest ID), and then apply filters with lower filter IDs to
allow specific routes.
To configure a redistribution filter, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#deny redistribute 2 all address 192.168.0.0
255.255.0.0
This command denies redistribution for all types of routes to the 192.168.x.x network.
Syntax: [no] permit | deny redistribute filter-num all | bgp | ospf | static address ip-addr ip-mask
[match-metric value | set-metric value]
The filter-num variable specifies the redistribution filter ID. The software uses the filters in
ascending numerical order. Thus, if filter 1 denies a route from being redistributed, the software
does not redistribute that route even if a filter with a higher ID permits redistribution of the route.
The all parameter applies redistribution to all route types.
The bgp parameter applies redistribution to BGP4 routes only.
The ospf parameter applies redistribution to OSPF routes only.
The static parameter applies redistribution to IP static routes only.
The address ip-addr ip-mask parameters apply redistribution to the specified network and subnet
address. Use 0 to specify “any”. For example, “192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0“ means “any
192.168.x.x subnet”. However, to specify any subnet (all subnets match the filter), enter “address
255.255.255.255 255.255.255.255”.
The match-metric value parameter applies the redistribution filter only to those routes with the
specified metric value; possible values are from 1 through 15.
The set-metric value parameter sets the RIP metric value that will be applied to those routes
imported into RIP.
The following command denies redistribution into RIP for all OSPF routes.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#deny redistribute 3 ospf address 192.168.0.0
255.255.0.0
The following command denies redistribution for all OSPF routes that have a metric of 10.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#deny redistribute 3 ospf address 192.168.0.0
255.255.0.0 match-metric 10
The following commands deny redistribution of all routes except routes for 10.10.10.x and
10.20.20.x.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#deny redistribute 64 static address 255.255.255.255
255.255.255.255
Brocade(config-rip-router)#permit redistribute 1 static address 10.10.10.0
255.255.255.0
Brocade(config-rip-router)#permit redistribute 2 static address 10.20.20.0
255.255.255.0
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
147
RIP parameter configuration
NOTE
This example assumes that the highest RIP redistribution filter ID configured on the device is 64.
Changing the redistribution metric
When the Layer 3 Switch redistributes a route into RIP, the software assigns a RIP metric (cost) to
the route. By default, the software assigns a metric of 1 to each route that is redistributed into RIP.
You can increase the metric that the Layer 3 Switch assigns up to 15.
To change the RIP metric the Layer 3 Switch assigns to redistributed routes, enter a command such
as the following.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#default-metric 10
This command assigns a RIP metric of 10 to each route that is redistributed into RIP.
Syntax: [no] default-metric metric-value
The metri-value can be from 1 to 15.
Enabling redistribution
After you configure redistribution parameters, you need to enable redistribution.
To enable RIP redistribution, enter the redistribution command.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#redistribution
Syntax: [no] redistribution
The no form of this command disables RIP redistribution.
Removing a RIP redistribution deny filter
To remove a previously configured RIP redistribution deny filter, perform the following task:
1. Remove the RIP redistribution deny filter.
2. Disable the redistribution function.
3. Re-enable redistribution.
The following shows an example of how to remove a RIP redistribution deny filter.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#no deny redistribute 2 all address 192.168.0.0
255.255.0.0
Brocade(config-rip-router)#no redistribution
Brocade(config-rip-router)#redistribution
Route learning and advertising parameters
By default, a Brocade Layer 3 Switch learns routes from all its RIP neighbors and advertises RIP
routes to those neighbors.
You can configure the following learning and advertising parameters:
148
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
RIP parameter configuration
• Update interval – The update interval specifies how often the Layer 3 Switch sends RIP route
advertisements to its neighbors You can change the interval to a value from 1 through 1000
seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
• Learning and advertising of RIP default routes – The Layer 3 Switch learns and advertises RIP
default routes by default. You can disable learning and advertising of default routes on a
global or individual interface basis.
• Learning of standard RIP routes – By default, the Layer 3 Switch learns RIP routes from all its
RIP neighbors. You can configure RIP neighbor filters to explicitly permit or deny learning from
specific neighbors.
Changing the update interval for route advertisements
The update interval specifies how often the Layer 3 Switch sends route advertisements to its RIP
neighbors. You can specify an interval from 1 through 1000 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
To change the RIP update interval, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#update-time 120
This command configures the Layer 3 Switch to send RIP updates every 120 seconds.
Syntax: update-time interval
The valid values for interval are from 1 to 1000.
Enabling learning of RIP default routes
You can enable learning of RIP default routes on a global or individual interface basis.
To enable learning of default RIP routes on a global basis, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#learn-default
Syntax: [no] learn-default
To enable learning of default RIP routes on an individual interface basis, enter commands such as
the following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#ip rip learn-default
Syntax: [no] ip rip learn-default
Configuring a RIP neighbor filter
By default, a Brocade Layer 3 Switch learns RIP routes from all its RIP neighbors. Neighbor filters
allow you to specify the neighbor routers from which the Brocade device can receive RIP routes.
Neighbor filters apply globally to all ports.
To configure a RIP neighbor filter, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#neighbor 1 deny any
This command configures the Layer 3 Switch so that the device does not learn any RIP routes from
any RIP neighbors.
Syntax: [no] neighbor filter-num permit | deny source-ip-address | any
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
149
RIP parameter configuration
The following commands configure the Layer 3 Switch to learn routes from all neighbors except
192.168.1.170. Once you define a RIP neighbor filter, the default action changes from learning all
routes from all neighbors to denying all routes from all neighbors except the ones you explicitly
permit. To deny learning from a specific neighbor but allow all other neighbors, you must add a
filter that allows learning from all neighbors. Be sure to add the filter to permit all neighbors last
(the one with the highest filter number). Otherwise, the software can match on the permit all filter
instead of a filter that denies a specific neighbor, and learn routes from that neighbor.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#neighbor 2 deny 192.168.1.170
Brocade(config-rip-router)#neighbor 1024 permit any
Denying route advertisements for connected routes
By default, RIP advertises all connected routes to neighboring routers except for the management
route. To configure the router to not advertise connected routes, use the dont-advertise-connected
command. When the dont-advertise-connected command is configured, the router only sends RIP
enabled interface routes.
To configure the dont-advertise-connected command under the router RIP configuration level, enter
the router rip command.
Brocade(config)#router rip
Brocade(config-rip-router)#dont-advertise-connected
Syntax: [no] dont-advertise-connected
To disable the configuration, use the no form of the command.
Changing the route loop prevention method
RIP can use the following methods to prevent routing loops:
• Split horizon – The Layer 3 Switch does not advertise a route on the same interface as the one
on which the router learned the route.
• Poison reverse – The Layer 3 Switch assigns a cost of 16 (“infinite” or “unreachable”) to a
route before advertising it on the same interface as the one on which the router learned the
route. This is the default.
These loop prevention methods are configurable on an individual interface basis. One of the
methods is always in effect on an interface enabled for RIP. If you disable one method, the other
method is enabled.
NOTE
These methods may be used in addition to the RIP maximum valid route cost of 15.
Disabling poison reverse
To disable poison reverse and enable split horizon on an interface, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#no ip rip poison-reverse
Syntax: [no] ip rip poison-reverse
150
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
RIP parameter configuration
To disable split horizon and enable poison reverse on an interface, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#ip rip poison-reverse
Suppressing RIP route advertisement on a VRRP or
VRRP-E backup interface
NOTE
This section applies only if you configure the Layer 3 Switch for Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
(VRRP) or VRRP Extended (VRRP-E). Refer to Chapter 9, “VRRP and VRRP-E”.
Normally, a VRRP or VRRP-E backup includes route information for the virtual IP address (the
backed-up interface) in RIP advertisements. As a result, other routers receive multiple paths for
the backed-up interface and might sometimes unsuccessfully use the path to the backup rather
than the path to the master.
You can prevent the backups from advertising route information for the backed-up interface by
enabling suppression of the advertisements.
To suppress RIP advertisements for the backed-up interface, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#router rip
Brocade(config-rip-router)#use-vrrp-path
Syntax: [no] use-vrrp-path
The syntax is the same for VRRP and VRRP-E.
Configuring RIP route filters
You can configure RIP route filters to permit or deny learning or advertising of specific routes.
Configure the filters globally, then apply them to individual interfaces. When you apply a RIP route
filter to an interface, you specify whether the filter applies to learned routes (in) or advertised
routes (out).
NOTE
A route is defined by the destination IP address and network mask.
NOTE
By default, routes that do not match a route filter are learned or advertised. To prevent a route from
being learned or advertised, you must configure a filter to deny the route.
To configure RIP filters, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config-rip-router)#filter
Brocade(config-rip-router)#filter
Brocade(config-rip-router)#filter
Brocade(config-rip-router)#filter
1
2
3
4
permit 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0
permit 192.168.5.1 255.255.255.0
permit 192.168.6.1 255.255.255.0
deny 192.168.7.1 255.255.255.0
These commands explicitly permit RIP routes to three networks, and deny the route to one network.
Because the default action is permit, all other routes (routes not explicitly permitted or denied by
the filters) can be learned or advertised.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
151
RIP parameter configuration
Syntax: filter filter-num permit | deny source-ip-address | any source-mask | any [log]
Applying a RIP route filter to an interface
Once you define RIP route filters, you must assign them to individual interfaces. The filters do not
take effect until you apply them to interfaces. When you apply a RIP route filter, you also specify
whether the filter applies to learned routes or advertised routes:
• Out filters apply to routes the Layer 3 Switch advertises to its neighbor on the interface.
• In filters apply to routes the Layer 3 Switch learns from its neighbor on the interface.
To apply RIP route filters to an interface, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/2
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)#ip rip filter-group in 2 3 4
These commands apply RIP route filters 2, 3, and 4 to all routes learned from the RIP neighbor on
port 1/1/2.
Syntax: [no] ip rip filter-group in | out filter-list
152
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying RIP filters
Displaying RIP filters
To display the RIP filters configured on the router, enter the show ip rip command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip rip
Index
1
Index
1
RIP Route Filter Table
Route IP Address
Subnet Mask
any
any
RIP Neighbor Filter Table
Action
Neighbor IP Address
permit
any
Action
deny
Syntax: show ip rip
Table 30 describes the information displayed by the show ip rip command.
TABLE 30
CLI display of RIP filter information
Field
Definition
Route filters
The rows underneath “RIP Route Filter Table” list the RIP route filters. If no RIP route filters are configured on the
device, the following message is displayed: “No Filters are configured in RIP Route Filter Table”.
Index
The filter number. You assign this number when you configure the filter.
Action
The action the router takes if a RIP route packet matches the IP address and subnet mask of
the filter. The action can be one of the following:
• deny – RIP route packets that match the address and network mask information in the
filter are dropped. If applied to an interface outbound filter group, the filter prevents the
router from advertising the route on that interface. If applied to an interface inbound
filter group, the filter prevents the router from adding the route to its IP route table.
• permit – RIP route packets that match the address and network mask information are
accepted. If applied to an interface outbound filter group, the filter allows the router to
advertise the route on that interface. If applied to an interface inbound filter group, the
filter allows the router to add the route to its IP route table.
Route IP Address
The IP address of the route destination network or host.
Subnet Mask
The network mask for the IP address.
Neighbor filters
The rows underneath “RIP Neighbor Filter Table” list the RIP neighbor filters. If no RIP neighbor filters are
configured on the device, the following message is displayed: “No Filters are configured in RIP Neighbor Filter
Table”.
Index
Action
Neighbor IP
Address
The filter number. You assign this number when you configure the filter.
The action the router takes for RIP route packets to or from the specified neighbor:
deny – If the filter is applied to an interface outbound filter group, the filter prevents the
router from advertising RIP routes to the specified neighbor on that interface. If the
filter is applied to an interface inbound filter group, the filter prevents the router from
receiving RIP updates from the specified neighbor.
• permit – If the filter is applied to an interface outbound filter group, the filter allows the
router to advertise RIP routes to the specified neighbor on that interface. If the filter is
applied to an interface inbound filter group, the filter allows the router to receive RIP
updates from the specified neighbor.
•
The IP address of the RIP neighbor.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
153
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
You can display CPU utilization statistics for RIP and other IP protocols. To display CPU utilization
statistics for RIP for the previous five-second, one-minute, five-minute, fifteen-minute, and runtime
intervals, enter the show process cpu command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show process cpu
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
ARP
0.01
0.03
BGP
0.04
0.06
GVRP
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.04
0.07
STP
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
5Min(%)
0.09
0.08
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.08
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.22
0.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.09
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
9
13
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
If the software has been running less than 15 minutes (the maximum interval for utilization
statistics), the command indicates how long the software has been running, as shown in the
following example.
Brocade#show process cpu
The system has only been up for 6 seconds.
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
5Min(%)
ARP
0.01
0.00
0.00
BGP
0.00
0.00
0.00
GVRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.01
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.00
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
To display utilization statistics for a specific number of seconds, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade#show process cpu 2
Statistics for last 1 sec and 80 ms
Process Name
Sec(%)
Time(ms)
ARP
0.00
0
BGP
0.00
0
GVRP
0.00
0
ICMP
0.01
1
IP
0.00
0
OSPF
0.00
0
RIP
0.00
0
STP
0.01
0
VRRP
0.00
0
154
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
When you specify how many seconds’ worth of statistics you want to display, the software selects
the sample that most closely matches the number of seconds you specified. In this example,
statistics are requested for the previous two seconds. The closest sample available is for the
previous 1 second and 80 milliseconds.
Syntax: show process cpu [num]
The num parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 1 through 900. If you use
this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics only for the specified number of seconds. If
you do not use this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics for the previous five-second,
one-minute, five-minute, and fifteen-minute intervals.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
155
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
156
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter
4
RIP (IPv6)
Table 31 lists the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) for IPv6 features Brocade ICX 6650 devices
support. These features are supported with premium IPv6 devices running the full Layer 3 software
image
.
TABLE 31
Supported RIPng features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
RIPng
Yes
Up to 2K RIPng routes
Yes
RIPng timers
Yes
Route learning and advertising
Yes
Route redistribution into RIPng
Yes
Route loop prevention:
• Poison reverse
• Split horizon
Yes
Clearing RIPng routes
Yes
RIPng overview
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an IP route exchange protocol that uses a distance vector (a
number representing a distance) to measure the cost of a given route. RIP uses a hop count as its
cost or metric.
IPv6 RIP, known as Routing Information Protocol Next Generation or RIPng functions similarly to
IPv4 RIP Version 2. RIPng supports IPv6 addresses and prefixes and introduces some new
commands that are specific to RIPng. This chapter describes the commands that are specific to
RIPng. This section does not describe commands that apply to both IPv4 RIP and RIPng.
RIPng maintains a Routing Information Base (RIB), which is a local route table. The local RIB
contains the lowest-cost IPv6 routes learned from other RIP routers. In turn, RIPng attempts to add
routes from its local RIB into the main IPv6 route table.
NOTE
Brocade ICX 6650 IPv6 devices support up to 2000 RIPng routes.
This section describes the following:
• How to configure RIPng
• How to clear RIPng information from the RIPng route table
• How to display RIPng information and statistics
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
157
Summary of configuration tasks
Summary of configuration tasks
To configure RIPng, you must enable RIPng globally on the Brocade device and on individual router
interfaces. The following configuration tasks are optional:
•
•
•
•
•
Change the default settings of RIPng timers
Configure how the Brocade device learns and advertises routes
Configure which routes are redistributed into RIPng from other sources
Configure how the Brocade device distributes routes through RIPng
Configure poison reverse parameters
RIPng configuration
Before configuring the Brocade device to run RIPng, you must do the following:
• Enable the forwarding of IPv6 traffic on the Brocade device using the ipv6 unicast-routing
command.
• Enable IPv6 on each interface on which you plan to enable RIPng. You enable IPv6 on an
interface by configuring an IPv6 address or explicitly enabling IPv6 on that interface.
Enabling RIPng
By default, RIPng is disabled. To enable RIPng, you must enable it globally on the Brocade device
and also on individual router interfaces.
NOTE
You are required to configure a router ID when running only IPv6 routing protocols.
NOTE
Enabling RIPng globally on the Brocade device does not enable it on individual router interfaces.
To enable RIPng globally, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 router rip
Brocade(config-ripng-router)#
After you enter this command, the Brocade device enters the RIPng configuration level, where you
can access several commands that allow you to configure RIPng.
Syntax: [no] ipv6 router rip
To disable RIPng globally, use the no form of this command.
After enabling RIPng globally, you must enable it on individual router interfaces. You can enable it
on physical as well as virtual routing interfaces. For example, to enable RIPng on Ethernet interface
1/1/3, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)# ipv6 rip enable
Syntax: [no] ipv6 rip enable
To disable RIPng on an individual router interface, use the no form of this command.
158
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
RIPng timers
RIPng timers
Table 32 describes the RIPng timers and provides their defaults.
TABLE 32
RIPng timers
Timer
Description
Default
Update
Amount of time (in seconds) between RIPng routing updates.
30 seconds.
Timeout
Amount of time (in seconds) after which a route is considered unreachable.
180 seconds.
Hold-down
Amount of time (in seconds) during which information about other paths is
ignored.
180 seconds.
Garbage-collection
Amount of time (in seconds) after which a route is removed from the routing
table.
120 seconds.
You can adjust these timers for RIPng. Before doing so, keep the following caveats in mind:
• If you adjust these RIPng timers, Brocade strongly recommends setting the same timer values
for all routers and access servers in the network.
• Setting the update timer to a shorter interval can cause the routers to spend excessive time
updating the IPv6 route table.
• Brocade recommends setting the timeout timer value to at least three times the value of the
update timer.
• Brocade recommends a shorter hold-down timer interval, because a longer interval can cause
delays in RIPng convergence.
Updating RIPng timers
The following example sets updates to be broadcast every 45 seconds. If a route is not heard from
in 135 seconds, the route is declared unusable. Further information is suppressed for an
additional 10 seconds. Assuming no updates, the route is flushed from the routing table 20
seconds after the end of the hold-down period.
Brocade(config)# ipv6 router rip
Brocade(config-ripng-router)# timers 45 135 10 20
Syntax: [no] timers update-timer timeout-timer hold-down-timer garbage-collection-timer
Possible values for the timers are as follows
•
•
•
•
Update timer: 3 through 65535 seconds
Timeout timer: 9 through 65535 seconds
Hold-down timer: 9 through 65535 seconds
Garbage-collection timer: 9 through 65535 seconds
NOTE
You must enter a value for each timer, even if you want to retain the current setting of a particular
timer.
To return to the default values of the RIPng timers, use the no form of this command.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
159
Route learning and advertising parameters
Route learning and advertising parameters
You can configure the following learning and advertising parameters:
• Learning and advertising of RIPng default routes
• Advertising of IPv6 address summaries
• Metric of routes learned and advertised on a router interface
By default, the Brocade device does not learn IPv6 default routes (::/0). You can originate default
routes into RIPng, which causes individual router interfaces to include the default routes in their
updates. When configuring the origination of the default routes, you can also do the following:
• Suppress all other routes from the updates
• Include all other routes in the updates
Configuring default route learning and advertising
To originate default routes in RIPng and suppress all other routes in updates sent from Ethernet
interface 1/1/4, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)# ipv6 rip default-information only
To originate IPv6 default routes and include all other routes in updates sent from Ethernet interface
1/1/4, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)# ipv6 rip default-information originate
Syntax: [no] ipv6 rip default-information only | originate
The only keyword originates the default routes and suppresses all other routes from the updates.
The originate keyword originates the default routes and includes all other routes in the updates.
To remove the explicit default routes from RIPng and suppress advertisement of these routes, use
the no form of this command.
Advertising IPv6 address summaries
You can configure RIPng to advertise a summary of IPv6 addresses from a router interface and to
specify an IPv6 prefix that summarizes the routes.
If a route prefix length matches the value specified in the ipv6 rip summary-address command,
RIPng advertises the prefix specified in the ipv6 rip summary-address command instead of the
original route.
For example, to advertise the summarized prefix 2001:DB8::/36 instead of the IPv6 address
2001:DB8:0:adff:8935:e838:78:e0ff with a prefix length of 64 bits from Ethernet interface 1/1/4,
enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)# ipv6 address 2001:db8:0:adff:8935:e838:78:
e0ff /64
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)# ipv6 rip summary-address 2001:db8::/36
Syntax: [no] ipv6 rip summary-address ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
160
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Redistributing routes into RIPng
You must specify the ipv6-prefix parameter in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons as
documented in RFC 2373.
You must specify the prefix-length parameter as a decimal value. A slash mark (/) must follow the
ipv6-prefix parameter and precede the prefix-length parameter.
To stop the advertising of the summarized IPv6 prefix, use the no form of this command.
Changing the metric of routes learned and
advertised on an interface
A router interface increases the metric of an incoming RIPng route it learns by an offset (the default
is 1). The Brocade device then places the route in the route table. When the Brocade device sends
an update, it advertises the route with the metric plus the default offset of zero in an outgoing
update message.
You can change the metric offset an individual interface adds to a route learned by the interface or
advertised by the interface. For example, to change the metric offset for incoming routes learned by
Ethernet interface 1/1/4 to 1 and the metric offset for outgoing routes advertised by the interface
to 3, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)#ipv6 rip metric-offset 1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/4)#ipv6 rip metric-offset out 3
In this example, if Ethernet interface 1/1/4 learns about an incoming route, it will increase the
incoming metric by 2 (the default offset of 1 and the additional offset of 1 as specified in this
example). If Ethernet interface 1/1/4 advertises an outgoing route, it will increase the metric by 3
as specified in this example.
Syntax: [no] ipv6 rip metric-offset offset-value
The valid value for offset-value are from 1 to 16.
Syntax: [no] ipv6 rip metric-offset out outgoing-offset-value
The valid value for outgoing-offset-value are from 1 to 15.
To return the metric offset to its default value, use the no form of this command.
Redistributing routes into RIPng
You can configure the Brocade device to redistribute routes from the following sources into RIPng:
• IPv6 static routes
• Directly connected IPv6 networks
• OSPF V3
When you redistribute a route from IPv6 or OSPF V3 into RIPng, the Brocade device can use RIPng
to advertise the route to its RIPng neighbors.
When configuring the Brocade device to redistribute routes, you can optionally specify a metric for
the redistributed routes. If you do not explicitly configure a metric, the default metric value of 1 is
used.
For example, to redistribute OSPF V3 routes into RIPng, enter the following commands.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
161
Controlling distribution of routes through RIPng
Brocade(config)# ipv6 router rip
Brocade(config-ripng-router)# redistribute ospf
Syntax: redistribute bgp | connected | isis | ospf | static [metric number]
For the metric, specify a numerical value that is consistent with RIPng.
Controlling distribution of routes through RIPng
You can create a prefix list and then apply it to RIPng routing updates that are received or sent on a
router interface. Performing this task allows you to control the distribution of routes through RIPng.
For example, to permit the inclusion of routes with the prefix 2001:DB8::/16 in RIPng routing
updates sent from Ethernet interface 1/1/4, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# ipv6 prefix-list routesfor2001 permit 2001:db8::/16
Brocade(config)# ipv6 router rip
Brocade(config-ripng-router)# distribute-list prefix-list routesfor2001 out
ethernet 1/1/4
To deny prefix lengths greater than 64 bits in routes that have the prefix 2001:DB8::/64 and allow
all other routes received on tunnel interface 1, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# ipv6 prefix-list 3ee0routes deny 2001:db8::/64 le 128
Brocade(config)# ipv6 prefix-list 3ee0routes permit ::/0 ge 1 le 128
Brocade(config)# ipv6 router rip
Brocade(config-ripng-router)# distribute-list prefix-list 3ee0routes in
tunnel 1
Syntax: [no] distribute-list prefix-list name in | out interface port
The name parameter indicates the name of the prefix list generated using the ipv6 prefix-list
command.
The in keyword indicates that the prefix list is applied to incoming routing updates on the specified
interface.
The out keyword indicates that the prefix list is applied to outgoing routing updates on the specified
interface.
For the interface parameter, you can specify the ethernet, loopback, ve, or tunnel keywords. If you
specify an Ethernet interface, also specify the port number associated with the interface. If you
specify a VE or tunnel interface, also specify the VE or tunnel number.
To remove the prefix list, use the no form of this command.
Configuring poison reverse parameters
By default, poison reverse is disabled on a RIPng router. If poison reverse is enabled, RIPng
advertises routes it learns from a particular interface over that same interface with a metric of 16,
which means that the route is unreachable.
If poison reverse is enabled on the RIPng router, it takes precedence over split horizon (if it is also
enabled).
To enable poison reverse on the RIPng router, enter the following commands.
162
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Clearing RIPng routes from the IPv6 route table
Brocade(config)# ipv6 router rip
Brocade(config-ripng-router)# poison-reverse
Syntax: [no] poison-reverse
To disable poison reverse, use the no form of this command.
By default, if a RIPng interface goes down, the Brocade device does not send a triggered update for
the interface IPv6 networks.
To better handle this situation, you can configure a RIPng router to send a triggered update
containing the local routes of the disabled interface with an unreachable metric of 16 to the other
RIPng routers in the routing domain. You can enable the sending of a triggered update by entering
the following commands.
Brocade(config)# ipv6 router rip
Brocade(config-ripng-router)# poison-local-routes
Syntax: [no] poison-local-routes
To disable the sending of a triggered update, use the no form of this command.
Clearing RIPng routes from the IPv6 route table
To clear all RIPng routes from the RIPng route table and the IPv6 main route table and reset the
routes, enter the following command at the Privileged EXEC level or any of the CONFIG levels of the
CLI.
Brocade# clear ipv6 rip route
Syntax: clear ipv6 rip route
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
163
Displaying the RIPng configuration
Displaying the RIPng configuration
To display RIPng configuration information, enter the show ipv6 rip command at any CLI level.
Brocade# show ipv6 rip
IPv6 rip enabled, port 521
Administrative distance is 120
Updates every 30 seconds, expire after 180
Holddown lasts 180 seconds, garbage collect after 120
Split horizon is on; poison reverse is off
Default routes are not generated
Periodic updates 0, trigger updates 0
Distribute List, Inbound : Not set
Distribute List, Outbound : Not set
Redistribute: CONNECTED
Syntax: show ipv6 rip
Table 33 describes the information displayed by the show ipv6 rip command.
TABLE 33
164
RIPng configuration fields
Field
Description
IPv6 RIP status/port
The status of RIPng on the Brocade device. Possible status is “enabled” or
“disabled.”
The UDP port number over which RIPng is enabled.
Administrative distance
The setting of the administrative distance for RIPng.
Updates/expiration
The settings of the RIPng update and timeout timers.
Holddown/garbage collection
The settings of the RIPng hold-down and garbage-collection timers.
Split horizon/poison reverse
The status of the RIPng split horizon and poison reverse features. Possible
status is “on” or “off.”
Default routes
The status of RIPng default routes.
Periodic updates/trigger updates
The number of periodic updates and triggered updates sent by the RIPng
router.
Distribution lists
The inbound and outbound distribution lists applied to RIPng.
Redistribution
The types of IPv6 routes redistributed into RIPng. The types can include the
following:
• STATIC – IPv6 static routes are redistributed into RIPng.
• CONNECTED – Directly connected IPv6 networks are redistributed into
RIPng.
• OSPF – OSPF V3 routes are redistributed into RIPng.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying RIPng routing table
Displaying RIPng routing table
To display the RIPng routing table, enter the show ipv6 rip route command at any CLI level.
Brocade# show ipv6 rip route
IPv6 RIP Routing Table - 4 entries:
2001:db8::/64, from 2001:db8:212:f2ff:fe87:9a40, ve 177
(314)
RIP, metric 2, tag 0, timers: aging 11
2001:db8:11::/64, from ::, null
(0)
CONNECTED, metric 1, tag 0, timers: none
2001:db8:2001:102:1:1::/96, from ::, ve 102
(1)
LOCAL, metric 1, tag 0, timers: none
2001:db8:2061:31:1:1::/96, from 2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe88:8000, ve 100
RIP, metric 2, tag 0, timers: aging 43
(58)
Syntax: show ipv6 rip route [ipv6-prefix/prefix-length |ipv6-address]
The ipv6-prefix/prefix-length parameters restrict the display to the entries for the specified IPv6
prefix. You must specify the ipv6-prefix parameter in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between
colons as documented in RFC 2373. You must specify the prefix-length parameter as a decimal
value. A slash mark (/) must follow the ipv6-prefix parameter and precede the prefix-length
parameter.
The ipv6-address parameter restricts the display to the entries for the specified IPv6 address. You
must specify this parameter in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons as documented in
RFC 2373.
Table 34 describes the information displayed by the show ipv6 rip route command.
TABLE 34
RIPng routing table fields
Field
Description
IPv6 RIPng Routing Table
entries
The total number of entries in the RIPng routing table.
ipv6-prefix/prefix-length OR
ipv6-address
The IPv6 prefix and prefix length.
The IPv6 address.
Next-hop router
The next-hop router for this Brocade device. If :: appears, the route is originated
locally.
Interface
The interface name. If “null” appears, the interface is originated locally.
Serial number
The number identifying the order in which the route was added to the RIPng
route table.
Source of route
The source of the route information. The source can be one of the following:
LOCAL – Routes configured on local interfaces taking part in RIPng.
RIP – Routes learned by RIPng.
CONNECTED – IPv6 routes redistributed from directly connected networks.
STATIC – IPv6 static routes are redistributed into RIPng.
OSPF – OSPF V3 routes are redistributed into RIPng.
•
•
•
•
•
Metric number
The cost of the route. The number parameter indicates the number of hops to
the destination.
Tag number
The tag value of the route.
Timers:
Indicates if the hold-down timer or the garbage-collection timer is set.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
165
Displaying RIPng routing table
166
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter
5
OSPF version 2 (IPv4)
Table 35 lists the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Version 2 (IPv4) features Brocade ICX 6650
devices support. These features are supported in the full Layer 3 software image only.
TABLE 35
Supported OSPF V2 features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
OSPF V2
Yes
OSPF point-to-point links
Yes
RFC 1583 and RFC 2178 compliant
Yes
Support for OSPF RFC 2328 Appendix E
Yes
Dynamic OSPF activation and configuration
Yes
Dynamic OSPFmemory
Yes
OSPF graceful restart
Yes
Assigning OSPF V2 areas
Yes
Assigning interfaces to an area
Yes
Timer for OSPF authentication changes
Yes
Block flooding of outbound LSAs on specific interfaces
Yes
OSPF non-broadcast interface
Yes
Virtual links
Yes
Changing the reference bandwidth for the
cost on OSPF interfaces
Yes
Route redistribution filters
Yes
Prevent specific OSPF routes from being
installed in the IP route table
Yes
Load sharing
Yes
Configuring default route origination
Yes
SPF timers
Yes
Modifying redistribution metric type
Yes
Modifying administrative distance
Yes
OSPF group LSA pacing
Yes
OSPF traps
Yes
Exit overflow interval
Yes
Syslog messages
Yes
Clearing OSPF information
Yes
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
167
OSPF overview
This chapter describes how to configure OSPF Version 2 on Brocade Layer 3 Switches using the CLI.
OSPF Version 2 is supported on devices running IPv4.
NOTE
The terms Layer 3 Switch and router are used interchangeably in this chapter and mean the same
thing.
OSPF overview
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is a link-state routing protocol. The protocol uses link-state
advertisements (LSAs) to update neighboring routers regarding its interfaces and information on
those interfaces. The router floods these LSAs to all neighboring routers to update them regarding
the interfaces. Each router maintains an identical database that describes its area topology to
help a router determine the shortest path between it and any neighboring router.
Brocade Layer 3 Switches support the following types of LSAs, which are described in RFC 1583:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Router link
Network link
Summary link
Autonomous system (AS) summary link
AS external link
Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA) external link
Grace LSAs
OSPF is built upon a hierarchy of network components. The highest level of the hierarchy is the
Autonomous System (AS). An autonomous system is defined as a number of networks, all of which
share the same routing and administration characteristics.
An AS can be divided into multiple areas as shown in Figure 17 on page 169. Each area represents
a collection of contiguous networks and hosts. Areas limit the area to which link-state
advertisements are broadcast, thereby limiting the amount of flooding that occurs within the
network. An area is represented in OSPF by either an IP address or a number.
You can further limit the broadcast area of flooding by defining an area range. The area range
allows you to assign an aggregate value to a range of IP addresses. This aggregate value becomes
the address that is advertised instead all of the individual addresses it represents being
advertised. You can assign up to 32 ranges in an OSPF area.
An OSPF router can be a member of multiple areas. Routers with membership in multiple areas
are known as Area Border Routers (ABRs). Each ABR maintains a separate topological database
for each area the router is in. Each topological database contains all of the LSA databases for each
router within a given area. The routers within the same area have identical topological databases.
The ABR is responsible for forwarding routing information or changes between its border areas.
168
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF overview
An Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) is a router that is running multiple protocols and
serves as a gateway to routers outside an area and those operating with different protocols. The
ASBR is able to import and translate different protocol routes into OSPF through a process known
as redistribution. For more details on redistribution and configuration examples, refer to “Enabling
route redistribution” on page 200.
FIGURE 17
OSPF operating in a network
Area 0.0.0.0 Backbone
Area 10.5.0.0
10.5.1.1
Router D
Area Border
Router (ABR)
Area 192.168.1.0
Virtual Link
e1/1/8
Router E
Router A
Router B
Router C
10.5.1.1
Area Border
Router (ABR)
Router F
Autonomous System
Border Router (ASBR)
Area 192.168.0.0
Router G
RIP Router
OSPF point-to-point links
One important OSPF process is Adjacency. Adjacency occurs when a relationship is formed
between neighboring routers for the purpose of exchanging routing information. Adjacent OSPF
neighbor routers go beyond the simple Hello packet exchange; they exchange database
information. In order to minimize the amount of information exchanged on a particular segment,
one of the first steps in creating adjacency is to assign a Designated Router (DR) and a Backup
Designated Router (BDR). The Designated Router ensures that there is a central point of contact,
thereby improving convergence time within a multi-access segment.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
169
OSPF overview
In an OSPF point-to-point network, where a direct Layer 3 connection exists between a single pair of
OSPF routers, there is no need for Designated and Backup Designated Routers, as is the case in
OSPF multi-access networks. Without the need for Designated and Backup Designated routers, a
point-to-point network establishes adjacency and converges faster. The neighboring routers
become adjacent whenever they can communicate directly. In contrast, in broadcast and
non-broadcast multi-access (NBMA) networks, the Designated Router and Backup Designated
Router become adjacent to all other routers attached to the network.
To configure an OSPF point-to-point link, refer to “Configuring an OSPF point-to-point link” on
page 211.
Designated routers in multi-access networks
In a network that has multiple routers attached, OSPF elects one router to serve as the designated
router (DR) and another router on the segment to act as the backup designated router (BDR). This
arrangement minimizes the amount of repetitive information that is forwarded on the network by
forwarding all messages to the designated router and backup designated routers responsible for
forwarding the updates throughout the network.
Designated router election in multi-access networks
In a network with no designated router and no backup designated router, the neighboring router
with the highest priority is elected as the DR, and the router with the next largest priority is elected
as the BDR, as shown in Figure 18
FIGURE 18
Designated and backup router election
Designated Backup Router
priority 10
Router A
Designated Router
priority 5
priority 20
Router C
Router B
If the DR goes off-line, the BDR automatically becomes the DR. The router with the next highest
priority becomes the new BDR. This process is shown in Figure 19.
170
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF overview
NOTE
Priority is a configurable option at the interface level. You can use this parameter to help bias one
router as the DR.
FIGURE 19
Backup designated router becomes designated router
Designated Router
priority 10
Router A
X
Designated Backup Router
priority 5
priority 20
Router C
Router B
If two neighbors share the same priority, the router with the highest router ID is designated as the
DR. The router with the next highest router ID is designated as the BDR.
NOTE
By default, the Brocade router ID is the IP address configured on the lowest numbered loopback
interface. If the Layer 3 Switch does not have a loopback interface, the default router ID is the lowest
numbered IP address configured on the device. For more information or to change the router ID,
refer to “Changing the router ID” on page 31.
When multiple routers on the same network are declaring themselves as DRs, then both priority
and router ID are used to select the designated router and backup designated routers.
When only one router on the network claims the DR role despite neighboring routers with higher
priorities or router IDs, this router remains the DR. This is also true for BDRs.
The DR and BDR election process is performed when one of the following events occurs:
• An interface is in a waiting state and the wait time expires
• An interface is in a waiting state and a hello packet is received that addresses the BDR
• A change in the neighbor state occurs, such as:
- A neighbor state transitions from 2 or higher
- Communication to a neighbor is lost
- A neighbor declares itself to be the DR or BDR for the first time
OSPF RFC 1583 and 2178 compliance
Brocade routers are configured, by default, to be compliant with the RFC 1583 OSPF V2
specification. Brocade routers can also be configured to operate with the latest OSPF standard,
RFC 2178.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
171
OSPF overview
NOTE
For details on how to configure the system to operate with the RFC 2178, refer to “Modifying the
OSPF standard compliance setting” on page 210.
Reduction of equivalent AS External LSAs
An OSPF ASBR uses AS External link advertisements (AS External LSAs) to originate advertisements
of a route to another routing domain, such as a BGP4 or RIP domain. The ASBR advertises the
route to the external domain by flooding AS External LSAs to all the other OSPF routers (except
those inside stub networks) within the local OSPF Autonomous System (AS).
In some cases, multiple ASBRs in an AS can originate equivalent LSAs. The LSAs are equivalent
when they have the same cost, the same next hop, and the same destination. Brocade devices
optimize OSPF by eliminating duplicate AS External LSAs in this case. The Layer 3 Switch with the
lower router ID flushes the duplicate External LSAs from its database and thus does not flood the
duplicate External LSAs into the OSPF AS. AS External LSA reduction therefore reduces the size of
the Layer 3 Switch link state database.
This enhancement implements the portion of RFC 2328 that describes AS External LSA reduction.
This enhancement is enabled by default, requires no configuration, and cannot be disabled.
Figure 20 shows an example of the AS External LSA reduction feature. In this example, Brocade
Layer 3 Switches D and E are OSPF ASBRs, and thus communicate route information between the
OSPF AS, which contains Routers A, B, and C, and another routing domain, which contains Router F.
The other routing domain is running another routing protocol, such as BGP4 or RIP. Routers D, E,
and F, therefore, are each running both OSPF and either BGP4 or RIP.
172
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF overview
FIGURE 20
AS External LSA reduction
Routers D, E, and F
are OSPF ASBRs
and EBGP routers.
OSPF Autonomous System (AS)
Another routing domain
(such as BGP4 or RIP)
Router A
Router D
Router ID: 10.2.2.2
Router F
Router B
Router E
Router ID: 10.1.1.1
Router C
Notice that both Router D and Router E have a route to the other routing domain through Router F.
In earlier software releases, if Routers D and E have equal-cost routes to Router F, then both Router
D and Router E flood AS External LSAs to Routers A, B, and C advertising the route to Router F.
Since both routers are flooding equivalent routes, Routers A, B, and C receive multiple routes with
the same cost to the same destination (Router F). For Routers A, B, and C, either route to Router F
(through Router D or through Router E) is equally good.
OSPF eliminates the duplicate AS External LSAs. When two or more Brocade Layer 3 Switches
configured as ASBRs have equal-cost routes to the same next-hop router in an external routing
domain, the ASBR with the highest router ID floods the AS External LSAs for the external domain
into the OSPF AS, while the other ASBRs flush the equivalent AS External LSAs from their
databases. As a result, the overall volume of route advertisement traffic within the AS is reduced
and the Layer 3 Switches that flush the duplicate AS External LSAs have more memory for other
OSPF data. In Figure 20, since Router D has a higher router ID than Router E, Router D floods the
AS External LSAs for Router F to Routers A, B, and C. Router E flushes the equivalent AS External
LSAs from its database.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
173
OSPF overview
Algorithm for AS External LSA reduction
Figure 20 shows an example in which the normal AS External LSA reduction feature is in effect.
The behavior changes under the following conditions:
• There is one ASBR advertising (originating) a route to the external destination, but one of the
following happens:
-
A second ASBR comes on-line
A second ASBR that is already on-line begins advertising an equivalent route to the same
destination.
In either case above, the router with the higher router ID floods the AS External LSAs and the
other router flushes its equivalent AS External LSAs. For example, if Router D is offline, Router
E is the only source for a route to the external routing domain. When Router D comes on-line, it
takes over flooding of the AS External LSAs to Router F, while Router E flushes its equivalent AS
External LSAs to Router F.
• One of the ASBRs starts advertising a route that is no longer equivalent to the route the other
ASBR is advertising. In this case, the ASBRs each flood AS External LSAs. Since the LSAs
either no longer have the same cost or no longer have the same next-hop router, the LSAs are
no longer equivalent, and the LSA reduction feature no longer applies.
• The ASBR with the higher router ID becomes unavailable or is reconfigured so that it is no
longer an ASBR. In this case, the other ASBR floods the AS External LSAs. For example, if
Router D goes off-line, then Router E starts flooding the AS with AS External LSAs for the route
to Router F.
Support for OSPF RFC 2328 Appendix E
Brocade devices provide support for Appendix E in OSPF RFC 2328. Appendix E describes a
method to ensure that an OSPF router (such as aBrocade Layer 3 Switch) generates unique link
state IDs for type-5 (External) link state advertisements (LSAs) in cases where two networks have
the same network address but different network masks.
NOTE
Support for Appendix E of RFC 2328 is enabled automatically and cannot be disabled. No user
configuration is required.
Normally, an OSPF router uses the network address alone for the link state ID of the link state
advertisement (LSA) for the network. For example, if the router needs to generate an LSA for
network 10.1.2.3 255.0.0.0, the router generates ID 10.1.2.3 for the LSA.
However, suppose that an OSPF router needs to generate LSAs for all the following networks:
• 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0
• 10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0
• 10.0.0.0 255.255.255.0
All three networks have the same network address, 10.0.0.0. Without support for RFC 2328
Appendix E, an OSPF router uses the same link state ID, 10.0.0.0, for the LSAs for all three
networks. For example, if the router generates an LSA with ID 10.0.0.0 for network 10.0.0.0
255.0.0.0, this LSA conflicts with the LSA generated for network 10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 or 10.0.0.0
255.255.255.0. The result is multiple LSAs that have the same ID but that contain different route
information.
174
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF overview
When Appendix E is supported, the router generates the link state ID for a network as follows.
1. Does an LSA with the network address as its ID already exist?
• No – Use the network address as the ID.
• Yes – Go to step 2.
2. Compare the networks that have the same network address, to determine which network is
more specific. The more specific network is the one that has more contiguous one bits in its
network mask. For example, network 10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 is more specific than network
10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0, because the first network has 16 ones bits (255.255.0.0) whereas the
second network has only 8 ones bits (255.0.0.0):
• For the less specific network, use the networks address as the ID.
• For the more specific network, use the network broadcast address as the ID. The
broadcast address is the network address, with all ones bits in the host portion of the
address. For example, the broadcast address for network 10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 is
10.0.255.255.
If this comparison results in a change to the ID of an LSA that has already been generated, the
router generates a new LSA to replace the previous one. For example, if the router has already
generated an LSA for network with ID 10.0.0.0 for network 10.0.0.0 255.255.255.0, the router
must generate a new LSA for the network, if the router needs to generate an LSA for network
10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 or 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0.
Dynamic OSPF activation and configuration
OSPF is automatically activated when you enable it. The protocol does not require a software
reload.
You can configure and save the following OSPF changes without resetting the system:
• All OSPF interface-related parameters (for example: area, hello timer, router dead time cost,
priority, re-transmission time, transit delay)
•
•
•
•
•
All area parameters
All area range parameters
All virtual-link parameters
All global parameters
Creation and deletion of an area, interface or virtual link
In addition, you can make the following changes without a system reset by first disabling and then
re-enabling OSPF operation:
• Changes to address ranges
• Changes to global values for redistribution
• Addition of new virtual links
You also can change the amount of memory allocated to various types of LSA entries. However,
these changes require a system reset or reboot.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
175
OSPF graceful restart
Dynamic OSPF memory
Brocade ICX 6650 devices dynamically allocate memory for Link State Advertisements (LSAs) and
other OSPF data structures. This eliminates overflow conditions and does not require a reload to
change OSPF memory allocation. So long as the Layer 3 Switch has free (unallocated) dynamic
memory, OSPF can use the memory.
To display the current allocations of dynamic memory, use the show memory command.
OSPF graceful restart
OSPF graceful restart is a high-availability routing feature that minimizes disruption in traffic
forwarding, diminishes route flapping, and provides continuous service during a system restart,
including restart events that occur during a switchover, failover OS upgrade. During such events,
routes remain available between devices.
When OSPF graceful restart is enabled, a restarting router sends special LSAs, called grace LSAs,
to its neighbors either before a planned OSPF restart or immediately after an unplanned restart.
The grace LSAs specify a grace period for neighbors of the restarting router to continue using the
existing routes to and through the router after a restart. When the restarting router comes back up,
it continues to use its existing OSPF routes as if nothing happened. In the background, the router
relearns its neighbors prior to the restart, recalculates its OSPF routes, and replaces existing routes
with new routes as necessary. Once the grace period has passed, adjacent routers resume normal
operation.
OSPF graceful restart is enabled globally by default. In this configuration, all OSPF neighbors are
subject to the graceful restart capability. Neighbor routers must support the helper mode of OSPF
graceful restart, which is enabled by default on all FastIron Layer 3 switches.
NOTE
If a Brocade ICX 6650 device is configured for OSPF graceful restart and is intended to be used in
switchover, the OSPF dead-interval should be changed to 60 seconds on OSPF interfaces to ensure
that the graceful restart process succeeds without a timeout. Instructions for changing the OSPF
dead-interval are provided in “Modifying interface defaults” on page 184.
The Brocade implementation of OSPF graceful restart supports RFC 3623: Graceful OSPF Restart.
For details on how to configure OSPF graceful restart, refer to “Configuring OSPF graceful restart”
on page 211.
176
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Configuring OSPF
Perform the following steps to begin using OSPF on the router.
1. “Enabling OSPF on the router” on page 178
2. “Assigning OSPF areas” on page 179
3. “Assigning an area range (optional)” on page 183
4. “Assigning interfaces to an area” on page 184.
5. “Defining redistribution filters” on page 194
6. “Enabling route redistribution” on page 200.
7.
“Modifying the OSPF standard compliance setting” on page 210
NOTE
OSPF is automatically enabled without a system reset.
OSPF configuration rules
•
•
•
•
Brocade ICX 6650 devices support a maximum of 676 OSPF interfaces.
If a router is to operate as an ASBR, you must enable the ASBR capability at the system level.
Redistribution must be enabled on routers configured to operate as ASBRs.
All router ports must be assigned to one of the defined areas on an OSPF router. When a port
is assigned to an area, all corresponding subnets on that port are automatically included in the
assignment.
OSPF parameters
You can modify or set the following global and interface OSPF parameters.
Global parameters
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Modify the OSPF standard compliance setting
Assign OSPF areas
Define an area range
Define the area virtual link
Set global default metric for OSPF
Change the reference bandwidth for the default cost of OSPF interfaces
Disable or re-enable load sharing
Enable or disable default-information-originate
Modify Shortest Path First (SPF) timers
Define external route summarization
Modify the redistribution metric type
Define deny redistribution
Define permit redistribution
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
177
Configuring OSPF
•
•
•
•
Enable redistribution
Change the LSA pacing interval
Modify OSPF Traps generated
Modify database overflow interval
Interface parameters
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Assign interfaces to an area
Define the authentication key for the interface
Change the authentication-change interval
Modify the cost for a link
Modify the dead interval
Modify MD5 authentication key parameters
Modify the priority of the interface
Modify the retransmit interval for the interface
Modify the transit delay of the interface
NOTE
When using the CLI, you set global level parameters at the OSPF CONFIG level of the CLI. To reach
that level, enter router ospf… at the global CONFIG level. Interface parameters for OSPF are set at
the interface CONFIG level using the CLI command, ip ospf…
Enabling OSPF on the router
When you enable OSPF on the router, the protocol is automatically activated. To enable OSPF on
the router, enter the following CLI command.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
This command launches you into the OSPF router level where you can assign areas and modify
OSPF global parameters.
Syntax: router ospf
Note regarding disabling OSPF
If you disable OSPF, the Layer 3 Switch removes all the configuration information for the disabled
protocol from the running-config. Moreover, when you save the configuration to the startup-config
file after disabling one of these protocols, all the configuration information for the disabled protocol
is removed from the startup-config file.
NOTE
If you do not want to delete the OSPF configuration information, use the CLI command clear ip ospf
all instead of no router ospf. Refer to “Resetting OSPF” on page 179.
When you enter the no router ospf command, the CLI displays a warning message such as the
following.
178
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no router ospf
router ospf mode now disabled. All ospf config data will be lost when writing to
flash!
If you have disabled the protocol but have not yet saved the configuration to the startup-config file
and reloaded the software, you can restore the configuration information by re-entering the
command to enable the protocol (for example, router ospf). If you have already saved the
configuration to the startup-config file and reloaded the software, the information is gone.
If you are testing an OSPF configuration and are likely to disable and re-enable the protocol, you
might want to make a backup copy of the startup-config file containing the protocol configuration
information. This way, if you remove the configuration information by saving the configuration after
disabling the protocol, you can restore the configuration by copying the backup copy of the
startup-config file onto the flash memory.
Resetting OSPF
The clear ip ospf all command globally resets (disables then re-enables) OSPF without deleting the
OSPF configuration information. This command is equivalent to entering the commands no router
ospf followed by router ospf. Whereas the no router ospf command disables OSPF and removes all
the configuration information for the disabled protocol from the running-config, the router ospf
command re-enables OSPF and restores the OSPF configuration information.
The clear ip ospf all command is useful If you are testing an OSPF configuration and are likely to
disable and re-enable the protocol. This way, you do not have to save the configuration after
disabling the protocol, and you do not have to restore the configuration by copying the backup copy
of the startup-config file onto the flash memory.
To reset OSPF without deleting the OSPF configuration, enter the following command at the Global
CONFIG level or at the Router OSPF level of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ip ospf all
Syntax: clear ip ospf all
Assigning OSPF areas
Once OSPF is enabled on the system, you can assign areas. Assign an IP address or number as the
area ID for each area. The area ID is representative of all IP addresses (subnets) on a router port.
Each port on a router can support one area.
An area can be normal, a stub, or a Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA):
• Normal – OSPF routers within a normal area can send and receive External Link State
Advertisements (LSAs).
• Stub – OSPF routers within a stub area cannot send or receive External LSAs. In addition,
OSPF routers in a stub area must use a default route to the area Area Border Router (ABR) or
Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) to send traffic out of the area.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
179
Configuring OSPF
• NSSA – The ASBR of an NSSA can import external route information into the area:
- ASBRs redistribute (import) external routes into the NSSA as type 7 LSAs. Type-7 External
LSAs are a special type of LSA generated only by ASBRs within an NSSA, and are flooded
to all the routers within only that NSSA.
-
ABRs translate type 7 LSAs into type 5 External LSAs, which can then be flooded
throughout the AS. You can configure address ranges on the ABR of an NSSA so that the
ABR converts multiple type-7 External LSAs received from the NSSA into a single type-5
External LSA.
When an NSSA contains more than one ABR, OSPF elects one of the ABRs to perform the
LSA translation for NSSA. OSPF elects the ABR with the highest router ID. If the elected
ABR becomes unavailable, OSPF automatically elects the ABR with the next highest router
ID to take over translation of LSAs for the NSSA. The election process for NSSA ABRs is
automatic.
Example
To set up the OSPF areas shown in Figure 17 on page 169, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 192.168.1.0
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 10.5.0.0
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 192.168.0.0
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 0.0.0.0
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#write memory
Syntax: area num | ip-addr
The num | ip-addr parameter specifies the area number, which can be a number or in IP address
format. If you specify a number, the number can be from 0 through 18.
NOTE
You can assign one area on a router interface. For example, if the system or chassis module has 16
ports, 16 areas are supported on the chassis or module.
Assigning a totally stubby area
By default, the Layer 3 Switch sends summary LSAs (LSA type 3) into stub areas. You can further
reduce the number of link state advertisements (LSAs) sent into a stub area by configuring the
Layer 3 Switch to stop sending summary LSAs (type 3 LSAs) into the area. You can disable the
summary LSAs when you are configuring the stub area or later after you have configured the area.
This feature disables origination of summary LSAs, but the Layer 3 Switch still accepts summary
LSAs from OSPF neighbors and floods them to other neighbors. The Layer 3 Switch can form
adjacencies with other routers regardless of whether summarization is enabled or disabled for
areas on each router.
When you enter a command to disable the summary LSAs, the change takes effect immediately. If
you apply the option to a previously configured area, the Layer 3 Switch flushes all of the summary
LSAs it has generated (as an ABR) from the area.
180
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
NOTE
This feature applies only when the Layer 3 Switch is configured as an Area Border Router (ABR) for
the area. To completely prevent summary LSAs from being sent to the area, disable the summary
LSAs on each OSPF router that is an ABR for the area.
This feature does not apply to Not-So-Stubby Areas (NSSAs).
To disable summary LSAs for a stub area, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 40 stub 99 no-summary
Syntax: area num | ip-addr stub cost [no-summary]
The num | ip-addr parameter specifies the area number, which can be a number or in IP address
format. If you specify a number, the number can be from 0 through 18.
The stub cost parameter specifies an additional cost for using a route to or from this area and can
be from 1 through 16777215. There is no default. Normal areas do not use the cost parameter.
The no-summary parameter applies only to stub areas and disables summary LSAs from being sent
into the area.
NOTE
You can assign one area on a router interface. For example, if the system or chassis module has 16
ports, 16 areas are supported on the chassis or module.
Assigning a Not-So-Stubby Area
The OSPF Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA) feature enables you to configure OSPF areas that provide the
benefits of stub areas, but that also are capable of importing external route information. OSPF
does not flood external routes from other areas into an NSSA, but does translate and flood route
information from the NSSA into other areas such as the backbone.
NSSAs are especially useful when you want to summarize Type-5 External LSAs (external routes)
before forwarding them into an OSPF area. The OSPF specification (RFC 2328) prohibits
summarization of Type-5 LSAs and requires OSPF to flood Type-5 LSAs throughout a routing
domain. When you configure an NSSA, you can specify an address range for aggregating the
external routes that the NSSA's ABR exports into other areas.
The Brocade implementation of NSSA is based on RFC 1587.
Figure 21 shows an example of an OSPF network containing an NSSA.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
181
Configuring OSPF
FIGURE 21
OSPF network containing an NSSA
RIP Domain
Layer 3 Switch
OSPF Area 0
Backbone
NSSA Area 10.1.1.1
OSPF ABR
Internal ASBR
Layer 3 Switch
Layer 3 Switch
This example shows two routing domains, a RIP domain and an OSPF domain. The ASBR inside the
NSSA imports external routes from RIP into the NSSA as Type-7 LSAs, which the ASBR floods
throughout the NSSA.
The ABR translates the Type-7 LSAs into Type-5 LSAs. If an area range is configured for the NSSA,
the ABR also summarizes the LSAs into an aggregate LSA before flooding the Type-5 LSAs into the
backbone.
Since the NSSA is partially “stubby” the ABR does not flood external LSAs from the backbone into
the NSSA. To provide access to the rest of the Autonomous System (AS), the ABR generates a
default Type-7 LSA into the NSSA.
Configuring an NSSA
To configure OSPF area 10.1.1.1 as an NSSA, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 10.1.1.1 nssa 1
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#write memory
Syntax: area num | ip-addr nssa cost | default-information-originate
The num | ip-addr parameter specifies the area number, which can be a number or in IP address
format. If you specify a number, the number can be from 0 through 18.
The nssa cost | default-information-originate parameter specifies that this is a Not-So-Stubby Area
(NSSA). The cost specifies an additional cost for using a route to or from this NSSA and can be
from 1 through 16777215. There is no default. Normal areas do not use the cost parameter.
Alternatively, the default-information-originate parameter causes the Layer 3 Switch to inject the
default route into the NSSA.
182
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
NOTE
The Layer 3 Switch does not inject the default route into an NSSA by default.
NOTE
You can assign one area on a router interface. For example, if the system or chassis module has 16
ports, 16 areas are supported on the chassis or module.
To configure additional parameters for OSPF interfaces in the NSSA, use the ip ospf area…
command at the interface level of the CLI.
Configuring a summary address for the NSSA
If you want the ABR that connects the NSSA to other areas to summarize the routes in the NSSA
before translating them into Type-5 LSAs and flooding them into the other areas, configure a
summary address. The ABR creates an aggregate value based on the summary address. The
aggregate value becomes the address that the ABR advertises instead of advertising the individual
addresses represented by the aggregate.
To configure a summary address in NSSA 10.1.1.1, enter the following commands. This example
assumes that you have already configured NSSA 10.1.1.1.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#summary-address 192.168.22.1 255.255.0.0
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#write memory
Syntax: [no] summary-address ip-addr ip-mask
The ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address portion of the range. The software compares the
address with the significant bits in the mask. All network addresses that match this comparison
are summarized in a single route advertised by the router.
The ip-mask parameter specifies the portions of the IP address that a route must contain to be
summarized in the summary route. In the example above, all networks that begin with 192.168
are summarized into a single route.
Assigning an area range (optional)
You can assign a range for an area, but it is not required. Ranges allow a specific IP address and
mask to represent a range of IP addresses within an area, so that only that reference range
address is advertised to the network, instead of all the addresses within that range. Each area can
have up to 32 range addresses.
Example
To define an area range for subnets on 192.168.5.1 and 192.168.6.2, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 192.168.5.1 range 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#area 192.168.6.2 range 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0
Syntax: area num | ip-addr range ip-addr ip-mask
The num | ip-addr parameter specifies the area number, which can be in IP address format.
The range ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address portion of the range. The software compares
the address with the significant bits in the mask. All network addresses that match this
comparison are summarized in a single route advertised by the router.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
183
Configuring OSPF
The ip-mask parameter specifies the portions of the IP address that a route must contain to be
summarized in the summary route. In the example above, all networks that begin with 193.45 are
summarized into a single route.
Assigning interfaces to an area
Once you define OSPF areas, you can assign interfaces to the areas. All router ports must be
assigned to one of the defined areas on an OSPF router. When a port is assigned to an area, all
corresponding subnets on that port are automatically included in the assignment.
To assign interface 1/1/8 to area 192.168.0.0 and then save the changes, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#interface e 1/1/8
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/8)#ip ospf area 192.168.0.0
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/8)#write memory
Modifying interface defaults
OSPF has interface parameters that you can configure. For simplicity, each of these parameters
has a default value. No change to these default values is required except as needed for specific
network configurations.
Port default values can be modified using the following commands at the interface configuration
level of the CLI:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ip ospf area ip-addr
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time secs
ip ospf authentication-key [0 | 1] string
ip ospf cost num
ip ospf dead-interval value
ip ospf hello-interval value
ip ospf md5-authentication key-activation-wait-time num | key-id num [0 | 1] key string
ip ospf passive
ip ospf priority value
ip ospf retransmit-interval value
ip ospf transmit-delay value
For a complete description of these parameters, see the summary of OSPF port parameters in the
next section.
OSPF interface parameters
The following parameters apply to OSPF interfaces.
Area: Assigns an interface to a specific area. You can assign either an IP address or number to
represent an OSPF Area ID. If you assign a number, it can be any value from 0 through
2,147,483,647.
184
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Auth-change-wait-time: OSPF gracefully implements authentication changes to allow all routers to
implement the change and thus prevent disruption to neighbor adjacencies. During the
authentication-change interval, both the old and new authentication information is supported. The
default authentication-change interval is 300 seconds (5 minutes). You change the interval to a
value from 0 through 14400 seconds.
Authentication-key: OSPF supports three methods of authentication for each interface—none,
simple password, and MD5. Only one method of authentication can be active on an interface at a
time. The default authentication value is none, meaning no authentication is performed.
The simple password method of authentication requires you to configure an alphanumeric
password on an interface. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets
transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is
checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The
password can be up to eight characters long.
The MD5 method of authentication requires you to configure a key ID and an MD5 Key. The key ID
is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can
be up to sixteen alphanumeric characters long.
Cost: Indicates the overhead required to send a packet across an interface. You can modify the
cost to differentiate between 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps (1 Gbps) links. The default cost is
calculated by dividing 100 million by the bandwidth. For 10 Mbps links, the cost is 10. The cost for
both 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps links is 1, because the speed of 1000 Mbps was not in use at the
time the OSPF cost formula was devised.
Dead-interval: Indicates the number of seconds that a neighbor router waits for a hello packet from
the current router before declaring the router down. The value can be from 1 through 65535
seconds. The default is 40 seconds.
Hello-interval: Represents the length of time between the transmission of hello packets. The value
can be from 1 through 65535 seconds. The default is 10 seconds.
MD5-authentication activation wait time: The number of seconds the Layer 3 Switch waits until
placing a new MD5 key into effect. The wait time provides a way to gracefully transition from one
MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. The wait time can be from 0 through 14400
seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
MD5-authentication key ID and key: A method of authentication that requires you to configure a key
ID and an MD5 key. The key ID is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is
being used. The MD5 key consists of up to 16 alphanumeric characters. The MD5 is encrypted
and included in each OSPF packet transmitted.
Passive: When you configure an OSPF interface to be passive, that interface does not send or
receive OSPF route updates. By default, all OSPF interfaces are active and thus can send and
receive OSPF route information. Since a passive interface does not send or receive route
information, the interface is in effect a stub network. OSPF interfaces are active by default.
NOTE
This option affects all IP subnets configured on the interface. If you want to disable OSPF updates
only on some of the IP subnets on the interface, use the ospf-ignore or ospf-passive parameter with
the ip address command. Refer to “Assigning an IP address to an Ethernet port” on page 20.
Priority: Allows you to modify the priority of an OSPF router. The priority is used when selecting the
designated router (DR) and backup designated routers (BDRs). The value can be from 0 through
255. The default is 1. If you set the priority to 0, the Layer 3 Switch does not participate in DR and
BDR election.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
185
Configuring OSPF
Retransmit-interval: The time between retransmissions of link-state advertisements (LSAs) to
adjacent routers for this interface. The value can be from 0 through 3600 seconds. The default is
5 seconds.
Transit-delay: The time it takes to transmit Link State Update packets on this interface. The value
can be from 0 through 3600 seconds. The default is 1 second.
Encrypted display of the authentication string or MD5 authentication key
The optional 0 | 1 parameter with the authentication-key and md5-authentication key-id
parameters affects encryption.
For added security, devices encrypt display of the password or authentication string. Encryption is
enabled by default. The software also provides an optional parameter to disable encryption of a
password or authentication string, on an individual OSPF area or OSPF interface basis.
When encryption of the passwords or authentication strings is enabled, they are encrypted in the
CLI regardless of the access level you are using.
The encryption option can be omitted (the default) or can be one of the following:
• 0 – Disables encryption for the password or authentication string you specify with the
command. The password or string is shown as clear text in the running-config and the
startup-config file. Use this option of you do not want display of the password or string to be
encrypted.
• 1 – Assumes that the password or authentication string you enter is the encrypted form, and
decrypts the value before using it.
NOTE
If you want the software to assume that the value you enter is the clear-text form, and to encrypt
display of that form, do not enter 0 or 1. Instead, omit the encryption option and allow the software
to use the default behavior.
If you specify encryption option 1, the software assumes that you are entering the encrypted form
of the password or authentication string. In this case, the software decrypts the password or string
you enter before using the value for authentication. If you accidentally enter option 1 followed by
the clear-text version of the password or string, authentication will fail because the value used by
the software will not match the value you intended to use.
If you want to display the authentication string in the output of the show ip ospf interface
command, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# enable password-display
Brocade# show ip ospf interface 10.1.1.1
The enable password-display command enables display of the authentication string, but only in the
output of the show ip ospf interface command. Display of the string is still encrypted in the
startup-config file and running-config. Enter the command at the global CONFIG level of the CLI.
Changing the timer for OSPF authentication changes
When you make an OSPF authentication change, the software uses the authentication-change
timer to gracefully implement the change. The software implements the change in the following
ways:
186
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
• Outgoing OSPF packets – After you make the change, the software continues to use the old
authentication to send packets, during the remainder of the current authentication-change
interval. After this, the software uses the new authentication for sending packets.
• Inbound OSPF packets – The software accepts packets containing the new authentication and
continues to accept packets containing the older authentication for two authentication-change
intervals. After the second interval ends, the software accepts packets only if they contain the
new authentication key.
The default authentication-change interval is 300 seconds (5 minutes). You change the interval to
a value from 0 through 14400 seconds.
OSPF provides graceful authentication change for all the following types of authentication changes
in OSPF:
• Changing authentication methods from one of the following to another of the following:
- Simple text password
- MD5 authentication
- No authentication
• Configuring a new simple text password or MD5 authentication key
• Changing an existing simple text password or MD5 authentication key
To change the authentication-change interval, enter a command such as the following at the
interface configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-if-1/1/5)#ip ospf auth-change-wait-time 400
Syntax: [no] ip ospf auth-change-wait-time secs
The secs parameter specifies the interval and can be from 0 through 14400 seconds. The default
is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
NOTE
For backward compatibility, the ip ospf md5-authentication key-activation-wait-time seconds
command is still supported.
Block flooding of outbound LSAs on specific
OSPF interfaces
By default, the Layer 3 Switch floods all outbound LSAs on all the OSPF interfaces within an area.
You can configure a filter to block outbound LSAs on an OSPF interface. This feature is particularly
useful when you want to block LSAs from some, but not all, of the interfaces attached to the area.
After you apply filters to block the outbound LSAs, the filtering occurs during the database
synchronization and flooding.
If you remove the filters, the blocked LSAs are automatically re-flooded. You do not need to reset
OSPF to re-flood the LSAs.
NOTE
You cannot block LSAs on virtual links.
To apply a filter to an OSPF interface to block flooding of outbound LSAs on the interface, enter the
following commands at the Interface configuration level for that interface.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
187
Configuring OSPF
Brocade(config-if-1/1/5)#ip ospf database-filter all out
Brocade(config-if-1/1/5)#clear ip ospf all
The first command in this example blocks all outbound LSAs on the OSPF interface configured on
port 1/1/5. The second command resets OSPF and places the command into effect immediately.
Syntax: [no] ip ospf database-filter all out
To remove the filter, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-if-1/1/5)#no ip ospf database-filter all out
Configuring an OSPF non-broadcast interface
Layer 3 switches support Non-Broadcast Multi-Access (NBMA) networks. This feature enables you
to configure an interface on a Brocade device to send OSPF traffic to its neighbor as unicast
packets rather than broadcast packets.
OSPF routers generally use broadcast packets to establish neighbor relationships and broadcast
route updates on Ethernet and virtual interfaces (VEs). In this release, as an alternative, you can
configure the Brocade device to use unicast packets for this purpose. This can be useful in
situations where multicast traffic is not feasible (for example when a firewall does not allow
multicast packets).
On a non-broadcast interface, the routers at the other end of this interface must also be configured
as non-broadcast and neighbor routers. There is no restriction on the number of routers sharing a
non-broadcast interface (for example, through a hub or switch).
NOTE
Only Ethernet interfaces or VEs can be configured as non-broadcast interfaces.
To configure an OSPF interface as a non-broadcast interface, enable the feature on a physical
interface or a VE, following the ip ospf area statement, and then specify the IP address of the
neighbor in the OSPF configuration. The non-broadcast interface configuration must be done on
the OSPF routers on both ends of the link.
For example, the following commands configure VE 20 as a non-broadcast interface.
Brocade(config)#int ve 20
Brocade(config-vif-20)#ip ospf area 0
Brocade(config-vif-20)#ip ospf network non-broadcast
Brocade(config-vif-20)#exit
Syntax: [no] ip ospf network non-broadcast
The following commands specify 10.1.20.1 as an OSPF neighbor address. The address specified
must be in the same subnet as a non-broadcast interface.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#neighbor 10.1.20.1
For example, to configure the feature in a network with three routers connected by a hub or switch,
each router must have the linking interface configured as a non-broadcast interface, and both of
the other routers must be specified as neighbors.
The output of the show ip ospf interface command has been enhanced to display information
about non-broadcast interfaces and neighbors that are configured in the same subnet.
188
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Example of specifying OSPF neighbor address
Brocade#show ip ospf interface
v20,OSPF enabled
IP Address 10.1.20.4, Area 0
OSPF state BD, Pri 1, Cost 1, Options 2, Type non-broadcast Events 6
Timers(sec): Transit 1, Retrans 5, Hello 10, Dead 40
DR: Router ID 10.1.13.1
Interface Address 10.1.20.5
BDR: Router ID 10.2.2.1
Interface Address 10.1.20.4
Neighbor Count = 1, Adjacent Neighbor Count= 2
Non-broadcast neighbor config: 10.1.20.1, 10.1.20.2, 10.1.20.3, 10.1.20.5,
Neighbor:
10.1.20.5
Authentication-Key:None
MD5 Authentication: Key None, Key-Id None, Auth-change-wait-time 300
In the Type field, “non-broadcast” indicates that this is a non-broadcast interface. When the
interface type is non-broadcast, the Non-broadcast neighbor config field displays the neighbors
that are configured in the same subnet. If no neighbors are configured in the same subnet, a
message such as the following is displayed.
***Warning! no non-broadcast neighbor config in 10.1.100.1 255.255.255.0
Assigning virtual links
All ABRs (area border routers) must have either a direct or indirect link to the OSPF backbone area
(0.0.0.0 or 0). If an ABR does not have a physical link to the area backbone, the ABR can configure
a virtual link to another router within the same area, which has a physical connection to the area
backbone.
The path for a virtual link is through an area shared by the neighbor ABR (router with a physical
backbone connection), and the ABR requiring a logical connection to the backbone.
Two parameters fields must be defined for all virtual links—transit area ID and neighbor router:
• The transit area ID represents the shared area of the two ABRs and serves as the connection
point between the two routers. This number should match the area ID value.
• The neighbor router field is the router ID (IP address) of the router that is physically connected
to the backbone, when assigned from the router interface requiring a logical connection.
When assigning the parameters from the router with the physical connection, the router ID is
the IP address of the router requiring a logical connection to the backbone.
NOTE
By default, the Brocade router ID is the IP address configured on the lowest numbered loopback
interface. If the Layer 3 Switch does not have a loopback interface, the default router ID is the lowest
numbered IP address configured on the device. For more information or to change the router ID,
refer to “Changing the router ID” on page 31.
NOTE
When you establish an area virtual link, you must configure it on both of the routers (both ends of
the virtual link).
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
189
Configuring OSPF
FIGURE 22
Defining OSPF virtual links within a network
OSPF Area 0
Router ID 192.168.22.1
DeviceC
OSPF Area 1
“transit area”
OSPF Area 2
Router ID 10.0.0.1
DeviceB
DeviceA
Example
Figure 22 shows an OSPF area border router, DeviceA, that is cut off from the backbone area (area
0). To provide backbone access to DeviceA, you can add a virtual link between DeviceA and
DeviceC using area 1 as a transit area. To configure the virtual link, you define the link on the
router that is at each end of the link. No configuration for the virtual link is required on the routers
in the transit area.
To define the virtual link on DeviceA enter the following commands.
BrocadeA(config-ospf-router)#area 1 virtual-link 192.168.22.1
BrocadeA(config-ospf-router)#write memory
Enter the following commands to configure the virtual link on DeviceC.
BrocadeC(config-ospf-router)#area 1 virtual-link 10.0.0.1
BrocadeC(config-ospf-router)#write memory
Syntax: area ip-addr | num virtual-link router-id
[authentication-key | dead-interval | hello-interval | retransmit-interval | transmit-delay
value]
The area ip-addr | num parameter specifies the transit area.
The router-id parameter specifies the router ID of the OSPF router at the remote end of the virtual
link. To display the router ID on a Brocade Layer 3 Switch, enter the show ip command.
190
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Refer to “Modifying virtual link parameters” on page 191 for descriptions of the optional
parameters.
Modifying virtual link parameters
OSPF has some parameters that you can modify for virtual links. Notice that these are the same
parameters as the ones you can modify for physical interfaces.
You can modify default values for virtual links using the following CLI command at the OSPF router
level of the CLI, as shown in the following syntax.
Syntax: area num | ip-addr virtual-link ip-addr [authentication-key [0 | 1] string] [dead-interval
num]
[hello-interval num] [md5-authentication key-activation-wait-time num | key-id num [0 | 1]
key string]
[retransmit-interval num] [transmit-delay num]
The parameters are described in the next section.
Virtual link parameter descriptions
You can modify the following virtual link interface parameters.
Authentication Key: This parameter allows you to assign different authentication methods on a
port-by-port basis. OSPF supports three methods of authentication for each interface—none,
simple password, and MD5. Only one method of authentication can be active on an interface at a
time.
The simple password method of authentication requires you to configure an alphanumeric
password on an interface. The password can be up to eight characters long. The simple password
setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this
password. All OSPF packets received on the interface are checked for this password. If the
password is not present, the packet is dropped.
The MD5 method of authentication encrypts the authentication key you define. The authentication
is included in each OSPF packet transmitted.
MD5 Authentication Key: When simple authentication is enabled, the key is an alphanumeric
password of up to eight characters. When MD5 is enabled, the key is an alphanumeric password of
up to 16 characters that is later encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. You
must enter a password in this field when the system is configured to operate with either simple or
MD5 authentication.
MD5 Authentication Key ID: The Key ID is a number from 1 through 255 and identifies the MD5
key that is being used. This parameter is required to differentiate among multiple keys defined on
a router.
MD5 Authentication Wait Time: This parameter determines when a newly configured MD5
authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to
another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait
time interval use the newly configured MD5 Key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are
accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation.
The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 through 14400 seconds. The default value is
300 seconds.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
191
Configuring OSPF
Hello Interval: The length of time between the transmission of hello packets. The range is 1
through 65535 seconds. The default is 10 seconds.
Retransmit Interval: The interval between the re-transmission of link state advertisements to
router adjacencies for this interface. The range is 0 through 3600 seconds. The default is 5
seconds.
Transmit Delay: The period of time it takes to transmit Link State Update packets on the interface.
The range is 0 through 3600 seconds. The default is 1 second.
Dead Interval: The number of seconds that a neighbor router waits for a hello packet from the
current router before declaring the router down. The range is 1 through 65535 seconds. The
default is 40 seconds.
Encrypted display of the authentication string or MD5 authentication key
The optional 0 | 1 parameter with the authentication-key and md5-authentication key-id
parameters affects encryption.
For added security, FastIron devices encrypt display of the password or authentication string.
Encryption is enabled by default. The software also provides an optional parameter to disable
encryption of a password or authentication string, on an individual OSPF area or OSPF interface
basis.
When encryption of the passwords or authentication strings is enabled, they are encrypted in the
CLI regardless of the access level you are using.
The encryption option can be omitted (the default) or can be one of the following:
• 0 – Disables encryption for the password or authentication string you specify with the
command. The password or string is shown as clear text in the running-config and the
startup-config file. Use this option of you do not want display of the password or string to be
encrypted.
• 1 – Assumes that the password or authentication string you enter is the encrypted form, and
decrypts the value before using it.
NOTE
If you want the software to assume that the value you enter is the clear-text form, and to encrypt
display of that form, do not enter 0 or 1. Instead, omit the encryption option and allow the software
to use the default behavior.
If you specify encryption option 1, the software assumes that you are entering the encrypted form
of the password or authentication string. In this case, the software decrypts the password or string
you enter before using the value for authentication. If you accidentally enter option 1 followed by
the clear-text version of the password or string, authentication will fail because the value used by
the software will not match the value you intended to use.
Changing the reference bandwidth for the cost
on OSPF interfaces
Each interface on which OSPF is enabled has a cost associated with it. The Layer 3 Switch
advertises its interfaces and their costs to OSPF neighbors. For example, if an interface has an
OSPF cost of ten, the Layer 3 Switch advertises the interface with a cost of ten to other OSPF
routers.
192
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
By default, an interface OSPF cost is based on the port speed of the interface. The cost is
calculated by dividing the reference bandwidth by the port speed. The default reference bandwidth
is 100 Mbps, which results in the following default costs:
• 10 Mbps port – 10
• All other port speeds – 1
You can change the reference bandwidth, to change the costs calculated by the software.
The software uses the following formula to calculate the cost.
Cost = reference-bandwidth/interface-speed
If the resulting cost is less than 1, the software rounds the cost up to 1. The default reference
bandwidth results in the following costs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
10 Mbps port cost = 100/10 = 10
100 Mbps port cost = 100/100 = 1
1000 Mbps port cost = 100/1000 = 0.10, which is rounded up to 1
155 Mbps port cost = 100/155 = 0.65, which is rounded up to 1
622 Mbps port cost = 100/622 = 0.16, which is rounded up to 1
2488 Mbps port cost = 100/2488 = 0.04, which is rounded up to 1
For 10 Gbps OSPF interfaces, in order to differentiate the costs between 100 Mbps, 1000 Mbps,
and 10,000 Mbps interfaces, you can set the auto-cost reference bandwidth to 10000, whereby
each slower link is given a higher cost, as follows:
•
•
•
•
10 Mbps port cost = 10000/10 = 1000
100 Mbps port cost = 10000/100 = 100
1000 Mbps port cost = 10000/1000 = 10
10000 Mbps port cost = 10000/10000 = 1
The bandwidth for interfaces that consist of more than one physical port is calculated as follows:
• Trunk group – The combined bandwidth of all the ports.
• Virtual interface – The combined bandwidth of all the ports in the port-based VLAN that
contains the virtual interface.
The default reference bandwidth is 100 Mbps. You can change the reference bandwidth to a value
from 1 through 4294967.
If a change to the reference bandwidth results in a cost change to an interface, the Layer 3 Switch
sends a link-state update to update the costs of interfaces advertised by the Layer 3 Switch.
NOTE
If you specify the cost for an individual interface, the cost you specify overrides the cost calculated
by the software.
Interface types to which the reference bandwidth does not apply
Some interface types are not affected by the reference bandwidth and always have the same cost
regardless of the reference bandwidth in use:
• The cost of a loopback interface is always 0.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
193
Configuring OSPF
• The cost of a virtual link is calculated using the Shortest Path First (SPF) algorithm and is not
affected by the auto-cost feature.
• The bandwidth for tunnel interfaces is 9 Kbps and is not affected by the auto-cost feature.
Changing the reference bandwidth
To change the reference bandwidth, enter the auto-cost reference-bandwidth command at the
OSPF configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 500
The reference bandwidth specified in this example results in the following costs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
10 Mbps port cost = 500/10 = 50
100 Mbps port cost = 500/100 = 5
1000 Mbps port cost = 500/1000 = 0.5, which is rounded up to 1
155 Mbps port cost = 500/155 = 3.23, which is rounded up to 4
622 Mbps port cost = 500/622 = 0.80, which is rounded up to 1
2488 Mbps port cost = 500/2488 = 0.20, which is rounded up to 1
The costs for 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and 155 Mbps ports change as a result of the changed
reference bandwidth. Costs for higher-speed interfaces remain the same.
Syntax: [no] auto-cost reference-bandwidth num
The num parameter specifies the reference bandwidth and can be a value from 1 through
4294967. The default is 100. For 10 Gbps OSPF interfaces, in order to differentiate the costs
between 100 Mbps, 1000 Mbps, and 10,000 Mbps interfaces, set the auto-cost reference
bandwidth to 10000, whereby each slower link is given a higher cost
To restore the reference bandwidth to its default value and thus restore the default costs of
interfaces to their default values, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no auto-cost reference-bandwidth
Defining redistribution filters
Route redistribution imports and translates different protocol routes into a specified protocol type.
On Brocade routers, redistribution is supported for static routes, OSPF, RIP, and BGP4. When you
configure redistribution for RIP, you can specify that static, OSPF, or BGP4 routes are imported into
RIP routes. Likewise, OSPF redistribution supports the import of static, RIP, and BGP4 routes into
OSPF routes. BGP4 supports redistribution of static, RIP, and OSPF routes into BGP4.
NOTE
The Layer 3 Switch advertises the default route into OSPF even if redistribution is not enabled, and
even if the default route is learned through an IBGP neighbor. IBGP routes (including the default
route) are not redistributed into OSPF by OSPF redistribution (for example, by the OSPF redistribute
command).
In Figure 23 on page 195, an administrator wants to configure the Layer 3 Switch acting as the
ASBR (Autonomous System Boundary Router) between the RIP domain and the OSPF domain to
redistribute routes between the two domains.
194
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
NOTE
The ASBR must be running both RIP and OSPF protocols to support this activity.
To configure for redistribution, define the redistribution tables with deny and permit redistribution
filters. Use the deny redistribute and permit redistribute commands for OSPF at the OSPF router
level.
NOTE
Do not enable redistribution until you have configured the redistribution filters. If you enable
redistribution before you configure the redistribution filters, the filters will not take affect and all
routes will be distributed.
FIGURE 23
Redistributing OSPF and static routes to RIP routes
RIP Domain
Switch
ASBR (Autonomous
System Border
Router)
OSPF Domain
Switch
Example of redefining distribution filters
To configure theLayer 3 Switch acting as an ASBR in Figure 23 to redistribute OSPF, BGP4, and
static routes into RIP, enter the following commands.
BrocadeASBR(config)#router rip
BrocadeASBR(config-rip-router)#permit redistribute 1 all
BrocadeASBR(config-rip-router)#write memory
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
195
Configuring OSPF
NOTE
Redistribution is permitted for all routes by default, so the permit redistribute 1 all command in the
example above is shown for clarity but is not required.
You also have the option of specifying import of just OSPF, BGP4, or static routes, as well as
specifying that only routes for a specific network or with a specific cost (metric) be imported, as
shown in the following command syntax.
Syntax: deny | permit redistribute filter-num all | bgp | connected | rip | static
[address ip-addr ip-mask [match-metric value [set-metric value]]]
Example
To redistribute RIP, static, and BGP4 routes into OSPF, enter the following commands on the Layer 3
Switch acting as an ASBR.
BrocadeASBR(config)#router ospf
BrocadeASBR(config-ospf-router)#permit redistribute 1 all
BrocadeASBR(config-ospf-router)#write memory
Syntax: deny | permit redistribute filter-num all | bgp | connected | rip | static
address ip-addr ip-mask
[match-metric value | set-metric value]
NOTE
Redistribution is permitted for all routes by default, so the permit redistribute 1 all command in the
example above is shown for clarity but is not required.
You also have the option of specifying import of just OSPF, BGP4, or static routes, as well as
specifying that only routes for a specific network or with a specific cost (metric) be imported, as
shown in the following command syntax.
For example, to enable redistribution of RIP and static IP routes into OSPF, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#redistribution rip
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#redistribution static
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#write memory
Syntax: [no] redistribution bgp | connected | rip | static [route-map map-name]
NOTE
The redistribution command does not perform the same function as the permit redistribute and
deny redistribute commands. The redistribute commands allow you to control redistribution of
routes by filtering on the IP address and network mask of a route. The redistribution commands
enable redistribution for routes of specific types (static, directly connected, and so on). Configure
all your redistribution filters before enabling redistribution.
NOTE
Do not enable redistribution until you have configured the redistribution filters. If you enable
redistribution before you configure the redistribution filters, the filters will not take affect and all
routes will be distributed.
196
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Preventing specific OSPF routes from being installed
in the IP route table
By default, all OSPF routes in the OSPF route table are eligible for installation in the IP route table.
You can configure a distribution list to explicitly deny specific routes from being eligible for
installation in the IP route table.
NOTE
This feature does not block receipt of LSAs for the denied routes. The Layer 3 Switch still receives
the routes and installs them in the OSPF database. The feature only prevents the software from
installing the denied OSPF routes into the IP route table.
To configure an OSPF distribution list:
• Configure a standard or extended ACL that identifies the routes you want to deny. Using a
standard ACL lets you deny routes based on the destination network, but does not filter based
on the network mask. To also filter based on the destination network network mask, use an
extended ACL.
• Configure an OSPF distribution list that uses the ACL as input.
NOTE
If you change the ACL after you configure the OSPF distribution list, you must clear the IP route table
to place the changed ACL into effect. To clear the IP route table, enter the clear ip route command
at the Privileged EXEC level of the CLI.
The following sections show how to use the CLI to configure an OSPF distribution list. Separate
examples are provided for standard and extended ACLs.
NOTE
The examples show named ACLs. However, you also can use a numbered ACL as input to the OSPF
distribution list.
Using a standard ACL as input to the distribution list
To use a standard ACL to configure an OSPF distribution list for denying specific routes, enter
commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ip access-list standard no_ip
Brocade(config-std-nACL)#deny 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
Brocade(config-std-nACL)#permit any any
Brocade(config-std-nACL)#exit
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#distribute-list no_ip in
The first three commands configure a standard ACL that denies routes to any 10.x.x.x destination
network and allows all other routes for eligibility to be installed in the IP route table. The last three
commands change the CLI to the OSPF configuration level and configure an OSPF distribution list
that uses the ACL as input. The distribution list prevents routes to any 10.x.x.x destination network
from entering the IP route table. The distribution list does not prevent the routes from entering the
OSPF database.
Syntax: [no] distribute-list ACL-name | ACL-id in [interface type] [interface number]
Syntax: [no] ip access-list standard ACL-name | ACL-id
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
197
Configuring OSPF
Syntax: deny | permit source-ip wildcard
The ACL-name | ACL-id parameter specifies the ACL name or ID.
The in command applies the ACL to incoming route updates.
The interface number parameter specifies the interface number on which to apply the ACL. Enter
only one valid interface number. If necessary, use the show interface brief command to display a
list of valid interfaces. If you do not specify an interface, the Brocade device applies the ACL to all
incoming route updates.
If you do not specify an interface type and interface number, the device applies the OSPF
distribution list to all incoming route updates.
The deny | permit parameter indicates whether packets that match the policy are dropped or
forwarded.
The source-ip parameter specifies the source address for the policy. Because this ACL is input to
an OSPF distribution list, the source-ip parameter actually is specifying the destination network of
the route.
The wildcard parameter specifies the portion of the source address to match against. The wildcard
is in dotted-decimal notation (IP address format). It is a four-part value, where each part is 8 bits
(one byte) separated by dots, and each bit is a one or a zero. Each part is a number ranging from 0
to 255, for example 0.0.0.255. Zeros in the mask mean the packet source address must match
the source-ip. Ones mean any value matches. For example, the source-ip and wildcard values
10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 mean that all 4.x.x.x networks match the ACL.
If you want the policy to match on all destination networks, enter any any.
If you prefer to specify the wildcard (mask value) in Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format,
you can enter a forward slash after the IP address, then enter the number of significant bits in the
mask. For example, you can enter the CIDR equivalent of “10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255” as
“10.0.0.0/8”. The CLI automatically converts the CIDR number into the appropriate ACL mask
(where zeros instead of ones are the significant bits) and changes the non-significant portion of the
IP address into zeros.
NOTE
If you enable the software to display IP subnet masks in CIDR format, the mask is saved in the file in
“/mask-bits” format. To enable the software to display the CIDR masks, enter the ip
show-subnet-length command at the global CONFIG level of the CLI. You can use the CIDR format
to configure the ACL entry regardless of whether the software is configured to display the masks in
CIDR format.
If you use the CIDR format, the ACL entries appear in this format in the running-config and
startup-config files, but are shown with subnet mask in the display produced by the show ip
access-list command.
Using an extended ACL as input to the distribution list
You can use an extended ACL with an OSPF distribution list to filter OSPF routes based on the
network mask of the destination network.
To use an extended ACL to configure an OSPF distribution list for denying specific routes, enter
commands such as the following.
198
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Brocade(config)#ip access-list extended no_ip
Brocade(config-ext-nACL)#deny ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 255.255.0.0 0.0.255.255
Brocade(config-ext-nACL)#permit ip any any
Brocade(config-ext-nACL)#exit
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#distribute-list no_ip in
The first three commands configure an extended ACL that denies routes to any 10.x.x.x destination
network with a 255.255.0.0 network mask and allows all other routes for eligibility to be installed
in the IP route table. The last three commands change the CLI to the OSPF configuration level and
configure an OSPF distribution list that uses the ACL as input. The distribution list prevents routes
to any 10.x.x.x destination network with network mask 255.255.0.0 from entering the IP route
table. The distribution list does not prevent the routes from entering the OSPF database.
Syntax: [no] ip access-list extended ACL-name | ACL-id
Syntax: deny | permit ip-protocol source-ip wildcard destination-ip wildcard
The ACL-name | ACL-id parameter specifies the ACL name or ID.
The deny | permit parameter indicates whether packets that match the policy are dropped or
forwarded.
The ip-protocol parameter indicates the type of IP packet you are filtering. When using an extended
ACL as input for an OSPF distribution list, specify ip.
Because this ACL is input to an OSPF distribution list, the source-ip parameter actually specifies the
destination network of the route.
The wildcard parameter specifies the portion of the source address to match against. The wildcard
is in dotted-decimal notation (IP address format). It is a four-part value, where each part is 8 bits
(one byte) separated by dots, and each bit is a one or a zero. Each part is a number ranging from 0
to 255, for example 0.0.0.255. Zeros in the mask mean the packet source address must match
the source-ip. Ones mean any value matches. For example, the source-ip and wildcard values
10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 mean that all 10.x.x.x networks match the ACL.
If you want the policy to match on all network addresses, enter any any.
If you prefer to specify the wildcard (mask value) in Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format,
you can enter a forward slash after the IP address, then enter the number of significant bits in the
mask. For example, you can enter the CIDR equivalent of “10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255” as
“10.0.0.0/8”. The CLI automatically converts the CIDR number into the appropriate ACL mask
(where zeros instead of ones are the significant bits) and changes the non-significant portion of the
IP address into zeros.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
199
Configuring OSPF
NOTE
If you enable the software to display IP subnet masks in CIDR format, the mask is saved in the file in
“/mask-bits” format. To enable the software to display the CIDR masks, enter the ip
show-subnet-length command at the global CONFIG level of the CLI. You can use the CIDR format
to configure the ACL entry regardless of whether the software is configured to display the masks in
CIDR format.
If you use the CIDR format, the ACL entries appear in this format in the running-config and
startup-config files, but are shown with subnet mask in the display produced by the show ip
access-list commands.
Because this ACL is input to an OSPF distribution list, the destination-ip parameter actually
specifies the subnet mask of the route.
The wildcard parameter specifies the portion of the subnet mask to match against. For example,
the destination-ip and wildcard values 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.255 mean that subnet mask /24
and longer match the ACL.
If you want the policy to match on all network masks, enter any any.
Modifying the default metric for redistribution
The default metric is a global parameter that specifies the cost applied to all OSPF routes by
default. The default value is 10. You can assign a cost from 1 through 15.
NOTE
You also can define the cost on individual interfaces. The interface cost overrides the default cost.
To assign a default metric of 4 to all routes imported into OSPF, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#default-metric 4
Syntax: default-metric value
The value can be from 1 through 16,777,215. The default is 10.
Enabling route redistribution
To enable route redistribution, use one of the following methods.
NOTE
Do not enable redistribution until you have configured the redistribution filters. Otherwise, you might
accidentally overload the network with routes you did not intend to redistribute.
To enable redistribution of RIP and static IP routes into OSPF, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#redistribution rip
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#redistribution static
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#write memory
200
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Example using a route map
To configure a route map and use it for redistribution of routes into OSPF, enter commands such as
the following.
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.7.30
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.7.30
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.3.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.7.30
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.4.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.6.30
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.5.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.6.30
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.6.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.6.30
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.7.0.0 255.255.0.0 192.168.6.30 5
Brocade(config)#route-map abc permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#match metric 5
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#set metric 8
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#redistribution static route-map abc
The commands in this example configure some static IP routes, then configure a route map and
use the route map for redistributing static IP routes into OSPF.
The ip route commands configure the static IP routes. The route-map command begins
configuration of a route map called “abc”. The number indicates the route map entry (called the
“instance”) you are configuring. A route map can contain multiple entries. The software compares
packets to the route map entries in ascending numerical order and stops the comparison once a
match is found.
The match command in the route map matches on routes that have 5 for their metric value (cost).
The set command changes the metric in routes that match the route map to 8.
The redistribution static command enables redistribution of static IP routes into OSPF, and uses
route map “abc“ to control the routes that are redistributed. In this example, the route map allows
a static IP route to be redistributed into OSPF only if the route has a metric of 5, and changes the
metric to 8 before placing the route into the OSPF route table.
Syntax: [no] redistribution bgp | connected | rip | static [route-map map-name]
The bgp | connected | rip | static parameter specifies the route source.
The route-map map-name parameter specifies the route map name. The following match
parameters are valid for OSPF redistribution:
• match ip address | next-hop ACL-num
• match metric num
• match tag tag-value
The following set parameters are valid for OSPF redistribution:
•
•
•
•
set ip next hop ip-addr
set metric [+ | - ]num | none
set metric-type type-1 | type-2
set tag tag-value
NOTE
You must configure the route map before you configure a redistribution filter that uses the route
map.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
201
Configuring OSPF
NOTE
When you use a route map for route redistribution, the software disregards the permit or deny action
of the route map.
NOTE
For an external route that is redistributed into OSPF through a route map, the metric value of the
route remains the same unless the metric is set by a set metric command inside the route map. The
default-metric num command has no effect on the route. This behavior is different from a route that
is redistributed without using a route map. For a route redistributed without using a route map, the
metric is set by the default-metric num command.
The following command shows the result of the redistribution filter. Because only one of the static
IP routes configured above matches the route map, only one route is redistributed. Notice that the
route metric is 5 before redistribution but is 8 after redistribution.
Brocade#show ip ospf database external extensive
Index Aging
1
2
LS ID
10.4.0.0
Router
10.10.10.60
Netmask Metric
Flag
ffff0000 80000008 0000
Disabling or re-enabling load sharing
Brocade routers can load share among up to eight equal-cost IP routes to a destination. By default,
IP load sharing is enabled. The default is 4 equal-cost paths but you can specify from 2 to 6 paths.
The router software can use the route information it learns through OSPF to determine the paths
and costs. Figure 24 shows an example of an OSPF network containing multiple paths to a
destination (in this case, R1).
202
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
FIGURE 24
Example OSPF network with four equal-cost paths
OSPF Area 0
R3
H1
R1
Brocade Switch
H2
H3
R4
R5
H4
R6
In the example in Figure 24, the Brocade switch has four paths to R1:
•
•
•
•
Brocade Switch->R3
Brocade Switch->R4
Brocade Switch->R5
Brocade Switch->R6
Normally, the Brocade switch will choose the path to the R1 with the lower metric. For example, if
R3 metric is 1400 and R4 metric is 600, the Brocade switch will always choose R4.
However, suppose the metric is the same for all four routers in this example. If the costs are the
same, the switch now has four equal-cost paths to R1. To allow the switch to load share among the
equal cost routes, enable IP load sharing. The software supports four equal-cost OSPF paths by
default when you enable load sharing. You can specify from 2 to 6 paths.
NOTE
The Brocade switch is not source routing in these examples. The switch is concerned only with the
paths to the next-hop routers, not the entire paths to the destination hosts.
OSPF load sharing is enabled by default when IP load sharing is enabled. To configure IP load
sharing parameters, refer to “Configuring IP load sharing” on page 55.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
203
Configuring OSPF
Configuring external route summarization
When the Layer 3 Switch is an OSPF Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR), you can
configure it to advertise one external route as an aggregate for all redistributed routes that are
covered by a specified address range.
When you configure an address range, the range takes effect immediately. All the imported routes
are summarized according to the configured address range. Imported routes that have already
been advertised and that fall within the range are flushed out of the AS and a single route
corresponding to the range is advertised.
If a route that falls within a configured address range is imported by the Layer 3 Switch, no action is
taken if the Layer 3 Switch has already advertised the aggregate route; otherwise the Layer 3
Switch advertises the aggregate route. If an imported route that falls with in a configured address
range is removed by the Layer 3 Switch, no action is taken if there are other imported routes that
fall with in the same address range; otherwise the aggregate route is flushed.
You can configure up to 32 address ranges. The Layer 3 Switch sets the forwarding address of the
aggregate route to zero and sets the tag to zero.
If you delete an address range, the advertised aggregate route is flushed and all imported routes
that fall within the range are advertised individually.
If an external LSDB overflow condition occurs, all aggregate routes are flushed out of the AS, along
with other external routes. When the Layer 3 Switch exits the external LSDB overflow condition, all
the imported routes are summarized according to the configured address ranges.
NOTE
If you use redistribution filters in addition to address ranges, the Layer 3 Switch applies the
redistribution filters to routes first, then applies them to the address ranges.
NOTE
If you disable redistribution, all the aggregate routes are flushed, along with other imported routes.
To configure a summary address for OSPF routes, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#summary-address 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0
The command in this example configures summary address 10.1.0.0, which includes addresses
10.1.1.0, 10.1.2.0, 10.1.3.0, and so on. For all of these networks, only the address 10.1.0.0 (the
parent route) is advertised in external LSAs. However, if the parent route has not been configured
with a summary address, or if the summary address for the parent route is configured after the
child route, the Layer 3 switch will advertise all routes. For example:
router ospf
area 0
summary-address 10.1.1.0 255.255.0.0 -> Advertised
summary-address 10.1.2.0 255.255.0.0 -> Advertised
summary-address 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 -> Advertised
Syntax: summary-address ip-addr ip-mask
The ip-addr parameter specifies the network address.
The ip-mask parameter specifies the network mask.
204
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
To display the configured summary addresses, use the show ip ospf config command at any level of
the CLI. The summary addresses display at the bottom of the output as shown in the following
example.
Brocade#show ip ospf config
some lines omitted for brevity...
OSPF Redistribution Address Ranges currently defined:
Range-Address
Subnetmask
10.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
10.0.1.0
255.255.255.0
10.0.2.0
255.255.255.0
Syntax: show ip ospf config
Configuring default route origination
When the Layer 3 Switch is an OSPF Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR), you can
configure it to automatically generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain. This
feature is called “default route origination” or “default information origination”.
By default, Brocade Layer 3 Switches do not advertise the default route into the OSPF domain. If
you want the Layer 3 Switch to advertise the OSPF default route, you must explicitly enable default
route origination.
When you enable OSPF default route origination, the Layer 3 Switch advertises a type 5 default
route that is flooded throughout the AS (except stub areas and NSSAs). In addition, internal NSSA
ASBRs advertise their default routes as translatable type 7 default routes.
The Layer 3 Switch advertises the default route into OSPF even if OSPF route redistribution is not
enabled, and even if the default route is learned through an IBGP neighbor.
NOTE
Brocade Layer 3 Switches never advertise the OSPF default route, regardless of other configuration
parameters, unless you explicitly enable default route origination using the following method.
If the Layer 3 Switch is an ASBR, you can use the “always” option when you enable the default route
origination. The always option causes the ASBR to create and advertise a default route if it does
not already have one configured.
If default route origination is enabled and you disable it, the default route originated by the Layer 3
Switch is flushed. Default routes generated by other OSPF routers are not affected. If you
re-enable the feature, the feature takes effect immediately and thus does not require you to reload
the software.
NOTE
The ABR (Layer 3 Switch) will not inject the default route into an NSSA by default and the command
described in this section will not cause the Layer 3 Switch to inject the default route into the NSSA.
To inject the default route into an NSSA, use the area num | ip-addr nssa
default-information-originate command. Refer to “Assigning a Not-So-Stubby Area” on page 181.
To enable default route origination, enter the default-information-originate command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#default-information-originate
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
205
Configuring OSPF
To disable the feature, enter the no default-information-originate command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no default-information-originate
Syntax: [no] default-information-originate [always] [metric value] [metric-type type]
The always parameter advertises the default route regardless of whether the router has a default
route. This option is disabled by default.
The metric value parameter specifies a metric for the default route. If this option is not used, the
default metric is used for the route.
The metric-type type parameter specifies the external link type associated with the default route
advertised into the OSPF routing domain. The type can be one of the following:
• 1 – Type 1 external route
• 2 – Type 2 external route
If you do not use this option, the default redistribution metric type is used for the route type.
NOTE
If you specify a metric and metric type, the values you specify are used even if you do not use the
always option.
Modifying SPF timers
The Layer 3 Switch uses the following timers when calculating the shortest path for OSPF routes:
• SPF delay – When the Layer 3 Switch receives a topology change, the software waits before it
starts a Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation. By default, the software waits five seconds. You
can configure the SPF delay to a value from 0 through 65535 seconds. If you set the SPF delay
to 0 seconds, the software immediately begins the SPF calculation after receiving a topology
change.
• SPF hold time – The Layer 3 Switch waits for a specific amount of time between consecutive
SPF calculations. By default, the Layer 3 Switch waits ten seconds. You can configure the SPF
hold time to a value from 0 through 65535 seconds. If you set the SPF hold time to 0 seconds,
the software does not wait between consecutive SPF calculations.
You can set the delay and hold time to lower values to cause the Layer 3 Switch to change to
alternate paths more quickly in the event of a route failure. Note that lower values require more
CPU processing time.
You can change one or both of the timers. To do so, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#timers spf 10 20
The command in this example changes the SPF delay to 10 seconds and changes the SPF hold
time to 20 seconds.
Syntax: timers spf delay hold-time
The delay parameter specifies the SPF delay.
The hold-time parameter specifies the SPF hold time.
To set the timers back to their default values, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no timers spf 10 20
206
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Modifying the redistribution metric type
The redistribution metric type is used by default for all routes imported into OSPF unless you
specify different metrics for individual routes using redistribution filters. Type 2 specifies a big
metric (three bytes). Type 1 specifies a small metric (two bytes). The default value is type 2.
To modify the default value to type 1, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#metric-type type1
Syntax: metric-type type1 | type2
Administrative distance
Brocade Layer 3 Switches can learn about networks from various protocols, including Border
Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4), RIP, and OSPF. Consequently, the routes to a network may
differ depending on the protocol from which the routes were learned. The default administrative
distance for OSPF routes is 110. Refer to “Changing administrative distances” on page 313 for a
list of the default distances for all route sources.
The router selects one route over another based on the source of the route information. To do so,
the router can use the administrative distances assigned to the sources. You can bias the Layer 3
Switch decision by changing the default administrative distance for RIP routes.
Configuring administrative distance based on route type
You can configure a unique administrative distance for each type of OSPF route. For example, you
can use this feature to prefer a static route over an OSPF inter-area route but you also want to
prefer OSPF intra-area routes to static routes.
The distance you specify influences the choice of routes when the Layer 3 Switch has multiple
routes for the same network from different protocols. The Layer 3 Switch prefers the route with the
lower administrative distance.
You can specify unique default administrative distances for the following route types:
• Intra-area routes
• Inter-area routes
• External routes
The default for all these OSPF route types is 110.
NOTE
This feature does not influence the choice of routes within OSPF. For example, an OSPF intra-area
route is always preferred over an OSPF inter-area route, even if the intra-area route distance is
greater than the inter-area route distance.
To change the default administrative distances for inter-area routes, intra-area routes, and external
routes, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#distance external 100
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#distance inter-area 90
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#distance intra-area 80
Syntax: [no] distance external | inter-area | intra-area distance
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
207
Configuring OSPF
The external | inter-area | intra-area parameter specifies the route type for which you are changing
the default administrative distance.
The distance parameter specifies the new distance for the specified route type. Unless you change
the distance for one of the route types using commands such as those shown above, the default is
110.
To reset the administrative distance to its system default (110), enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no distance external 100
Configuring OSPF group Link State Advertisement pacing
The Layer 3 Switch paces LSA refreshes by delaying the refreshes for a specified time interval
instead of performing a refresh each time an individual LSA refresh timer expires. The
accumulated LSAs constitute a group, which the Layer 3 Switch refreshes and sends out together
in one or more packets.
The pacing interval, which is the interval at which the Layer 3 Switch refreshes an accumulated
group of LSAs, is configurable to a range from 10 through 1800 seconds (30 minutes). The default
is 240 seconds (four minutes). Thus, every four minutes, the Layer 3 Switch refreshes the group of
accumulated LSAs and sends the group together in the same packets.
Usage guidelines for configuring OSPF group LSA pacing
The pacing interval is inversely proportional to the number of LSAs the Layer 3 Switch is refreshing
and aging. For example, if you have approximately 10,000 LSAs, decreasing the pacing interval
enhances performance. If you have a very small database (40 to 100 LSAs), increasing the pacing
interval to 10 to 20 minutes might enhance performance slightly.
Changing the LSA pacing interval
To change the LSA pacing interval to two minutes (120 seconds), enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#timers lsa-group-pacing 120
Syntax: [no] timers lsa-group-pacing secs
The secs parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 10 through 1800 (30
minutes). The default is 240 seconds (4 minutes).
To restore the pacing interval to its default value, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no timers lsa-group-pacing
Modifying OSPF traps generated
OSPF traps as defined by RFC 1850 are supported on Brocade routers. OSPF trap generation is
enabled on the router, by default.
When using the CLI, you can disable all or specific OSPF trap generation by entering the following
CLI command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no snmp-server trap ospf
Syntax: [no] snmp-server trap ospf
208
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
To later re-enable the trap feature, enter snmp-server trap ospf.
To disable a specific OSPF trap, enter the command as no snmp-server trap ospf ospf-trap.
These commands are at the OSPF router level of the CLI.
Here is a summary of OSPF traps supported on Brocade routers, their corresponding CLI
commands, and their associated MIB objects from RFC 1850:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
interface-state-change-trap – [MIB object: OspfIfstateChange]
virtual-interface-state-change-trap – [MIB object: OspfVirtIfStateChange]
neighbor-state-change-trap – [MIB object:ospfNbrStateChange]
virtual-neighbor-state-change-trap – [MIB object: ospfVirtNbrStateChange]
interface-config-error-trap – [MIB object: ospfIfConfigError]
virtual-interface-config-error-trap – [MIB object: ospfVirtIfConfigError]
interface-authentication-failure-trap – [MIB object: ospfIfAuthFailure]
virtual-interface-authentication-failure-trap – [MIB object: ospfVirtIfAuthFailure]
interface-receive-bad-packet-trap – [MIB object: ospfIfrxBadPacket]
virtual-interface-receive-bad-packet-trap – [MIB object: ospfVirtIfRxBadPacket]
interface-retransmit-packet-trap – [MIB object: ospfTxRetransmit]
virtual-interface-retransmit-packet-trap – [MIB object: ospfVirtIfTxRetransmit]
originate-lsa-trap – [MIB object: ospfOriginateLsa]
originate-maxage-lsa-trap – [MIB object: ospfMaxAgeLsa]
link-state-database-overflow-trap – [MIB object: ospfLsdbOverflow]
link-state-database-approaching-overflow-trap – [MIB object: ospfLsdbApproachingOverflow
Example
To stop an OSPF trap from being collected, use the CLI command: no trap ospf-trap, at the OSPF
router level of the CLI. To disable reporting of the neighbor-state-change-trap, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no trap neighbor-state-change-trap
Example
To reinstate the trap, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#trap neighbor-state-change-trap
Syntax: [no] trap ospf-trap
Specifying the types of OSPF Syslog messages to log
You can specify which kinds of OSPF-related Syslog messages are logged. By default, the only
OSPF messages that are logged are those indicating possible system errors. If you want other
kinds of OSPF messages to be logged, you can configure the Brocade device to log them.
For example, to specify that all OSPF-related Syslog messages be logged, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#log all
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
209
Configuring OSPF
Syntax: [no] log all | adjacency | bad_packet [checksum] | database | memory | retransmit
The all option causes all OSPF-related Syslog messages to be logged. If you later disable this
option with the no log all command, the OSPF logging options return to their default settings.
The adjacency option logs essential OSPF neighbor state changes, especially on error cases. This
option is disabled by default.
The bad_packet checksum option logs all OSPF packets that have checksum errors. This option is
enabled by default.
The bad_packet option logs all other bad OSPF packets. This option is disabled by default.
The database option logs OSPF LSA-related information. This option is disabled by default.
The memory option logs abnormal OSPF memory usage. This option is enabled by default.
The retransmit option logs OSPF retransmission activities. This option is disabled by default.
Modifying the OSPF standard compliance setting
Brocade routers are configured, by default, to be compliant with the RFC 1583 OSPF V2
specification.
To configure a router to operate with the latest OSPF standard, RFC 2178, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config)#router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#no rfc1583-compatibility
Syntax: [no] rfc1583-compatibility
Modifying the exit overflow interval
If a database overflow condition occurs on a router, the router eliminates the condition by removing
entries that originated on the router. The exit overflow interval allows you to set how often a Layer
3 Switch checks to see if the overflow condition has been eliminated. The default value is 0. The
range is 0 through 86400 seconds (24 hours). If the configured value of the database overflow
interval is zero, then the router never leaves the database overflow condition.
NOTE
FastIron devices dynamically allocate OSPF memory as needed. Refer to “Dynamic OSPF memory”
on page 176.
To modify the exit overflow interval to 60 seconds, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#database-overflow-interval 60
Syntax: database-overflow-interval value
The value can be from 0 through 86400 seconds. The default is 0 seconds.
210
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuring OSPF
Configuring an OSPF point-to-point link
In an OSPF point-to-point link, a direct Layer 3 connection exists between a single pair of OSPF
routers, without the need for Designated and Backup Designated routers. In a point-to-point link,
neighboring routers become adjacent whenever they can communicate directly. In contrast, in
broadcast and non-broadcast multi-access (NBMA) networks, the Designated Router and the
Backup Designated Router become adjacent to all other routers attached to the network.
Configuration notes and limitations for OSPF point-to-point link
• This feature is supported on 1 Gbps Ethernet and 10 Gbps Ethernet interfaces.
• This feature is supported on physical interfaces. It is not supported on virtual interfaces.
• Brocade supports numbered point-to-point networks, meaning the OSPF router must have an
IP interface address which uniquely identifies the router over the network. Brocade does not
support unnumbered point-to-point networks.
Configuration syntax for OSFP point-to-point link
To configure an OSPF point-to-point link, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#interface eth 1/1/5
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip ospf network point-to-point
This command configures an OSPF point-to-point link on Interface 5 in slot 1.
Syntax: [no] ip ospf network point-to-point
Viewing configured OSPF point-to-point links
Refer to “Displaying OSPF neighbor information” on page 217 and “Displaying OSPF interface
information” on page 219.
Configuring OSPF graceful restart
By default, OSPF graceful restart is enabled for the global instance.
For information about how to display OSPF graceful restart information, refer to “Displaying OSPF
graceful restart information” on page 226.
Enabling and disabling OSPF graceful restart
OSPF graceful restart is enabled by default on a Layer 3 switch. To disable it, use the following
commands.
Brocade(config)# router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)# no graceful-restart
To re-enable OSPF graceful restart after it has been disabled, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)# graceful-restart
Syntax: [no] graceful-restart
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
211
Clearing OSPF information
Configuring the OSPF graceful restart time
Use the following commands to specify the maximum amount of time advertised to a neighbor
router to maintain routes from and forward traffic to a restarting router.
Brocade(config) router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)# graceful-restart restart-time 120
Syntax: [no] graceful-restart restart-time seconds
The seconds variable sets the maximum restart wait time advertised to neighbors.
Possible values are from 10 through 1800 seconds.
The default value is 120 seconds.
Disabling OSPF graceful restart helper mode
By default, a Layer 3 switch supports other restarting routers as a helper. You can prevent your
router from participating in OSPF graceful restart by using the following commands.
Brocade(config) router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf-router)# graceful-restart helper-disable
Syntax: [no] graceful-restart helper-disable
This command disables OSPF graceful restart helper mode.
The default behavior is to help the restarting neighbors.
Clearing OSPF information
The following kinds of OSPF information can be cleared from a Brocade OSPF link state database
and OSPF routing table:
• Routes received from OSPF neighbors. You can clear routes from all OSPF neighbors, or an
individual OSPF neighbor, specified either by the neighbor IP address or its router ID
• OSPF topology information, including all routes in the OSPF routing table
• All routes in the OSPF routing table that were redistributed from other protocols
• OSPF area information, including routes received from OSPF neighbors within an area, as well
as routes imported into the area. You can clear area information for all OSPF areas, or for a
specified OSPF area
The OSPF information is cleared dynamically when you enter the command; you do not need to
remove statements from the Brocade configuration or reload the software for the change to take
effect.
Clearing OSPF neighbor information
To clear information on the Brocade device about all OSPF neighbors, enter the following
command.
Brocade#clear ip ospf neighbor
Syntax: clear ip ospf neighbor [ip ip-addr | id ip-addr]
212
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Clearing OSPF information
This command clears all OSPF neighbors and the OSPF routes exchanged with the neighbors in the
Brocade OSPF link state database. After this information is cleared, adjacencies with all neighbors
are re-established, and routes with these neighbors exchanged again.
To clear information on the Brocade device about OSPF neighbor 10.10.10.1, enter the following
command.
Brocade#clear ip ospf neighbor ip 10.10.10.1
This command clears the OSPF neighbor and the OSPF routes exchanged with neighbor 10.10.10.1
in the OSPF link state database in the Brocade device. After this information is cleared, the
adjacency with the neighbor is re-established, and routes are exchanged again.
The neighbor router can be specified either by its IP address or its router ID. To specify the neighbor
router using its IP address, use the ip ip-addr parameter. To specify the neighbor router using its
router ID, use the id ip-addr parameter.
Clearing OSPF topology information
To clear OSPF topology information on the Brocade device, enter the following command.
Brocade#clear ip ospf topology
Syntax: clear ip ospf topology
This command clears all OSPF routes from the OSPF routing table, including intra-area, (which
includes ABR and ASBR intra-area routes), inter-area, external type 1, external type 2, OSPF default,
and OSPF summary routes.
After you enter this command, the OSPF routing table is rebuilt, and valid routes are recomputed
from the OSPF link state database. When the OSPF routing table is cleared, OSPF routes in the
global routing table are also recalculated. If redistribution is enabled, the routes are imported
again.
Clearing redistributed routes from the OSPF routing table
To clear all routes in the OSPF routing table that were redistributed from other protocols, enter the
following command.
Brocade#clear ip ospf redistribution
Syntax: clear ip ospf redistribution
This command clears all routes in the OSPF routing table that are redistributed from other
protocols, including direct connected, static, RIP, and BGP. To import redistributed routes from
other protocols, use the redistribution command at the OSPF configuration level.
Clearing information for OSPF areas
To clear information on the Brocade device about all OSPF areas, enter the following command.
Brocade#clear ip ospf
This command clears all OSPF areas, all OSPF neighbors, and the entire OSPF routing table. After
this information has been cleared, adjacencies with all neighbors are re-established, and all OSPF
routes are re-learned.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
213
Displaying OSPF information
To clear information on the Brocade device about OSPF area 1, enter the following command.
Brocade#clear ip ospf area 1
This command clears information about the specified area ID. Information about other OSPF areas
is not affected. The command clears information about all OSPF neighbors belonging to the
specified area, as well as all routes imported into the specified area. Adjacencies with neighbors
belonging to the area are re-established, and routes imported into the area are re-learned.
Syntax: clear ip ospf [area area-id]
The area-id can be specified in decimal format or in IP address format.
Displaying OSPF information
You can use CLI commands to display the following OSPF information:
• Trap, area, and interface information – refer to “Displaying general OSPF configuration
information” on page 214.
•
•
•
•
•
•
CPU utilization statistics – refer to “Displaying CPU utilization statistics” on page 215.
Area information – refer to “Displaying OSPF area information” on page 216.
Neighbor information – refer to “Displaying OSPF neighbor information” on page 217.
Interface information – refer to “Displaying OSPF interface information” on page 219.
Route information – refer to “Displaying OSPF route information” on page 220.
External link state information – refer to “Displaying OSPF external link state information” on
page 222.
• Link state information – refer to “Displaying OSPF link state information” on page 223.
• Virtual Neighbor information – refer to “Displaying OSPF virtual neighbor information” on
page 224.
• Virtual Link information – refer to “Displaying OSPF virtual link information” on page 224.
• ABR and ASBR information – refer to “Displaying OSPF ABR and ASBR information” on
page 225.
• Trap state information – refer to “Displaying OSPF trap status” on page 225.
• OSPF graceful restart - refer to “Displaying OSPF graceful restart information” on page 226.
Displaying general OSPF configuration information
To display general OSPF configuration information, enter the following command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf config
Router OSPF: Enabled
Redistribution: Disabled
Default OSPF Metric: 10
OSPF Redistribution Metric: Type2
OSPF External LSA Limit: 25000
OSPF Database Overflow Interval: 0
RFC 1583 Compatibility: Enabled
214
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF information
Router id: 192.168.2.1
Interface State Change Trap:
Virtual Interface State Change Trap:
Neighbor State Change Trap:
Virtual Neighbor State Change Trap:
Interface Configuration Error Trap:
Virtual Interface Configuration Error Trap:
Interface Authentication Failure Trap:
Virtual Interface Authentication Failure Trap:
Interface Receive Bad Packet Trap:
Virtual Interface Receive Bad Packet Trap:
Interface Retransmit Packet Trap:
Virtual Interface Retransmit Packet Trap:
Originate LSA Trap:
Originate MaxAge LSA Trap:
Link State Database Overflow Trap:
Link State Database Approaching Overflow Trap:
OSPF Area currently defined:
Area-ID
Area-Type Cost
0
normal
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
0
OSPF Interfaces currently defined:
Ethernet Interface: 1/1/2-1/1/3
ip ospf md5-authentication-key-activation-wait-time 300
ip ospf area 0
Ethernet Interface: v1
ip ospf md5-authentication-key-activation-wait-time 300
ip ospf area 0
Ethernet Interface: 1/2/1
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time 300
ip ospf cost 40
ip ospf area 0
Syntax: show ip ospf config
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
You can display CPU utilization statistics for OSPF and other IP protocols.
To display CPU utilization statistics for OSPF for the previous one-second, one-minute, five-minute,
and fifteen-minute intervals, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show process cpu
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
ARP
0.01
0.03
BGP
0.04
0.06
GVRP
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.03
0.06
RIP
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
5Min(%)
0.09
0.08
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.22
0.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.12
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
9
13
0
0
0
11
0
0
0
215
Displaying OSPF information
If the software has been running less than 15 minutes (the maximum interval for utilization
statistics), the command indicates how long the software has been running. Here is an example.
Brocade#show process cpu
The system has only been up for 6 seconds.
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
5Min(%)
ARP
0.01
0.00
0.00
BGP
0.00
0.00
0.00
GVRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.01
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.00
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
To display utilization statistics for a specific number of seconds, enter the show process cpu
command.
Brocade#show process cpu 2
Statistics for last 1 sec and 80 ms
Process Name
Sec(%)
Time(ms)
ARP
0.00
0
BGP
0.00
0
GVRP
0.00
0
ICMP
0.01
1
IP
0.00
0
OSPF
0.00
0
RIP
0.00
0
STP
0.01
0
VRRP
0.00
0
When you specify how many seconds’ worth of statistics you want to display, the software selects
the sample that most closely matches the number of seconds you specified. In this example,
statistics are requested for the previous two seconds. The closest sample available is actually for
the previous 1 second plus 80 milliseconds.
Syntax: show process cpu [num]
The num parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 1 through 900. If you use
this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics only for the specified number of seconds. If
you do not use this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics for the previous one-second,
one-minute, five-minute, and fifteen-minute intervals.
Displaying OSPF area information
To display OSPF area information, enter the show ip ospf area command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip
Indx Area
1
0.0.0.0
2 192.168.60.0
3 192.168.80.0
ospf area
Type Cost
normal 0
normal 0
stub
1
SPFR ABR ASBR LSA Chksum(Hex)
1
0
0
1
0000781f
1
0
0
1
0000fee6
1
0
0
2
000181cd
Syntax: show ip ospf area [area-id] | [num]
216
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF information
The area-id parameter shows information for the specified area.
The num parameter displays the entry that corresponds to the entry number you enter. The entry
number identifies the entry position in the area table.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 36
CLI display of OSPF area information
Field
Definition
Indx
The row number of the entry in the router OSPF area table.
Area
The area number.
Type
The area type, which can be one of the following:
• nssa
• normal
• stub
Cost
The area cost.
SPFR
The SPFR value.
ABR
The ABR number.
ASBR
The ABSR number.
LSA
The LSA number.
Chksum(Hex)
The checksum for the LSA packet. The checksum is based on all the fields in the packet
except the age field. The Layer 3 Switch uses the checksum to verify that the packet is
not corrupted.
Displaying OSPF neighbor information
To display OSPF neighbor information, enter the following command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf neighbor
Port
Address
Pri State
1/1/8
192.168.7.251
1
full
Neigh Address
Neigh ID
192.168.7.200 192.168.1.220
To display detailed OSPF neighbor information, enter the following command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf neighbor detail
Port
Address
1/1/9
10.2.0.2
Second-to-dead:39
1/1/10
10.3.0.2
2 0
Second-to-dead:36
1/1/1-1/1/8 10.5.0.1
Second-to-dead:33
1/2/1-1/2/2
10.2.0.1
Second-to-dead:33
Pri State
1
FULL/DR
1
FULL/BDR
1
FULL/DR
1
Neigh Address
Neigh ID
10.2.0.1
192.168.2.2
10.3.0.1
Ev Op Cnt
6 2 0
192.168.3.3
5
10.5.0.2
192.168.16.16
6
2
0
FULL/DR 10.2.0.2
192.168.15.15
6
2
0
Syntax: show ip ospf neighbor [router-id ip-addr] | [num] | [detail]
The router-id ip-addr parameter displays only the neighbor entries for the specified router.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
217
Displaying OSPF information
The num parameter displays only the entry in the specified index position in the neighbor table. For
example, if you enter “1”, only the first entry in the table is displayed.
The detail parameter displays detailed information about the neighbor routers.
These displays show the following information.
TABLE 37
218
CLI display of OSPF neighbor information
Field
Description
Port
The port through which the Layer 3 Switch is connected to the neighbor.
The port on which an OSPF point-to-point link is configured.
Address
The IP address of this Layer 3 Switch interface with the neighbor.
Pri
The OSPF priority of the neighbor:
• For multi-access networks, the priority is used during election of the Designated Router
(DR) and Backup designated Router (BDR).
• For point-to-point links, this field shows one of the following values:
• 1 = point-to-point link
• 3 = point-to-point link with assigned subnet
State
The state of the conversation between the Layer 3 Switch and the neighbor. This field can have
one of the following values:
• Down – The initial state of a neighbor conversation. This value indicates that there has
been no recent information received from the neighbor.
• Attempt – This state is only valid for neighbors attached to non-broadcast networks. It
indicates that no recent information has been received from the neighbor.
• Init – A Hello packet has recently been seen from the neighbor. However, bidirectional
communication has not yet been established with the neighbor. (The router itself did not
appear in the neighbor's Hello packet.) All neighbors in this state (or higher) are listed in
the Hello packets sent from the associated interface.
• 2-Way – Communication between the two routers is bidirectional. This is the most
advanced state before beginning adjacency establishment. The Designated Router and
Backup Designated Router are selected from the set of neighbors in the 2-Way state or
greater.
• ExStart – The first step in creating an adjacency between the two neighboring routers. The
goal of this step is to decide which router is the master, and to decide upon the initial
Database Description (DD) sequence number. Neighbor conversations in this state or
greater are called adjacencies.
• Exchange – The router is describing its entire link state database by sending Database
Description packets to the neighbor. Each Database Description packet has a DD
sequence number, and is explicitly acknowledged. Only one Database Description packet
can be outstanding at any time. In this state, Link State Request packets can also be sent
asking for the neighbor's more recent advertisements. All adjacencies in Exchange state
or greater are used by the flooding procedure. In fact, these adjacencies are fully capable
of transmitting and receiving all types of OSPF routing protocol packets.
• Loading – Link State Request packets are sent to the neighbor asking for the more recent
advertisements that have been discovered (but not yet received) in the Exchange state.
• Full – The neighboring routers are fully adjacent. These adjacencies will now appear in
router links and network link advertisements.
Neigh Address
The IP address of the neighbor:
For point-to-point links, the value is as follows:
• If the Pri field is "1", this value is the IP address of the neighbor router interface.
• If the Pri field is "3", this is the subnet IP address of the neighbor router interface.
Neigh ID
The neighbor router ID.
Ev
The number of times the neighbor state changed.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF information
TABLE 37
CLI display of OSPF neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
Opt
The sum of the option bits in the Options field of the Hello packet. This information is used by
Brocade technical support. Refer to Section A.2 in RFC 2178 for information about the Options
field in Hello packets.
Cnt
The number of LSAs that were retransmitted.
Second-to-dead
The amount of time the Brocade device will wait for a HELLO message from each OSPF neighbor
before assuming the neighbor is dead.
Displaying OSPF interface information
To display OSPF interface information, enter the show ip ospf interface command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf interface 192.168.1.1
Ethernet 1/2/1,OSPF enabled
IP Address 192.168.1.1, Area 0
OSPF state ptr2ptr, Pri 1, Cost 1, Options 2, Type pt-2-pt Events 1
Timers(sec): Transit 1, Retrans 5, Hello 10, Dead 40
DR: Router ID 0.0.0.0
Interface Address 0.0.0.0
BDR: Router ID 0.0.0.0
Interface Address 0.0.0.0
Neighbor Count = 0, Adjacent Neighbor Count= 1
Neighbor: 10.2.2.2
Authentication-Key:None
MD5 Authentication: Key None, Key-Id None, Auth-change-wait-time 300
Syntax: show ip ospf interface [ip-addr]
The ip-addr parameter displays the OSPF interface information for the specified IP address.
The following table defines the highlighted fields shown in the above example output of the show ip
ospf interface command.
TABLE 38
Output of the show ip ospf interface command
Field
Definition
IP Address
The IP address of the interface.
OSPF state
ptr2ptr (point to point)
Pri
The link ID as defined in the router-LSA. This value can be one of the
following:
• 1 = point-to-point link
• 3 = point-to-point link with an assigned subnet
Cost
The configured output cost for the interface.
Options
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF Options (Bit7 - Bit0):
unused:1
opaque:1
summary:1
dont_propagate:1
nssa:1
multicast:1
externals:1
tos:1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
219
Displaying OSPF information
TABLE 38
Output of the show ip ospf interface command (Continued)
Field
Definition
Type
The area type, which can be one of the following:
• Broadcast = 0x01
• NBMA = 0x02
• Point to Point = 0x03
• Virtual Link = 0x04
• Point to Multipoint = 0x05
Events
OSPF Interface Event:
Interface_Up = 0x00
Wait_Timer = 0x01
Backup_Seen = 0x02
Neighbor_Change = 0x03
Loop_Indication = 0x04
Unloop_Indication = 0x05
Interface_Down = 0x06
Interface_Passive = 0x07
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adjacent Neighbor Count
The number of adjacent neighbor routers.
Neighbor:
The neighbor router ID.
Displaying OSPF route information
To display OSPF route information for the router, enter the show ip ospf routes command at any CLI
level.
Brocade#show ip ospf routes
Index Destination
Mask
1
192.168.7.0
255.255.255.0
Adv_Router
Link_State
192.168.1.220
10.95.7.251
Paths Out_Port Next_Hop
1
1/1/5
192.168.7.250
Path_Cost
1
Dest_Type
Network
Type
OSPF
Type2_Cost
0
State
Valid
Arp_Index
8
Path_Type
Intra
Tag
Flags
00000000 7000
State
84 00
Index Destination
2
10.3.63.0
Adv_Router
192.168.7.250
Paths Out_Port
1
1/1/6
Path_Cost
11
Dest_Type
Network
Type
OSPF
Type2_Cost
0
State
Valid
Arp_Index
8
Path_Type
Inter
Tag
Flags
00000000 0000
State
84 00
Mask
255.255.255.0
Link_State
10.3.63.0
Next_Hop
192.168.7.250
Syntax: show ip ospf routes [ip-addr]
The ip-addr parameter specifies a destination IP address. If you use this parameter, only the route
entries for that destination are shown.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 39
220
CLI Display of OSPF route information
Field
Definition
Index
The row number of the entry in the router OSPF route table.
Destination
The IP address of the route's destination.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF information
TABLE 39
CLI Display of OSPF route information (Continued)
Field
Definition
Mask
The network mask for the route.
Path_Cost
The cost of this route path. (A route can have multiple paths. Each path represents a
different exit port for the Layer 3 Switch.)
Type2_Cost
The type 2 cost of this path.
Path_Type
The type of path, which can be one of the following:
Inter – The path to the destination passes into another area.
Intra – The path to the destination is entirely within the local area.
External1 – The path to the destination is a type 1 external route.
External2 – The path to the destination is a type 2 external route.
•
•
•
•
Adv_Router
The OSPF router that advertised the route to this Brocade Layer 3 Switch.
Link-State
The link state from which the route was calculated.
Dest_Type
The destination type, which can be one of the following:
ABR – Area Border Router
ASBR – Autonomous System Boundary Router
Network – the network
•
•
•
State
The route state, which can be one of the following:
Changed
Invalid
Valid
This information is used by Brocade technical support.
Tag
The external route tag.
Flags
State information for the route entry. This information is used by Brocade technical support.
Paths
The number of paths to the destination.
Out_Port
The router port through which the Layer 3 Switch reaches the next hop for this route path.
Next_Hop
The IP address of the next-hop router for this path.
Type
The route type, which can be one of the following:
• OSPF
• Static Replaced by OSPF
Arp_Index
The index position in the ARP table of the ARP entry for this path's IP address.
State
State information for the path. This information is used by Brocade technical support.
•
•
•
Displaying the routes that have been redistributed into OSPF
You can display the routes that have been redistributed into OSPF. To display the redistributed
routes, enter the show ip ospf redistribute route command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip ospf redistribute route
10.3.0.0 255.255.0.0 static
10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 static
10.11.61.0 255.255.255.0 connected
10.4.0.0 255.255.0.0 static
In this example, four routes have been redistributed. Three of the routes were redistributed from
static IP routes and one route was redistributed from a directly connected IP route.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
221
Displaying OSPF information
Syntax: show ip ospf redistribute route [ip-addr ip-mask]
The ip-addr ip-mask parameter specifies a network prefix and network mask. Here is an example.
Brocade#show ip ospf redistribute route 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0
10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 static
Displaying OSPF external link state information
To display external link state information, enter the show ip ospf database external-link-state
command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf database external-link-state
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Aging
1794
1794
1794
1794
1794
1794
1794
1794
1794
LS ID
10.168.64.0
10.215.0.0
10.27.250.0
10.24.23.0
10.21.52.0
10.18.81.0
10.15.110.0
10.12.139.0
10.9.168.0
Router
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
Netmask
ffffe000
ffff0000
fffffe00
ffffff00
ffffff00
ffffff00
ffffff00
ffffff00
ffffff00
Metric
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
Flag
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Syntax: show ip ospf database external-link-state [advertise num] | [extensive] | [link-state-id
ip-addr] | [router-id ip-addr] | [sequence-number num(Hex)] | [status num]
The advertise num parameter displays the hexadecimal data in the specified LSA packet. The num
parameter identifies the LSA packet by its position in the router External LSA table. To determine
an LSA packet position in the table, enter the show ip ospf external-link-state command to display
the table. Refer to “Displaying the data in an LSA” on page 224 for an example.
The extensive option displays the LSAs in decrypted format.
NOTE
You cannot use the extensive option in combination with other display options. The entire database
is displayed.
The link-state-id ip-addr parameter displays the External LSAs for the LSA source specified by
IP-addr.
The router-id ip-addr parameter shows the External LSAs for the specified OSPF router.
The sequence-number num(Hex) parameter displays the External LSA entries for the specified
hexadecimal LSA sequence number.
The status num option shows status information.
This OSPF external link state display shows the following information.
TABLE 40
222
CLI display of OSPF external link state information
Field
Definition
Area ID
The OSPF area the router is in.
Aging
The age of the LSA, in seconds.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF information
TABLE 40
CLI display of OSPF external link state information (Continued)
Field
Definition
LS ID
The ID of the link-state advertisement from which the Layer 3 Switch learned this route.
Router
The router IP address.
Seq(hex)
The sequence number of the LSA. The OSPF neighbor that sent the LSA stamps it with a
sequence number to enable the Layer 3 Switch and other OSPF routers to determine which
LSA for a given route is the most recent.
Chksum
A checksum for the LSA packet, which is based on all the fields in the packet except the age
field. The Layer 3 Switch uses the checksum to verify that the packet is not corrupted.
Type
The route type, which is always EXTR (external).
Displaying OSPF link state information
To display link state information, enter the show ip ospf database link-state command at any CLI
level.
Brocade#show ip ospf database link-state
Syntax: show ip ospf database link-state [advertise num] | [asbr] | [extensive] | [link-state-id
ip-addr] | [network] | [nssa] | [opaque-area] | [router] | [router-id ip-addr] |
[sequence-number num(Hex)] | [status num] | [summary]
The advertise num parameter displays the hexadecimal data in the specified LSA packet. The num
parameter identifies the LSA packet by its position in the router External LSA table. To determine
an LSA packet position in the table, enter the show ip ospf external-link-state command to display
the table. Refer to “Displaying the data in an LSA” on page 224 for an example.
The asbr option shows ASBR information.
The extensive option displays the LSAs in decrypted format.
NOTE
You cannot use the extensive option in combination with other display options. The entire database
is displayed.
The link-state-id ip-addr parameter displays the External LSAs for the LSA source specified by
IP-addr.
The network option shows network information.
The nssa option shows network information.
The opaque-area option shows information for opaque areas.
The router-id ip-addr parameter shows the External LSAs for the specified OSPF router.
The sequence-number num(Hex) parameter displays the External LSA entries for the specified
hexadecimal LSA sequence number.
The status num option shows status information.
The summary option shows summary information.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
223
Displaying OSPF information
Displaying the data in an LSA
You can use the CLI to display the data the Layer 3 Switch received in a specific External LSA
packet or other type of LSA packet. For example, to display the LSA data in entry 3 in the External
LSA table, enter the following command.
Brocade#show ip ospf database external-link-state advertise 3
Index Aging LS ID
Router
Netmask
Metric
Flag
3
619
10.27.250.0
192.168.0.3
fffffe00 000003e8 b500 0.0.0.0
LSA Header: age: 619, options: 0x02, seq-nbr: 0x80000003, length: 36
NetworkMask: 255.255.254.0
TOS 0: metric_type: 1, metric: 1000
forwarding_address: 0.0.0.0
external_route_tag: 0
Syntax: show ip ospf database external-link-state [advertise num] | [link-state-id ip-addr] |
[router-id ip-addr] | [sequence-number num(Hex)] | [status num]
To determine an external LSA or other type of LSA index number, enter one of the following
commands to display the appropriate LSA table:
• show ip ospf database link-state advertise num – This command displays the data in the
packet for the specified LSA.
• show ip ospf database external-link-state advertise num – This command displays the data in
the packet for the specified external LSA.
For example, to determine an external LSA index number, enter the show ip ospf external-link-state
command.
Brocade#show ip ospf external-link-state
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Aging
1809
8
8
18
959
1807
1809
LS ID
10.18.81.0
10.27.250.0
10.215.0.0
10.33.192.0
10.9.168.0
10.3.226.0
10.6.197.0
Router
192.168.103.6
192.168.103.6
192.168.103.6
192.168.102.6
192.168.102.6
192.168.0.3
192.168.3.3
Netmask
ffffff00
fffffe00
ffff0000
fffffc00
ffffff00
ffffff00
ffffff00
Metric
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
000003e8
00002710
000003e8
000003e8
Flag
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
b500
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Displaying OSPF virtual neighbor information
To display OSPF virtual neighbor information, enter the show ip ospf virtual-neighbor command at
any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf virtual-neighbor
Syntax: show ip ospf virtual-neighbor [num]
The num parameter displays the table beginning at the specified entry number.
Displaying OSPF virtual link information
To display OSPF virtual link information, enter the show ip ospf virtual-link command at any CLI
level.
224
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF information
Brocade#show ip ospf virtual-link
Syntax: show ip ospf virtual-link [num]
The num parameter displays the table beginning at the specified entry number.
Displaying OSPF ABR and ASBR information
To display OSPF ABR and ASBR information, enter the show ip ospf border-routers command at any
CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf border-routers
Syntax: show ip ospf border-routers [ip-addr]
The ip-addr parameter displays the ABR and ASBR entries for the specified IP address.
Displaying OSPF trap status
All traps are enabled by default when you enable OSPF. To disable or re-enable an OSPF trap, refer
to “Modifying OSPF traps generated” on page 208.
To display the state of each OSPF trap, enter the show ip ospf trap command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ip ospf trap
Interface State Change Trap:
Virtual Interface State Change Trap:
Neighbor State Change Trap:
Virtual Neighbor State Change Trap:
Interface Configuration Error Trap:
Virtual Interface Configuration Error Trap:
Interface Authentication Failure Trap:
Virtual Interface Authentication Failure Trap:
Interface Receive Bad Packet Trap:
Virtual Interface Receive Bad Packet Trap:
Interface Retransmit Packet Trap:
Virtual Interface Retransmit Packet Trap:
Originate LSA Trap:
Originate MaxAge LSA Trap:
Link State Database Overflow Trap:
Link State Database Approaching Overflow Trap:
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Syntax: show ip ospf trap
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
225
Displaying OSPF information
Displaying OSPF graceful restart information
To display OSPF graceful restart information for OSPF neighbors, use the show ip ospf neighbors
command.
Brocade#show ip ospf neighbors
Port Address
Pri
State
Neigh Address
Neigh ID
1/1/2 192.168.50.10
0
FULL/OTHER
192.168.50.1
10.10.10.30
< in graceful restart state, helping 1, timer 60 sec >
Ev Opt Cnt
21 66 0
Syntax: show ip ospf neighbor
Use the following command to display Type 9 grace LSAs on a Brocade Layer 3 switch.
Brocade#show ip ospf database grace-link-state
Graceful Link States
Area Interface
Adv Rtr Age Seq(Hex) Prd Rsn
0
eth 1/1/2
10.2.2.2 7
80000001 60 SW
Nbr Intf IP
10.1.1.2
Syntax: show ip ospf database grace-link-state
Table 41 defines the fields in the show output.
TABLE 41
Field
Definition
Area
The OSPF area that the interface configured for OSPF graceful restart is
in.
Interface
The interface that is configured for OSPF graceful restart.
Adv Rtr
The ID of the advertised route.
Age
The age of the LSA in seconds.
Seq (Hex)
The sequence number of the LSA. The OSPF neighbor that sent the LSA
stamps the LSA with a sequence number. This number enables the
FastIron and other OSPF routers to determine the most recent LSA for a
given route.
Prd
The grace period. The number of seconds that the neighbor routers
should continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent, regardless of
the state of database synchronization between the router and its
neighbors. Since this time period begins when the grace LSA LS age is
equal to 0, the grace period terminates when either the LS age of the
grace LSA exceeds the value of a grace period or the grace LSA is flushed.
Rsn
Nbr Intf IP
226
CLI display of OSPF database grace LSA information
The reason for the graceful restart. Possible values:
UK – Unknown
RS – Software restart
UP – Software upgrade or reload
SW – Switch to redundant control processor
•
•
•
•
The IP address of the OSPF graceful restart neighbor.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter
6
OSPF version 3 (IPv6)
Table 42 lists the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) version 3 (IPv6) features Brocade ICX 6650
devices support. These features are supported with premium IPv6 devices running the full Layer 3
software image.
TABLE 42
Supported OSPF V3 features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
OSPF V3
Yes
Assigning OSPF V3 areas
Yes
Assigning interfaces to an area
Yes
Virtual links
Yes
Changing the reference bandwidth
Yes
Redistributing routes into OSPF V3
Yes
Filtering OSPF V3 routes
Yes
Configuring default route origination
Yes
Modifying SPF timers
Yes
Modifying administrative distance
Yes
OSPF V3 LSA pacing interval
Yes
Modifying the exit overflow interval
Yes
Modifying the external link state database
limit
Yes
Modifying OSPF V3 interface defaults
Yes
Event logging
Yes
IPsec for OSPFv3
Yes
OSPF (IPv6) overview
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is a link-state routing protocol. OSPF uses link-state
advertisements (LSAs) to update neighboring routers about its interfaces and information on those
interfaces. The switch floods LSAs to all neighboring routers to update them about the interfaces.
Each router maintains an identical database that describes its area topology to help a router
determine the shortest path between it and any neighboring router:
•
•
•
•
The differences between OSPF Version 2 (OSPF V2) and OSPF Version 3 (OSPF V3).
The link state advertisement types for OSPF Version 3.
How to configure OSPF Version 3.
How to display OSPF Version 3 information and statistics.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
227
Differences between OSPF V2 and OSPF V3
NOTE
The terms Layer 3 Switch and router are used interchangeably in this chapter and mean the same
thing.
Differences between OSPF V2 and OSPF V3
IPv6 supports OSPF V3 functions similarly to OSPF V2 (the current version that IPv4 supports),
except for the following enhancements:
• Support for IPv6 addresses and prefixes.
• While OSPF V2 runs per IP subnet, OSPF V3 runs per link. In general, you can configure several
IPv6 addresses on a router interface, but OSPF V3 forms one adjacency per interface only,
using the interface associated link-local address as the source for OSPF protocol packets. On
virtual links, OSPF V3 uses the global IP address as the source.
• You can run one instance of OSPF Version 2 and one instance of OSPF V3 concurrently on a
link.
• Support for IPv6 link state advertisements (LSAs).
In addition, Brocade implements some new commands that are specific to OSPF V3. This chapter
describes the commands that are specific to OSPF V3.
NOTE
Although OSPF Versions 2 and 3 function similarly to each other, Brocade has implemented the user
interface for each version independently of each other. Therefore, any configuration of OSPF Version
2 features will not affect the configuration of OSPF V3 features and vice versa.
NOTE
You are required to configure a router ID when running only IPv6 routing protocols.
Link state advertisement types for OSPF V3
OSPF V3 supports the following types of LSAs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Router LSAs (Type 1)
Network LSAs (Type 2)
Interarea-prefix LSAs for ABRs (Type 3)
Interarea-router LSAs for ASBRs (Type 4)
Autonomous system external LSAs (Type 5)
Link LSAs (Type 8)
Intra-area prefix LSAs (Type 9)
For more information about these LSAs, see RFC 2740.
228
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
OSPF V3 configuration
To configure OSPF V3, you must perform the following tasks:
1. “Enabling OSPF V3” on page 229
2. “Assigning OSPF V3 areas” on page 230
3. “Assigning interfaces to an area” on page 231
The following configuration tasks are optional:
• Configure a virtual link between an ABR without a physical connection to a backbone area and
the Brocade device in the same area with a physical connection to the backbone area.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Change the reference bandwidth for the cost on OSPF V3 interfaces.
Configure the redistribution of routes into OSPF V3.
Configure default route origination.
Modify the shortest path first (SPF) timers.
Modify the administrative distances for OSPF V3 routes.
Configure the OSPF V3 LSA pacing interval
Modify how often the Brocade device checks on the elimination of the database overflow
condition.
• Modify the external link state database limit.
• Modify the default values of OSPF V3 parameters for router interfaces.
• Disable or re-enable OSPF V3 event logging.
Enabling OSPF V3
Before enabling the Brocade device to run OSPF V3, you must do the following:
• Enable the forwarding of IPv6 traffic on the Brocade device using the ipv6 unicast-routing
command.
• Enable IPv6 on each interface over which you plan to enable OSPF V3. You enable IPv6 on an
interface by configuring an IPv6 address or explicitly enabling IPv6 on that interface.
By default, OSPF V3 is disabled. To enable OSPF V3, you must enable it globally.
To enable OSPF V3 globally, enter the ipv6 router ospf command.
Brocade(config-ospf-router)#ipv6 router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#
After you enter this command, the Brocade device enters the IPv6 OSPF configuration level, where
you can access several commands that allow you to configure OSPF V3.
Syntax: [no] ipv6 router ospf
To disable OSPF V3, enter the no form of this command. If you disable OSPF V3, the Brocade device
removes all the configuration information for the disabled protocol from the running-config.
Moreover, when you save the configuration to the startup-config file after disabling one of these
protocols, all the configuration information for the disabled protocol is removed from the
startup-config file.
The CLI displays a warning message such as the following.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
229
OSPF V3 configuration
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#no ipv6 router ospf
ipv6 router ospf mode now disabled. All ospf config data will be lost when writing
to flash!
If you have disabled the protocol but have not yet saved the configuration to the startup-config file
and reloaded the software, you can restore the configuration information by re-entering the
command to enable the protocol (for example, ipv6 router ospf). If you have already saved the
configuration to the startup-config file and reloaded the software, the information is gone. If you
are testing an OSPF configuration and are likely to disable and re-enable the protocol, you might
want to make a backup copy of the startup-config file containing the protocol configuration
information. This way, if you remove the configuration information by saving the configuration after
disabling the protocol, you can restore the configuration by copying the backup copy of the
startup-config file onto the flash memory.
Assigning OSPF V3 areas
After OSPF V3 is enabled, you can assign OSPF V3 areas. You can assign an IPv4 address or a
number as the area ID for each area. The area ID is representative of all IPv6 addresses (subnets)
on a router interface. Each router interface can support one area.
An area can be normal or a stub:
• Normal – OSPF routers within a normal area can send and receive External Link State
Advertisements (LSAs).
• Stub – OSPF routers within a stub area cannot send or receive External LSAs. In addition, OSPF
routers in a stub area must use a default route to the area Area Border Router (ABR) or
Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) to send traffic out of the area.
For example, to set up OSPF V3 areas 0.0.0.0, 192.168.10.0, 192.168.1.0, and 192.168.0.0,
enter the following commands.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area
0.0.0.0
192.168.10.0
192.168.1.0
192.168.0.0
Syntax: [no] area number | ipv4-address
The number | ipv4-address parameter specifies the area number, which can be a number or in
IPv4 address format. If you specify a number, the number can be from 0 – 18.
NOTE
You can assign one area on a router interface.
Assigning a totally stubby area
By default, the Brocade device sends summary LSAs (LSA type 3) into stub areas. You can further
reduce the number of LSAs sent into a stub area by configuring the Brocade device to stop
sending summary LSAs into the area. You can disable the summary LSAs when you are configuring
the stub area or later after you have configured the area.
This feature disables origination of summary LSAs into a stub area, but the Brocade device still
accepts summary LSAs from OSPF neighbors and floods them to other areas. The Brocade device
can form adjacencies with other routers regardless of whether summarization is enabled or
disabled for areas on each router.
230
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
When you disable the summary LSAs, the change takes effect immediately. If you apply the option
to a previously configured area, the router flushes all of the summary LSAs it has generated (as an
ABR) from the area.
NOTE
This feature applies only when the Brocade device is configured as an Area Border Router (ABR) for
the area. To completely prevent summary LSAs from being sent to the area, disable the summary
LSAs on each OSPF router that is an ABR for the area.
For example, to disable summary LSAs for stub area 40 and specify an additional metric of 99,
enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area 40 stub 99 no-summary
Syntax: area number | ipv4-address stub metric [no-summary]
The number | ipv4-address parameter specifies the area number, which can be a number or in
IPv4 address format. If you specify a number, the number can be from 0–18.
The stub metric parameter specifies an additional cost for using a route to or from this area and
can be from 1–16777215. There is no default. Normal areas do not use the cost parameter.
The no-summary parameter applies only to stub areas and disables summary LSAs from being sent
into the area.
Assigning interfaces to an area
After you define OSPF V3 areas, you must assign router interfaces to the areas. All router interfaces
must be assigned to one of the defined areas on an OSPF router. When an interface is assigned to
an area, all corresponding subnets on that interface are automatically included in the assignment.
For example, to assign Ethernet interface 1/1/3 to area 192.168.0.0, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)#ipv6 ospf area 192.168.0.0
Syntax: [no] ipv6 ospf area number | ipv4-address
The number | ipv4-address parameter specifies the area number, which can be a number or in
IPv4 address format. If you specify a number, the number can be from 0–18.
To remove the interface from the specified area, use the no form of this command.
Configuring virtual links
All ABRs must have either a direct or indirect link to an OSPF backbone area (0.0.0.0 or 0). If an
ABR does not have a physical link to a backbone area, you can configure a virtual link from the ABR
to another router within the same area that has a physical connection to the backbone area.
The path for a virtual link is through an area shared by the neighbor ABR (router with a physical
backbone connection) and the ABR requiring a logical connection to the backbone.
Two parameters must be defined for all virtual links—transit area ID and neighbor router:
• The transit area ID represents the shared area of the two ABRs and serves as the connection
point between the two routers. This number should match the area ID value.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
231
OSPF V3 configuration
• When assigned from the router interface requiring a logical connection, the neighbor router
field is the router ID (IPv4 address) of the router that is physically connected to the backbone.
When assigned from the router interface with the physical connection, the neighbor router is
the router ID (IPv4) address of the router requiring a logical connection to the backbone.
NOTE
By default, the Brocade router ID is the IPv4 address configured on the lowest numbered loopback
interface. If the Brocade device does not have a loopback interface, the default router ID is the
lowest numbered IPv4 address configured on the device.
NOTE
When you establish an area virtual link, you must configure it on both of the routers (both ends of
the virtual link).
For example, imagine that ABR1 in areas 1 and 2 is cut off from the backbone area (area 0). To
provide backbone access to ABR1, you can add a virtual link between ABR1 and ABR2 in area 1
using area 1 as a transit area. To configure the virtual link, you define the link on the router that is
at each end of the link. No configuration for the virtual link is required on the routers in the transit
area.
To define the virtual link on ABR1, enter the following command on ABR1.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area 1 virtual-link 192.168.22.1
To define the virtual link on ABR2, enter the following command on ABR2.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area 1 virtual-link 10.0.0.1
Syntax: area number | ipv4-address virtual-link router-id
The area number | ipv4-address parameter specifies the transit area.
The router-id parameter specifies the router ID of the OSPF router at the remote end of the virtual
link. To display the router ID on a router, enter the show ip command.
Assigning a virtual link source address
When routers at both ends of a virtual link need to communicate with one another, the source
address included in the packets must be a global IPv6 address. Therefore, you must determine the
global IPv6 address to be used by the routers for communication across the virtual link. You can
specify that a router uses the IPv6 global address assigned to one of its interfaces.
For example, to specify the global IPv6 address assigned to Ethernet interface 1/1/3 on ABR1 as
the source address for the virtual link on ABR1, enter the following command on ABR1.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#virtual-link-if-address interface ethernet 1/1/3
To specify the global IPv6 address assigned to tunnel interface 1 on ABR2 as the source address
for the virtual link on ABR2, enter the following command on ABR2.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#virtual-link-if-address interface tunnel 1
Syntax: virtual-link-if-address interface ethernet port | loopback number | tunnel number | ve
number
232
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
The ethernet | loopback | tunnel | ve parameter specifies the interface from which the router
derives the source IPv6 address for communication across the virtual link. If you specify an
Ethernet interface, also specify the port number associated with the interface. If you specify a
loopback, tunnel, or VE interface, also specify the number associated with the respective interface.
To delete the source address for the virtual link, use the no form of this command.
Modifying virtual link parameters
You can modify the following virtual link parameters:
• Dead-interval: The number of seconds that a neighbor router waits for a hello packet from the
current router before declaring the router is down. The range is 1 – 65535 seconds. The
default is 40 seconds.
• Hello-interval: The length of time between the transmission of hello packets. The range is 1 –
65535 seconds. The default is 10 seconds.
• Retransmit-interval: The interval between the re-transmission of link state advertisements to
router adjacencies for this interface. The range is 0 – 3600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
• Transmit-delay: The period of time it takes to transmit Link State Update packets on the
interface. The range is 0 – 3600 seconds. The default is 1 second.
NOTE
The values of the dead-interval and hello-interval parameters must be the same at both ends of a
virtual link. Therefore, if you modify the values of these parameters at one end of a virtual link, you
must remember to make the same modifications on the other end of the link.
The values of the other virtual link parameters do not require synchronization.
For example, to change the dead interval to 60 seconds on the virtual links defined on ABR1 and
ABR2, enter the following command on ABR1.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area 1 virtual-link 192.168.22.1
dead-interval 60
Enter the following command on ABR2.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area 1 virtual-link 10.0.0.1 dead-interval 60
Syntax: area number | ipv4-address virtual-link router-id [dead-interval seconds | hello-interval
seconds | retransmit-interval seconds | transmit-delay seconds]
The area number | ipv4-address parameter specifies the transit area.
The router-id parameter specifies the router ID of the OSPF router at the remote end of the virtual
link. To display the router ID on a router, enter the show ip command.
The dead-interval, hello-interval, retransmit-interval, and transmit-delay parameters are discussed
earlier in this section.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
233
OSPF V3 configuration
Changing the reference bandwidth for the cost on
OSPF V3 interfaces
Each interface on which OSPF V3 is enabled has a cost associated with it. The Brocade device
advertises its interfaces and their costs to OSPF V3 neighbors. For example, if an interface has an
OSPF cost of ten, the Brocade device advertises the interface with a cost of ten to other OSPF
routers.
By default, an interface OSPF cost is based on the port speed of the interface. The software uses
the following formula to calculate the cost.
Cost = reference-bandwidth/interface-speed
By default, the reference bandwidth is 100 Mbps. If the resulting cost is less than 1, the software
rounds the cost up to 1. The default reference bandwidth results in the following costs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
10 Mbps port cost = 100/10 = 10
100 Mbps port cost = 100/100 = 1
1000 Mbps port cost = 100/1000 = 0.10, which is rounded up to 1
155 Mbps port cost = 100/155 = 0.65, which is rounded up to 1
622 Mbps port cost = 100/622 = 0.16, which is rounded up to 1
2488 Mbps port cost = 100/2488 = 0.04, which is rounded up to 1
The bandwidth for interfaces that consist of more than one physical port is calculated as follows:
• Trunk group – The combined bandwidth of all the ports.
• Virtual (Ethernet) interface – The combined bandwidth of all the ports in the port-based VLAN
that contains the virtual interface.
You can change the default reference bandwidth from 100 Mbps to a value from 1 – 4294967
Mbps.
If a change to the reference bandwidth results in a cost change to an interface, the Brocade device
sends a link state update to update the costs of interfaces advertised by the Brocade device.
NOTE
If you specify the cost for an individual interface, the cost you specify overrides the cost calculated
by the software.
Some interface types are not affected by the reference bandwidth and always have the same cost
regardless of the reference bandwidth in use:
• The cost of a loopback interface is always 0.
• The cost of a virtual link is calculated using the Shortest Path First (SPF) algorithm and is not
affected by the auto-cost feature.
For example, to change the reference bandwidth to 500, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 500
The reference bandwidth specified in this example results in the following costs:
• 10 Mbps port cost = 500/10 = 50
• 100 Mbps port cost = 500/100 = 5
• 1000 Mbps port cost = 500/1000 = 0.5, which is rounded up to 1
234
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
• 155 Mbps port cost = 500/155 = 3.23, which is rounded up to 4
• 622 Mbps port cost = 500/622 = 0.80, which is rounded up to 1
• 2488 Mbps port cost = 500/2488 = 0.20, which is rounded up to 1
The costs for 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and 155 Mbps ports change as a result of the changed
reference bandwidth. Costs for higher-speed interfaces remain the same.
Syntax: [no] auto-cost reference-bandwidth number
The number parameter specifies the reference bandwidth and can be a value from 1 – 4294967.
The default is 100.
To restore the reference bandwidth to its default value and thus restore the default costs of
interfaces to their default values, enter the no form of this command.
Redistributing routes into OSPF V3
In addition to specifying which routes are redistributed into OSPF V3, you can configure the
following aspects related to route redistribution:
• Default metric
• Metric type
• Advertisement of an external aggregate route
Configuring route redistribution into OSPF V3
You can configure the Brocade device to redistribute routes from the following sources into OSPF
V3:
• IPv6 static routes
• Directly connected IPv6 networks
• RIPng
You can redistribute routes in the following ways:
• By route types, for example, the Brocade device redistributes all IPv6 static and RIPng routes.
• By using a route map to filter which routes to redistribute, for example, the Brocade device
redistributes specified IPv6 static and RIPng routes only.
For example, to configure the redistribution of all IPv6 static RIPng routes, enter the following
commands.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#redistribute static
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#redistribute rip
Syntax: [no] redistribute bgp | connected | rip | static [metric number | metric-type type]
The connected | rip | static keywords specify the route source.
The metric number parameter specifies the metric used for the redistributed route. If a value is not
specified for this option, and the value for the default-metric command is set to 0, its default
metric, then routes redistributed from the various routing protocols will have the metric value of the
protocol from which they are redistributed. For information about the default-metric command,
refer to “Modifying default metric for routes redistributed into OSPF V3” on page 237
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
235
OSPF V3 configuration
The metric-type type parameter specifies an OSPF metric type for the redistributed route. You can
specify external type 1 or external type 2. If a value is not specified for this option, the Brocade
device uses the value specified by the metric-type command. For information about modifying the
default metric type using the metric-type command, refer to “Modifying default metric for routes
redistributed into OSPF V3” on page 237
For example, to configure a route map and use it for redistribution of routes into OSPF V3, enter
commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 route 2001:db8::/32 0000:00ff:343e::23
Brocade(config)#ipv6 route 2001:db8::/32 0000:00ff:343e::23
Brocade(config)#ipv6 route 2001:db8::/32 0000:00ff:343e::23 metric 5
Brocade(config)#route-map abc permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#match metric 5
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#set metric 8
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#ipv6 router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#redistribute static route-map abc
The commands in this example configure some static IPv6 routes and a route map, and use the
route map for redistributing the static IPv6 routes into OSPF V3.
The ipv6 route commands configure the static IPv6 routes.
The route-map command begins configuration of a route map called “abc”. The number indicates
the route map entry (called the “instance”) you are configuring. A route map can contain multiple
entries. The software compares packets to the route map entries in ascending numerical order and
stops the comparison once a match is found.
NOTE
The default action rule for route-map is to deny all routes that are not explicitly permitted. Refer to
“Configuring an OSPF V3 distribution list using a route map that uses a prefix list” on page 241.
The match command in the route map matches on routes that have 5 for their metric value (cost).
The set command changes the metric in routes that match the route map to 8.
The redistribute command configures the redistribution of static IPv6 routes into OSPF V3, and
uses route map “abc“ to control the routes that are redistributed. In this example, the route map
allows a static IPv6 route to be redistributed into OSPF only if the route has a metric of 5, and
changes the metric to 8 before placing the route into the OSPF route redistribution table.
Syntax: [no] redistribute bgp | connected | isis | rip | static [route-map map-name]
The bgp | connected | isis | rip | static keywords specify the route source.
The route-map map-name parameter specifies the route map name. The following match
parameters are valid for OSPF V3 redistribution:
• match metric number
The following set parameters are valid for OSPF redistribution:
• set metric [+ | - ] number | none
• set metric-type type-1 | type-2
NOTE
You must configure the route map before you configure a redistribution filter that uses the route
map.
236
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
NOTE
When you use a route map for route redistribution, the software disregards the permit or deny action
of the route map.
NOTE
For an external route that is redistributed into OSPF V3 through a route map, the metric value of the
route remains the same unless the metric is set by a set metric command inside the route map or
the default-metric num command. For a route redistributed without using a route map, the metric is
set by the metric parameter if set or the default-metric num command if the metric parameter is not
set.
Modifying default metric for routes redistributed into OSPF V3
The default metric is a global parameter that specifies the cost applied by default to routes
redistributed into OSPF V3. The default value is 0.
If the metric parameter for the redistribute command is not set and the default-metric command is
set to 0, its default value, then routes redistributed from the various routing protocols will have the
metric value of the protocol from which they are redistributed. For information about the
redistribute command, refer to “Configuring route redistribution into OSPF V3” on page 235.
NOTE
You also can define the cost on individual interfaces. The interface cost overrides the default cost.
For information about defining the cost on individual interfaces, refer to “Modifying OSPF V3
interface defaults” on page 246 and “Changing the reference bandwidth for the cost on OSPF V3
interfaces” on page 234.
To assign a default metric of 4 to all routes imported into OSPF V3, enter the default-metric
command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#default-metric 4
Syntax: no] default-metric number
You can specify a value from 0 – 65535. The default is 0.
To restore the default metric to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Modifying metric type for routes redistributed into OSPF V3
The Brocade device uses the metric-type parameter by default for all routes redistributed into OSPF
V3 unless you specify a different metric type for individual routes using the redistribute command.
(For more information about using the redistribute command, refer to “Redistributing routes into
OSPF V3” on page 235).
A type 1 route specifies a small metric (two bytes), while a type 2 route specifies a big metric (three
bytes). The default value is type 2.
To modify the default value of type 2 to type 1, enter the metric-type command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#metric-type type1
Syntax: no] metric-type type1 | type2
To restore the metric type to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
237
OSPF V3 configuration
External route summarization
When the Brocade device is an OSPF Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR), you can
configure it to advertise one external route as an aggregate for all redistributed routes that are
covered by a specified IPv6 address range.
When you configure an address range, the range takes effect immediately. All the imported routes
are summarized according to the configured address range. Imported routes that have already
been advertised and that fall within the range are flushed out of the AS and a single route
corresponding to the range is advertised.
If a route that falls within a configured address range is imported by the Brocade device, no action
is taken if the device has already advertised the aggregate route; otherwise, the device advertises
the aggregate route. If an imported route that falls within a configured address range is removed by
the device, no action is taken if there are other imported routes that fall with in the same address
range; otherwise the aggregate route is flushed.
You can configure up to 32 address ranges. The Brocade device sets the forwarding address of the
aggregate route to zero and sets the tag to zero.
If you delete an address range, the advertised aggregate route is flushed and all imported routes
that fall within the range are advertised individually.
If an external link state database overflow (LSDB) condition occurs, all aggregate routes are flushed
out of the AS, along with other external routes. When the Brocade device exits the external LSDB
overflow condition, all the imported routes are summarized according to the configured address
ranges.
NOTE
If you use redistribution filters in addition to address ranges, the Brocade device applies the
redistribution filters to routes first, then applies them to the address ranges.
NOTE
If you disable redistribution, all the aggregate routes are flushed, along with other imported routes.
NOTE
This option affects only imported, type 5 external routes. A single type 5 LSA is generated and
flooded throughout the AS for multiple external routes.
Configuring external route summarization
To configure the summary address 2001:db8::/24 for routes redistributed into OSPF V3, enter the
following command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#summary-address 2001:db8::/24
In this example, the summary prefix 2001:db8::/24 includes addresses 2001:db8::/1 through
2001:db8::/24. Only the address FEC0::/24 is advertised in an external link-state advertisement.
Syntax: summary-address ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
You must specify the ipv6-prefix parameter in hexadecimal using 16-bit values between colons as
documented in RFC 2373.
You must specify the prefix-length parameter as a decimal value. A slash mark (/) must follow the
ipv6-prefix parameter and precede the prefix-length parameter.
238
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
Filtering OSPF V3 routes
You can filter the routes to be placed in the OSPF V3 route table by configuring distribution lists.
OSPF V3 distribution lists can be applied globally or to an interface.
The functionality of OSPF V3 distribution lists is similar to that of OSPFv2 distribution lists.
However, unlike OSPFv2 distribution lists, which filter routes based on criteria specified in an
Access Control List (ACL), OSPF V3 distribution lists can filter routes using information specified in
an IPv6 prefix list or a route map.
Configuration examples for filtering OSPF V3 routes
The following sections show examples of filtering OSPF V3 routes using prefix lists globally and for a
specific interface, as well as filtering OSPF V3 routes using a route map.
You can configure the device to use all three types of filtering. When you do this, filtering using
route maps has higher priority over filtering using global prefix lists. Filtering using prefix lists for a
specific interface has lower priority than the other two filtering methods.
The example in this section assume the following routes are in the OSPF V3 route table.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf route
Current Route count: 5
Intra: 3 Inter: 0 External: 2 (Type1 0/Type2 2)
Equal-cost multi-path: 0
Destination
Options
Area
Cost Type2 Cost
Next Hop Router
Outgoing Interface
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.1
0
0
::
ve 10
*E2 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
10
0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
*IA 2001:db8::/64
V6E---R-- 0.0.0.0
11
0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
10
0
::
ve 11
*E2 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
10
0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
Configuring an OSPF V3 distribution list using an IPv6 prefix list as input
The following example illustrates how to use an IPv6 prefix list is used to filter OSPF V3 routes.
To specify an IPv6 prefix list called filterOspfRoutes that denies route 2001:db8::/64, enter the
following commands.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 prefix-list
Brocade(config)#ipv6 prefix-list
filterOspfRoutes seq 5 deny 2001:db8::/64
filterOspfRoutes seq 7 permit ::/0 ge 1 le 128
Syntax: ipv6 prefix-list name [seq seq-value] [description string] deny | permit
ipv6-addr/mask-bits [ge ge-value] [le le-value]
To configure a distribution list that applies the filterOspfRoutes prefix list globally.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#distribute-list prefix-list filterOspfRoutes in
Syntax: [no] distribute-list prefix-list name in [interface]
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
239
OSPF V3 configuration
After this distribution list is configured, route 2001:db8::/64 would be omitted from the OSPF V3
route table.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf route
Current Route count: 4
Intra: 3 Inter: 0 External: 1 (Type1 0/Type2 1)
Equal-cost multi-path: 0
Destination
Options
Area
Next Hop Router
Outgoing Interface
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.1
::
ve 10
*IA 2001:db8::/64
V6E---R-- 0.0.0.0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
::
ve 11
*E2 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
Cost Type2 Cost
0
0
11
0
10
0
10
0
The following commands specify an IPv6 prefix list called filterOspfRoutesVe that denies route
2001:db8::/64.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 prefix-list filterOspfRoutesVe seq 5 deny 2001:db8::/64
Brocade(config)#ipv6 prefix-list filterOspfRoutesVe seq 10 permit ::/0 ge 1 le 128
The following commands configure a distribution list that applies the filterOspfRoutesVe prefix list
to routes pointing to virtual interface 10.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#distribute-list prefix-list filterOspfRoutes in ve
10
After this distribution list is configured, route 2001:db8::/64, pointing to virtual interface 10, would
be omitted from the OSPF V3 route table.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf route
Current Route count: 4
Intra: 3 Inter: 0 External: 1 (Type1 0/Type2 1)
Equal-cost multi-path: 0
Destination
Options
Area
Next Hop Router
Outgoing Interface
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.1
::
ve 10
*E2 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
::
ve 11
*E2 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
240
Cost Type2 Cost
0
0
10
0
10
0
10
0
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
Configuring an OSPF V3 distribution list using a route map as input
The following commands configure a route map that matches internal routes.
Brocade(config)#route-map allowInternalRoutes permit 10
Brocade(config-routemap allowInternalRoutes)#match route-type internal
Refer to “Policy-Based Routing” for information on configuring route maps.
The following commands configure a distribution list that applies the allowInternalRoutes route
map globally to OSPF V3 routes.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#distribute-list route-map allowinternalroutes in
Syntax: [no] distribute-list route-map name in
After this distribution list is configured, the internal routes would be included, and the external
routes would be omitted from the OSPF V3 route table.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf route
Current Route count: 3
Intra: 3 Inter: 0 External: 0 (Type1 0/Type2 0)
Equal-cost multi-path: 0
Destination
Options
Area
Next Hop Router
Outgoing Interface
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.1
::
ve 10
*IA 2001:db8::/64
V6E---R-- 0.0.0.0
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:10
ve 10
*IA 2001:db8::/64
--------- 0.0.0.0
::
ve 11
Cost Type2 Cost
0
0
11
0
10
0
Configuring an OSPF V3 distribution list using a route map that uses a prefix list
When you configure route redistribution into OSPF V3 using a route map that uses a prefix list, the
device supports both permit and deny statements in the route map and permit statements only in
the prefix list. Therefore, the action to permit or deny is determined by the route map, and the
conditions for the action are contained in the prefix list. The following shows an example
configuration.
Brocade(config)#route-map v64 deny 10
Brocade(config-routemap v64)#match ipv6 next-hop prefix-list ospf-filter5
Brocade(config-routemap v64)#route-map v64 deny 11
Brocade(config-routemap v64)#match ipv6 address prefix-list ospf-filter2
Brocade(config-routemap v64)#route-map v64 permit 12
Brocade(config-routemap v64)#exit
Brocade(config)#ipv6 prefix-list ospf-filter2 seq 15 permit
2001:db8:2001:102::/64 ge 65 le 96
Brocade(config)#ipv6 prefix-list ospf-filter5 seq 15 permit
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe00:100/128
In this example the prefix lists, ospf-filter2 and ospf-filter5, contain a range of IPv6 routes and one
host route to be denied, and the route map v64 defines the deny action.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
241
OSPF V3 configuration
NOTE
The default action rule for route-map is to deny all routes that are not explicitly permitted. If you
configure a “deny” route map but want to permit other routes that do not match the rule, configure
an “empty” permit route map. For example.
Brocade(config)#route-map abc deny 10
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#match metric 20
Brocade(config-routemap abc)#route-map abc permit 20
Without the last line in the above example, all routes would be denied.
Default route origination
When the Brocade device is an OSPF Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR), you can
configure it to automatically generate a default external route into an OSPF V3 routing domain. This
feature is called “default route origination” or “default information origination.”
By default, the Brocade device does not advertise the default route into the OSPF V3 domain. If you
want the device to advertise the OSPF default route, you must explicitly enable default route
origination.
When you enable OSPF default route origination, the device advertises a type 5 default route that is
flooded throughout the AS (except stub areas).
The device advertises the default route into OSPF even if OSPF route redistribution is not enabled,
and even if the default route is learned through an IBGP neighbor.
NOTE
The Brocade device does not advertise the OSPF default route, regardless of other configuration
parameters, unless you explicitly enable default route origination.
If default route origination is enabled and you disable it, the default route originated by the device
is flushed. Default routes generated by other OSPF routers are not affected. If you re-enable the
feature, the feature takes effect immediately and thus does not require you to reload the software.
Configuring a default route origination
To create and advertise a default route with a metric of 2 and as a type 1 external route, enter the
following command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#default-information-originate always metric 2
metric-type type1
Syntax: [no] default-information-originate [always] [metric value] [metric-type type]
The always keyword originates a default route regardless of whether the device has learned a
default route. This option is disabled by default.
The metric value parameter specifies a metric for the default route. If this option is not used, the
value of the default-metric command is used for the route. For information about this command,
refer to “Modifying default metric for routes redistributed into OSPF V3” on page 237
242
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
The metric-type type parameter specifies the external link type associated with the default route
advertised into the OSPF routing domain. The type can be one of the following:
• 1 – Type 1 external route
• 2 – Type 2 external route
If you do not use this option, the default redistribution metric type is used for the route type.
NOTE
If you specify a metric and metric type, the values you specify are used even if you do not use the
always option.
To disable default route origination, enter the no form of the command.
Shortest path first timers
The Brocade device uses the following timers when calculating the shortest path for OSPF V3
routes:
• SPF delay – When the Brocade device receives a topology change, the software waits before it
starts a Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation. By default, the software waits 5 seconds. You can
configure the SPF delay to a value from 0 – 65535 seconds. If you set the SPF delay to 0
seconds, the software immediately begins the SPF calculation after receiving a topology
change.
• SPF hold time – The Brocade device waits a specific amount of time between consecutive SPF
calculations. By default, the device waits 10 seconds. You can configure the SPF hold time to a
value from 0 – 65535 seconds. If you set the SPF hold time to 0 seconds, the software does
not wait between consecutive SPF calculations.
You can set the SPF delay and hold time to lower values to cause the device to change to alternate
paths more quickly if a route fails. Note that lower values for these parameters require more CPU
processing time.
You can change one or both of the timers.
NOTE
If you want to change only one of the timers, for example, the SPF delay timer, you must specify the
new value for this timer as well as the current value of the SPF hold timer, which you want to retain.
The Brocade device does not accept only one timer value.
Modifying shortest path first timers
To change the SPF delay to 10 seconds and the SPF hold to 20 seconds, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#timers spf 10 20
Syntax: timers spf delay hold-time
For the delay and hold-time parameters, specify a value from 0–65535 seconds.
To set the timers back to their default values, enter the no version of this command.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
243
OSPF V3 configuration
Administrative distance
The Brocade device can learn about networks from various protocols, including IPv6, RIPng, and
OSPF V3. Consequently, the routes to a network may differ depending on the protocol from which
the routes were learned. By default, the administrative distance for OSPF V3 routes is 110.
The device selects one route over another based on the source of the route information. To do so,
the device can use the administrative distances assigned to the sources. You can influence the
device decision by changing the default administrative distance for OSPF V3 routes.
Configuring administrative distance based on route type
You can configure a unique administrative distance for each type of OSPF V3 route. For example,
you can use this feature to influence the Brocade device to prefer a static route over an OSPF
inter-area route and to prefer OSPF intra-area routes to static routes.
The distance you specify influences the choice of routes when the device has multiple routes to the
same network from different protocols. The device prefers the route with the lower administrative
distance.
You can specify unique default administrative distances for the following OSPF V3 route types:
• Intra-area routes
• Inter-area routes
• External routes
The default for all of these OSPF V3 route types is 110.
NOTE
This feature does not influence the choice of routes within OSPF V3. For example, an OSPF intra-area
route is always preferred over an OSPF inter-area route, even if the intra-area route distance is
greater than the inter-area route distance.
For example, to change the default administrative distances for intra-area routes to 80, inter-area
routes to 90, and external routes to 100, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#distance intra-area 80
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#distance inter-area 90
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#distance external 100
Syntax: distance external | inter-area | intra-area distance
The external | inter-area | intra-area keywords specify the route type for which you are changing
the default administrative distance.
The distance parameter specifies the new distance for the specified route type. You can specify a
value from 1–255.
To reset the administrative distance of a route type to its system default, enter the no form of this
command.
244
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
Configuring the OSPF V3 LSA pacing interval
The Brocade device paces OSPF V3 LSA refreshes by delaying the refreshes for a specified time
interval instead of performing a refresh each time an individual LSA refresh timer expires. The
accumulated LSAs constitute a group, which the Brocade device refreshes and sends out together
in one or more packets.
The pacing interval, which is the interval at which the Brocade device refreshes an accumulated
group of LSAs, is configurable to a range from 10–1800 seconds (30 minutes). The default is 240
seconds (four minutes). Thus, every four minutes, the Brocade device refreshes the group of
accumulated LSAs and sends the group together in the same packets.
The pacing interval is inversely proportional to the number of LSAs the Brocade device is refreshing
and aging. For example, if you have approximately 10,000 LSAs, decreasing the pacing interval
enhances performance. If you have a very small database (40–100 LSAs), increasing the pacing
interval to 10–20 minutes might enhance performance only slightly.
To change the OSPF V3 LSA pacing interval to two minutes (120 seconds), enter the following
command.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 router ospf
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#timers lsa-group-pacing 120
Syntax: [no] timers lsa-group-pacing seconds
The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 10–1800 (30 minutes).
The default is 240 seconds (four minutes).
To restore the pacing interval to its default value, use the no form of the command.
Modifying exit overflow interval
If a database overflow condition occurs on the Brocade device, the device eliminates the condition
by removing entries that originated on the device. The exit overflow interval allows you to set how
often a device checks to see if the overflow condition has been eliminated. The default value is 0. If
the configured value of the database overflow interval is 0, then the device never leaves the
database overflow condition.
For example, to modify the exit overflow interval to 60 seconds, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#database-overflow-interval 60
Syntax: [no] auto-cost reference-bandwidth number
The seconds parameter can be a value from 0–86400 seconds (24 hours).
To reset the exit overflow interval to its system default, enter the no form of this command.
Modifying external link state database limit
By default, the link state database can hold a maximum of 2000 entries for external (type 5) LSAs.
You can change the maximum number of entries from 500–8000. After changing this limit, make
sure to save the running-config file and reload the software. The change does not take effect until
you reload or reboot the software.
For example, to change the maximum number entries from the default of 2000 to 3000, enter the
following command.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
245
OSPF V3 configuration
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#external-lsdb-limit 3000
Syntax: ipv6 ospf area number | ipv4-address
The entries parameter can be a numerical value from 500–8000 seconds.
To reset the maximum number of entries to its system default, enter the no form of this command.
Modifying OSPF V3 interface defaults
OSPF V3 has interface parameters that you can configure. For simplicity, each of these parameters
has a default value. No change to these default values is required except as needed for specific
network configurations.
You can modify the default values for the following OSPF interface parameters:
• Cost: Indicates the overhead required to send a packet across an interface. You can modify the
cost to differentiate between 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps (1 Gbps) links. The command syntax
is ipv6 ospf cost number. The default cost is calculated by dividing 100 million by the
bandwidth. For 10 Mbps links, the cost is 10. The cost for both 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps links
is 1, because the speed of 1000 Mbps was not in use at the time the OSPF cost formula was
devised.
• Dead-interval: Indicates the number of seconds that a neighbor router waits for a hello packet
from the current router before declaring the router down. The command syntax is ipv6 ospf
dead-interval seconds. The value can be from 1–2147483647 seconds. The default is 40
seconds.
• Hello-interval: Represents the length of time between the transmission of hello packets. The
command syntax is ipv6 ospf hello-interval seconds. The value can be from 1 – 65535
seconds. The default is 10 seconds.
• Instance: Indicates the number of OSPF V3 instances running on an interface. The command
syntax is ipv6 ospf instance number. The value can be from 0–255. The default is 1.
• MTU-ignore: Allows you to disable a check that verifies the same MTU is used on an interface
shared by neighbors. The command syntax is ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore. By default, the mismatch
detection is enabled.
• Network: Allows you to configure the OSPF network type. The command syntax is ipv6 ospf
network [point-to-multipoint]. The default setting of the parameter depends on the network
type.
• Passive: When you configure an OSPF interface to be passive, that interface does not send or
receive OSPF route updates. This option affects all IPv6 subnets configured on the interface.
The command syntax is ipv6 ospf passive. By default, all OSPF interfaces are active and thus
can send and receive OSPF route information. Since a passive interface does not send or
receive route information, the interface is in effect a stub network.
• Priority: Allows you to modify the priority of an OSPF router. The priority is used when selecting
the designated router (DR) and backup designated routers (BDRs). The command syntax is
ipv6 ospf priority number. The value can be from 0–255. The default is 1. If you set the priority
to 0, the router does not participate in DR and BDR election.
• Retransmit-interval: The time between retransmissions of LSAs to adjacent routers for an
interface. The command syntax is ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval seconds. The value can be from
0–3600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
246
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
• Transmit-delay: The time it takes to transmit Link State Update packets on this interface. The
command syntax is ipv6 ospf transmit-delay seconds. The value can be from 0–3600 seconds.
The default is 1 second.
Disabling or re-enabling event logging
OSPF V3 does not currently support the generation of SNMP traps. Instead, you can disable or
re-enable the logging of OSPF V3-related events such as neighbor state changes and database
overflow conditions. By default, the Brocade device logs these events. Since the OSPFv3 logs are
enabled by defaut, the following log messages appear once the system is up.
May 8 10:06:09:N:OSPFv3 originate LSA, rid 10.16.16.16, area 0.0.0.16, LSA type
IntraPrefix, LSA id 0.0.0.10, LSA router id 10.16.16.16
May 8 10:06:09:N:OSPFv3 originate LSA, rid 10.16.16.16, area 0.0.0.16, LSA type
Network, LSA id 0.0.0.2, LSA router id 10.16.16.16
May 8 10:06:08:N:OSPFv3 originate LSA, rid 10.16.16.16, area 0.0.0.16, LSA type
Router, LSA id 0.0.0.0, LSA router id 10.16.16.16
To disable the logging of events, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#no log-status-change
Syntax: [no] log-status-change
To re-enable the logging of events, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#log-status-change
IPsec for OSPF V3
This section describes the implementation of Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) for securing OSPFv3
traffic. For background information and configuration steps, refer to “IPsec for OSPF V3
configuration” on page 248.
IPsec is available for OSPFv3 traffic only and only for packets that are “for-us.” A for-us packet is
addressed to one of the IPv6 addresses on the device or to an IPv6 multicast address. Packets
that are just forwarded by the line card do not receive IPsec scrutiny.
Brocade devices support the following components of IPsec for IPv6-addressed packets:
•
•
•
•
Authentication through Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) in transport mode
HMAC-SHA1-96 as the authentication algorithm
Manual configuration of keys
Configurable rollover timer
IPsec can be enabled on the following logical entities:
• Interface
• Area
• Virtual link
With respect to traffic classes, this implementation of IPsec uses a single security association (SA)
between the source and destination to support all traffic classes and so does not differentiate
between the different classes of traffic that the DSCP bits define.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
247
OSPF V3 configuration
Instructions for configuring IPsec on these entities appear in “IPsec for OSPF V3 configuration” on
page 248.
IPsec on a virtual link is a global configuration. Interface and area IPsec configurations are more
granular.
Among the entities that can have IPsec protection, the interfaces and areas can overlap. The
interface IPsec configuration takes precedence over the area IPsec configuration when an area
and an interface within that area use IPsec. Therefore, if you configure IPsec for an interface and
an area configuration also exists that includes this interface, the interface’s IPsec configuration is
used by that interface. However, if you disable IPsec on an interface, IPsec is disabled on the
interface even if the interface has its own, specific authentication. Refer to “Disabling IPsec on an
interface” on page 253.
For IPsec, the system generates two types of databases. The security association database (SAD)
contains a security association for each interface or one global database for a virtual link. Even if
IPsec is configured for an area, each interface that uses the area’s IPsec still has its own security
association in the SAD. Each SA in the SAD is a generated entry that is based on your
specifications of an authentication protocol (ESP in the current release), destination address, and
a security policy index (SPI). The SPI number is user-specified according to the network plan.
Consideration for the SPI values to specify must apply to the whole network.
The system-generated security policy databases (SPDs) contain the security policies against which
the system checks the for-us packets. For each for-us packet that has an ESP header, the
applicable security policy in the security policy database (SPD) is checked to see if this packet
complies with the policy. The IPsec task drops the non-compliant packets. Compliant packets
continue on to the OSPFv3 module.
IPsec for OSPF V3 configuration
This section describes how to configure IPsec for an interface, area, and virtual link. It also
describes how to change the key rollover timer if necessary and how to disable IPsec on a
particular interface for special purposes.
By default, OSPFv3 IPsec authentication is disabled. The following IPsec parameters are
configurable:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ESP security protocol
Authentication
HMAC-SHA1-96 authentication algorithm
Security parameter index (SPI)
A 40-character key using hexadecimal characters
An option for not encrypting the keyword when it appears in show command output
Key rollover timer
NOTE
In the current release, certain keyword parameters must be entered even though only one keyword
choice is possible for that parameter. For example, the only authentication algorithm in the current
release is HMAC-SHA1-96, but you must nevertheless enter the keyword for this algorithm. Also, ESP
currently is the only authentication protocol, but you must still enter the esp keyword. This section
describes all keywords.
248
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
General considerations when configuring
IPsec for OSPF V3
The IPsec component generates security associations and security policies based on certain
user-specified parameters. The parameters are described with the syntax of each command in this
section and also pointed out in the section with the show command examples, “IPsec examples”
on page 274. User-specified parameters and their relation to system-generated values are as
follows:
• Security association: based on your entries for security policy index (SPI), destination address,
and security protocol (currently ESP), the system creates a security association for each
interface or virtual link.
• Security policy database: based on your entries for SPI, source address, destination
addresses, and security protocol, the system creates a security policy database for each
interface or virtual link.
• You can configure the same SPI and key on multiple interfaces and areas, but they still have
unique IPsec configurations because the SA and policies are added to each separate security
policy database (SPD) that is associated with a particular interface. If you configure an SA with
the same SPI in multiple places, the rest of the parameters associated with the SA—such as
key, crypto algorithm, and security protocol, and so on—must match. If the system detects a
mismatch, it displays an error message.
• IPsec authentication for OSPFv3 requires the use of multiple SPDs, one for each interface. A
virtual link has a separate, global SPD. The authentication configuration on a virtual link must
be different from the authentication configuration for an area or interface, as required by
RFC4552. The interface number is used to generate a non-zero security policy database
identifier (SPDID), but for the global SPD for a virtual link, the system-generated SPDID is
always zero. As a hypothetical example, the SPD for interface eth 1/1/1 might have the
system-generated SPDID of 1, and so on.
• If you change an existing key, you must also specify a different SPI value. For example, in an
interface context where you intend to change a key, you must type a different SPI value—which
occurs before the key parameter on the command line—before you type the new key. The
example in “IPsec for OSPF V3 configuration”illustrates this requirement.
• The old key is active for twice the current configured key-rollover-interval for the inbound
direction. In the outbound direction, the old key remains active for a duration equal to the
key-rollover-interval. If the key-rollover-interval is set to 0, the new key immediately takes effect
for both directions. For a description of the key-rollover-interval, refer to the “Changing the key
rollover timer” on page 254section.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
249
OSPF V3 configuration
Interface and area IPsec considerations
This section describes the precedence of interface and area IPsec configurations.
If you configure an interface IPsec by using the ipv6 ospf authentication command in the context of
a specific interface, that interface’s IPsec configuration overrides the area configuration of IPsec.
If you configure IPsec for an area, all interfaces that utilize the area-wide IPsec (where
interface-specific IPsec is not configured) nevertheles receive an SPD entry (and SPDID number)
that is unique for the interface.
The area-wide SPI that you specify is a constant for all interfaces in the area that use the area
IPsec, but the use of different interfaces results in an SPDID and an SA that are unique to each
interface. (Recall from “IPsec for OSPF V3” on page 247 that the security policy database depends
partly on the source IP address, so a unique SPD for each interface results.)
Considerations for IPsec on virtual links
The IPsec configuration for a virtual link is global, so only one security association database and
one security policy database exist for virtual links if you choose to configure IPsec for virtual links.
The virtual link IPsec SAs and policies are added to all interfaces of the transit area for the
outbound direction. For the inbound direction, IPsec SAs and policies for virtual links are added to
the global database.
NOTE
The security association (SA), security protocol index (SPI), security protocol database (SPD), and key
have mutual dependencies, as the subsections that follow describe.
Specifying the key rollover timer
Configuration changes for authentication takes effect in a controlled manner through the key
rollover procedure as specified in RFC 4552, Section 10.1. The key rollover timer controls the
timing of the configuration changeover. The key rollover timer can be configured in the IPv6 router
OSPF context, as the following example illustrates.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#key-rollover-interval 200
Syntax: key-rollover-interval time
The range for the key-rollover-interval is 0–14400 seconds. The default is 300 seconds.
Configuring IPsec on a interface
For IPsec to work, the IPsec configuration must be the same on all the routers to which an interface
connects.
For multicast, IPsec does not need or use a specific destination address—the destination address
is “do not care,” and this status is reflected by the lone pair of colons (::) for destination address in
the show command output.
To configure IPsec on an interface, proceed as in the following example.
250
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
NOTE
The IPsec configuration for an interface applies to the inbound and outbound directions. Also, the
same authentication parameters must be used by all routers on the network to which the interface
is connected, as described in section 7 of RFC 4552.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)#ipv6 ospf auth ipsec spi 429496795 esp sha1
abcdef12345678900987654321fedcba12345678
Syntax: [no] ipv6 ospf authentication ipsec spi spinum esp sha1 [no-encrypt] key
The no form of this command deletes IPsec from the interface.
The ipv6 command is available in the configuration interface context for a specific interface.
The ospf keyword identifies OSPFv3 as the protocol to receive IPsec security.
The authentication keyword enables authentication.
The ipsec keyword specifies IPsec as the authentication protocol.
The spi keyword and the spinum variable specify the security parameter that points to the security
association. The near-end and far-end values for spinum must be the same. The range for spinum
is decimal 256–4294967295.
The mandatory esp keyword specifies ESP (rather than authentication header) as the protocol to
provide packet-level security. In the current release, this parameter can be esp only.
The sha1 keyword specifies the HMAC-SHA1-96 authentication algorithm. This mandatory
parameter can be only the sha1 keyword in the current release.
Including the optional no-encrypt keyword means that when you display the IPsec configuration,
the key is displayed in its unencrypted form and also saved as unencrypted.
The key variable must be 40 hexadecimal characters. To change an existing key, you must also
specify a different SPI value. You cannot just change the key without also specifying a different SPI,
too. For example, in an interface context where you intend to change a key, you must type a
different SPI value—which occurs before the key parameter on the command line—before you type
the new key. The example in “IPsec for OSPF V3 configuration”illustrates this requirement.
If no-encrypt is not entered, then the key will be encrypted. This is the default. The system adds the
following in the configuration to indicate that the key is encrypted:
• encrypt = the key string uses proprietary simple crytographic 2-way algorithm.
• encryptb64 = the key string uses proprietary base64 crytographic 2-way algorithm.
This example results in the configuration shown in the screen output that follows. Note that
because the optional no-encrypt keyword was omitted, the display of the key has the encrypted
form by default.
interface ethernet 1/1/2
enable
ip address 10.3.3.1/8
ipv6 address 2001:db8:3::1/64
ipv6 ospf area 1
ipv6 ospf authentication ipsec spi 429496795 esp sha1 encryptb64
$ITJkQG5HWnw4M09tWVd
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
251
OSPF V3 configuration
Configuring IPsec for an area
This application of the area command (for IPsec) applies to all of the interfaces that belong to an
area unless an interface has its own IPsec configuration. (As described in “Disabling IPsec on an
interface” on page 253, the interface IPsec can be operationally disabled if necessary.) To
configure IPsec for an area in the IPv6 router OSPF context, proceed as in the following example.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area 2 auth ipsec spi 400 esp sha1
abcef12345678901234fedcba098765432109876
Syntax: area area-id authentication ipsec spi spinum esp sha1 [no-encrypt] key
The no form of this command deletes IPsec from the area.
The area command and the area-id variable specify the area for this IPsec configuration. The
area-id can be an integer in the range 0–2,147,483,647 or have the format of an IP address.
The authentication keyword specifies that the function to specify for the area is packet
authentication.
The ipsec keyword specifies that IPsec is the protocol that authenticates the packets.
The spi keyword and the spinum variable specify the index that points to the security association.
The near-end and far-end values for spinum must be the same. The range for spinum is decimal
256–4294967295.
The mandatory esp keyword specifies ESP (rather than authentication header) as the protocol to
provide packet-level security. In the current release, this parameter can be esp only.
The sha1 keyword specifies the HMAC-SHA1-96 authentication algorithm. This mandatory
parameter can be only the sha1 keyword in the current release.
Including the optional no-encrypt keyword means that the 40-character key is not encrypted upon
either its entry or its display. The key must be 40 hexadecimal characters.
If no-encrypt is not entered, then the key will be encrypted. This is the default. The system adds the
following in the configuration to indicate that the key is encrypted:
• encrypt = the key string uses proprietary simple crytographic 2-way algorithm.
• encryptb64 = the key string uses proprietary base64 crytographic 2-way algorithm.
The configuration in the preceding example results in the configuration for area 2 that is illustrated
in the following example.
ipv6 router ospf
area 0
area 1
area 2
area 2 auth ipsec spi 400 esp sha1 abcef12345678901234fedcba098765432109876
Configuring IPsec for a virtual link
IPsec on a virtual link has a global configuration.
To configure IPsec on a virtual link, enter the IPv6 router OSPF context of the CLI and proceed as
the following example illustrates. (Note the no-encrypt option in this example.)
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#area 1 vir 10.2.2.2 auth ipsec spi 360 esp sha1
no-encrypt 1234567890098765432112345678990987654321
252
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
OSPF V3 configuration
Syntax: [no] area area-id virtual nbrid authentication ipsec spi spinum esp sha1 [no-encrypt] key
The no form of this command deletes IPsec from the virtual link.
The area command and the area-id variable specify the area is to be configured. The area-id can
be an integer in the range 0–2,147,483,647 or have the format of an IP address.
The virtual keyword indicates that this configuration applies to the virtual link identified by the
subsequent variable nbrid. The variable nbrid is in dotted decimal notation of an IP address.
The authentication keyword specifies that the function to specify for the area is packet
authentication.
The ipsec keyword specifies that IPsec is the protocol that authenticates the packets.
The spi keyword and the spinum variable specify the index that points to the security association.
The near-end and far-end values for spinum must be the same. The range for spinum is decimal
256–4294967295.
The mandatory esp keyword specifies ESP (rather than authentication header) as the protocol to
provide packet-level security. In the current release, this parameter can be esp only.
The sha1 keyword specifies the HMAC-SHA1-96 authentication algorithm. This mandatory
parameter can be only the sha1 keyword in the current release.
Including the optional no-encrypt keyword means that the 40-character key is not encrypted in
show command displays. If no-encrypt is not entered, then the key will be encrypted. This is the
default. The system adds the following in the configuration to indicate that the key is encrypted:
• encrypt = the key string uses proprietary simple crytographic 2-way algorithm.
• encryptb64 = the key string uses proprietary base64 crytographic 2-way algorithm.
This example results in the following configuration.
area 1 virtual-link 10.2.2.2
area 1 virtual-link 10.2.2.2 authentication ipsec spi 360 esp sha1 no-encrypt 12
34567890098765432112345678990987654321
Disabling IPsec on an interface
For the purpose of troubleshooting, you can operationally disable IPsec on an interface by using the
ipv6 ospf authentication ipsec disable command in the CLI context of a specific interface. This
command disables IPsec on the interface whether its IPsec configuration is the area’s IPsec
configuration or is specific to that interface. The output of the show ipv6 ospf interface command
shows the current setting for the disable command.
To disable IPsec on an interface, go to the CLI context of the interface and proceed as in the
following example.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/2)#ipv6 ospf auth ipsec disable
Syntax: [no] ipv6 ospf authentication ipsec disable
The no form of this command restores the area and interface-specific IPsec operation.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
253
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Changing the key rollover timer
Configuration changes for authentication takes effect in a controlled manner through the key
rollover procedure as specified in RFC 4552, Section 10.1. The key rollover timer controls the
timing of the configuration changeover. The key rollover timer can be configured in the IPv6 router
OSPF context, as the following example illustrates.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#key-rollover-interval 200
Syntax: key-rollover-interval time
The range for the key-rollover-interval is 0–14400 seconds. The default is 300 seconds.
Clearing IPsec statistics
This section describes the clear ipsec statistics command for clearing statistics related to IPsec.
The command resets to 0 the counters (which you can view as a part of IPSecurity Packet
Statistics). The counters hold IPsec packet statistics and IPsec error statistics. The following
example illustrates the show ipsec statistics output.
Brocade#show ipsec statistics
IPSecurity Statistics
secEspCurrentInboundSAs 1
ipsecEspTotalInboundSAs:
secEspCurrentOutboundSA 1
ipsecEspTotalOutboundSAs:
IPSecurity Packet Statistics
secEspTotalInPkts:
20
ipsecEspTotalInPktsDrop:
secEspTotalOutPkts:
84
IPSecurity Error Statistics
secAuthenticationErrors 0
secReplayErrors:
0
ipsecPolicyErrors:
secOtherReceiveErrors: 0
ipsecSendErrors:
secUnknownSpiErrors:
0
2
2
0
13
0
To clear the statistics, enter the clear ipsec statistics command as in the following example.
Brocade#clear ipsec statistics
Syntax: clear ipsec statistics
This command takes no parameters.
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
You can display the information for the following OSPF V3 parameters:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
254
Areas
Link state databases
Interfaces
Memory usage
Neighbors
Redistributed routes
Routes
SPF
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
• Virtual links
• Virtual neighbors
• IPsec
Displaying OSPF V3 area information
To display global OSPF V3 area information for the Brocade device, enter the following command at
any CLI level.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf area
Area 0:
Interface attached to this area: loopback 2 ethe 1/1/3 tunnel 2
Number of Area scoped LSAs is 6
Statistics of Area 0:
SPF algorithm executed 16 times
SPF last updated: 335256 sec ago
Current SPF node count: 3
Router: 2 Network: 1
Maximum of Hop count to nodes: 2
...
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf area [area id]
You can specify the area-id parameter in the following formats:
• As an IPv4 address, for example, 192.168.1.1.
• As a numerical value from 0–2,147,483,647.
The area-id parameter restricts the display to the specified OSPF area.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 43
OSPF V3 area information fields
Field
Description
Area
The area number.
Interface attached to this area
The router interfaces attached to the area.
Number of Area scoped LSAs
Number of LSAs with a scope of the specified area.
SPF algorithm executed
The number of times the OSPF Shortest Path First (SPF) algorithm is executed
within the area.
SPF last updated
The interval in seconds that the SPF algorithm was last executed within the
area.
Current SPF node count
The current number of SPF nodes in the area.
Router
Number of router LSAs in the area.
Network
Number of network LSAs in the area.
Indx
The row number of the entry in the router OSPF area table.
Area
The area number.
Maximum hop count to nodes.
The maximum number of hop counts to an SPF node within the area.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
255
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Displaying OSPF V3 database information
You can display a summary of the link state database or detailed information about a specified LSA
type.
To display a summary of a device link state database, enter the show ipv6 ospf database command
at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf database
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
0
Link 000001e6 192.168.223.223
0
Link 000000d8 10.1.1.1
0
Link 00000185 192.168.223.223
0
Iap 00000077 192.168.223.223
0
Rtr 00000124 192.168.223.223
0
Net 00000016 192.168.223.223
0
Iap 000001d1 192.168.223.223
0
Iap 000000c3 10.1.1.1
0
Rtr 00000170 10.1.1.1
N/A
Extn 00000062 192.168.223.223
N/A
Extn 0000021d 192.168.223.223
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
800000ab 1547 8955
800000aa 1295 0639
800000ab 1481 7e6b
800000aa 1404 966a
800000b0 1397 912c
800000aa 1388 1b09
800000bd 1379 a072
800000ae 1325 e021
800000ad 1280 af8e
800000ae 1409 0ca7
800000a8 1319 441e
Len
68
68
56
56
40
32
72
52
40
32
32
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf database [advrtr ipv4-address | as-external | extensive | inter-prefix |
inter-router | intra-prefix | link | link-id number | network | router [scope area-id | as |
link]]
The advrtr ipv4-address parameter displays detailed information about the LSAs for a specified
advertising router only.
The as-external keyword displays detailed information about the AS externals LSAs only.
The extensive keyword displays detailed information about all LSAs in the database.
The inter-prefix keyword displays detailed information about the inter-area prefix LSAs only.
The inter-router keyword displays detailed information about the inter-area router LSAs only.
The intra-prefix keyword displays detailed information about the intra-area prefix LSAs only.
The link keyword displays detailed information about the link LSAs only.
The link-id number parameter displays detailed information about the specified link LSAs only.
The network number displays detailed information about the network LSAs only.
The router number displays detailed information about the router LSAs only.
The scope area-id parameter displays detailed information about the LSAs for a specified area, AS,
or link.
256
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 44
OSPF V3 database summary fields
Field
Description
Area ID
The OSPF area in which the Brocade device resides.
Type
Type of LSA. LSA types can be the following:
• Rtr – Router LSAs (Type 1).
• Net – Network LSAs (Type 2).
• Inap – Inter-area prefix LSAs for ABRs (Type 3).
• Inar – Inter-area router LSAs for ASBRs (Type 4).
• Extn – AS external LSAs (Type 5).
• Link – Link LSAs (Type 8).
• Iap – Intra-area prefix LSAs (Type 9).
LS ID
The ID of the LSA, in hexadecimal, from which the device learned this route.
Adv Rtr
The device that advertised the route.
Seq(Hex)
The sequence number of the LSA. The OSPF neighbor that sent the LSA stamps it with a
sequence number to enable the Brocade device and other OSPF routers to determine which
LSA for a given route is the most recent.
Age
The age of the LSA, in seconds.
Chksum
A checksum for the LSA packet. The checksum is based on all the fields in the packet
except the age field. The Brocade device uses the checksum to verify that the packet is not
corrupted.
Len
The length, in bytes, of the LSA.
For example, to display detailed information about all LSAs in the database, enter the show ipv6
ospf database extensive command at any CLI level.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
257
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf database extensive
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
0
Link 00000031 10.1.1.1
80000001 35
6db9
Router Priority: 1
Options: V6E---R-LinkLocal Address: 2001:db8::1
Number of Prefix: 1
Prefix Options:
Prefix: 2001:db8::/64
...
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
0
Iap 00000159 192.168.223.223 800000ab 357 946b
Number of Prefix: 2
Referenced LS Type: Network
Referenced LS ID: 00000159
Referenced Advertising Router: 192.168.223.223
Prefix Options: Metric: 0
Prefix: 2001:db8::/64
Prefix Options: Metric: 0
Prefix: 2001:db8:46a::/64
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
0
Rtr 00000039 192.168.223.223 800000b1 355 8f2d
Capability Bits: --EOptions: V6E---R-Type: Transit Metric: 1
Interface ID: 00000058 Neighbor Interface ID: 00000058
Neighbor Router ID: 192.168.223.223
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
0
Net 000001f4 192.168.223.223 800000ab 346 190a
Options: V6E---R-Attached Router: 192.168.223.223
Attached Router: 10.1.1.1
...
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
N/A
Extn 000001df 192.168.223 800000af 368 0aa8
32
Bits: E
Metric: 00000001
Prefix Options:
Referenced LSType: 0
Prefix: 2001:db8::/16
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
1
Inap 0000011d 10.1.1.188
80000001 124 25de
Metric: 2
Prefix Options:
Prefix: 2001:db8:2::/64
Area ID
Type LS ID
Adv Rtr
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
0
Inar 0000005b 10.1.1.198
80000001 990 dbad
Options: V6E---R-Metric: 1
Destination Router ID:10.1.1.188
Len
56
Len
56
Len
40
Len
32
Len
Len
36
Len
32
NOTE
Portions of this display are truncated for brevity. The purpose of this display is to show all possible
fields that might display rather than to show complete output.
258
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
The fields that display depend upon the LSA type as shown in the following table.
TABLE 45
OSPF V3 detailed database information fields
Field
Description
Router LSA (Type 1) (Rtr) fields
Capability Bits
A bit that indicates the capability of the Brocade device. The bit can be set to one of the
following:
• B – The device is an area border router.
• E – The device is an AS boundary router.
• V – The device is a virtual link endpoint.
• W – The device is a wildcard multicast receiver.
Options
A 24-bit field that enables IPv6 OSPF routers to support the optional capabilities. When
set, the following bits indicate the following:
V6 – The device should be included in IPv6 routing calculations.
E – The device floods AS-external-LSAs as described in RFC 2740.
MC – The device forwards multicast packets as described in RFC 1586.
N – The device handles type 7 LSAs as described in RFC 1584.
R – The originator is an active router.
DC –The device handles demand circuits.
Type
The type of interface. Possible types can be the following:
• Point-to-point – A point-to-point connection to another router.
• Transit – A connection to a transit network.
• Virtual link – A connection to a virtual link.
Metric
The cost of using this router interface for outbound traffic.
Interface ID
The ID assigned to the router interface.
Neighbor Interface ID
The interface ID that the neighboring router has been advertising in hello packets sent on
the attached link.
Neighbor Router ID
The router ID (IPv4 address) of the neighboring router that advertised the route. (By
default, the Brocade router ID is the IPv4 address configured on the lowest numbered
loopback interface. If the Brocade device does not have a loopback interface, the default
router ID is the lowest numbered IPv4 address configured on the device.)
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
259
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 45
OSPF V3 detailed database information fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Network LSA (Type 2) (Net) fields
Options
A 24-bit field that enables IPv6 OSPF routers to support the optional capabilities. When
set, the following bits indicate the following:
V6 – The device should be included in IPv6 routing calculations.
E – The device floods AS-external-LSAs as described in RFC 2740.
MC – The device forwards multicast packets as described in RFC 1586.
N – The device handles type 7 LSAs as described in RFC 1584.
R – The originator is an active router.
DC –The device handles demand circuits.
Attached Router
The address of the neighboring router that advertised the route.
Inter-Area Prefix LSA (Type 3) (Inap) fields
Metric
The cost of the route.
Prefix Options
An 8-bit field describing various capabilities associated with the prefix.
Prefix
The IPv6 prefix included in the LSA.
Inter-Area Router LSA (Type 4) (Inar) fields
Options
A 24-bit field that enables IPv6 OSPF routers to support the optional capabilities. When
set, the following bits indicate the following:
V6 – The device should be included in IPv6 routing calculations.
E – The device floods AS-external-LSAs as described in RFC 2740.
MC – The device forwards multicast packets as described in RFC 1586.
N – The device handles type 7 LSAs as described in RFC 1584.
R – The originator is an active router.
DC –The device handles demand circuits.
Metric
The cost of the route.
Destination Router ID
The ID of the router described in the LSA.
AS External LSA (Type 5) (Extn) fields
Bits
The bit can be set to one of the following:
• E – If bit E is set, a Type 2 external metric. If bit E is zero, a Type 1 external metric.
• F – A forwarding address is included in the LSA.
• T – An external route tag is included in the LSA.
Metric
The cost of this route, which depends on bit E.
Prefix Options
An 8-bit field describing various capabilities associated with the prefix.
Referenced LS Type
If non-zero, an LSA with this LS type is associated with the LSA.
Prefix
The IPv6 prefix included in the LSA.
Link LSA (Type 8) (Link) fields
260
Router Priority
The router priority of the interface attaching the originating router to the link.
Options
The set of options bits that the router would like set in the network LSA that will be
originated for the link.
Link Local Address
The originating router link-local interface address on the link.
Number of Prefix
The number of IPv6 address prefixes contained in the LSA.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 45
OSPF V3 detailed database information fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Prefix Options
An 8-bit field of capabilities that serve as input to various routing calculations:
NU – The prefix is excluded from IPv6 unicast calculations.
LA – The prefix is an IPv6 interface address of the advertising router.
MC – The prefix is included in IPv6 multicast routing calculations.
•
•
•
Prefix
The IPv6 prefix included in the LSA.
Intra-Area Prefix LSAs (Type 9) (Iap) fields
Number of Prefix
The number of prefixes included in the LSA.
Referenced LS Type,
Referenced LS ID
Identifies the router-LSA or network-LSA with which the IPv6 address prefixes are
associated.
Referenced
Advertising Router
The address of the neighboring router that advertised the route.
Prefix Options
An 8-bit field describing various capabilities associated with the prefix.
Metric
The cost of using the advertised prefix.
Prefix
The IPv6 prefix included in the LSA.
Number of Prefix
The number of prefixes included in the LSA.
Displaying OSPF V3 interface information
You can display a summary of information for all OSPF V3 interfaces or detailed information about
a specified OSPF V3 interface.
To display a summary of OSPF V3 interfaces, enter the show ipv6 ospf interface command at any
CLI level.
Brocade#show
Interface
ethe 1/1/1
ethe 1/1/2
ethe 1/1/3
loopback 2
tunnel 1
tunnel 2
tunnel 6
ipv6 ospf interface
OSPF
Status State
up
enabled
up
DR
disabled down
enabled
up
Loopback
disabled down
enabled
up
P2P
up
Area
0
0
0
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf interface [ethernet port | loopback number | tunnel number | ve number]
The ethernet | loopback | tunnel | ve parameter specifies the interface for which to display
information. If you specify an Ethernet interface, also specify the port number associated with the
interface. If you specify a loopback, tunnel, or VE interface, also specify the number associated
with the interface.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
261
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 46
Summary of OSPF V3 interface information
Field
Description
Interface
The interface type, and the port number or number of the interface.
OSPF
Status
State
Area
The state of OSPF V3 on the interface. Possible states include the following:
Enabled.
Disabled.
•
•
The status of the link. Possible status include the following:
Up.
Down.
•
•
The state of the interface. Possible states includes the following:
DR – The interface is functioning as the Designated Router for OSPF V3.
BDR – The interface is functioning as the Backup Designated Router for OSPF V3.
Loopback – The interface is functioning as a loopback interface.
P2P – The interface is functioning as a point-to-point interface.
Passive – The interface is up but it does not take part in forming an adjacency.
Waiting – The interface is trying to determine the identity of the BDR for the network.
None – The interface does not take part in the OSPF interface state machine.
Down – The interface is unusable. No protocol traffic can be sent or received on such a
interface.
• DR other – The interface is a broadcast or NBMA network on which another router is
selected to be the DR.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The OSPF area to which the interface belongs.
For example, to display detailed information about Ethernet interface 2, enter the show ipv6 ospf
interface ethernet command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf interface ethernet 1/1/3
ethe 1/1/3 is up, type BROADCAST
IPv6 Address:
2001:db8:46a::1/64
2001:db8::106/64
Instance ID 0, Router ID 192.168.223.223
Area ID 0, Cost 1
State DR, Transmit Delay 1 sec, Priority 1
Timer intervals :
Hello 10, Dead 40, Retransmit 5
DR:192.168.223.223 BDR:10.1.1.1 Number of I/F scoped LSAs is 2
DRElection:
5 times, DelayedLSAck:
523 times
Neighbor Count = 1,
Adjacent Neighbor Count= 1
Neighbor:
10.1.1.1 (BDR)
Statistics of interface ethe 1/1/3:
Type
tx
rx tx-byte rx-byte
Unknown
0
0
0
0
Hello
3149 3138 1259284 1255352
DbDesc
7
6
416
288
LSReq
2
2
80
152
LSUpdate 1508 530 109508
39036
LSAck
526 1398
19036
54568
262
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 47
Detailed OSPF V3 interface information
Field
Interface status
Description
The status of the interface. Possible status includes the following:
Up.
Down.
•
•
Type
The type of OSPF V3 circuit running on the interface. Possible types include the following:
• BROADCAST
• POINT TO POINT UNKNOWN
IPv6 Address
The IPv6 address(es) assigned to the interface.
Instance ID
An identifier for an instance of OSPF V3.
Router ID
The IPv4 address of the Brocade device. By default, the Brocade router ID is the IPv4
address configured on the lowest numbered loopback interface. If the device does not
have a loopback interface, the default router ID is the lowest numbered IPv4 address
configured on the device.
Area ID
The IPv4 address or numerical value of the area in which the interface belongs.
Cost
The overhead required to send a packet through the interface.
State
The state of the interface. Possible states include the following:
DR – The interface is functioning as the Designated Router for OSPF V3.
BDR – The interface is functioning as the Backup Designated Router for OSPF V3.
Loopback – The interface is functioning as a loopback interface.
P2P – The interface is functioning as a point-to-point interface.
Passive – The interface is up but it does not take part in forming an adjacency.
Waiting – The interface is trying to determine the identity of the BDR for the network.
None – The interface does not take part in the OSPF interface state machine.
Down – The interface is unusable. No protocol traffic can be sent or received on such
a interface.
• DR other – The interface is a broadcast or NBMA network on which another router is
selected to be the DR.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Transmit delay
The amount of time, in seconds, it takes to transmit Link State Updates packets on the
interface.
Priority
The priority used when selecting the DR and the BDR. If the priority is 0, the interface does
not participate in the DR and BDR election.
Timer intervals
The interval, in seconds, of the hello-interval, dead-interval, and retransmit-interval timers.
DR
The router ID (IPv4 address) of the DR.
BDR
The router ID (IPv4 address) of the BDR.
Number of I/F
scoped LSAs
The number of interface LSAs scoped for a specified area, AS, or link.
DR Election
The number of times the DR election occurred.
Delayed LSA Ack
The number of the times the interface sent a delayed LSA acknowledgement.
Neighbor Count
The number of neighbors to which the interface is connected.
Adjacent Neighbor
Count
The number of neighbors with which the interface has formed an active adjacency.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
263
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 47
Detailed OSPF V3 interface information (Continued)
Field
Description
Neighbor
The router ID (IPv4 address) of the neighbor. This field also identifies the neighbor as a DR
or BDR, if appropriate.
Interface statistics
The following statistics are provided for the interface:
Unknown – The number of Unknown packets transmitted and received by the
interface. Also, the total number of bytes associated with transmitted and received
Unknown packets.
• Hello – The number of Hello packets transmitted and received by the interface. Also,
the total number of bytes associated with transmitted and received Hello packets.
• DbDesc – The number of Database Description packets transmitted and received by
the interface. Also, the total number of bytes associated with transmitted and
received Database Description packets.
• LSReq – The number of link-state requests transmitted and received by the interface.
Also, the total number of bytes associated with transmitted and received link-state
requests.
• LSUpdate – The number of link-state updates transmitted and received by the
interface. Also, the total number of bytes associated with transmitted and received
link-state requests.
• LSAck – The number of link-state acknowledgements transmitted and received by
the interface. Also, the total number of bytes associated with transmitted and
received link-state acknowledgements.
•
Displaying OSPF V3 memory usage
To display information about OSPF V3 memory usage, enter the show ipv6 ospf memory command
at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf memory
Total Static Memory Allocated : 5829 bytes
Total Dynamic Memory Allocated : 0 bytes
Memory Type
Size
Allocated
MTYPE_OSPF6_TOP
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_LSA_HDR
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_RMAP_COMPILED 0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_OTHER
0
0
MTYPE_THREAD_MASTER
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_AREA
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_AREA_RANGE
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_SUMMARY_ADDRE 0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_IF
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_NEIGHBOR
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_ROUTE_NODE
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_ROUTE_INFO
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_PREFIX
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_LSA
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_VERTEX
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_SPFTREE
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_NEXTHOP
0
0
MTYPE_OSPF6_EXTERNAL_INFO 0
0
MTYPE_THREAD
0
0
Max-alloc
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc-Fails
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf memory
264
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 48
OSPF V3 memory usage information
Field
Description
Total Static Memory Allocated
A summary of the amount of static memory allocated, in bytes, to OSPF V3.
Total Dynamic Memory Allocated
A summary of the amount of dynamic memory allocated, in bytes, to OSPF V3.
Memory Type
The type of memory used by OSPF V3. (This information is for use by Brocade
technical support in case of a problem.)
Size
The size of a memory type.
Allocated
The amount of memory currently allocated to a memory type.
Max-alloc
The maximum amount of memory that was allocated to a memory type.
Alloc-Fails
The number of times an attempt to allocate memory to a memory type failed.
Displaying OSPF V3 neighbor information
You can display a summary of OSPF V3 neighbor information for the Brocade device or detailed
information about a specified neighbor.
To display a summary of OSPF V3 neighbor information for the device, enter the show ipv6 ospf
neighbor command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf neighbor
RouterID
Pri State
DR
BDR
10.1.1.1
1 Full
192.168.223.223 10.1.1.1
Interface[State]
ethe 1/1/3 [DR]
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf neighbor [router-id ipv4-address]
The router-id ipv4-address parameter displays only the neighbor entries for the specified router.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 49
Summary of OSPF V3 neighbor information
Field
Description
Router ID
The IPv4 address of the neighbor. By default, the Brocade router ID is the IPv4 address configured
on the lowest numbered loopback interface. If the device does not have a loopback interface, the
default router ID is the lowest numbered IPv4 address configured on the device.
Pri
The OSPF V3 priority of the neighbor. The priority is used during election of the DR and BDR.
State
DR
The state between the Brocade device and the neighbor. The state can be one of the following:
Down
Attempt
Init
2-Way
ExStart
Exchange
Loading
Full
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The router ID (IPv4 address) of the DR.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
265
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 49
Summary of OSPF V3 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
BDR
The router ID (IPv4 address) of the BDR.
Interface
[State]
The interface through which the router is connected to the neighbor. The state of the interface can
be one of the following:
• DR – The interface is functioning as the Designated Router for OSPF V3.
• BDR – The interface is functioning as the Backup Designated Router for OSPF V3.
• Loopback – The interface is functioning as a loopback interface.
• P2P – The interface is functioning as a point-to-point interface.
• Passive – The interface is up but it does not take part in forming an adjacency.
• Waiting – The interface is trying to determine the identity of the BDR for the network.
• None – The interface does not take part in the OSPF interface state machine.
• Down – The interface is unusable. No protocol traffic can be sent or received on such a
interface.
• DR other – The interface is a broadcast or NBMA network on which another router is selected
to be the DR.
For example, to display detailed information about a neighbor with the router ID of 1.1.1.1, enter
the show ipv6 ospf neighbor router-id command at any CLI level.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf neighbor router-id 3.3.3.3
RouterID
Pri State
DR
BDR
10.3.3.3
1 Full
10.3.3.3
10.1.1.1
DbDesc bit for this neighbor: --s
Nbr Ifindex of this router: 1
Nbr DRDecision: DR 10.3.3.3, BDR 10.1.1.1
Last received DbDesc: opt:xxx ifmtu:0 bit:--s seqnum:0
Number of LSAs in DbDesc retransmitting: 0
Number of LSAs in SummaryList: 0
Number of LSAs in RequestList: 0
Number of LSAs in RetransList: 0
SeqnumMismatch 0 times, BadLSReq 0 times
OnewayReceived 0 times, InactivityTimer 0 times
DbDescRetrans 0 times, LSReqRetrans 0 times
LSUpdateRetrans 1 times
LSAReceived 12 times, LSUpdateReceived 6 times
Interface[State]
ve 10
[BDR]
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 50
266
Detailed OSPF V3 neighbor information
Field
Description
Router ID
For information about this field, refer to Table 49 on page 265.
Pri
For information about this field, refer to Table 49 on page 265.
State
For information about this field, refer to Table 49 on page 265.
DR
For information about this field, refer to Table 49 on page 265.
BDR
For information about this field, refer to Table 49 on page 265.
Interface [State]
For information about this field, refer to Table 49 on page 265.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 50
Detailed OSPF V3 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
DbDesc bit...
The Database Description packet, which includes 3 bits of information:
• The first bit can be “i” or “-”. “i” indicates the inet bit is set. “-” indicates the inet
bit is not set.
• The second bit can be “m” or “-”. “m” indicates the more bit is set. “-” indicates
the more bit is not set.
• The third bit can be “m” or “s”. An “m” indicates the master. An “s” indicates
standby.
Index
The ID of the LSA from which the neighbor learned of the router.
DR Decision
The router ID (IPv4 address) of the neighbor elected DR and BDR.
Last Received Db Desc
The content of the last database description received from the specified neighbor.
Number of LSAs in Db Desc
retransmitting
The number of LSAs that need to be retransmitted to the specified neighbor.
Number of LSAs in
Summary List
The number of LSAs in the neighbor summary list.
Number of LSAs in Request
List
The number of LSAs in the neighbor request list.
Number of LSAs in
Retransmit List
The number of LSAs in the neighbor retransmit list.
Seqnum Mismatch
The number of times sequence number mismatches occurred.
BadLSReq
The number of times the neighbor received a bad link-state request from the
Brocade device.
One way received
The number of times a hello packet, which does not mention the router, is received
from the neighbor. This omission in the hello packet indicates that the
communication with the neighbor is not bidirectional.
Inactivity Timer
The number of times that the neighbor inactivity timer expired.
Db Desc Retransmission
The number of times sequence number mismatches occurred.
LSReqRetrans
The number of times the neighbor retransmitted link-state requests to the Brocade
device.
LSUpdateRetrans
The number of times the neighbor retransmitted link-state updates to the Brocade
device.
LSA Received
The number of times the neighbor received LSAs from the Brocade device.
LS Update Received
The number of times the neighbor received link-state updates from the Brocade
device.
Displaying routes redistributed into OSPF V3
You can display all IPv6 routes or a specified IPv6 route that the Brocade device has redistributed
into OSPF V3.
To display all IPv6 routes that the device has redistributed into OSPF V3, enter the show ipv6 ospf
redistribute route command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
267
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf redistribute route
Id
Prefix
snIpAsPathAccessListStringRegExpression
1
2001:db8::/16
2
2001:db8::/32
Protocol
Metric Type
Metric
Static
Static
Type-2
Type-2
1
1
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf redistribute route [ipv6-prefix]
The ipv6-prefix parameter specifies an IPv6 network prefix. (You do not need to specify the length
of the prefix.)
For example, to display redistribution information for the prefix 2002::, enter the show ipv6 ospf
redistribute route command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf redistribute route 2001:db8::
Id
Prefix
Protocol Metric Type Metric
1
2001:db8::/16
Static
Type-2
1
These displays show the following information.
TABLE 51
OSPF V3 redistribution information
Field
Description
ID
An ID for the redistributed route.
Prefix
The IPv6 routes redistributed into OSPF V3.
Protocol
The protocol from which the route is redistributed into OSPF V3. Redistributed protocols can
be the following:
• RIP – RIPng.
• Static – IPv6 static route table.
• Connected – A directly connected network.
Metric Type
The metric type used for routes redistributed into OSPF V3. The metric type can be the
following:
• Type-1 – Specifies a small metric (2 bytes).
• Type-2 – Specifies a big metric (3 bytes).
Metric
The value of the default redistribution metric, which is the OSPF cost of redistributing the
route into OSPF V3.
Displaying OSPF V3 route information
You can display the entire OSPF V3 route table for the Brocade device or only the route entries for a
specified destination.
To display the entire OSPF V3 route table for the device, enter the show ipv6 ospf routes command
at any level of the CLI.
268
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf routes
Current Route count: 4
Intra: 4 Inter: 0 External: 0 (Type1 0/Type2 0)
Equal-cost multi-path: 0
Destination
Options
Area
Next Hop Router
Outgoing Interface
*IA 2001db8::/64
V6E---R-- 0.0.0.0
::
ethe 1/1/2
*IA 2001db8:46a::/64
V6E---R-- 0.0.0.0
::
ethe 1/1/2
*IA 2001db8::1/128
--------- 0.0.0.0
::
loopback 2
*IA 2001db8::2/128
V6E---R-- 0.0.0.0
2001db8:2e0:52ff:fe91:bb37
ethe 1/1/2
Cost Type2 Cost
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf routes [ipv6-prefix]
The ipv6-prefix parameter specifies a destination IPv6 prefix. (You do not need to specify the length
of the prefix.) If you use this parameter, only the route entries for this destination are shown.
For example, to display route information for the destination prefix 2000:4::, enter the show ipv6
ospf routes command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf routes 2001:db8::
Destination
Options
Area
Next Hop Router
Outgoing Interface
*IA 2001:db8::/64
V6E---R-- 0.0.0.0
::
ethe 1/1/2
Cost Type2 Cost
1
0
These displays show the following information.
TABLE 52
OSPF V3 route information
Field
Description
Current Route Count (Displays
with the entire OSPF V3 route
table only)
The number of route entries currently in the OSPF V3 route table.
Intra/Inter/External
(Type1/Type2) (Displays with the
entire OSPF V3 route table only)
The breakdown of the current route entries into the following route types:
Inter – The number of routes that pass into another area.
Intra – The number of routes that are within the local area.
External1 – The number of type 1 external routes.
External2 – The number of type 2 external routes.
•
•
•
•
Equal-cost multi-path (Displays
with the entire OSPF V3 route
table only)
The number of equal-cost routes to the same destination in the OSPF V3 route
table. If load sharing is enabled, the router equally distributes traffic among
the routes.
Destination
The IPv6 prefixes of destination networks to which the Brocade device can
forward IPv6 packets. “*IA” indicates the next router is an intra-area router.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
269
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 52
OSPF V3 route information (Continued)
Field
Description
Options
A 24-bit field that enables IPv6 OSPF routers to support the optional
capabilities. When set, the following bits indicate the following:
V6 – The device should be included in IPv6 routing calculations.
E – The device floods AS-external-LSAs as described in RFC 2740.
MC – The device forwards multicast packets as described in RFC 1586.
N – The device handles type 7 LSAs as described in RFC 1584.
R – The originator is an active router.
DC –The device handles demand circuits.
Area
The area whose link state information has led to the routing table entry's
collection of paths.
Cost
The type 1 cost of this route.
Type2 Cost
The type 2 cost of this route.
Next-Hop Router
The IPv6 address of the next router a packet must traverse to reach a
destination.
Outgoing Interface
The router interface through which a packet must traverse to reach the
next-hop router.
Displaying OSPF V3 SPF information
You can display the following OSPF V3 SPF information:
• SPF node information for a specified area.
• SPF table for a specified area.
• SPF tree for a specified area.
For example, to display information about SPF nodes in area 0, enter the show ipv6 ospf spf node
area command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf spf node area 0
SPF node for Area 0
SPF node 192.168.223.223, cost: 0, hops: 0
nexthops to node:
parent nodes:
child nodes: 192.168.223.223:88
SPF node 192.168.223.223:88, cost: 1,
nexthops to node:
:: ethe 1/1/2
parent nodes: 192.168.223.223
child nodes: 10.1.1.1:0
hops: 1
SPF node 10.1.1.1:0, cost: 1, hops: 2
nexthops to node:
2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe91:bb37 ethe 1/1/2
parent nodes: 192.168.223.223:88
child nodes:
270
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf spf node area [area-id]
The node keyword displays SPF node information.
The area area-id parameter specifies a particular area. You can specify the area-id in the following
formats:
• As an IPv4 address; for example, 192.168.1.1.
• As a numerical value from 0– 2,147,483,647.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 53
OSPF V3 SPF node information
Field
Description
SPF node
Each SPF node is identified by its router ID (IPv4 address). If the node is a child node, it is
additionally identified by an interface on which the node can be reached appended to the
router ID in the format router-id:interface-id.
Cost
The cost of traversing the SPF node to reach the destination.
Hops
The number of hops needed to reach the parent SPF node.
Next Hops to Node
The IPv6 address of the next hop-router or the router interface, or both, through which to
access the next-hop router.
Parent Nodes
The SPF node parent nodes. A parent node is an SPF node at the highest level of the SPF
tree, which is identified by its router ID.
Child Nodes
The SPF node child nodes. A child node is an SPF node at a lower level of the SPF tree,
which is identified by its router ID and interface on which the node can be reached.
For example, to display the SPF table for area 0, enter the show ipv6 ospf spf table area command
at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf spf
SPF table for Area 0
Destination
Bits
R 10.1.1.1
---N 192.168.223.223[88] ----
table area 0
Options Cost Nexthop
Interface
V6E---R1 2001:db8:2e0:52ff:fe91:bb37 ethe 1/1/2
V6E---R1 ::
ethe 1/1/2
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf spf table area area-id
The table parameter displays the SPF table.
The area area-id parameter specifies a particular area. You can specify the area-id in the following
formats:
• As an IPv4 address, for example, 192.168.1.1.
• As a numerical value from 0–2,147,483,647.
This display shows the following information.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
271
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 54
OSPF V3 SPF table
Field
Description
Destination
The destination of a route, which is identified by the following:
• “R”, which indicates the destination is a router. “N”, which indicates the destination is a
network.
• An SPF node router ID (IPv4 address). If the node is a child node, it is additionally
identified by an interface on which the node can be reached appended to the router ID in
the format router-id:interface-id.
Bits
A bit that indicates the capability of the Brocade device. The bit can be set to one of the
following:
• B – The device is an area border router.
• E – The device is an AS boundary router.
• V – The device is a virtual link endpoint.
• W – The device is a wildcard multicast receiver.
Options
A 24-bit field that enables IPv6 OSPF routers to support the optional capabilities. When set, the
following bits indicate the following:
V6 – The router should be included in IPv6 routing calculations.
E – The router floods AS-external-LSAs as described in RFC 2740.
MC – The router forwards multicast packets as described in RFC 1586.
N – The router handles type 7 LSAs as described in RFC 1584.
R – The originator is an active router.
DC –The router handles demand circuits.
Cost
The cost of traversing the SPF node to reach the destination.
Next hop
The IPv6 address of the next hop-router.
Interface
The router interface through which to access the next-hop router.
For example, to display the SPF tree for area 0, enter the show ipv6 ospf spf tree area command at
any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf spf tree area 0
SPF tree for Area 0
+- 192.168.223.223 cost 0
+- 192.168.223.223:88 cost 1
+- 10.1.1.1:0 cost 1
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf spf tree area area-id
The tree keyword displays the SPF table.
The area area-id parameter specifies a particular area. You can specify the area-id in the following
formats:
• As an IPv4 address; for example, 192.168.1.1.
• As a numerical value from 0 – 2,147,483,647.
In this sample output, consider the SPF node with the router ID 192.168.223.223 to be the top
(root) of the tree and the local router. Consider all other layers of the tree (192.168.223.223:88
and 10.1.1.1:0) to be destinations in the network. Therefore, traffic destined from router
192.168.223.223 to router 10.1.1.1:0 must first traverse router 192.168.223.223:88.
272
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Displaying IPv6 OSPF virtual link information
To display OSPF V3 virtual link information for the Brocade device, enter the show ipv6 ospf
virtual-link command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link
Index Transit Area ID Router ID
1
1
10.1.1.1
Interface Address
2001:db8::2
State
P2P
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf virtual-link
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 55
OSPF V3 virtual link information
Field
Description
Index
An index number associated with the virtual link.
Transit Area ID
The ID of the shared area of two ABRs that serves as a connection point between the two
routers.
Router ID
IPv4 address of the router at the other end of the virtual link (virtual neighbor).
Interface Address
The local address used to communicate with the virtual neighbor.
State
The state of the virtual link. Possible states include the following:
P2P – The link is functioning as a point-to-point interface.
DOWN – The link is down.
•
•
Displaying OSPF V3 virtual neighbor information
To display OSPF V3 virtual neighbor information for the Brocade device, enter the show ipv6 ospf
virtual-neighbor command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf virtual-neighbor
Index Router ID
Address
1
10.1.1.1
2001:db8::1
State
Full
Interface
ethe 1/1/3
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf virtual-neighbor
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 56
OSPF V3 virtual neighbor information
Field
Description
Index
An index number associated with the virtual neighbor.
Router ID
IPv4 address of the virtual neighbor.
Address
The IPv6 address to be used for communication with the virtual neighbor.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
273
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 56
OSPF V3 virtual neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
State
The state between the Brocade device and the virtual neighbor. The state can
be one of the following:
• Down
• Attempt
• Init
• 2-Way
• ExStart
• Exchange
• Loading
• Full
Interface
The IPv6 address of the virtual neighbor.
IPsec examples
This section contains examples of IPsec configuration and the output from the IPsec-specific show
commands. In addition, IPsec-related information appears in general show command output for
interfaces and areas.
The show commands that are specific to IPsec are:
• show ipsec sa
• show ipsec policy
• show ipsec statistics
The other show commands with IPsec-related information are:
• show ipv6 ospf area
• show ipv6 ospf interface
Showing IPsec security association information
The show ipsec sa command displays the IPsec security association databases, as follows.
Brocade#show ipsec sa
IPSEC Security Association Database(Entries:8)
SPDID(if)
Dir Encap SPI
Destination
ALL
in ESP
512
2001:db8:1::1
eth1/1/1
out ESP
302
::
eth1/1/1
in ESP
302
2001:db8::
eth1/1/1
out ESP
512
2001:db8:1::2
ALL
in ESP
512
2001:db8:1::1
eth1/1/2
out ESP
302
::
eth1/1/2
in ESP
302
2001:db8::
eth1/1/2
out ESP
512
2001:db8:1::2
AuthAlg
sha1
sha1
sha1
sha1
sha1
sha1
sha1
sha1
EncryptAlg
Null
Null
Null
Null
Null
Null
Null
Null
Syntax: show ipsec sa
274
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Showing IPsec policy
The show ipsec policy command displays the database for the IPsec security policies. The fields for
this show command output appear in the screen output example that follows. However, you should
understand the layout and column headings for the display before trying to interpret the
information in the example screen.
Each policy entry consists of two categories of information:
• The policy information
• The SA used by the policy
The policy information line in the screen begins with the heading Ptype and also has the headings
Dir, Proto, Source (Prefix:TCP.UDP Port), and Destination (Prefix:TCP/UDPPort). The SA line
contains the SPDID, direction, encapsulation (always ESP in the current release), the user-specified
SPI, For readability, the policy information is described in Table 57, and SA-specific information is in
Table 58.
Brocade#show ipsec policy
IPSEC Security Policy Database(Entries:8)
PType Dir Proto Source(Prefix:TCP/UDP Port)
Destination(Prefix:TCP/UDPPort)
SA: SPDID(if) Dir Encap SPI
Destination
use
in OSPF 2001:db8::/10:any
::/0:any
SA: eth1/1/2 in ESP
302
FE80::
use
out OSPF 2001:db8::/10:any
::/0:any
SA: eth1/1/2 out ESP
302
::
use
in OSPF 2001:db8::/10:any
::/0:any
SA: eth1/1/1 in ESP
302
FE80::
use
out OSPF 2001:db8::/10:any
::/0:any
SA: eth1/1/1 out ESP
302
::
use
in OSPF 2001:db8:1::1/128:any
2001:db8:1::2/128:any
SA: ethALL
in ESP
512
10:1:1::2
use
out OSPF 2001:db8:1::2/128:any
2001:db8:1::1/128:any
SA: eth1/1/1 out ESP
512
35:1:1::1
use
in OSPF 2001:db8:1::1/128:any
2001:db8:1::2/128:any
SA: ethALL
in ESP
512
10:1:1::2
use
out OSPF 2001:db8:1::2/128:any
2001:db8:1::1/128:any
SA: 2:e1/1/2 out ESP
512
2001:db8:1::1
Syntax: show ipsec policy
This command takes no parameters.
TABLE 57
IPsec policy information
Field
Description
PType
This field contains the policy type. Of the existing policy types, only the “use”
policy type is supported, so each entry can have only “use.”
Dir
The direction of traffic flow to which the IPsec policy is applied. Each direction
has its own entry.
Proto
The only possible routing protocol for the security policy in the current release
is OSPFv3.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
275
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 57
IPsec policy information (Continued)
Field
Description
Source
The source address consists of the IPv6 prefix and the TCP or UDP port
identifier.
Destination
The destination address consists of the IPv6 prefix. Certain logical elements
have a bearing on the meaning of the destination address and its format, as
follows:
For IPsec on an interface or area, the destination address is shown as a prefix
of 0xFE80 (link local). The solitary “::” (no prefix) indicates a “do not-care”
situation because the connection is multicast. In this case, the security policy
is enforced without regard for the destination address.
For a virtual link (SPDID = 0), the address is required.
TABLE 58
SA used by the policy
Field
Description
SA
This heading points at the SA-related headings for information used by the
security policy. Thereafter, on each line of this part of the IPsec entry (which
alternates with lines of policy information Table 57), “SA:” points at the fields
under those SA-related headings. The remainder of this table describes each
of the SA-related items.
SPDID
The Security policy database identifier (SPDID) consists of interface type and
Interface ID.
Dir
The Dir field is either ‘in” for inbound or “out” for outbound.
Encap
The type of encapsulation in the current release is ESP.
SPI
Security parameter index.
Destination
The IPv6 address of the destination endpoint. From the standpoint of the near
interface and the area, the destination is not relevant and therefore appears
as ::/0:any.
For a virtual link, both the inbound and outbound destination addresses are
relevant.
Showing IPsec statistics
The show ipsec statistics command displays the error and other counters for IPsec, as this example
shows.
Brocade#show ipsec statistics
IPSecurity Statistics
secEspCurrentInboundSAs 1
ipsecEspTotalInboundSAs:
secEspCurrentOutboundSA 1
ipsecEspTotalOutboundSAs:
IPSecurity Packet Statistics
secEspTotalInPkts:
19
ipsecEspTotalInPktsDrop:
secEspTotalOutPkts:
83
IPSecurity Error Statistics
secAuthenticationErrors 0
secReplayErrors:
0
ipsecPolicyErrors:
secOtherReceiveErrors: 0
ipsecSendErrors:
secAuthenticationErrors 0
secReplayErrors:
0
ipsecPolicyErrors:
secOtherReceiveErrors: 0
ipsecSendErrors:
secUnknownSpiErrors:
0
276
2
2
0
13
0
13
0
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Syntax: show ipsec statistics
This command takes no parameters.
Displaying IPsec configuration for an area
The show ipv6 ospf area [area-id] command includes information about IPsec for one area or all
areas. In the example that follows, the IPsec information is in bold. IPsec is enabled in the first
area (area 0) in this example but not in area 3. Note that in area 3, the IPsec key was specified as
not encrypted.
Brocade(config-ospf6-router)#show ipv6 ospf area
Authentication: Configured
KeyRolloverTime(sec): Configured: 25 Current: 20
KeyRolloverState: Active,Phase1
Current: None
New: SPI:400, ESP, SHA1
Key:$Z|83OmYW{QZ|83OmYW{QZ|83OmYW{QZ|83OmYW{Q
Interface attached to this area: eth 1/1/1
Number of Area scoped LSAs is 6
Sum of Area LSAs Checksum is 0004f7de
Statistics of Area 0:
SPF algorithm executed 6 times
SPF last updated: 482 sec ago
Current SPF node count: 1
Router: 1 Network: 0
Maximum of Hop count to nodes: 0
Area 3:
Authentication: Not Configured
Interface attached to this area:
Number of Area scoped LSAs is 3
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf area [area-id]
The area-id parameter restricts the display to the specified OSPF area. You can specify the area-id
parameter in the following formats:
• An IPv4 address, for example, 192.168.1.1
• A numerical value in the range 0–2,147,483,647
TABLE 59
Area configuration of IPsec
Field
Description
Authentication
This field shows whether or not authentication is configured. If this field says
“Not Configured,” the IPsec-related fields (bold in example screen output) are
not displayed at all.
KeyRolloverTime
The number of seconds between each initiation of a key rollover. This field
shows the configured and current times.
KeyRolloverState
Can be:
Not active: key rollover is not active>
Active phase 1: rollover is in its first interval.
Active phase 2: rollover is in its second interval.
Current
Shows current SPI, authentication algorithm (currently ESP only), encryption
algorithm (currently SHA1 only), and the current key.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
277
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 59
Area configuration of IPsec (Continued)
Field
Description
New
Shows new SPI (if changed), authentication algorithm (currently ESP only),
encryption algorithm (currently SHA1 only), and the new key.
Old
Shows old SPI (if changed), authentication algorithm (currently ESP only),
encryption algorithm (currently SHA1 only), and the old key.
Displaying IPsec for an interface
To see IPsec configuration for a particular interface or all interfaces, use the show ipv6 ospf
interface command as in the following example (IPsec information in bold).
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf interface
eth 1/1/3 is down, type BROADCAST
Interface is disabled
eth 1/1/8 is up, type BROADCAST
IPv6 Address:
2001:db8:18:18:18::1/64
2001:db8:18:18::/64
Instance ID 255, Router ID 10.1.1.1
Area ID 1, Cost 1
State BDR, Transmit Delay 1 sec, Priority 1
Timer intervals :
Hello 10, Hello Jitter 10 Dead 40, Retransmit 5
Authentication: Enabled
KeyRolloverTime(sec): Configured: 30 Current: 0
KeyRolloverState: NotActive
Outbound: SPI:121212, ESP, SHA1
Key:1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
Inbound: SPI:121212, ESP, SHA1
Key:1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
DR:10.2.2.2 BDR:10.1.1.1 Number of I/F scoped LSAs is 2
DRElection:
1 times, DelayedLSAck:
83 times
Neighbor Count = 1,
Adjacent Neighbor Count= 1
Neighbor:
10.2.2.2 (DR)
Statistics of interface eth 1/1/8:
Type
tx
rx
tx-byte
rx-byte
Unknown 0
0
0
0
Hello
1415
1408
56592
56320
DbDesc
3
3
804
804
LSReq
1
1
28
28
LSUpdate 193
121
15616
9720
LSAck
85
109
4840
4924
OSPF messages dropped,no authentication: 0
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf interface [ethernet slot/port | pos slot/port | loopback number | tunnel
number | ve number]
278
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
TABLE 60
Area configuration of IPsec
Field
Description
Authentication
This field shows whether or not authentication is configured. If this field says
“Not Configured,” the IPsec-related fields (bold in example screen output) are
not displayed at all.
KeyRolloverTime
The number of seconds between each initiation of a key rollover. This field
shows the configured and current times.
KeyRolloverState
Can be:
Not active: key rollover is not active>
Active phase 1: rollover is in its first interval.
Active phase 2: rollover is in its second interval.
Current
Shows current SPI, authentication algorithm (currently ESP only), encryption
algorithm (currently SHA1 only), and the current key.
New (Inbound or
Outbound)
Shows new SPI (if changed), authentication algorithm (currently ESP only),
encryption algorithm (currently SHA1 only), and the new key.
Old (Inbound or
Outbound)
Shows old SPI (if changed), authentication algorithm (currently ESP only),
encryption algorithm (currently SHA1 only), and the old key.
OSPF messages
dropped
Shows the number of packets dropped because the packets failed
authentication (for any reason).
Displaying IPsec for a virtual link
To display IPsec for a virtual link, run the show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief or show ipv6 ospf
virtual-link command, as the following examples illustrate.
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Index Transit Area ID Router ID
Interface Address
1
1
10.14.14.14
2001:db8:1:1::1
State
P2P
Brocade#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link
Transit Area ID Router ID
Interface Address
State
1
10.14.14.14
2001:db8:1:1::1
P2P
Timer intervals(sec) :
Hello 10, Hello Jitter 10, Dead 40, Retransmit 5, TransmitDelay 1
DelayedLSAck:
5 times
Authentication: Configured
KeyRolloverTime(sec): Configured: 10 Current: 0
KeyRolloverState: NotActive
Outbound: SPI:100004, ESP, SHA1
Key:1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
Inbound: SPI:100004, ESP, SHA1
Key:1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
Statistics:
Type
tx
rx
tx-byte
rx-byte
Unknown 0
0
0
0
Hello
65
65
2600
2596
DbDesc
4
4
2752
2992
LSReq
1
1
232
64
LSUpdate 11
5
1040
1112
LSAck
5
8
560
448
OSPF messages dropped,no authentication: 0
Neighbor: State: Full Address: 2001:db8:44:44::4 Interface: eth 1/1/2
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
279
Displaying OSPF V3 Information
Syntax: show ipv6 ospf virtual-link [brief]
The optional [brief] keyword limits the display to the Transit, Area ID, Router ID, Interface Address,
and State fields for each link.
Changing a key
In this example, the key is changed as illustrated in the two command lines that follow. Note that
the SPI value is changed from 300 to 310 to comply with the requirement that you change the SPI
when you change the key.
Initial configuration command.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)#ipv6 ospf auth ipsec spi 300 esp sha1
no-encrypt 12345678900987655431234567890aabbccddef
Command line for changing the key.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/3)#ipv6 ospf auth ipsec spi 310 esp sha1
no-encrypt 989898989009876554321234567890aabbccddef
280
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter
7
BGP (IPv4)
Table 61 lists the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP4) features Brocade ICX 6650 devices support.
BGP4 features are supported on Brocade ICX 6650 devices running the full Layer 3 software
image.
TABLE 61
Supported BGP4 features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
BGP4
Yes
BGP4 graceful restart
Yes
BGP4 peer group
Yes
Route redistribution
Yes
Route aggregation
Yes
BGP null0 routing
Yes
Route reflection
Yes
BGP filters
Yes
Cooperative BGP4 route filtering
Yes
Route flap dampening
Yes
Multipath load sharing
Yes
Traps for BGP4
Yes
This chapter provides details on how to configure Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4) on
Brocade products using the CLI.
BGP4 is described in RFC 1771. The Brocade implementation fully complies with RFC 1771. The
Brocade BGP4 implementation also supports the following RFCs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RFC 1745 (OSPF Interactions)
RFC 1997 (BGP Communities Attributes)
RFC 2385 (TCP MD5 Signature Option)
RFC 2439 (Route Flap Dampening)
RFC 2796 (Route Reflection)
RFC 2842 (Capability Advertisement)
RFC 3065 (BGP4 Confederations)
To display BGP4 configuration information and statistics, refer to “Displaying BGP4 information” on
page 361.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
281
BGP4 overview
BGP4 overview
Border Gateway Protocol 4 (BGP4) is the standard Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP) used on the
Internet to route traffic between Autonomous Systems (AS) and to maintain loop-free routing. An
autonomous system is a collection of networks that share the same routing and administration
characteristics. For example, a corporate intranet consisting of several networks under common
administrative control might be considered an AS. The networks in an AS can but do not need to
run the same routing protocol to be in the same AS, nor do they need to be geographically close.
Routers within an AS can use different Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs) such as RIP and OSPF to
communicate with one another. However, for routers in different autonomous systems to
communicate, they need to use an EGP. BGP4 is the standard EGP used by Internet routers and
therefore is the EGP implemented on Brocade Layer 3 switches.
Figure 25 on page 282 shows a simple example of two BGP4 autonomous systems. Each AS
contains three BGP4 switches. All of the BGP4 switches within an AS communicate using IBGP.
BGP4 switches communicate with other autonomous systems using EBGP. Notice that each of the
switches also is running an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP). The switches in AS1 are running OSPF
and the switches in AS2 are running RIP. Brocade Layer 3 switches can be configured to
redistribute routes among BGP4, RIP, and OSPF. They also can redistribute static routes.
FIGURE 25
Example BGP4 autonomous systems
AS 1
AS 2
EBGP
BGP4 Switch
BGP4 Switch
OSPF
RIP
IBGP
IBGP
BGP4 Switch
BGP4 Switch
IBGP
OSPF
IBGP
IBGP
BGP4 Switch
IBGP
OSPF
RIP
BGP4 Switch
RIP
Relationship between the BGP4 route table and
the IP route table
The Brocade Layer 3 switch BGP4 route table can have multiple routes to the same destination,
which are learned from different BGP4 neighbors. A BGP4 neighbor is another switch that also is
running BGP4. BGP4 neighbors communicate using Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port 179
for BGP communication. When you configure the Brocade Layer 3 switch for BGP4, one of the
configuration tasks you perform is to identify the Layer 3 switch BGP4 neighbors.
282
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
BGP4 overview
Although a Layer 3 Switch BGP4 route table can have multiple routes to the same destination, the
BGP4 protocol evaluates the routes and chooses only one of the routes to send to the IP route
table. The route that BGP4 chooses and sends to the IP route table is the preferred route and will
be used by the Brocade Layer 3 switch. If the preferred route goes down, BGP4 updates the route
information in the IP route table with a new BGP4 preferred route.
NOTE
If IP load sharing is enabled and you enable multiple equal-cost paths for BGP4, BGP4 can select
more than one equal-cost path to a destination.
A BGP4 route consists of the following information:
• Network number (prefix) – A value comprised of the network mask bits and an IP address
(IP-address/ mask-bits); for example, 192.168.129.0/18 indicates a network mask of 18 bits
applied to the IP address 192.168.129.0. When a BGP4 Layer 3 switch advertises a route to
one of its neighbors, the route is expressed in this format.
• AS-path – A list of the other autonomous systems through which a route passes. BGP4 routers
can use the AS-path to detect and eliminate routing loops. For example, if a route received by a
BGP4 router contains the AS that the router is in, the router does not add the route to its own
BGP4 table. (The BGP4 RFCs refer to the AS-path as “AS_PATH”.)
• Additional path attributes – A list of additional parameters that describe the route. The route
origin and next hop are examples of these additional path attributes.
NOTE
The Layer 3 switch re-advertises a learned best BGP4 route to the Layer 3 switch neighbors even
when the software does not select that route for installation in the IP route table. The best BGP4
route is the route that the software selects based on comparison of the BGP4 route path attributes.
After a Brocade Layer 3 switch successfully negotiates a BGP4 session with a neighbor (a BGP4
peer), the Brocade Layer 3 switch exchanges complete BGP4 route tables with the neighbor. After
this initial exchange, the Brocade Layer 3 switch and all other RFC 1771-compliant BGP4 routers
send UPDATE messages to inform neighbors of new, changed, or no longer feasible routes. BGP4
routers do not send regular updates. However, if configured to do so, a BGP4 router does regularly
send KEEPALIVE messages to its peers to maintain BGP4 sessions with them if the router does not
have any route information to send in an UPDATE message.Refer to “BGP4 message types” on
page 285 for information about BGP4 messages.
How BGP4 selects a path for a route
When multiple paths for the same route are known to a BGP4 router, the router uses the following
algorithm to weigh the paths and determine the optimal path for the route. The optimal path
depends on various parameters, which can be modified. (Refer to “Optional BGP4 configuration
tasks” on page 304.)
1. Is the next hop accessible though an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) route? If not, ignore the
route.
NOTE
The device does not use the default route to resolve BGP4 next hop. Also refer to “Enabling
next-hop recursion” on page 310.
2. Use the path with the largest weight.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
283
BGP4 overview
3. If the weights are the same, prefer the route with the largest local preference.
4. If the routes have the same local preference, prefer the route that was originated locally (by
this BGP4 Layer 3 switch).
5. If the local preferences are the same, prefer the route with the shortest AS-path. An AS-SET
counts as 1. A confederation path length, if present, is not counted as part of the path length.
6. If the AS-path lengths are the same, prefer the route with the lowest origin type. From low to
high, route origin types are valued as follows:
• IGP is lowest
• EGP is higher than IGP but lower than INCOMPLETE
• INCOMPLETE is highest
7.
If the routes have the same origin type, prefer the route with the lowest MED. For a definition of
MED, refer to “Configuring the Layer 3 switch to always compare Multi-Exit Discriminators” on
page 316.
BGP4 compares the MEDs of two otherwise equivalent paths if and only if the routes were
learned from the same neighboring AS. This behavior is called deterministic MED.
Deterministic MED is always enabled and cannot be disabled. In addition, you can enable the
Layer 3 switch to always compare the MEDs, regardless of the AS information in the paths. To
enable this comparison, enter the always-compare-med command at the BGP4 configuration
level of the CLI. This option is disabled by default.
NOTE
By default, value 0 (most favorable) is used in MED comparison when the MED attribute is not
present. The default MED comparison results in the Layer 3 switch favoring the route paths
that are missing their MEDs. You can use the med-missing-as-worst command to make the
Layer 3 switch regard a BGP route with a missing MED attribute as the least favorable route,
when comparing the MEDs of the routes.
NOTE
MED comparison is not performed for internal routes originated within the local AS or
confederation.
8. Prefer routes in the following order:
• Routes received through EBGP from a BGP4 neighbor outside of the confederation
• Routes received through EBGP from a BGP4 router within the confederation
• Routes received through IBGP
9. If all the comparisons above are equal, prefer the route with the lowest IGP metric to the BGP4
next hop. This is the closest internal path inside the AS to reach the destination.
10. If the internal paths also are the same and BGP4 load sharing is enabled, load share among
the paths. Otherwise, prefer the route that comes from the BGP4 router with the lowest router
ID.
284
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
BGP4 overview
NOTE
Brocade Layer 3 switches support BGP4 load sharing among multiple equal-cost paths. BGP4
load sharing enables the Layer 3 switch to balance the traffic across the multiple paths instead
of choosing just one path based on router ID. For EBGP routes, load sharing applies only when
the paths are from neighbors within the same remote AS. EBGP paths from neighbors in
different autonomous systems are not compared.
BGP4 message types
BGP4 routers communicate with their neighbors (other BGP4 routers) using the following types of
messages:
•
•
•
•
OPEN
UPDATE
KEEPALIVE
NOTIFICATION
OPEN messages exchanged with BGP4 routers
After a BGP4 router establishes a TCP connection with a neighboring BGP4 router, the routers
exchange OPEN messages. An OPEN message indicates the following:
• BGP version – Indicates the version of the protocol that is in use on the router. BGP version 4
supports Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) and is the version most widely used in the
Internet. Version 4 also is the only version supported on Brocade Layer 3 switches.
• AS number – A two-byte number that identifies the AS to which the BGP4 router belongs.
• Hold Time – The number of seconds a BGP4 router will wait for an UPDATE or KEEPALIVE
message (described below) from a BGP4 neighbor before assuming that the neighbor is dead.
BGP4 routers exchange UPDATE and KEEPALIVE messages to update route information and
maintain communication. If BGP4 neighbors are using different Hold Times, the lowest Hold
Time is used by the neighbors. If the Hold Time expires, the BGP4 router closes its TCP
connection to the neighbor and clears any information it has learned from the neighbor and
cached.
You can configure the Hold Time to be 0, in which case a BGP4 router will consider its
neighbors to always be up. For directly-attached neighbors, you can configure the Brocade
Layer 3 switch to immediately close the TCP connection to the neighbor and clear entries
learned from an EBGP neighbor if the interface to that neighbor goes down. This capability is
provided by the fast external fallover feature, which is disabled by default.
• BGP Identifier – The router ID. The BGP Identifier (router ID) identifies the BGP4 router to other
BGP4 routers. Brocade Layer 3 switches use the same router ID for OSPF and BGP4. If you do
not set a router ID, the software uses the IP address on the lowest numbered loopback
interface configured on the router. If the Layer 3 switch does not have a loopback interface, the
default router ID is the lowest numbered IP address configured on the device. For more
information or to change the router ID, refer to “Changing the router ID” on page 31.
• Parameter list – An optional list of additional parameters used in peer negotiation with BGP4
neighbors.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
285
BGP4 overview
UPDATE messages from BGP4 routers
After BGP4 neighbors establish a BGP4 connection over TCP and exchange their BGP4 routing
tables, they do not send periodic routing updates. Instead, a BGP4 neighbor sends an update to its
neighbor when it has a new route to advertise or routes have changed or become unfeasible. An
UPDATE message can contain the following information:
• Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) – The mechanism by which BGP4 supports
Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR). An NLRI entry consists of an IP prefix that indicates a
network being advertised by the UPDATE message. The prefix consists of an IP network
number and the length of the network portion of the number. For example, an UPDATE
message with the NLRI entry 192.168.129.0/18 indicates a route to IP network
192.168.129.0 with network mask 255.255.192.0. The binary equivalent of this mask is 18
consecutive one bits, thus “18” in the NLRI entry.
• Path attributes – Parameters that indicate route-specific information such as path information,
route preference, next hop values, and aggregation information. BGP4 uses the path
attributes to make filtering and routing decisions.
• Unreachable routes – A list of routes that have been in the sending router BGP4 table but are
no longer feasible. The UPDATE message lists unreachable routes in the same format as new
routes.
KEEPALIVE messages from BGP4 routers
BGP4 routers do not regularly exchange UPDATE messages to maintain the BGP4 sessions. For
example, if a Layer 3 switch configured to perform BGP4 routing has already sent the latest route
information to its peers in UPDATE messages, the router does not send more UPDATE messages.
Instead, BGP4 routers send KEEPALIVE messages to maintain the BGP4 sessions. KEEPALIVE
messages are 19 bytes long and consist only of a message header; they contain no routing data.
BGP4 routers send KEEPALIVE messages at a regular interval, the Keep Alive Time. The default
Keep Alive Time on Brocade Layer 3 switches is 60 seconds.
A parameter related to the Keep Alive Time is the Hold Time. A BGP4 router Hold Time determines
how many seconds the router will wait for a KEEPALIVE or UPDATE message from a BGP4 neighbor
before deciding that the neighbor is dead. The Hold Time is negotiated when BGP4 routers
exchange OPEN messages; the lower Hold Time is then used by both neighbors. For example, if
BGP4 Router A sends a Hold Time of 5 seconds and BGP4 Router B sends a Hold Time of 4
seconds, both routers use 4 seconds as the Hold Time for their BGP4 session. The default Hold
Time is 180 seconds. Generally, the Hold Time is configured to three times the value of the Keep
Alive Time.
If the Hold Time is 0, a BGP4 router assumes that its neighbor is alive regardless of how many
seconds pass between receipt of UPDATE or KEEPALIVE messages.
NOTIFICATION messages from BGP4 routers
When you close the router BGP4 session with a neighbor, or the router detects an error in a
message received from the neighbor, or an error occurs on the router, the router sends a
NOTIFICATION message to the neighbor. No further communication takes place between the BGP4
router that sent the NOTIFICATION and the neighbors that received the NOTIFICATION.
286
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
BGP4 graceful restart
BGP4 graceful restart
BGP4 graceful restart is a high-availability routing feature that minimizes disruption in traffic
forwarding, diminishes route flapping, and provides continuous service during a system restart.
During such events, routes remain available between devices. BGP4 graceful restart operates
between a device and its peers, and must be configured on each participating device.
Under normal operation, when a BGP4 device is restarted, the network is automatically
reconfigured. Routes available through the restarting device are deleted when the device goes
down, and are then rediscovered and added back to the routing tables when the device is back up
and running. In a network with devices that are regularly restarted, performance can degrade
significantly and the availability of network resources can be limited.
BGP4 graceful restart is enabled globally by default. A BGP4 graceful restart-enabled device
advertises this capability to establish peering relationships with other devices. When a restart
begins, neighbor devices mark all of the routes from the restarting device as stale, but continue to
use the routes for the length of time specified by the restart timer. After the device is restarted, it
begins to receive routing updates from the peers. When it receives the end-of-RIB marker that
indicates it has received all of the BGP4 route updates, it recomputes the new routes and replaces
the stale routes in the route map with the newly computed routes. If the device does not come back
up within the time configured for the purge timer, the stale routes are removed.
This implementation of BGP4 graceful restart supports the Internet Draft-ietf-idr-restart-10.txt:
restart mechanism for BGP4
For details concerning configuration of BGP4 graceful restart, refer to “Configuring BGP4 graceful
restart” on page 324.
Basic configuration and activation for BGP4
BGP4 is disabled by default. Follow the steps below to enable BGP4 and place your Brocade Layer
3 switch into service as a BGP4 router.
1. Enable the BGP4 protocol.
2. Set the local AS number.
NOTE
You must specify the local AS number for BGP4 to become functional.
3. Add each BGP4 neighbor (peer BGP4 router) and identify the AS the neighbor is in.
4. Save the BGP4 configuration information to the system configuration file.
NOTE
By default, the Brocade router ID is the IP address configured on the lowest numbered loopback
interface. If the Layer 3 switch does not have a loopback interface, the default router ID is the lowest
numbered IP interface address configured on the device. For more information or to change the
router ID, refer to “Changing the router ID” on page 31. If you change the router ID, all current BGP4
sessions are cleared.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
287
BGP4 parameters
Brocade> enable
Brocade#configure terminal
Brocade(config)#router bgp
BGP4: Please configure 'local-as' parameter in order to enable BGP4.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#local-as 10
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 192.168.23.99 remote-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#write memory
NOTE
When BGP4 is enabled on a Brocade Layer 3 switch, you do not need to reset the system. The
protocol is activated as soon as you enable it. Moreover, the router begins a BGP4 session with a
BGP4 neighbor as soon as you add the neighbor.
Note regarding disabling BGP4
If you disable BGP4, the Layer 3 switch removes all the running configuration information for the
disabled protocol from the running-config. To restore the BGP4 configuration, you must reload the
software to load the configuration from the startup-config. Moreover, when you save the
configuration to the startup-config file after disabling the protocol, all the configuration information
for the disabled protocol is removed from the startup-config file.
The CLI displays a warning message such as the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#no router bgp
router bgp mode now disabled. All bgp config data will be lost when writing to
flash!
If you are testing a BGP4 configuration and are likely to disable and re-enable the protocol, you
might want to make a backup copy of the startup-config file containing the protocol configuration
information. This way, if you remove the configuration information by saving the configuration after
disabling the protocol, you can restore the configuration by copying the backup copy of the
startup-config file onto the flash memory.
NOTE
To disable BGP4 without losing the BGP4 configuration information, remove the local AS (for
example, by entering the no local-as num command). In this case, BGP4 retains the other
configuration information but is not operational until you set the local AS again.
BGP4 parameters
You can modify or set the following BGP4 parameters:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
288
Optional – Define the router ID. (The same router ID also is used by OSPF.)
Required – Specify the local AS number.
Optional – Add a loopback interface for use with neighbors.
Required – Identify BGP4 neighbors.
Optional – Change the Keep Alive Time and Hold Time.
Optional – Change the update timer for route changes.
Optional – Enable fast external fallover.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
BGP4 parameters
• Optional – Specify a list of individual networks in the local AS to be advertised to remote
autonomous systems using BGP4.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Optional – Change the default local preference for routes.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Optional – Require the first AS in an Update from an EBGP neighbor to be the neighbor AS.
Optional – Enable the default route (default-information-originate).
Optional – Enable use of a default route to resolve a BGP4 next-hop route.
Optional – Change the default MED (metric).
Optional – Enable next-hop recursion.
Optional – Change the default administrative distances for EBGP, IBGP, and locally originated
routes.
Optional – Change MED comparison parameters.
Optional – Disable comparison of the AS-Path length.
Optional – Enable comparison of the router ID.
Optional – Enable auto summary to summarize routes at an IP class boundary (A, B, or C).
Optional – Aggregate routes in the BGP4 route table into CIDR blocks.
Optional – Configure the router as a BGP4 router reflector.
Optional – Configure the Layer 3 switch as a member of a BGP4 confederation.
Optional – Change the default metric for routes that BGP4 redistributes into RIP or OSPF.
Optional – Change the parameters for RIP, OSPF, or static routes redistributed into BGP4.
Optional – Change the number of paths for BGP4 load sharing.
Optional – Change other load-sharing parameters
Optional – Define BGP4 address filters.
Optional – Define BGP4 AS-path filters.
Optional – Define BGP4 community filters.
Optional – Define IP prefix lists.
Optional – Define neighbor distribute lists.
Optional – Define BGP4 route maps for filtering routes redistributed into RIP and OSPF.
Optional – Define route flap dampening parameters.
NOTE
When using the CLI, you set global level parameters at the BGP CONFIG level of the CLI. You can
reach the BGP CONFIG level by entering router bgp… at the global CONFIG level.
BGP4 parameter changes
Some parameter changes take effect immediately while others do not take full effect until the
router sessions with its neighbors are reset. Some parameters do not take effect until the router is
rebooted.
Parameter changes that take effect immediately
• Enable or disable BGP.
• Set or change the local AS.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
289
BGP4 parameters
•
•
•
•
•
Add neighbors.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Enable or disable use of a default route to resolve a BGP4 next-hop route.
Change the update timer for route changes.
Disable or enable fast external fallover.
Specify individual networks that can be advertised.
Change the default local preference, default information originate setting, or administrative
distance.
Enable or disable MED (metric) comparison.
Require the first AS in an Update from an EBGP neighbor to be the neighbor AS.
Change MED comparison parameters.
Disable comparison of the AS-Path length.
Enable comparison of the router ID.
Enable next-hop recursion.
Enable or disable auto summary.
Change the default metric.
Disable or re-enable route reflection.
Configure confederation parameters.
Disable or re-enable load sharing.
Change the maximum number of load-sharing paths.
Change other load-sharing parameters.
Define route flap dampening parameters.
Add, change, or negate redistribution parameters (except changing the default MED; see
below).
• Add, change, or negate route maps (when used by the network command or a redistribution
command).
BGP4 parameter changes after resetting neighbor sessions
The following parameter changes take effect only after the router BGP4 sessions are cleared, or
reset using the “soft” clear option. (Refer to “Closing or resetting a neighbor session” on
page 396.)
The parameter are as follows:
• Change the Hold Time or Keep Alive Time.
• Aggregate routes.
• Add, change, or negate filter tables.
BGP4 parameter changes after disabling and re-enabling redistribution
The following parameter change takes effect only after you disable and then re-enable
redistribution:
• Change the default MED (metric).
290
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
The following sections describe how to perform the configuration tasks that are required to use
BGP4 on the Brocade Layer 3 switch. You can modify many parameters in addition to the ones
described in this section. Refer to “Optional BGP4 configuration tasks” on page 304.
Enabling BGP4 on the router
When you enable BGP4 on the router, BGP4 is automatically activated. To enable BGP4 on the
router, enter the following commands.
Brocade> enable
Brocade#configure terminal
Brocade(config)#router bgp
BGP4: Please configure 'local-as' parameter in order to enable BGP4.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#local-as 10
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 192.168.23.99 remote-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Changing the router ID
The OSPF and BGP4 protocols use router IDs to identify the routers that are running the protocols.
A router ID is a valid, unique IP address and sometimes is an IP address configured on the router.
The router ID cannot be an IP address in use by another device.
By default, the router ID on a Brocade Layer 3 switch is one of the following:
• If the router has loopback interfaces, the default router ID is the IP address configured on the
lowest numbered loopback interface configured on the Layer 3 switch. For example, if you
configure loopback interfaces 1, 2, and 3 as follows, the default router ID is 10.9.9.9/24:
-
Loopback interface 1, 10.9.9.9/24
Loopback interface 2, 10.4.4.4/24
Loopback interface 3, 10.1.1.1/24
• If the device does not have any loopback interfaces, the default router ID is the lowest
numbered IP interface address configured on the device.
NOTE
Brocade Layer 3 switches use the same router ID for both OSPF and BGP4. If the router is already
configured for OSPF, you may want to use the router ID that is already in use on the router rather
than set a new one. To display the router ID, enter the show ip CLI command at any CLI level.
To change the router ID, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ip router-id 192.168.22.26
Syntax: ip router-id ip-addr
The ip-addr can be any valid, unique IP address.
NOTE
You can specify an IP address used for an interface on the Brocade Layer 3 switch, but do not specify
an IP address in use by another device.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
291
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
Setting the local AS number
The local AS number identifies the AS the Brocade BGP4 router is in. The AS number can be from 1
through 65535. There is no default. AS numbers 64512 through 65535 are the well-known
private BGP4 AS numbers and are not advertised to the Internet community.
To set the local AS number, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#router bgp
BGP4: Please configure 'local-as' parameter in order to enable BGP4.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#local-as 10
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Syntax: [no] local-as num
The num parameter specifies the local AS number.
Adding a loopback interface
You can configure the router to use a loopback interface instead of a specific port or virtual routing
interface to communicate with a BGP4 neighbor. A loopback interface adds stability to the network
by working around route flap problems that can occur due to unstable links between the router and
its neighbors.
Loopback interfaces are always up, regardless of the states of physical interfaces. Loopback
interfaces are especially useful for IBGP neighbors (neighbors in the same AS) that are multiple
hops away from the router. When you configure a BGP4 neighbor on the router, you can specify
whether the router uses the loopback interface to communicate with the neighbor. As long as a
path exists between the router and its neighbor, BGP4 information can be exchanged. The BGP4
session is not associated with a specific link but instead is associated with the virtual interfaces.
You can add up to 24 IP addresses to each loopback interface.
NOTE
If you configure the Brocade Layer 3 switch to use a loopback interface to communicate with a BGP4
neighbor, the peer IP address on the remote router pointing to your loopback address must be
configured.
To add a loopback interface, enter commands such as those shown in the following example.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#exit
Brocade(config)#int loopback 1
Brocade(config-lbif-1)#ip address 10.0.0.1/24
Syntax: interface loopback num
The num value can be from 1 through 8 on Chassis Layer 3 switches. The value can be from 1
through 4 on the Compact Layer 3 switch.
Adding BGP4 neighbors
The BGP4 protocol does not contain a peer discovery process. Therefore, for each of the router
BGP4 neighbors (peers), you must indicate the neighbor IP address and the AS each neighbor is in.
Neighbors that are in different autonomous systems communicate using EBGP. Neighbors within
the same AS communicate using IBGP.
292
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
NOTE
If the Layer 3 switch has multiple neighbors with similar attributes, you can simplify configuration by
configuring a peer group, then adding individual neighbors to it. The configuration steps are similar,
except you specify a peer group name instead of a neighbor IP address when configuring the
neighbor parameters, then add individual neighbors to the peer group. Refer to “Adding a BGP4 peer
group” on page 299.
NOTE
The Layer 3 switch attempts to establish a BGP4 session with a neighbor as soon as you enter a
command specifying the neighbor IP address. If you want to completely configure the neighbor
parameters before the Layer 3 switch establishes a session with the neighbor, you can
administratively shut down the neighbor. Refer to “Administratively shutting down a session with a
BGP4 neighbor” on page 302.
To add a BGP4 neighbor with IP address 192.168.22.26, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 192.168.22.26
The neighbor ip-addr must be a valid IP address.
The neighbor command has some additional parameters, as shown in the following syntax:
Syntax: [no] neighbor ip-addr | peer-group-name
[advertisement-interval num]
[capability orf prefixlist [send | receive]]
[default-originate [route-map map-name]]
[description string]
[distribute-list in | out num,num,... | ACL-num in | out]
[ebgp-multihop [num]]
[filter-list in | out num,num,... | ACL-num in | out | weight]
[maximum-prefix num [threshold] [teardown]]
[next-hop-self]
[nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast]
[password [0 | 1] string]
[prefix-list string in | out]
[remote-as as-number]
[remove-private-as]
[route-map in | out map-name]
[route-reflector-client]
[send-community]
[soft-reconfiguration inbound]
[shutdown]
[timers keep-alive num hold-time num]
[unsuppress-map map-name]
[update-source ip-addr | ethernet port | loopback num | ve num]
[weight num]
The ip-addr | peer-group-name parameter indicates whether you are configuring an individual
neighbor or a peer group. If you specify a neighbor IP address, you are configuring that individual
neighbor. If you specify a peer group name, you are configuring a peer group. Refer to “Adding a
BGP4 peer group” on page 299.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
293
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
advertisement-interval num specifies the minimum delay (in seconds) between messages to the
specified neighbor. The default is 30 for EBGP neighbors (neighbors in other autonomous systems).
The default is 5 for IBGP neighbors (neighbors in the same AS). The range is 0 through 600.
NOTE
The Layer 3 switch applies the advertisement interval only under certain conditions. The Layer 3
switch does not apply the advertisement interval when sending initial updates to a BGP4 neighbor.
As a result, the Layer 3 switch sends the updates one immediately after another, without waiting for
the advertisement interval.
capability orf prefixlist [send | receive] configures cooperative router filtering. The send | receive
parameter specifies the support you are enabling:
• send – The Layer 3 switch sends the IP prefix lists as Outbound Route Filters (ORFs) to the
neighbor.
• receive – The Layer 3 switch accepts filters as Outbound Route Filters (ORFs) from the
neighbor.
If you do not specify the capability, both capabilities are enabled. The prefixlist parameter specifies
the type of filter you want to send to the neighbor.
For more information, refer to “Configuring cooperative BGP4 route filtering” on page 351.
NOTE
The current release supports cooperative filtering only for filters configured using IP prefix lists.
default-originate [route-map map-name] configures the Layer 3 switch to send the default route
0.0.0.0 to the neighbor. If you use the route-map map-name parameter, the route map injects the
default route conditionally, based on the match conditions in the route map.
description string specifies a name for the neighbor. You can enter an alphanumeric text string up
to 80 characters long.
distribute-list in | out num,num,... specifies a distribute list to be applied to updates to or from the
specified neighbor. The in | out keyword specifies whether the list is applied on updates received
from the neighbor or sent to the neighbor. The num,num,... parameter specifies the list of
address-list filters. The router applies the filters in the order in which you list them and stops
applying the filters in the distribute list when a match is found.
Alternatively, you can specify distribute-list ACL-num in | out to use an IP ACL instead of a distribute
list. In this case, ACL-num is an IP ACL.
NOTE
By default, if a route does not match any of the filters, the Layer 3 switch denies the route. To change
the default behavior, configure the last filter as “permit any any”.
NOTE
The address filter must already be configured. Refer to “Specific IP address filtering” on page 333.
ebgp-multihop [num] specifies that the neighbor is more than one hop away and that the session
type with the neighbor is thus EBGP-multihop. This option is disabled by default. The num
parameter specifies the TTL you are adding for the neighbor. You can specify a number from 0
through 255. The default is 0. If you leave the EBGP TTL value set to 0, the software uses the IP TTL
value.
294
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
filter-list in | out num,num,.. specifies an AS-path filter list or a list of AS-path ACLs. The in | out
keyword specifies whether the list is applied on updates received from the neighbor or sent to the
neighbor. If you specify in or out, The num,num,... parameter specifies the list of AS-path filters. The
router applies the filters in the order in which you list them and stops applying the filters in the
AS-path filter list when a match is found. The weight num parameter specifies a weight that the
Layer 3 switch applies to routes received from the neighbor that match the AS-path filter or ACL.
You can specify a number from 0 through 65535.
Alternatively, you can specify filter-list ACL-num in | out | weight to use an AS-path ACL instead of
an AS-path filter list. In this case, ACL-num is an AS-path ACL.
NOTE
By default, if an AS-path does not match any of the filters or ACLs, the Layer 3 switch denies the
route. To change the default behavior, configure the last filter or ACL as “permit any any”.
NOTE
The AS-path filter or ACL must already be configured. Refer to “AS-path filtering” on page 334.
maximum-prefix num specifies the maximum number of IP network prefixes (routes) that can be
learned from the specified neighbor or peer group. You can specify a value from 0 through
4294967295. The default is 0 (unlimited):
• The num parameter specifies the maximum number. You can specify a value from 0 through
4294967295. The default is 0 (unlimited).
• The threshold parameter specifies the percentage of the value you specified for the
maximum-prefix num, at which you want the software to generate a Syslog message. You can
specify a value from 1 (one percent) to 100 (100 percent). The default is 100.
• The teardown parameter tears down the neighbor session if the maximum-prefix limit is
exceeded. The session remains shutdown until you clear the prefixes using the clear ip bgp
neighbor all or clear ip bgp neighbor ip-addr command, or change the neighbor
maximum-prefix configuration. The software also generates a Syslog message.
next-hop-self specifies that the router should list itself as the next hop in updates sent to the
specified neighbor. This option is disabled by default.
The nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast parameter specifies whether the neighbor is a
multicast neighbor or a unicast neighbor. Optionally, you also can specify unicast if you want the
Layer 3 switch to exchange unicast (BGP4) routes as well as multicast routes with the neighbor. The
default is unicast only.
password [0 | 1] string specifies an MD5 password for securing sessions between the Layer 3
switch and the neighbor. You can enter a string up to 80 characters long. The string can contain any
alphanumeric characters, but the first character cannot be a number. If the password contains a
number, do not enter a space following the number.
The 0 | 1 parameter is the encryption option, which you can omit (the default) or which can be one
of the following:
• 0 – Disables encryption for the authentication string you specify with the command. The
password or string is shown as clear text in the output of commands that display neighbor or
peer group configuration information.
• 1 – Assumes that the authentication string you enter is the encrypted form, and decrypts the
value before using it.
For more information, refer to “Encryption of BGP4 MD5 authentication keys” on page 297.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
295
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
NOTE
If you want the software to assume that the value you enter is the clear-text form, and to encrypt
display of that form, do not enter 0 or 1. Instead, omit the encryption option and allow the software
to use the default behavior.
If you specify encryption option 1, the software assumes that you are entering the encrypted form
of the password or authentication string. In this case, the software decrypts the password or string
you enter before using the value for authentication. If you accidentally enter option 1 followed by the
clear-text version of the password or string, authentication will fail because the value used by the
software will not match the value you intended to use.
prefix-list string in | out specifies an IP prefix list. You can use IP prefix lists to control routes to and
from the neighbor. IP prefix lists are an alternative method to AS-path filters. The in | out keyword
specifies whether the list is applied on updates received from the neighbor or sent to the neighbor.
You can configure up to 1000 prefix list filters. The filters can use the same prefix list or different
prefix lists. To configure an IP prefix list, refer to “Defining IP prefix lists” on page 340.
remote-as as-number specifies the AS the remote neighbor is in. The as-number can be a number
from 1 through 65535. There is no default.
remove-private-as configures the router to remove private AS numbers from UPDATE messages the
router sends to this neighbor. The router will remove AS numbers 64512 through 65535 (the
well-known BGP4 private AS numbers) from the AS-path attribute in UPDATE messages the Layer 3
switch sends to the neighbor. This option is disabled by default.
route-map in | out map-name specifies a route map the Layer 3 switch will apply to updates sent to
or received from the specified neighbor. The in | out keyword specifies whether the list is applied
on updates received from the neighbor or sent to the neighbor.
NOTE
The route map must already be configured. Refer to “Defining route maps” on page 342.
route-reflector-client specifies that this neighbor is a route-reflector client of the router. Use the
parameter only if this router is going to be a route reflector. For information, refer to “Route
reflection parameter configuration” on page 317. This option is disabled by default.
send-community enables sending the community attribute in updates to the specified neighbor. By
default, the router does not send the community attribute.
shutdown administratively shuts down the session with this neighbor. Shutting down the session
allows you to completely configure the neighbor and save the configuration without actually
establishing a session with the neighbor. This option is disabled by default.
soft-reconfiguration inbound enables the soft reconfiguration feature, which stores all the route
updates received from the neighbor. If you request a soft reset of inbound routes, the software
performs the reset by comparing the policies against the stored route updates, instead of
requesting the neighbor BGP4 route table or resetting the session with the neighbor. Refer to
“Using soft reconfiguration” on page 391.
timers keep-alive num hold-time num overrides the global settings for the Keep Alive Time and Hold
Time. For the Keep Alive Time, you can specify from 0 through 65535 seconds. For the Hold Time,
you can specify 0 or 3 through 65535 (1 and 2 are not allowed). If you set the Hold Time to 0, the
router waits indefinitely for messages from a neighbor without concluding that the neighbor is
dead. The defaults for these parameters are the currently configured global Keep Alive Time and
Hold Time. For more information about these parameters, refer to “Changing the Keep Alive Time
and Hold Time” on page 304.
296
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
unsuppress-map map-name removes route dampening from a neighbor routes when those routes
have been dampened due to aggregation. Refer to “Removing route dampening from neighbor
routes suppressed due to aggregation” on page 357.
update-source ip-addr | ethernet port | loopback num | ve num configures the router to
communicate with the neighbor through the specified interface. There is no default.
weight num specifies a weight the Layer 3 switch will add to routes received from the specified
neighbor. BGP4 prefers larger weights over smaller weights. The default weight is 0.
Encryption of BGP4 MD5 authentication keys
When you configure a BGP4 neighbor or neighbor peer group, you can specify an MD5
authentication string for authenticating packets exchanged with the neighbor or peer group of
neighbors.
For added security, the software encrypts display of the authentication string by default. The
software also provides an optional parameter to disable encryption of the authentication string, on
an individual neighbor or peer group basis. By default, the MD5 authentication strings are
displayed in encrypted format in the output of the following commands:
• show running-config (or write terminal)
• show configuration
• show ip bgp config
When encryption of the authentication string is enabled, the string is encrypted in the CLI
regardless of the access level you are using.
If you display the running-config after reloading, the BGP4 commands that specify an
authentication string show the string in encrypted form.
In addition, when you save the configuration to the startup-config file, the file contains the new
BGP4 command syntax and encrypted passwords or strings.
NOTE
Brocade recommends that you save a copy of the startup-config file for each switch you plan to
upgrade.
Encryption example
The following commands configure a BGP4 neighbor and a peer group, and specify MD5
authentication strings (passwords) for authenticating packets exchanged with the neighbor or peer
group.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#local-as
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
2
xyz peer-group
xyz password abc
10.10.200.102 peer-group xyz
10.10.200.102 password test
Here is how the commands appear when you display the BGP4 configuration commands.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
297
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
Brocade#show ip bgp config
Current BGP configuration:
router bgp
local-as 2
neighbor xyz peer-group
neighbor xyz password 1 $!2d
neighbor 10.10.200.102 peer-group xyz
neighbor 10.10.200.102 remote-as 1
neighbor 10.10.200.102 password 1 $on-o
Notice that the software has converted the commands that specify an authentication string into
the new syntax (described below), and has encrypted display of the authentication strings.
Command syntax
Since the default behavior does not affect the BGP4 configuration itself but does encrypt display of
the authentication string, the CLI does not list the encryption options.
Syntax: [no] neighbor ip-addr | peer-group-name password [0 | 1] string
The ip-addr | peer-group-name parameter indicates whether you are configuring an individual
neighbor or a peer group. If you specify a neighbor IP address, you are configuring that individual
neighbor. If you specify a peer group name, you are configuring a peer group.
The password string parameter specifies an MD5 authentication string for securing sessions
between the Layer 3 switch and the neighbor. You can enter a string up to 80 characters long. The
string can contain any alphanumeric characters, but the first character cannot be a number. If the
password contains a number, do not enter a space following the number.
The 0 | 1 parameter is the encryption option, which you can omit (the default) or which can be one
of the following:
• 0 – Disables encryption for the authentication string you specify with the command. The
password or string is shown as clear text in the output of commands that display neighbor or
peer group configuration information.
• 1 – Assumes that the authentication string you enter is the encrypted form, and decrypts the
value before using it.
NOTE
If you want the software to assume that the value you enter is the clear-text form, and to encrypt
display of that form, do not enter 0 or 1. Instead, omit the encryption option and allow the software
to use the default behavior.
If you specify encryption option 1, the software assumes that you are entering the encrypted form
of the password or authentication string. In this case, the software decrypts the password or string
you enter before using the value for authentication. If you accidentally enter option 1 followed by the
clear-text version of the password or string, authentication will fail because the value used by the
software will not match the value you intended to use.
Displaying the Authentication String
If you want to display the authentication string, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#enable password-display
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors
298
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
The enable password-display command enables display of the authentication string, but only in the
output of the show ip bgp neighbors command. Display of the string is still encrypted in the
startup-config file and running-config. Enter the command at the global CONFIG level of the CLI.
NOTE
The command also displays SNMP community strings in clear text, in the output of the show snmp
server command.
Adding a BGP4 peer group
A peer group is a set of BGP4 neighbors that share common parameters. Peer groups provide the
following benefits:
• Simplified neighbor configuration – You can configure a set of neighbor parameters and then
apply them to multiple neighbors. You do not need to individually configure the common
parameters individually on each neighbor.
• Flash memory conservation – Using peer groups instead of individually configuring all the
parameters for each neighbor requires fewer configuration commands in the startup-config
file.
You can perform the following tasks on a peer-group basis:
• Reset neighbor sessions
• Perform soft-outbound resets (the Layer 3 switch updates outgoing route information to
neighbors but does not entirely reset the sessions with those neighbors)
• Clear BGP message statistics
• Clear error buffers
Peer group parameters
You can set all neighbor parameters in a peer group. When you add a neighbor to the peer group,
the neighbor receives all the parameter settings you set in the group, except parameter values you
have explicitly configured for the neighbor. If you do not set a neighbor parameter in the peer group
and the parameter also is not set for the individual neighbor, the neighbor uses the default value.
Peer group configuration rules
The following rules apply to peer group configuration:
• You must configure a peer group before you can add neighbors to the peer group.
• If you remove a parameter from a peer group, the value for that parameter is reset to the
default for all the neighbors within the peer group, unless you have explicitly set that parameter
on individual neighbors. In this case, the value you set on the individual neighbors applies to
those neighbors, while the default value applies to neighbors for which you have not explicitly
set the value.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
299
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
NOTE
If you enter a command to remove the remote AS parameter from a peer group, the software
checks to ensure that the peer group does not contain any neighbors. If the peer group does
contain neighbors, the software does not allow you to remove the remote AS. The software
prevents removing the remote AS in this case so that the neighbors in the peer group that are
using the remote AS do not lose connectivity to the Layer 3 switch.
• Once you add a neighbor to a peer group, you cannot configure the following outbound
parameters (the parameters governing outbound traffic) for the neighbor:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Default-information-originate
Next-hop-self
Outbound route map
Outbound filter list
Outbound distribute list
Outbound prefix list
Remote AS, if configured for the peer group
Remove private AS
Route reflector client
Send community
Timers
Update source
If you want to change an outbound parameter for an individual neighbor, you must first remove
the neighbor from the peer group. In this case, you cannot re-add the neighbor to the same
peer group, but you can add the neighbor to a different peer group. All the neighbors within a
peer group must have the same values for the outbound parameters. To change an outbound
parameter to the same value for all neighbors within a peer group, you can change the
parameter on a peer-group basis. In this case, you do not need to remove the neighbors and
change the parameter individually for each neighbor.
• If you add an outbound parameter to a peer group, that parameter is automatically applied to
all neighbors within the peer group.
• When you add a neighbor to a peer group, the software removes any outbound parameters for
that neighbor from the running configuration (running-config). As a result, when you save the
configuration to the startup-config file, the file does not contain any outbound parameters for
the individual neighbors you have placed in a peer group. The only outbound parameters the
startup-config file contains for neighbors within a peer group are the parameters associated
with the peer group itself. However, the running-config and the startup-config file can contain
individual parameters listed in the previous section as well as the settings for those
parameters within a peer group.
You can override neighbor parameters that do not affect outbound policy on an individual neighbor
basis.
• If you do not specify a parameter for an individual neighbor, the neighbor uses the value in the
peer group.
• If you set the parameter for the individual neighbor, that value overrides the value you set in
the peer group.
300
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
• If you add a parameter to a peer group that already contains neighbors, the parameter value is
applied to neighbors that do not already have the parameter explicitly set. If a neighbor has the
parameter explicitly set, the explicitly set value overrides the value you set for the peer group.
• If you remove the setting for a parameter from a peer group, the value for that parameter
changes to the default value for all the neighbors in the peer group that do not have that
parameter individually set.
Configuring a peer group
To configure a BGP4 peer group, enter commands such as the following at the BGP configuration
level.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
PeerGroup1
PeerGroup1
PeerGroup1
PeerGroup1
peer-group
description “EastCoast Neighbors”
remote-as 100
distribute-list out 1
The commands in this example configure a peer group called “PeerGroup1” and set the following
parameters for the peer group:
• A description, “EastCoast Neighbors”
• A remote AS number, 100
• A distribute list for outbound traffic
The software applies these parameters to each neighbor you add to the peer group. You can
override the description parameter for individual neighbors. If you set the description parameter for
an individual neighbor, the description overrides the description configured for the peer group.
However, you cannot override the remote AS and distribute list parameters for individual neighbors.
Since these parameters control outbound traffic, the parameters must have the same values for all
neighbors within the peer group.
Syntax: neighbor peer-group-name peer-group
The peer-group-name parameter specifies the name of the group and can be up to 80 characters
long. The name can contain special characters and internal blanks. If you use internal blanks, you
must use quotation marks around the name. For example, the command neighbor “My Three
Peers” peer-group is valid, but the command neighbor My Three Peers peer-group is not valid.
Syntax: [no] neighbor ip-addr | peer-group-name
[advertisement-interval num]
[default-originate [route-map map-name]]
[description string]
[distribute-list in | out num,num,... | ACL-num in | out]
[ebgp-multihop [num]]
[filter-list in | out num,num,... | ACL-num in | out | weight]
[maximum-prefix num [threshold] [teardown]]
[next-hop-self]
[password [0 | 1] string]
[prefix-list string in | out]
[remote-as as-number]
[remove-private-as]
[route-map in | out map-name]
[route-reflector-client]
[send-community]
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
301
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
[soft-reconfiguration inbound]
[shutdown]
[timers keep-alive num hold-time num]
[update-source loopback num]
[weight num]
The ip-addr | peer-group-name parameter indicates whether you are configuring a peer group or an
individual neighbor. You can specify a peer group name or IP address with the neighbor command.
If you specify a peer group name, you are configuring a peer group. If you specify a neighbor IP
address, you are configuring that individual neighbor. Use the ip-addr parameter if you are
configuring an individual neighbor instead of a peer group. Refer to “Adding BGP4 neighbors” on
page 292.
The remaining parameters are the same ones supported for individual neighbors. Refer to “Adding
BGP4 neighbors” on page 292.
Applying a peer group to a neighbor
After you configure a peer group, you can add neighbors to the group. When you add a neighbor to
a peer group, you are applying all the neighbor attributes specified in the peer group to the
neighbor.
To add neighbors to a peer group, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 192.168.1.12 peer-group PeerGroup1
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 192.168.2.45 peer-group PeerGroup1
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 192.168.3.69 peer-group PeerGroup1
The commands in this example add three neighbors to the peer group “PeerGroup1”. As members
of the peer group, the neighbors automatically receive the neighbor parameter values configured
for the peer group. You also can override the parameters (except parameters that govern outbound
traffic) on an individual neighbor basis. For neighbor parameters not specified for the peer group,
the neighbors use the default values.
Syntax: neighbor ip-addr peer-group peer-group-name
The ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address of the neighbor.
The peer-group-name parameter specifies the peer group name.
NOTE
You must add the peer group before you can add neighbors to it.
Administratively shutting down a session with a BGP4 neighbor
You can prevent the Layer 3 switch from starting a BGP4 session with a neighbor by
administratively shutting down the neighbor. This option is very useful for situations in which you
want to configure parameters for a neighbor but are not ready to use the neighbor. You can shut
the neighbor down as soon as you have added it the Layer 3 switch, configure the neighbor
parameters, then allow the Layer 3 switch to re-establish a session with the neighbor by removing
the shutdown option from the neighbor.
When you apply the new option to shut down a neighbor, the option takes place immediately and
remains in effect until you remove the option. If you save the configuration to the startup-config file,
the shutdown option remains in effect even after a software reload.
302
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic configuration tasks required for BGP4
NOTE
The software also contains an option to end the session with a BGP4 neighbor and thus clear the
routes learned from the neighbor. Unlike this clear option, the option for shutting down the neighbor
can be saved in the startup-config file and thus can prevent the Layer 3 switch from establishing a
BGP4 session with the neighbor even after reloading the software.
NOTE
If you notice that a particular BGP4 neighbor never establishes a session with the Brocade Layer 3
switch, check the Layer 3 switch running-config and startup-config files to see whether the
configuration contains a command that is shutting down the neighbor. The neighbor may have been
shut down previously by an administrator.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
303
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
To shut down a BGP4 neighbor, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 192.168.22.26 shutdown
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Syntax: [no] neighbor ip-addr shutdown
The ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address of the neighbor.
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
The following sections describe how to perform optional BGP4 configuration tasks.
Changing the Keep Alive Time and Hold Time
The Keep Alive Time specifies how frequently the router will send KEEPALIVE messages to its BGP4
neighbors. The Hold Time specifies how long the router will wait for a KEEPALIVE or UPDATE
message from a neighbor before concluding that the neighbor is dead. When the router concludes
that a BGP4 neighbor is dead, the router ends the BGP4 session and closes the TCP connection to
the neighbor.
The default Keep Alive time is 60 seconds. The default Hold Time is 180 seconds. To change the
timers, use either of the following methods.
NOTE
Generally, you should set the Hold Time to three times the value of the Keep Alive Time.
NOTE
You can override the global Keep Alive Time and Hold Time on individual neighbors. Refer to “Adding
BGP4 neighbors” on page 292.
To change the Keep Alive Time to 30 and Hold Time to 90, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#timers keep-alive 30 hold-time 90
Syntax: timers keep-alive num hold-time num
For each keyword, num indicates the number of seconds. The Keep Alive Time can be 0 through
65535. The Hold Time can be 0 or 3 through 65535 (1 and 2 are not allowed). If you set the Hold
Time to 0, the router waits indefinitely for messages from a neighbor without concluding that the
neighbor is dead.
Changing the BGP4 next-hop update timer
By default, the Layer 3 switch updates its BGP4 next-hop tables and affected BGP4 routes five
seconds after IGP route changes. You can change the update timer to a value from 1 through 30
seconds.
To change the BGP4 update timer value, enter the update-time command at the BGP configuration
level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#update-time 15
304
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
This command changes the update timer to 15 seconds.
Syntax: [no] update-time secs
The secs parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 1 through 30. The default is
5.
Enabling fast external fallover
BGP4 routers rely on KEEPALIVE and UPDATE messages from neighbors to signify that the
neighbors are alive. For BGP4 neighbors that are two or more hops away, such messages are the
only indication that the BGP4 protocol has concerning the alive state of the neighbors. As a result,
if a neighbor dies, the router will wait until the Hold Time expires before concluding that the
neighbor is dead and closing its BGP4 session and TCP connection with the neighbor.
The router waits for the Hold Time to expire before ending the connection to a directly-attached
BGP4 neighbor that dies.
For directly attached neighbors, the router immediately senses loss of a connection to the neighbor
from a change of state of the port or interface that connects the router to its neighbor. For directly
attached EBGP neighbors, the router can use this information to immediately close the BGP4
session and TCP connection to locally attached neighbors that die.
NOTE
The fast external fallover feature applies only to directly attached EBGP neighbors. The feature does
not apply to IBGP neighbors.
If you want to enable the router to immediately close the BGP4 session and TCP connection to
locally attached neighbors that die, use either of the following methods.
To enable fast external fallover, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#fast-external-fallover
To disable fast external fallover again, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#no fast-external-fallover
Syntax: [no] fast-external-fallover
Changing the maximum number of paths for
BGP4 load sharing
Load sharing enables the Layer 3 switch to balance traffic to a route across multiple equal-cost
paths of the same type (EBGP or IBGP) for the route.
To configure the Layer 3 switch to perform BGP4 load sharing:
• Enable IP load sharing if it is disabled.
• Set the maximum number of paths. The default maximum number of BGP4 load sharing paths
is 1, which means no BGP4 load sharing takes place by default.
NOTE
The maximum number of BGP4 load sharing paths cannot be greater than the maximum
number of IP load sharing paths.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
305
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
How load sharing affects route selection
During evaluation of multiple paths to select the best path to a given destination for installment in
the IP route table, the last comparison the Layer 3 switch performs is a comparison of the internal
paths:
• When IP load sharing is disabled, the Layer 3 switch prefers the path to the router with the
lower router ID.
• When IP load sharing and BGP4 load sharing are enabled, the Layer 3 switch balances the
traffic across the multiple paths instead of choosing just one path based on router ID.
Refer to “How BGP4 selects a path for a route” on page 283 for a description of the BGP4
algorithm.
When you enable IP load sharing, the Layer 3 switch can load balance BGP4 or OSPF routes across
up to four equal paths by default. You can change the number of IP load sharing paths to a value
from 2 through 6.
How load sharing works
Load sharing is performed in round-robin fashion and is based on the destination IP address only.
The first time the router receives a packet destined for a specific IP address, the router uses a
round-robin algorithm to select the path that was not used for the last newly learned destination IP
address. Once the router associates a path with a particular destination IP address, the router will
always use that path as long as the router contains the destination IP address in its cache.
NOTE
The Layer 3 switch does not perform source routing. The router is concerned only with the paths to
the next-hop routers, not the entire paths to the destination hosts.
A BGP4 destination can be learned from multiple BGP4 neighbors, leading to multiple BGP4 paths
to reach the same destination. Each of the paths may be reachable through multiple IGP paths
(multiple OSPF or RIP paths). In this case, the software installs all the multiple equal-cost paths in
the BGP4 route table, up to the maximum number of BGP4 equal-cost paths allowed. The IP load
sharing feature then distributes traffic across the equal-cost paths to the destination.
If an IGP path used by a BGP4 next-hop route path installed in the IP route table changes, then the
BGP4 paths and IP paths are adjusted accordingly. For example, if one of the OSPF paths to reach
the BGP4 next hop goes down, the software removes this path from the BGP4 route table and the
IP route table. Similarly, if an additional OSPF path becomes available to reach the BGP4 next-hop
router for a particular destination, the software adds the additional path to the BGP4 route table
and the IP route table.
Changing the maximum number of shared BGP4 paths
When IP load sharing is enabled, BGP4 can balance traffic to a specific destination across up to
four equal paths. You can set the maximum number of paths to a value from 1 through 4. The
default is 1.
NOTE
The maximum number of BGP4 load sharing paths cannot be greater than the maximum number of
IP load sharing paths. To increase the maximum number of IP load sharing paths, use the ip load
sharing num command at the global CONFIG level of the CLI.
306
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
To change the maximum number of shared paths, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#maximum-paths 4
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Syntax: [no] maximum-paths num
The num parameter specifies the maximum number of paths across which the Layer 3 switch can
balance traffic to a given BGP4 destination. You can change the maximum number of paths to a
value from 2 through 4. The default is 1.
Customizing BGP4 load sharing
By default, when BGP4 load sharing is enabled, both IBGP and EBGP paths are eligible for load
sharing, while paths from different neighboring autonomous systems are not eligible. You can
change load sharing to apply only to IBGP or EBGP paths, or to support load sharing among paths
from different neighboring autonomous systems.
To enable load sharing of IBGP paths only, enter the following command at the BGP configuration
level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#multipath ibgp
To enable load sharing of EBGP paths only, enter the following command at the BGP configuration
level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#multipath ebgp
To enable load sharing of paths from different neighboring autonomous systems, enter the
following command at the BGP configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#multipath multi-as
Syntax: [no] multipath ebgp | ibgp | multi-as
The ebgp | ibgp | multi-as parameter specifies the change you are making to load sharing:
• ebgp – Load sharing applies only to EBGP paths. Load sharing is disabled for IBGP paths.
• ibgp – Load sharing applies only to IBGP paths. Load sharing is disabled for EBGP paths.
• multi-as – Load sharing is enabled for paths from different autonomous systems.
By default, load sharing applies to EBGP and IBGP paths, and does not apply to paths from
different neighboring autonomous systems.
Specifying a list of networks to advertise
By default, the router sends BGP4 routes only for the networks you identify using the network
command or that are redistributed into BGP4 from RIP or OSPF. You can specify up to 600
networks.
To specify a network to be advertised, use either of the following methods.
NOTE
The exact route must exist in the IP route table before the Layer 3 switch can create a local BGP
route.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
307
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
To configure the Layer 3 switch to advertise network 209.157.22.0/24, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#network 192.168.22.0 255.255.255.0
Syntax: network ip-addr ip-mask [nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast]
[route-map map-name] | [weight num] | [backdoor]
The ip-addr is the network number and the ip-mask specifies the network mask.
The nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast parameter specifies whether the neighbor is a
multicast neighbor or a unicast neighbor. Optionally, you also can specify unicast if you want the
Layer 3 switch to exchange unicast (BGP4) routes as well as multicast routes with the neighbor. The
default is unicast only.
The route-map map-name parameter specifies the name of the route map you want to use to set or
change BGP4 attributes for the network you are advertising. The route map must already be
configured.
The weight num parameter specifies a weight to be added to routes to this network.
The backdoor parameter changes the administrative distance of the route to this network from the
EBGP administrative distance (20 by default) to the Local BGP weight (200 by default), thus tagging
the route as a backdoor route. Use this parameter when you want the router to prefer IGP routes
such as RIP or OSPF routes over the EBGP route for the network.
Specifying a route map name when configuring BGP4 network information
You can specify a route map as one of the parameters when you configure a BGP4 network to be
advertised. The Layer 3 switch can use the route map to set or change BGP4 attributes when
creating a local BGP4 route.
To configure network information and use a route map to set or change BGP4 attributes, use the
following CLI method.
NOTE
You must configure the route map before you can specify the route map name in a BGP4 network
configuration.
To configure a route map, and use it to set or change route attributes for a network you define for
BGP4 to advertise, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#route-map set_net permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap set_net)#set community no-export
Brocade(config-routemap set_net)#exit
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#network 10.100.1.0/24 route-map set_net
The first two commands in this example create a route map named “set_net” that sets the
community attribute for routes that use the route map to “NO_EXPORT”. The next two commands
change the CLI to the BGP4 configuration level. The last command configures a network for
advertising from BGP4, and associates the “set_net” route map with the network. When BGP4
originates the 10.100.1.0/24 network, BGP4 also sets the community attribute for the network to
“NO_EXPORT”.
Syntax: network ip-addr ip-mask [route-map map-name] | [weight num] | [backdoor]
308
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
The route-map map-name parameter specifies the name of the route map you want to use to set or
change BGP4 attributes for the network you are advertising. The route map must already be
configured.
For information about the other parameters, refer to “Defining route maps” on page 342.
Changing the default local preference
When the router uses the BGP4 algorithm to select a route to send to the IP route table, one of the
parameters the algorithm uses is the local preference. Local preference is an attribute that
indicates a degree of preference for a route relative to other routes. BGP4 neighbors can send the
local preference value as an attribute of a route in an UPDATE message.
Local preference applies only to routes within the local AS. BGP4 routers can exchange local
preference information with neighbors who also are in the local AS, but BGP4 routers do not
exchange local preference information with neighbors in remote autonomous systems.
The default local preference is 100. For routes learned from EBGP neighbors, the default local
preference is assigned to learned routes. For routes learned from IBGP neighbors, the local
preference value is not changed for the route.
When the BGP4 algorithm compares routes on the basis of local preferences, the route with the
higher local preference is chosen.
NOTE
To set the local preference for individual routes, use route maps. Refer to “Defining route maps” on
page 342. Refer to “How BGP4 selects a path for a route” on page 283 for information about the
BGP4 algorithm.
To change the default local preference to 200, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#default-local-preference 200
Syntax: default-local-preference num
The num parameter indicates the preference and can be a value from 0 through 4294967295.
Using the IP default route as a valid next hop for
a BGP4 route
By default, the Layer 3 switch does not use a default route to resolve a BGP4 next-hop route. If the
IP route lookup for the BGP4 next hop does not result in a valid IGP route (including static or direct
routes), the BGP4 next hop is considered to be unreachable and the BGP4 route is not used.
In some cases, such as when the Layer 3 switch is acting as an edge router, you might want to allow
the device to use the default route as a valid next hop. To do so, enter the following command at
the BGP4 configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#next-hop-enable-default
Syntax: [no] next-hop-enable-default
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
309
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Advertising the default route
By default, the Layer 3 switch does not originate and advertise a default route using BGP4. A BGP4
default route is the IP address 0.0.0.0 and the route prefix 0 or network mask 0.0.0.0. For example,
0.0.0.0/0 is a default route. You can enable the router to advertise a default BGP4 route using
either of the following methods.
NOTE
The Brocade Layer 3 switch checks for the existence of an IGP route for 0.0.0.0/0 in the IP route
table before creating a local BGP route for 0.0.0.0/0.
To enable the router to originate and advertise a default BGP4 route, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#default-information-originate
Syntax: [no] default-information-originate
Changing the default MED (Metric) used for
route redistribution
The Brocade Layer 3 switch can redistribute directly connected routes, static IP routes, RIP routes,
and OSPF routes into BGP4. The MED (metric) is a global parameter that specifies the cost that will
be applied to all routes by default when they are redistributed into BGP4. When routes are selected,
lower metric values are preferred over higher metric values. The default BGP4 MED value is 0 and
can be assigned a value from 0 through 4294967295.
NOTE
RIP and OSPF also have default metric parameters. The parameters are set independently for each
protocol and have different ranges.
To change the default metric to 40, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#default-metric 40
Syntax: default-metric num
The num indicates the metric and can be a value from 0 through 4294967295.
Enabling next-hop recursion
For each BGP4 route a Layer 3 switch learns, the Layer 3 switch performs a route lookup to obtain
the IP address of the route next hop. A BGP4 route becomes eligible for installation into the IP route
table only if the following conditions are true:
• The lookup succeeds in obtaining a valid next-hop IP address for the route.
• The path to the next-hop IP address is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) path or a static route
path.
By default, the software performs only one lookup for a BGP route next-hop IP address. If the
next-hop lookup does not result in a valid next-hop IP address or the path to the next-hop IP
address is a BGP path, the software considers the BGP route destination to be unreachable. The
route is not eligible to be installed in the IP route table.
310
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
It is possible for the BGP route table to contain a route whose next-hop IP address is not reachable
through an IGP route, even though a hop farther away can be reached by the Layer 3 switch through
an IGP route. This can occur when the IGPs do not learn a complete set of IGP routes, resulting in
the Layer 3 switch learning about an internal route through IBGP instead of through an IGP. In this
case, the IP route table does not contain a route that can be used to reach the BGP route
destination.
To enable the Layer 3 switch to find the IGP route to a BGP route next-hop gateway, enable
recursive next-hop lookups. When you enable recursive next-hop lookup, if the first lookup for a
BGP route results in an IBGP path originated within the same Autonomous System (AS), rather than
an IGP path or static route path, the Layer 3 switch performs a lookup on the next-hop gateway
next-hop IP address. If this second lookup results in an IGP path, the software considers the BGP
route to be valid and thus eligible for installation in the IP route table. Otherwise, the Layer 3 switch
performs a lookup on the next-hop IP address of the next-hop gateway next hop, and so on, until
one of the lookups results in an IGP route.
NOTE
The software does not support using the default route to resolve a BGP4 route's next hop. Instead,
you must configure a static route or use an IGP to learn the route to the EBGP multihop peer.
Previous software releases support use of the default route to resolve routes learned from EBGP
multihop neighbors. However, even in this case Brocade recommends that you use a static route for
the EBGP multihop neighbor instead. In general, we recommend that you do not use the default
route as the next hop for BGP4 routes, especially when there are two or more BGP4 neighbors. Using
the default route can cause loops.
Example when recursive route lookups are disabled
Here is an example of the results of an unsuccessful next-hop lookup for a BGP route. In this case,
next-hop recursive lookups are disabled. The example is for the BGP route to network
192.168.0.0/24.
Brocade#show ip bgp route
Total number of BGP Routes: 5
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
0.0.0.0/0
10.1.0.2
0
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 80
2
192.168.0.0/24
10.0.0.1
1
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
3
192.168.10.0/24
10.1.0.2
0
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 1 189
4
192.168.50.0/24
10.0.0.1
1
100
0
I
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 3356 7170 1455
5
192.168.19.0/24
10.157.24.1
1
100
0
I
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701
In this example, the Layer 3 switch cannot reach 192.168.0.0/24, because the next-hop IP address
for the route is an IBGP route instead of an IGP route, and thus is considered unreachable by the
Layer 3 switch. Here is the IP route table entry for the BGP route next-hop gateway
(192.168.10.1/24).
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
311
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Brocade#show ip route 10.0.0.1
Total number of IP routes: 37
Network Address
NetMask
10.0.0.0
255.255.255.0
Gateway
10.0.0.1
Port
1/1/1
Cost
1
Type
B
The route to the next-hop gateway is a BGP route, not an IGP route, and thus cannot be used to
reach 192.168.0.0/24. In this case, the Layer 3 switch tries to use the default route, if present, to
reach the subnet that contains the BGP route next-hop gateway.
Brocade#show ip route 240.0.0.0/24
Total number of IP routes: 37
Network Address
NetMask
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Gateway
10.0.0.202
Port
1/1/1
Cost
1
Type
S
Example when recursive route lookups are enabled
When recursive next-hop lookups are enabled, the Layer 3 switch recursively looks up the next-hop
gateways along the route until the Layer 3 switch finds an IGP route to the BGP route destination.
Here is an example.
Brocade#show ip bgp route
Total number of BGP Routes: 5
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
0.0.0.0/0
10.1.0.2
0
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 80
2
192.168.0.0/24
10.0.0.1
1
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
3
192.168.10.0/24
10.1.0.2
0
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 1 189
4
192.168.30.0/24
10.0.0.1
1
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 3356 7170 1455
5
192.160.80.0/24
10.157.24.1
1
100
0
I
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701
The first lookup results in an IBGP route, to network 192.168.0.0/24.
Brocade#show ip route 192.168.0.1
Total number of IP routes: 38
Network Address
NetMask
192.168.0.0
255.255.255.0
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
Gateway
10.0.0.1
Port
Cost
1/1/1
1
Type
B
Since the route to 192.168.0.1/24 is not an IGP route, the Layer 3 switch cannot reach the next
hop through IP, and thus cannot use the BGP route. In this case, since recursive next-hop lookups
are enabled, the Layer 3 switch next performs a lookup for 192.168.0.1 next-hop gateway,
10.0.0.1.
312
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Brocade#show ip bgp route 192.168.0.0
Number of BGP Routes matching display condition : 1
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
192.168.0.0/24
10.0.0.1
1
100
0
BI
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
The next-hop IP address for 192.0.0.1 is not an IGP route, which means the BGP route destination
still cannot be reached through IP. The recursive next-hop lookup feature performs a lookup on
10.0.0.1 next-hop gateway.
Brocade#show ip route 10.0.0.1
Total number of IP routes: 38
Network Address
NetMask
10.0.0.0
255.255.255.0
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
Gateway
0.0.0.0
Port
1/1/1
Cost
1
Type
D
This lookup results in an IGP route. In fact, this route is a directly-connected route. As a result, the
BGP route destination is now reachable through IGP, which means the BGP route is eligible for
installation in the IP route table. Here is the BGP route in the IP route table.
Brocade#show ip route 192.168.0.0/24
Total number of IP routes: 38
Network Address
NetMask
192.168.0.0
255.255.255.0
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
Gateway
10.0.0.1
Port
Cost
1/1/1
1
Type
B
This Layer 3 switch can use this route because the Layer 3 switch has an IP route to the next-hop
gateway. Without recursive next-hop lookups, this route would not be in the IP route table.
Enabling recursive next-hop lookups
The recursive next-hop lookups feature is disabled by default. To enable recursive next-hop
lookups, enter the next-hop-recursion command at the BGP configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#next-hop-recursion
Syntax: [no] next-hop-recursion
Changing administrative distances
BGP4 routers can learn about networks from various protocols, including the EBGP portion of BGP4
and IGPs such as OSPF and RIP. Consequently, the routes to a network may differ depending on the
protocol from which the routes were learned.
To select one route over another based on the source of the route information, the Layer 3 switch
can use the administrative distances assigned to the sources. The administrative distance is a
protocol-independent metric that IP routers use to compare routes from different sources.
The Layer 3 switch re-advertises a learned best BGP4 route to the Layer 3 switch neighbors even
when the software does not also select that route for installation in the IP route table. The best
BGP4 routes is the BGP4 path that the software selects based on comparison of the paths’ BGP4
route parameters. Refer to “How BGP4 selects a path for a route” on page 283.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
313
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
When selecting a route from among different sources (BGP4, OSPF, RIP, static routes, and so on),
the software compares the routes on the basis of each route administrative distance. If the
administrative distance of the paths is lower than the administrative distance of paths from other
sources (such as static IP routes, RIP, or OSPF), the BGP4 paths are installed in the IP route table.
NOTE
The software will replace a statically configured default route with a learned default route if the
learned route administrative distance is lower than the statically configured default route distance.
However, the default administrative distance for static routes is changed to 1, so only
directly-connected routes are preferred over static routes when the default administrative distances
for the routes are used.
The following default administrative distances are found on the Brocade Layer 3 switch:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Directly connected – 0 (this value is not configurable)
Static – 1 (applies to all static routes, including default routes)
EBGP – 20
OSPF – 110
RIP – 120
IBGP – 200
Local BGP – 200
Unknown – 255 (the router will not use this route)
Lower administrative distances are preferred over higher distances. For example, if the router
receives routes for the same network from OSPF and from RIP, the router will prefer the OSPF route
by default. The administrative distances are configured in different places in the software. The
Layer 3 switch re-advertises a learned best BGP4 route to neighbors by default, regardless of
whether the route administrative distance is lower than other routes from different route sources to
the same destination.
• To change the EBGP, IBGP, and Local BGP default administrative distances, see the
instructions in this section.
• To change the default administrative distance for OSPF, refer to “Administrative distance” on
page 207.
• To change the default administrative distance for RIP, refer to “Changing the administrative
distance” on page 146.
• To change the default administrative distance for static routes, refer to “Static routes
configuration” on page 45.
You can change the default EBGP, IBGP, and Local BGP administrative distances using either of the
following methods.
To change the default administrative distances for EBGP, IBGP, and Local BGP, enter a command
such as the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#distance 180 160 40
Syntax: distance external-distance internal-distance local-distance
The external-distance sets the EBGP distance and can be a value from 1 through 255.
The internal-distance sets the IBGP distance and can be a value from 1 through 255.
The local-distance sets the Local BGP distance and can be a value from 1 through 255.
314
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Requiring the first AS to be the neighbor AS
By default, the Brocade device does not require the first AS listed in the AS_SEQUENCE field of an
AS path Update from an EBGP neighbor to be the AS that the neighbor who sent the Update is in.
You can enable the Brocade device for this requirement.
When you enable the Brocade device to require the AS that an EBGP neighbor is in to be the same
as the first AS in the AS_SEQUENCE field of an Update from the neighbor, the Brocade device
accepts the Update only if the autonomous systems match. If the autonomous systems do not
match, the Brocade device sends a Notification message to the neighbor and closes the session.
The requirement applies to all Updates received from EBGP neighbors.
To enable this feature, enter the following command at the BGP configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#enforce-first-as
Syntax: [no] enforce-first-as
Disabling or re-enabling comparison of the
AS-Path length
AS-Path comparison is Step 5 in the algorithm BGP4 uses to select the next path for a route.
Comparison of the AS-Path length is enabled by default. To disable it, enter the following command
at the BGP configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#as-path-ignore
This command disables comparison of the AS-Path lengths of otherwise equal paths. When you
disable AS-Path length comparison, the BGP4 algorithm shown in “How BGP4 selects a path for a
route” on page 283 skips from Step 4 to Step 6.
Syntax: [no] as-path-ignore
Enabling or disabling comparison of the router IDs
Router ID comparison is Step 10 in the algorithm BGP4 uses to select the next path for a route.
NOTE
Comparison of router IDs is applicable only when BGP4 load sharing is disabled.
When router ID comparison is enabled, the path comparison algorithm compares the router IDs of
the neighbors that sent the otherwise equal paths:
• If BGP4 load sharing is disabled (maximum-paths 1), the Layer 3 switch selects the path that
came from the neighbor with the lower router ID.
• If BGP4 load sharing is enabled, the Layer 3 switch load shares among the remaining paths. In
this case, the router ID is not used to select a path.
NOTE
Router ID comparison is disabled by default. In previous releases, router ID comparison is enabled
by default and cannot be disabled.
To enable router ID comparison, enter the compare-routerid command at the BGP configuration
level of the CLI.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
315
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#compare-routerid
Syntax: [no] compare-routerid
For more information, refer to “How BGP4 selects a path for a route” on page 283.
Configuring the Layer 3 switch to always compare
Multi-Exit Discriminators
A Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) is a value that the BGP4 algorithm uses when comparing multiple
paths received from different BGP4 neighbors in the same AS for the same route. In BGP4, a route
MED is equivalent to its “metric”:
• BGP4 compares the MEDs of two otherwise equivalent paths if and only if the routes were
learned from the same neighboring AS. This behavior is called deterministic MED.
Deterministic MED is always enabled and cannot be disabled.
In addition, you can enable the Layer 3 switch to always compare the MEDs, regardless of the
AS information in the paths. To enable this comparison, enter the always-compare-med
command at the BGP4 configuration level of the CLI. This option is disabled by default.
• The Layer 3 switch compares the MEDs based on one or more of the following conditions. By
default, the Layer 3 switch compares the MEDs of paths only if the first AS in the paths is the
same. (The Layer 3 switch skips over the AS-CONFED-SEQUENCE if present.)
You can enable the Layer 3 switch to always compare the MEDs, regardless of the AS information in
the paths. For example, if the router receives UPDATES for the same route from neighbors in three
autonomous systems, the router would compare the MEDs of all the paths together, rather than
comparing the MEDs for the paths in each AS individually.
NOTE
By default, value 0 (most favorable) is used in MED comparison when the MED attribute is not
present. The default MED comparison results in the Layer 3 switch favoring the route paths that are
missing their MEDs. You can use the med-missing-as-worst command to make the Layer 3 switch
regard a BGP route with a missing MED attribute as the least favorable route, when comparing the
MEDs of the routes.
NOTE
MED comparison is not performed for internal routes originated within the local AS or confederation.
To configure the router to always compare MEDs, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#always-compare-med
Syntax: [no] always-compare-med
Treating missing MEDs as the worst MEDs
By default, the Layer 3 switch favors a lower MED over a higher MED during MED comparison.
Since the Layer 3 switch assigns the value 0 to a route path MED if the MED value is missing, the
default MED comparison results in the Layer 3 switch favoring the route paths that are missing
their MEDs.
To change this behavior so that the Layer 3 switch favors a route that has a MED over a route that
is missing its MED, enter the following command at the BGP4 configuration level of the CLI.
316
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#med-missing-as-worst
Syntax: [no] med-missing-as-worst
NOTE
This command affects route selection only when route paths are selected based on MED
comparison. It is still possible for a route path that is missing its MED to be selected based on other
criteria. For example, a route path with no MED can be selected if its weight is larger than the weights
of the other route paths.
Route reflection parameter configuration
Normally, all the BGP routers within an AS are fully meshed. Each of the routers has an IBGP
session with each of the other BGP routers in the AS. Each IBGP router thus has a route for each of
its IBGP neighbors. For large autonomous systems containing many IBGP routers, the IBGP route
information in each of the fully-meshed IBGP routers can introduce too much administrative
overhead.
To avoid this problem, you can hierarchically organize your IGP routers into clusters:
• A cluster is a group of IGP routers organized into route reflectors and route reflector clients. You
configure the cluster by assigning a cluster ID on the route reflector and identifying the IGP
neighbors that are members of that cluster. All the configuration for route reflection takes
place on the route reflectors. The clients are unaware that they are members of a route
reflection cluster. All members of the cluster must be in the same AS. The cluster ID can be any
number from 0 through 4294967295. The default is the router ID, expressed as a 32-bit
number.
NOTE
If the cluster contains more than one route reflector, you need to configure the same cluster ID
on all the route reflectors in the cluster. The cluster ID helps route reflectors avoid loops within
the cluster.
• A route reflector is an IGP router configured to send BGP route information to all the clients
(other BGP4 routers) within the cluster. Route reflection is enabled on all Brocade BGP4
routers by default but does not take effect unless you add route reflector clients to the router.
• A route reflector client is an IGP router identified as a member of a cluster. You identify a router
as a route reflector client on the router that is the route reflector, not on the client. The client
itself requires no additional configuration. In fact, the client does not know that it is a route
reflector client. The client just knows that it receives updates from its neighbors and does not
know whether one or more of those neighbors are route reflectors.
NOTE
Route reflection applies only among IBGP routers within the same AS. You cannot configure a cluster
that spans multiple autonomous systems.
Figure 26 shows an example of a route reflector configuration. In this example, two Layer 3
switches are configured as route reflectors for the same cluster. The route reflectors provide
redundancy in case one of the reflectors becomes unavailable. Without redundancy, if a route
reflector becomes unavailable, its clients are cut off from BGP4 updates.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
317
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
AS1 contains a cluster with two route reflectors and two clients. The route reflectors are fully
meshed with other BGP4 routers, but the clients are not fully meshed. They rely on the route
reflectors to propagate BGP4 route updates.
FIGURE 26
Example of a route reflector configuration
AS 1
AS 2
Cluster 1
Route
Reflector 1
Route
Reflector 2
EBGP
Switch
IBGP
IBGP
Route
Reflector
Client 1
Route
Reflector
Client 2
10.0.1.0
10.0.2.0
Switch
Switch
IBGP
Route reflection based on RFC 2796
Route reflection on Brocade devices is based on RFC 2796. This updated RFC helps eliminate
routing loops that are possible in some implementations of the older specification, RFC 1966.
NOTE
The configuration procedure for route reflection is the same regardless of whether your software
release is using RFC 1966 or RFC 2796. However, the operation of the feature is different as
explained below.
RFC 2796 provides more details than RFC 1966 regarding the use of the route reflection attributes,
ORIGINATOR_ID and CLUSTER_LIST, to help prevent loops:
• ORIGINATOR_ID – Specifies the router ID of the BGP4 switch that originated the route. The
route reflector inserts this attribute when reflecting a route to an IBGP neighbor. If a BGP4
switch receives an advertisement that contains its own router ID as the ORIGINATOR_ID, the
switch discards the advertisement and does not forward it.
• CLUSTER_LIST – A list of the route reflection clusters through which the advertisement has
passed. A cluster contains a route reflector and its clients. When a route reflector reflects a
route, the route reflector adds its cluster ID to the front of the CLUSTER_LIST. If a route reflector
receives a route that has its own cluster ID, the switch discards the advertisement and does
not forward it.
The Brocade device handles the attributes as follows:
318
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
• The Layer 3 switch adds the attributes only if it is a route reflector, and only when advertising
IBGP route information to other IBGP neighbors. The attributes are not used when
communicating with EBGP neighbors.
• A Layer 3 switch configured as a route reflector sets the ORIGINATOR_ID attribute to the router
ID of the router that originated the route. Moreover, the route reflector sets the attribute only if
this is the first time the route is being reflected (sent by a route reflector). In previous software
releases, the route reflector set the attribute to the router ID of the route reflector itself. When
a Layer 3 switch receives a route that already has the ORIGINATOR_ID attribute set, the Layer 3
switch does not change the value of the attribute.
• If a Layer 3 switch receives a route whose ORIGINATOR_ID attribute has the value of the Layer
3 switch own router ID, the Layer 3 switch discards the route and does not advertise it. By
discarding the route, the Layer 3 switch prevents a routing loop. The Layer 3 switch did not
discard the route in previous software releases.
• The first time a route is reflected by a Layer 3 switch configured as a route reflector, the route
reflector adds the CLUSTER_LIST attribute to the route. Other route reflectors who receive the
route from an IBGP neighbor add their cluster IDs to the front of the route CLUSTER_LIST. If the
route reflector does not have a cluster ID configured, the Layer 3 switch adds its router ID to
the front of the CLUSTER_LIST.
• If a Layer 3 switch configured as a route reflector receives a route whose CLUSTER_LIST
contains the route reflector own cluster ID, the route reflector discards the route and does not
forward it.
Configuration procedures for BGP4 route reflector
To configure a Brocade Layer 3 switch to be a BGP4 route reflector, use either of the following
methods.
NOTE
All configuration for route reflection takes place on the route reflectors, not on the clients.
Enter the following commands to configure a Brocade Layer 3 switch as route reflector 1 in
Figure 26 on page 318. To configure route reflector 2, enter the same commands on the Layer 3
switch that will be route reflector 2. The clients require no configuration for route reflection.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#cluster-id 1
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.0.1.0 route-reflector-client
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.0.2.0 route-reflector-client
Syntax: [no] cluster-id num | ip-addr
The num | ip-addr parameter specifies the cluster ID and can be a number from 0 through
4294967295 or an IP address. The default is the router ID. You can configure one cluster ID on the
router. All route-reflector clients for the router are members of the cluster.
NOTE
If the cluster contains more than one route reflector, you need to configure the same cluster ID on
all the route reflectors in the cluster. The cluster ID helps route reflectors avoid loops within the
cluster.
To add an IBGP neighbor to the cluster, enter the following command.
Syntax: neighbor ip-addr route-reflector-client
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
319
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
For more information about the neighbor command, refer to “Adding BGP4 neighbors” on
page 292.
By default, the clients of a route reflector are not required to be fully meshed; the routes from a
client are reflected to other clients. However, if the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not
required between clients.
If you need to disable route reflection between clients, enter the following command. When the
feature is disabled, route reflection does not occur between clients but reflection does still occur
between clients and non-clients.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#no client-to-client-reflection
Enter the following command to re-enable the feature.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#client-to-client-reflection
Syntax: [no] client-to-client-reflection
Configuration notes for BGP4 autonomous systems
A confederation is a BGP4 Autonomous System (AS) that has been subdivided into multiple,
smaller autonomous systems. Subdividing an AS into smaller autonomous systems simplifies
administration and reduces BGP-related traffic, thus reducing the complexity of the Interior Border
Gateway Protocol (IBGP) mesh among the BGP routers in the AS.
The Brocade implementation of this feature is based on RFC 3065.
Normally, all BGP routers within an AS must be fully meshed, so that each BGP router has
interfaces to all the other BGP routers within the AS. This is feasible in smaller autonomous
systems but becomes unmanageable in autonomous systems containing many BGP routers.
When you configure BGP routers into a confederation, all the routers within a sub-AS (a subdivision
of the AS) use IBGP and must be fully meshed. However, routers use EBGP to communicate
between different sub-autonomous systems.
NOTE
Another method for reducing the complexity of an IBGP mesh is to use route reflection. However, if
you want to run different Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs) within an AS, configure a confederation.
You can run a separate IGP within each sub-AS.
To configure a confederation, configure groups of BGP routers into sub-autonomous systems. A
sub-AS is simply an AS. The term “sub-AS” distinguishes autonomous systems within a
confederation from autonomous systems that are not in a confederation. For the viewpoint of
remote autonomous systems, the confederation ID is the AS ID. Remote autonomous systems do
not know that the AS represents multiple sub-autonomous systems with unique AS IDs.
NOTE
You can use any valid AS numbers for the sub-autonomous systems. If your AS is connected to the
Internet, Brocade recommends that you use numbers from within the private AS range (64512
through 65535). These are private autonomous systems numbers and BGP4 routers do not
propagate these AS numbers to the Internet.
320
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Figure 27 shows an example of a BGP4 confederation.
FIGURE 27
Example of a BGP4 confederation
AS 20
Confederation 10
Sub-AS 64512
IBGP
Switch A
Switch B
EBGP
BGP4 Switch
EBGP
This BGP4 switch sees all
traffic from Confederation 10
as traffic from AS 10.
Sub-AS 64513
IBGP
Switch C
Switch D
Switches outside the confederation
do not know or care that the switches
are subdivided into sub-ASs within a
confederation.
In this example, four switches are configured into two sub-autonomous systems, each containing
two of the switches. The sub-autonomous systems are members of confederation 10. Switches
within a sub-AS must be fully meshed and communicate using IBGP. In this example, Switches A
and B use IBGP to communicate. Switches C and D also use IBGP. However, the sub-autonomous
systems communicate with one another using EBGP. For example, Switch A communicates with
Switch C using EBGP. The switches in the confederation communicate with other autonomous
systems using EBGP.
Switches in other autonomous systems are unaware that Switches A through D are configured in a
confederation. In fact, when switches in confederation 10 send traffic to switches in other
autonomous systems, the confederation ID is the same as the AS number for the switches in the
confederation. Thus, switches in other autonomous systems see traffic from AS 10 and are
unaware that the switches in AS 10 are subdivided into sub-autonomous systems within a
confederation.
Configuring a BGP confederation
Perform the following configuration tasks on each BGP router within the confederation:
• Configure the local AS number. The local AS number indicates membership in a sub-AS. All
BGP switches with the same local AS number are members of the same sub-AS. BGP switches
use the local AS number when communicating with other BGP switches within the
confederation.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
321
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
• Configure the confederation ID. The confederation ID is the AS number by which BGP switches
outside the confederation know the confederation. Thus, a BGP switch outside the
confederation is not aware and does not care that your BGP switches are in multiple
sub-autonomous systems. BGP switches use the confederation ID when communicating with
switches outside the confederation. The confederation ID must be different from the sub-AS
numbers.
• Configure the list of the sub-AS numbers that are members of the confederation. All the
switches within the same sub-AS use IBGP to exchange switch information. Switches in
different sub-autonomous systems within the confederation use EBGP to exchange switch
information.
To configure four Layer 3 switches to be a member of confederation 10 (as shown in Figure 27),
consisting of two sub-autonomous systems (64512 and 64513), enter commands such as the
following.
Commands for router A
BrocadeA(config)#router bgp
BrocadeA(config-bgp-router)#local-as 64512
BrocadeA(config-bgp-router)#confederation identifier 10
BrocadeA(config-bgp-router)#confederation peers 64512 64513
BrocadeA(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Syntax: local-as num
The num parameter with the local-as command indicates the AS number for the BGP switches
within the sub-AS. You can specify a number from 1 through 65535. Brocade recommends that you
use a number within the range of well-known private autonomous systems, 64512 through 65535.
Syntax: confederation identifier num
The num parameter with the confederation identifier command indicates the confederation
number. The confederation ID is the AS number by which BGP switches outside the confederation
know the confederation. Thus, a BGP switch outside the confederation is not aware and does not
care that your BGP switches are in multiple sub-autonomous systems. BGP switches use the
confederation ID when communicating with switches outside the confederation. The confederation
ID must be different from the sub-AS numbers. You can specify a number from 1 through 65535.
Syntax: confederation peers num [num …]
The num parameter with the confederation peers command indicates the sub-AS numbers for the
sub-autonomous systems in the confederation. You must specify all the sub-autonomous systems
contained in the confederation. All the switches within the same sub-AS use IBGP to exchange
switch information. Switches in different sub-autonomous systems within the confederation use
EBGP to exchange switch information. You can specify a number from 1 through 65535.
Commands for router B
BrocadeB(config)#router bgp
BrocadeB(config-bgp-router)#local-as 64512
BrocadeB(config-bgp-router)#confederation identifier 10
BrocadeB(config-bgp-router)#confederation peers 64512 64513
BrocadeB(config-bgp-router)#write memory
322
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Optional BGP4 configuration tasks
Commands for router C
BrocadeC(config)#router bgp
BrocadeC(config-bgp-router)#local-as 64513
BrocadeC(config-bgp-router)#confederation identifier 10
BrocadeC(config-bgp-router)#confederation peers 64512 64513
BrocadeC(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Commands for router D
BrocadeD(config)#router bgp
BrocadeD(config-bgp-router)#local-as 64513
BrocadeD(config-bgp-router)#confederation identifier 10
BrocadeD(config-bgp-router)#confederation peers 64512 64513
BrocadeD(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Aggregating routes advertised to BGP4 neighbors
By default, the Layer 3 switch advertises individual routes for all the networks. The aggregation
feature allows you to configure the Layer 3 switch to aggregate routes in a range of networks into a
single CIDR number. For example, without aggregation, the Layer 3 switch will individually advertise
routes for networks 10.95.1.0, 10.95.2.0, and 10.95.3.0. You can configure the Layer 3 switch to
instead send a single, aggregate route for the networks. The aggregate route would be advertised
as 10.95.0.0.
NOTE
To summarize CIDR networks, you must use the aggregation feature. The auto summary feature
does not summarize networks that use CIDR numbers instead of class A, B, or C numbers.
To aggregate routes for 10.157.22.0, 10.157.23.0, and 10.157.24.0, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#aggregate-address 10.157.0.0 255.255.0.0
Syntax: aggregate-address ip-addr ip-mask [as-set] [nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast]
[summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] [advertise-map map-name] [attribute-map
map-name]
The ip-addr and ip-mask parameters specify the aggregate value for the networks. Specify 0 for the
host portion and for the network portion that differs among the networks in the aggregate. For
example, to aggregate 10.0.1.0, 10.0.2.0, and 10.0.3.0, enter the IP address 10.0.0.0 and the
network mask 255.255.0.0.
The as-set parameter causes the router to aggregate AS-path information for all the routes in the
aggregate address into a single AS-path.
The nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast parameter specifies whether the neighbor is a
multicast neighbor or a unicast neighbor. Optionally, you also can specify unicast if you want the
Layer 3 switch to exchange unicast (BGP4) routes as well as multicast routes with the neighbor. The
default is unicast only.
The summary-only parameter prevents the router from advertising more specific routes contained
within the aggregate route.
The suppress-map map-name parameter prevents the more specific routes contained in the
specified route map from being advertised.
The advertise-map map-name parameter configures the router to advertise the more specific
routes in the specified route map.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
323
Configuring BGP4 graceful restart
The attribute-map map-name parameter configures the router to set attributes for the aggregate
routes based on the specified route map.
NOTE
For the suppress-map, advertise-map, and attribute-map parameters, the route map must already
be defined. Refer to “Defining route maps” on page 342 for information on defining a route map.
Configuring BGP4 graceful restart
By default, BGP4 graceful restart is enabled for the global routing instance. This section describes
how to disable and re-enable the BGP4 restart feature and change the default values for
associated timers.
For information about displaying BGP4 graceful restart neighbor information, refer to “Displaying
BGP4 graceful restart neighbor information” on page 390.
BGP4 graceful restart is enabled by default on a Layer 3 switch. To disable it, use the following
commands:
Brocade(config)# router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp)# no graceful-restart
To re-enable BGP4 graceful restart after it has been disabled, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)# router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp)# graceful-restart
Syntax: [no] graceful-restart
Configuring timers for BGP4 graceful restart (optional)
You can change the default values for the following timers:
• Restart timer
• Stale routes timer
• Purge timer
Configuring the restart timer for BGP4 graceful restart
Use the following command to specify the maximum amount of time a device will maintain routes
from and forward traffic to a restarting device.
Brocade(config-bgp)# graceful-restart restart-timer 150
Syntax: [no] graceful-restart restart-timer seconds
The seconds variable is the maximum restart wait time advertised to neighbors. Possible values
are from 1 through 3600 seconds. The default value is 120 seconds.
Configuring the BGP4 graceful restart stale routes timer
Use the following command to specify the maximum amount of time a helper device will wait for an
end-of-RIB message from a peer before deleting routes from that peer.
324
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
BGP null0 routing
Brocade(config-bgp)# graceful-restart stale-routes-time 120
Syntax: [no] graceful-restart stale-routes-time seconds
The seconds variable is the maximum time before a helper device cleans up stale routes. Possible
values are from 1 through 3600 seconds. The default value is 360 seconds.
Configuring the BGP4 graceful restart purge timer
Use the following command to specify the maximum amount of time a device will maintain stale
routes in its routing table before purging them.
Brocade(config-bgp)# graceful-restart purge-time 900
Syntax: [no] graceful-restart purge-time seconds
The seconds variable sets the maximum time before a restarting device cleans up stale routes.
Possible values are from 1 through 3600 seconds. The default value is 600 seconds.
BGP null0 routing
The null0 routes were previously treated as invalid routes for BGP next hop resolution. BGP now
uses the null0 route to resolve its next hop. Thus, null0 route in the routing table (for example,
static route) is considered as a valid route by BGP. If the next hop for BGP resolves into a null0
route, the BGP route is also installed as a null0 route in the routing table.
The null0 routing feature allows network administrators to block certain network prefixes, by using
null0 routes and route-maps. The combined use of null0 routes and route maps blocks traffic from
a particular network prefix, telling a remote router to drop all traffic for this network prefix by
redistributing a null0 route into BGP.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
325
BGP null0 routing
Figure 28 shows a topology for a null0 routing application example.
FIGURE 28
Example of a null0 routing application
Internet
R1
R2
R3
AS 100
R5
R6
R4
R7
The following steps configure a null0 routing application for stopping denial of service attacks from
remote hosts on the internet.
Configuration steps for BGP null0 routing
1. Select one switch, S6, to distribute null0 routes throughout the BGP network.
2. Configure a route-map to match a particular tag (50) and set the next-hop address to an
unused network address (199.199.1.1).
3. Set the local-preference to a value higher than any possible internal or external
local-preference (50).
4. Complete the route map by setting origin to IGP.
5. On S6, redistribute the static routes into BGP, using route-map route-map-name (redistribute
static route-map block user).
6. On S1, the router facing the internet, configure a null0 route matching the next-hop address in
the route-map (ip route 199.199.1.1/32 null0).
7.
Repeat step 3 for all switches interfacing with the internet (edge corporate routers). In this
case, S2 has the same null0 route as S1.
8. On S6, configure the network prefixes associated with the traffic you want to drop. The static
route IP address references a destination address. You are required to point the static route to
the egress port, for example, Ethernet 1/1/2, and specify the tag 50, matching the route-map
configuration.
326
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
BGP null0 routing
Configuration examples for BGP null0 routing
S6
The following configuration defines specific prefixes to filter.
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.0.0.40/29 ethernet 1/1/2 tag 50
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.0.0.192/27 ethernet 1/1/2 tag 50
Brocade(config)#ip route 10.0.14.0/23 ethernet 1/1/2 tag 50
The following configuration redistributes routes into BGP.
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#local-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#redistribute static route-map blockuser
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#exit
100
100
100
100
100
100
The following configuration defines the specific next hop address and sets the local preference to
preferred.
Brocade(config)#route-map blockuser permit 10
Brocade(config-routemap blockuser)#match tag 50
Brocade(config-routemap blockuser)#set ip next-hop 199.199.1.1
Brocade(config-routemap blockuser)#set local-preference 1000000
Brocade(config-routemap blockuser)#set origin igp
Brocade(config-routemap blockuser)#exit
S1
The following configuration defines the null0 route to the specific next hop address. The next hop
address 199.199.1.1 points to the null0 route.
Brocade(config)#ip route 199.199.1.1/32 null0
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#local-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor
address>
address>
address>
address>
address>
remote-as
remote-as
remote-as
remote-as
remote-as
remote-as
100
100
100
100
100
100
S2
The following configuration defines a null0 route to the specific next hop address. The next hop
address 199.199.1.1 points to the null0 route, which gets blocked.
Brocade(config)#ip route 199.199.1.1/32 null0
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#local-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as 100
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
327
BGP null0 routing
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as 100
Brocade (config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as 100
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor remote-as 100
Show commands for BGP null0 routing
After configuring the null0 application, you can display the output.
S6
The following is the show ip route static output for S6.
Brocade#show ip route static
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected S:Static
Destination
Gateway
1
10.0.0.40/29
DIRECT
2
10.0.0.192/27
DIRECT
3
10.0.14.0/23
DIRECT
R:RIP O:OSPF;
Port
eth 1/1/2
eth 1/1/2
eth 1/1/2
Cost - Dist/Metric
Cost
Type
1/1
S
1/1
S
1/1
S
S1 and S2
The following is the show ip route static output for S1 and S2.
Brocade#show ip route static
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected S:Static
Destination
Gateway
1
199.199.1.1/32
DIRECT
R:RIP O:OSPF;
Port
drop
Cost - Dist/Metric
Cost
Type
1/1/1
S
S6
The following is the show ip bgp route output for S6
328
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
BGP null0 routing
Brocade#show ip bgp route
Total number of BGP Routes: 126
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED E:EBGP
H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED s:STALE
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.0.1.0/24
10.0.1.3
0
100
0
BI
AS_PATH:
.
..
.
.
.
.
9
10.0.0.16/30
10.10.1.3
100
0
I
AS_PATH: 85
10
10.0.0.40/29
199.199.1.1/32 1
1000000 32768 BL
AS_PATH:
11
10.0.0.80/28
10.10.1.3
100
0
I
.
..
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
36
10.0.0.96/28
10.0.1.3
100
0
I
AS_PATH: 50
37
10.0.0.192/27
199.199.1.1/32 1
10000000 32768 BL
AS_PATH:
.
..
.
.
.
.
64
10.0.7.0/24
10.20.1.3
100
0
I
AS_PATH: 10
65
10.0.14.0/23
199.199.1.1/32 1
1000000 32768 BL
AS_PATH: ..
.
.
.
.
.
S1 and S2
The show ip route output for S1 and S2 shows "drop" under the Port column for the network
prefixes you configured with null0 routing.
Brocade#show ip route
Total number of IP routes: 133
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected S:Static R:RIP O:OSPF;
Cost - Dist/Metric
Destination
Gateway
Port
Cost
Type
1
10.0.1.24/32
DIRECT
loopback 1
0/0
D
2
10.30.1.0/24
DIRECT
eth 1/1/7
0/0
D
3
10.40.1.0/24
DIRECT
eth 1/1/2
0/0
D
.
13
10.0.0.6/31
10.0.1.3
eth 1/2/2
20/1
B
14
10.0.0.16/30
10.0.1.3
eth 1/2/2
20/1
B
15
10.0.0.40/29
DIRECT
drop
200/0
B
.
..
.
.
.
.
42
10.0.0.192/27
DIRECT
drop
200/0
B
43
10.0.1.128/26
10.0.1.3
eth 1/1/7
20/1
B
.
..
.
.
.
.
69
10.0.7.0/24
10.0.1.3
eth 1/1/10
20/1
B
70
10.0.14.0/23
DIRECT
drop
200/0
B
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
131
10.144.0.0/12
10.0.1.3
eth 1/1/4
20/1
B
132
10.199.1.1/32
DIRECT
drop
1/1
S
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
329
Modifying redistribution parameters
Modifying redistribution parameters
By default, the Layer 3 Switch does not redistribute route information between BGP4 and the IP
IGPs (RIP and OSPF). You can configure the switch to redistribute OSPF routes, RIP routes, directly
connected routes, or static routes into BGP4 by using the following methods.
To enable redistribution of all OSPF routes and directly attached routes into BGP4, enter the
following commands.
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#redistribute ospf
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#redistribute connected
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#write memory
Syntax: [no] redistribute connected | ospf | rip | static
The connected parameter indicates that you are redistributing routes to directly attached devices
into BGP.
The ospf parameter indicates that you are redistributing OSPF routes into BGP4.
NOTE
Entering redistribute ospf simply redistributes internal OSPF routes. If you want to redistribute
external OSPF routes also, you must use the redistribute ospf match external... command.
Refer to “Redistributing OSPF external routes” on page 331.
The rip parameter indicates that you are redistributing RIP routes into BGP4.
The static parameter indicates that you are redistributing static routes into BGP.
Refer to the following sections for details on redistributing specific routes using the CLI:
•
•
•
•
“Redistributing connected routes” on page 330
“Redistributing RIP routes” on page 331
“Redistributing OSPF external routes” on page 331
“Redistributing static routes” on page 332
Redistributing connected routes
To configure BGP4 to redistribute directly connected routes, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#redistribute connected
Syntax: redistribute connected [metric num] [route-map map-name]
The connected parameter indicates that you are redistributing routes to directly attached devices
into BGP4.
The metric num parameter changes the metric. You can specify a value from 0 through
4294967295. The default is 0.
The route-map map-name parameter specifies a route map to be consulted before adding the RIP
route to the BGP4 route table.
NOTE
The route map you specify must already be configured on the switch. Refer to “Defining route maps”
on page 342 for information about defining route maps.
330
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Modifying redistribution parameters
Redistributing RIP routes
To configure BGP4 to redistribute RIP routes and add a metric of 10 to the redistributed routes,
enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#redistribute rip metric 10
Syntax: redistribute rip [metric num] [route-map map-name]
The rip parameter indicates that you are redistributing RIP routes into BGP4.
The metric num parameter changes the metric. Specify a value from 0 through 4294967295. The
default is 0.
The route-map map-name parameter specifies a route map to be consulted before adding the RIP
route to the BGP4 route table.
NOTE
The route map you specify must already be configured on the switch. Refer to “Defining route maps”
on page 342 for information about defining route maps.
Redistributing OSPF external routes
To configure the Layer 3 switch to redistribute OSPF external type 1 routes, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#redistribute ospf match external1
Syntax: redistribute ospf [match internal | external1 | external2] [metric num] [route-map
map-name]
The ospf parameter indicates that you are redistributing OSPF routes into BGP4.
The match internal | external1 | external2 parameter applies only to OSPF. This parameter
specifies the types of OSPF routes to be redistributed into BGP4. The default is internal.
NOTE
If you do not enter a value for the match parameter, (for example, you enter redistribute ospf only)
then only internal OSPF routes will be redistributed.
The metric num parameter changes the metric. Specify a value from 0 through 4294967295. The
default is 0.
The route-map map-name parameter specifies a route map to be consulted before adding the
OSPF route to the BGP4 route table.
NOTE
The route map you specify must already be configured on the switch. Refer to “Defining route maps”
on page 342 for information about defining route maps.
NOTE
If you use both the redistribute ospf route-map map-name command and the redistribute ospf
match internal | external1 | external2 command, the software uses only the route map for filtering.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
331
Modifying redistribution parameters
Redistributing static routes
To configure the Layer 3 switch to redistribute static routes, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#redistribute static
Syntax: redistribute static [metric num] [route-map map-name]
The static parameter indicates that you are redistributing static routes into BGP4.
The metric num parameter changes the metric. Specify a value from 0 through 4294967295. The
default is 0.
The route-map map-name parameter specifies a route map to be consulted before adding the
static route to the BGP4 route table.
NOTE
The route map you specify must already be configured on the switch. Refer to “Defining route maps”
on page 342 for information about defining route maps.
Disabling or re-enabling re-advertisement of all learned
BGP4 routes to all BGP4 neighbors
By default, the Layer 3 switch re-advertises all learned best BGP4 routes to BGP4 neighbors,
unless the routes are discarded or blocked by route maps or other filters.
If you want to prevent the Layer 3 switch from re-advertising a learned best BGP4 route unless that
route also is installed in the IP route table, use the following CLI method.
To disable re-advertisement of BGP4 routes to BGP4 neighbors except for routes that the software
also installs in the route table, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#no readvertise
Syntax: [no] readvertise
To re-enable re-advertisement, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#readvertise
Redistributing IBGP routes into RIP and OSPF
By default, the Layer 3 switch does not redistribute IBGP routes from BGP4 into RIP or OSPF. This
behavior helps eliminate routing loops. However, if your network can benefit from redistributing the
IBGP routes from BGP4 into OSPF or RIP, you can enable the Layer 3 switch to redistribute the
routes. To do so, use the following CLI method.
To enable the Layer 3 switch to redistribute BGP4 routes into OSPF and RIP, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#bgp-redistribute-internal
Syntax: [no] bgp-redistribute-internal
To disable redistribution of IBGP routes into RIP and OSPF, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#no bgp-redistribute-internal
332
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
Filtering
This section describes the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
“Specific IP address filtering” on page 333
“AS-path filtering” on page 334
“BGP4 filtering communities” on page 338
“Defining IP prefix lists” on page 340
“Defining neighbor distribute lists” on page 341
“Defining route maps” on page 342
“Using a table map to set the tag value” on page 350
“Configuring cooperative BGP4 route filtering” on page 351
Specific IP address filtering
You can configure the router to explicitly permit or deny specific IP addresses received in updates
from BGP4 neighbors by defining IP address filters. The router permits all IP addresses by default.
You can define up to 100 IP address filters for BGP4.
• If you want permit to remain the default behavior, define individual filters to deny specific IP
addresses.
• If you want to change the default behavior to deny, define individual filters to permit specific IP
addresses.
NOTE
Once you define a filter, the default action for addresses that do not match a filter is “deny”. To
change the default action to “permit”, configure the last filter as “permit any any”.
Address filters can be referred to by a BGP neighbor's distribute list number as well as by match
statements in a route map.
NOTE
If the filter is referred to by a route map match statement, the filter is applied in the order in which
the filter is listed in the match statement.
NOTE
You also can filter on IP addresses by using IP ACLs.
To define an IP address filter to deny routes to 10.157.0.0, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#address-filter 1 deny 10.157.0.0 255.255.0.0
Syntax: address-filter num permit | deny ip-addr wildcard mask wildcard
The num parameter is the filter number.
The permit | deny parameter indicates the action the Layer 3 switch takes if the filter match is true.
• If you specify permit, the Layer 3 switch permits the route into the BGP4 table if the filter match
is true.
• If you specify deny, the Layer 3 switch denies the route from entering the BGP4 table if the filter
match is true.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
333
Filtering
NOTE
Once you define a filter, the default action for addresses that do not match a filter is “deny”. To
change the default action to “permit”, configure the last filter as “permit any any”.
The ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address. If you want the filter to match on all addresses,
enter any.
The wildcard parameter specifies the portion of the IP address to match against. The wildcard is in
dotted-decimal notation (IP address format). It is a four-part value, where each part is 8 bits (one
byte) separated by dots, and each bit is a one or a zero. Each part is a number ranging from 0 to
255, for example 0.0.0.255. Zeros in the mask mean the packet source address must match the
source-ip. Ones mean any value matches. For example, the
ip-addr and wildcard values 10.157.22.26 0.0.0.255 mean that all hosts in the Class C subnet
10.157.22.x match the policy.
If you prefer to specify the wildcard (mask value) in Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format,
you can enter a forward slash after the IP address, then enter the number of significant bits in the
mask. For example, you can enter the CIDR equivalent of “10.157.22.26 0.0.0.255” as
“10.157.22.26/24”. The CLI automatically converts the CIDR number into the appropriate mask
(where zeros instead of ones are the significant bits) and changes the non-significant portion of the
IP address into zeros. For example, if you specify 10.157.22.26/24 or 10.157.22.26 0.0.0.255,
then save the changes to the startup-config file, the value appears as 10.157.22.0/24 (if you have
enabled display of subnet lengths) or 10.157.22.0 0.0.0.255 in the startup-config file.
If you enable the software to display IP subnet masks in CIDR format, the mask is saved in the file
in “/mask-bits” format. To enable the software to display the CIDR masks, enter the ip
show-subnet-length command at the global CONFIG level of the CLI. You can use the CIDR format to
configure the filter regardless of whether the software is configured to display the masks in CIDR
format.
The mask parameter specifies the network mask. If you want the filter to match on all destination
addresses, enter any. The wildcard works the same as described above.
AS-path filtering
You can filter updates received from BGP4 neighbors based on the contents of the AS-path list
accompanying the updates. For example, if you want to deny routes that have the AS 4.3.2.1 in the
AS-path from entering the BGP4 route table, you can define a filter to deny such routes.
The Layer 3 switch provides the following methods for filtering on AS-path information:
• AS-path filters
• AS-path ACLs
NOTE
The Layer 3 switch cannot actively support AS-path filters and AS-path ACLs at the same time. Use
one method or the other but do not mix methods.
NOTE
Once you define a filter or ACL, the default action for updates that do not match a filter is “deny”. To
change the default action to “permit”, configure the last filter or ACL as “permit any any”.
AS-path filters or AS-path ACLs can be referred to by a BGP neighbor's filter list number as well as
by match statements in a route map.
334
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
Defining an AS-path filter
To define AS-path filter 4 to permit AS 2500, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#as-path-filter 4 permit 2500
Syntax: as-path-filter num permit | deny as-path
The num parameter identifies the filter position in the AS-path filter list and can be from 1 through
100. Thus, the AS-path filter list can contain up to 100 filters. The Brocade Layer 3 switch applies
the filters in numerical order, beginning with the lowest-numbered filter. When a filter match is true,
the Layer 3 switch stops and does not continue applying filters from the list.
NOTE
If the filter is referred to by a route map match statement, the filter is applied in the order in which
the filter is listed in the match statement.
The permit | deny parameter indicates the action the router takes if the filter match is true.
• If you specify permit, the router permits the route into the BGP4 table if the filter match is true.
• If you specify deny, the router denies the route from entering the BGP4 table if the filter match
is true.
The as-path parameter indicates the AS-path information. You can enter an exact AS-path string if
you want to filter for a specific value. You also can use regular expressions in the filter string.
Defining an AS-path ACL
To configure an AS-path list that uses ACL 1, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ip as-path access-list 1 permit 100
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.10.10.1 filter-list 1 in
The ip as-path command configures an AS-path ACL that permits routes containing AS number 100
in their AS paths. The neighbor command then applies the AS-path ACL to advertisements and
updates received from neighbor 10.10.10.1. In this example, the only routes the Layer 3 switch
permits from neighbor 10.10.10.1 are those whose AS-paths contain AS-path number 100.
Syntax: ip as-path access-list string [seq seq-value] deny | permit regular-expression
The string parameter specifies the ACL name. (If you enter a number, the CLI interprets the number
as a text string.)
The seq seq-value parameter is optional and specifies the AS-path list sequence number. You can
configure up to 199 entries in an AS-path list. If you do not specify a sequence number, the
software numbers them in increments of 5, beginning with number 5. The software interprets the
entries in an AS-path list in numerical order, beginning with the lowest sequence number.
The deny | permit parameter specifies the action the software takes if a route AS-path list matches
a match statement in this ACL. To configure the AS-path match statements in a route map, use the
match as-path command. Refer to “Matching based on AS-path ACL” on page 345.
The regular-expression parameter specifies the AS path information you want to permit or deny to
routes that match any of the match statements within the ACL. You can enter a specific AS number
or use a regular expression. For the regular expression syntax, refer to “Using regular expressions
to filter” on page 336.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
335
Filtering
The neighbor command uses the filter-list parameter to apply the AS-path ACL to the neighbor.
Refer to “Adding BGP4 neighbors” on page 292.
Using regular expressions to filter
You use a regular expression for the as-path parameter to specify a single character or multiple
characters as a filter pattern. If the AS-path matches the pattern specified in the regular
expression, the filter evaluation is true; otherwise, the evaluation is false.
In addition, you can include special characters that influence the way the software matches the
AS-path against the filter value.
To filter on a specific single-character value, enter the character for the as-path parameter. For
example, to filter on AS-paths that contain the letter “z”, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#as-path-filter 1 permit z
To filter on a string of multiple characters, enter the characters in brackets. For example, to filter on
AS-paths that contain “x”, “y”, or “z”, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#as-path-filter 1 permit [xyz]
BGP4 special characters
When you enter as single-character expression or a list of characters, you also can use the
following special characters. Table 62 on page 336 lists the special characters. The description for
each special character includes an example. Notice that you place some special characters in front
of the characters they control but you place other special characters after the characters they
control. In each case, the examples show where to place the special character.
TABLE 62
336
BGP4 special characters for regular expressions
Character
Operation
.
The period matches on any single character, including a blank space. For example, the
following regular expression matches for “aa”, “ab”, “ac”, and so on, but not just “a”.
a.
*
The asterisk matches on zero or more sequences of a pattern. For example, the following
regular expression matches on an AS-path that contains the string “1111” followed by any
value:
1111*
+
The plus sign matches on one or more sequences of a pattern. For example, the following
regular expression matches on an AS-path that contains a sequence of “g”s, such as “deg”,
“degg”, “deggg”, and so on:
deg+
?
The question mark matches on zero occurrences or one occurrence of a pattern. For example,
the following regular expression matches on an AS-path that contains “dg” or “deg”:
de?g
^
A caret (when not used within brackets) matches on the beginning of an input string. For
example, the following regular expression matches on an AS-path that begins with “3”:
^3
$
A dollar sign matches on the end of an input string. For example, the following regular
expression matches on an AS-path that ends with “deg”:
deg$
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
TABLE 62
BGP4 special characters for regular expressions (Continued)
Character
Operation
_
An underscore matches on one or more of the following:
• , (comma)
• { (left curly brace)
• } (right curly brace)
• ( (left parenthesis)
• ) (right parenthesis)
• The beginning of the input string
• The end of the input string
• A blank space
For example, the following regular expression matches on “100” but not on “1002”, “2100”,
and so on.
_100_
[]
Square brackets enclose a range of single-character patterns. For example, the following
regular expression matches on an AS-path that contains “1”, “2”, “3”, “4”, or “5”:
[1-5]
You can use the following expression symbols within the brackets. These symbols are allowed
only inside the brackets:
• ^ – The caret matches on any characters except the ones in the brackets. For example,
the following regular expression matches on an AS-path that does not contain “1”, “2”,
“3”, “4”, or “5”:
•
|
[^1-5]
- The hyphen separates the beginning and ending of a range of characters. A match
occurs if any of the characters within the range is present. See the example above.
A vertical bar (sometimes called a pipe or a “logical or”) separates two alternative values or
sets of values. The AS-path can match one or the other value. For example, the following
regular expression matches on an AS-path that contains either “abc” or “defg”:
(abc)|(defg)
NOTE: The parentheses group multiple characters to be treated as one value. See the
following row for more information about parentheses.
()
Parentheses allow you to create complex expressions. For example, the following complex
expression matches on “abc”, “abcabc”, or “abcabcabcdefg”, but not on “abcdefgdefg”:
((abc)+)|((defg)?)
If you want to filter for a special character instead of using the special character as described in
Table 62 on page 336, enter “\” (backslash) in front of the character. For example, to filter on
AS-path strings containing an asterisk, enter the asterisk portion of the regular expression as “\*”.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#as-path-filter 2 deny \*
To use the backslash as a string character, enter two slashes. For example, to filter on AS-path
strings containing a backslash, enter the backslash portion of the regular expression as “\\”.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#as-path-filter 2 deny \\
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
337
Filtering
BGP4 filtering communities
You can filter routes received from BGP4 neighbors based on community names. Use either of the
following methods to do so.
A community is an optional attribute that identifies the route as a member of a user-defined class
of routes. Community names are arbitrary values made of two five-digit integers joined by a colon.
You determine what the name means when you create the community name as one of a route
attributes. Each string in the community name can be a number from 0 through 65535.
This format allows you to easily classify community names. For example, a common convention
used in community naming is to configure the first string as the local AS and the second string as
the unique community within that AS. Using this convention, communities 1:10, 1:20, and 1:30
can be easily identified as member communities of AS 1.
The Layer 3 switch provides the following methods for filtering on community information:
• Community filters
• Community list ACLs
NOTE
The Layer 3 switch cannot actively support community filters and community list ACLs at the same
time. Use one method or the other but do not mix methods.
NOTE
Once you define a filter or ACL, the default action for communities that do not match a filter or ACL
is “deny”. To change the default action to “permit”, configure the last filter or ACL entry as “permit
any any”.
Community filters or ACLs can be referred to by match statements in a route map.
Defining a community filter
To define filter 3 to permit routes that have the NO_ADVERTISE community, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#community-filter 3 permit no-advertise
Syntax: community-filter num permit | deny num:num | internet | local-as | no-advertise |
no-export
The num parameter identifies the filter position in the community filter list and can be from 1
through 100. Thus, the community filter list can contain up to 100 filters. The router applies the
filters in numerical order, beginning with the lowest-numbered filter. When a filter match is true, the
router stops and does not continue applying filters from the list.
NOTE
If the filter is referred to by a route map match statement, the filter is applied in the order in which
the filter is listed in the match statement.
The permit | deny parameter indicates the action the router takes if the filter match is true.
• If you specify permit, the router permits the route into the BGP4 table if the filter match is true.
• If you specify deny, the router denies the route from entering the BGP4 table if the filter match
is true.
338
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
The num:num parameter indicates a specific community number to filter. Use this parameter to
filter for a private (administrator-defined) community. You can enter up to 20 community numbers
with the same command.
If you want to filter for the well-known communities “LOCAL_AS”, “NO_EXPORT” or
“NO_ADVERTISE”, use the corresponding keyword (described below).
The internet keyword checks for routes that do not have the community attribute. Routes without a
specific community are considered by default to be members of the largest community, the
Internet.
The local-as keyword checks for routes with the well-known community “LOCAL_AS”. This
community applies only to confederations. The Layer 3 switch advertises the route only within the
sub-AS. For information about confederations, refer to “Configuration notes for BGP4 autonomous
systems” on page 320.
The no-advertise keyword filters for routes with the well-known community “NO_ADVERTISE”. A
route in this community should not be advertised to any BGP4 neighbors.
The no-export keyword filters for routes with the well-known community “NO_EXPORT”. A route in
this community should not be advertised to any BGP4 neighbors outside the local AS. If the router
is a member of a confederation, the Layer 3 switch advertises the route only within the
confederation. For information about confederations, refer to “Configuration notes for BGP4
autonomous systems” on page 320.
Defining a community ACL
To configure community ACL 1, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ip community-list 1 permit 123:2
This command configures a community ACL that permits routes that contain community 123:2.
NOTE
Refer to “Matching based on community ACL” on page 345 for information about how to use a
community list as a match condition in a route map.
Syntax: ip community-list standard string [seq seq-value] deny | permit community-num
Syntax: ip community-list extended string [seq seq-value] deny | permit
community-num | regular-expression
The string parameter specifies the ACL name. (If you enter a number, the CLI interprets the number
as a text string.)
The standard or extended parameter specifies whether you are configuring a standard community
ACL or an extended one. A standard community ACL does not support regular expressions whereas
an extended one does. This is the only difference between standard and extended IP community
lists.
The seq seq-value parameter is optional and specifies the community list sequence number. You
can configure up to 199 entries in a community list. If you do not specify a sequence number, the
software numbers them in increments of 5, beginning with number 5. The software interprets the
entries in a community list in numerical order, beginning with the lowest sequence number.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
339
Filtering
The deny | permit parameter specifies the action the software takes if a route community list
matches a match statement in this ACL. To configure the community-list match statements in a
route map, use the match community command. Refer to “Matching based on community ACL” on
page 345.
The community-num parameter specifies the community type or community number. This
parameter can have the following values:
• num:num – A specific community number
• internet – The Internet community
• no-export – The community of sub-autonomous systems within a confederation. Routes with
this community can be exported to other sub-autonomous systems within the same
confederation but cannot be exported outside the confederation to other autonomous systems
or otherwise sent to EBGP neighbors.
• local-as – The local sub-AS within the confederation. Routes with this community can be
advertised only within the local subAS.
• no-advertise – Routes with this community cannot be advertised to any other BGP4 routers at
all.
The regular-expression parameter specifies a regular expression for matching on community
names. For information about regular expression syntax, refer to “Using regular expressions to
filter” on page 336. You can specify a regular expression only in an extended community ACL.
Defining IP prefix lists
An IP prefix list specifies a list of networks. When you apply an IP prefix list to a neighbor, the Layer
3 switch sends or receives only a route whose destination is in the IP prefix list. You can configure
up to 100 prefix lists. The software interprets the prefix lists in order, beginning with the lowest
sequence number.
To configure an IP prefix list and apply it to a neighbor, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ip prefix-list Routesfor20 permit 10.20.0.0/24
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.10.10.1 prefix-list Routesfor20 out
These commands configure an IP prefix list named Routesfor20, which permits routes to network
10.20.0.0/24. The neighbor command configures the Layer 3 switch to use IP prefix list
Routesfor20 to determine which routes to send to neighbor 10.10.10.1. The Layer 3 switch sends
routes that go to 10.20.x.x to neighbor 10.10.10.1 because the IP prefix list explicitly permits these
routes to be sent to the neighbor.
Syntax: ip prefix-list name [seq seq-value] [description string] deny | permit
network-addr/mask-bits [ge ge-value] [le le-value]
The name parameter specifies the prefix list name. You use this name when applying the prefix list
to a neighbor.
The description string parameter is a text string describing the prefix list.
The seq seq-value parameter is optional and specifies the IP prefix list sequence number. You can
configure up to 100 prefix list entries. If you do not specify a sequence number, the software
numbers them in increments of 5, beginning with prefix list entry 5. The software interprets the
prefix list entries in numerical order, beginning with the lowest sequence number.
340
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
The deny | permit parameter specifies the action the software takes if a neighbor route is in this
prefix list.
The prefix-list matches only on this network unless you use the ge ge-value or le le-value
parameters. (See below.)
The network-addr/mask-bits parameter specifies the network number and the number of bits in
the network mask.
You can specify a range of prefix length for prefixes that are more specific than
network-addr/mask-bits.
• If you specify only ge ge-value, then the mask-length range is from ge-value to 32.
• If you specify only le le-value, then the mask-length range is from length to le-value.
The ge-value or le-value you specify must meet the following condition.
length < ge-value <= le-value <= 32
If you do not specify ge ge-value or le le-value, the prefix list matches only on the exact network
prefix you specify with the network-addr/mask-bits parameter.
For the syntax of the neighbor command shown in the example above, refer to “Adding BGP4
neighbors” on page 292.
Defining neighbor distribute lists
A neighbor distribute list is a list of BGP4 address filters or ACLs that filter the traffic to or from a
neighbor. To configure a neighbor distribute list, use either of the following methods.
To configure a distribute list that uses ACL 1, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.10.10.1 distribute-list 1 in
This command configures the Layer 3 switch to use ACL 1 to select the routes that the Layer 3
switch will accept from neighbor 10.10.10.1.
Syntax: neighbor ip-addr distribute-list name-or-num in | out
The ip-addr parameter specifies the neighbor.
The name-or-num parameter specifies the name or number of a standard, extended, or named
ACL.
The in | out parameter specifies whether the distribute list applies to inbound or outbound routes:
• in – controls the routes the Layer 3 switch will accept from the neighbor.
• out – controls the routes sent to the neighbor.
NOTE
The command syntax shown above is new. However, the neighbor ip-addr distribute-list in | out num
command (where the direction is specified before the filter number) is the same as in earlier
software releases. Use the new syntax when you are using an IP ACL with the distribute list. Use the
old syntax when you are using a BGP4 address filter with the distribute list.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
341
Filtering
Defining route maps
A route map is a named set of match conditions and parameter settings that the router can use to
modify route attributes and to control redistribution of the routes into other protocols. A route map
consists of a sequence of up to 50 instances. If you think of a route map as a table, an instance is
a row in that table. The router evaluates a route according to a route map instances in ascending
numerical order. The route is first compared against instance 1, then against instance 2, and so
on. As soon as a match is found, the router stops evaluating the route against the route map
instances.
Route maps can contain match statements and set statements. Each route map contains a
“permit” or “deny” action for routes that match the match statements:
• If the route map contains a permit action, a route that matches a match statement is
permitted; otherwise, the route is denied.
• If the route map contains a deny action, a route that matches a match statement is denied.
• If a route does not match any match statements in the route map, the route is denied. This is
the default action. To change the default action, configure the last match statement in the last
instance of the route map to “permit any any”.
• If there is no match statement, the software considers the route to be a match.
• For route maps that contain address filters, AS-path filters, or community filters, if the action
specified by a filter conflicts with the action specified by the route map, the route map action
takes precedence over the individual filter action.
If the route map contains set statements, routes that are permitted by the route map match
statements are modified according to the set statements.
Match statements compare the route against one or more of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The route BGP4 MED (metric)
A sequence of AS-path filters
A sequence of community filters
A sequence of address filters
The IP address of the next hop router
The route tag
For OSPF routes only, the route type (internal, external type-1, or external type-2)
An AS-path ACL
A community ACL
An IP prefix list
An IP ACL
For routes that match all of the match statements, the route map set statements can perform one
or more of the following modifications to the route attributes:
• Prepend AS numbers to the front of the route AS-path. By adding AS numbers to the AS-path,
you can cause the route to be less preferred when compared to other routes on the basis of the
length of the AS-path.
• Add a user-defined tag to the route or add an automatically calculated tag to the route.
• Set the community value.
• Set the local preference.
342
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
•
•
•
•
Set the MED (metric).
Set the IP address of the next hop router.
Set the origin to IGP or INCOMPLETE.
Set the weight.
For example, when you configure parameters for redistributing routes into RIP, one of the optional
parameters is a route map. If you specify a route map as one of the redistribution parameters, the
router will match the route against the match statements in the route map. If a match is found and
if the route map contains set statements, the router will set attributes in the route according to the
set statements.
To create a route map, you define instances of the map. Each instance is identified by a sequence
number. A route map can contain up to 50 instances.
To define a route map, use the procedures in the following sections.
Entering the route map into the software
To add instance 1 of a route map named “GET_ONE” with a permit action, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config)#route-map GET_ONE permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap GET_ONE)#
Syntax: [no] route-map map-name permit | deny num
As shown in this example, the command prompt changes to the Route Map level. You can enter
the match and set statements at this level. Refer to “Specifying the match conditions” on page 344
and “Setting parameters in the routes” on page 347.
The map-name is a string of characters that names the map. Map names can be up to 32
characters in length.
The permit | deny parameter specifies the action the router will take if a route matches a match
statement.
• If you specify deny, the Layer 3 switch does not advertise or learn the route.
• If you specify permit, the Layer 3 switch applies the match and set statements associated with
this route map instance.
The num parameter specifies the instance of the route map you are defining. Each route map can
have up to 50 instances.
To delete a route map, enter a command such as the following. When you delete a route map, all
the permit and deny entries in the route map are deleted.
Brocade(config)#no route-map Map1
This command deletes a route map named “Map1”. All entries in the route map are deleted.
To delete a specific instance of a route map without deleting the rest of the route map, enter a
command such as the following.
Brocade(config)#no route-map Map1 permit 10
This command deletes the specified instance from the route map but leaves the other instances of
the route map intact.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
343
Filtering
Specifying the match conditions
Use the following command to define the match conditions for instance 1 of the route map
GET_ONE. This instance compares the route updates against BGP4 address filter 11.
Brocade(config-routemap GET_ONE)#match address-filters 11
Syntax: match [as-path num] | [address-filters | as-path-filters | community-filters num,num,..] |
[community num] | [community ACL exact-match] | [ip address ACL | prefix-list string] |
[ip route-source ACL | prefix name] [metric num] | [next-hop address-filter-list] | [nlri
multicast | unicast | multicast unicast] | [route-type internal | external-type1 |
external-type2] | [tag tag-value]
The as-path num parameter specifies an AS-path ACL. You can specify up to five AS-path ACLs. To
configure an AS-path ACL, use the ip as-path access-list command. Refer to “Defining an AS-path
ACL” on page 335.
The address-filters | as-path-filters | community-filters num,num,... parameter specifies a filter or
list of filters to be matched for each route. The router treats the first match as the best match. If a
route does not match any filter in the list, then the router considers the match condition to have
failed. To configure these types of filters, use commands at the BGP configuration level:
• To configure an address filter, refer to “Specific IP address filtering” on page 333.
• To configure an AS-path filter or AS-path ACL, refer to “AS-path filtering” on page 334.
• To configure a community filter or community ACL, refer to “BGP4 filtering communities” on
page 338.
You can enter up to six community names on the same command line.
NOTE
The filters must already be configured.
The community num parameter specifies a community ACL.
NOTE
The ACL must already be configured.
The community ACL exact-match parameter matches a route if (and only if) the route's community
attributes field contains the same community numbers specified in the match statement.
The ip address | next-hop ACL-num | prefix-list string parameter specifies an ACL or IP prefix list.
Use this parameter to match based on the destination network or next-hop gateway. To configure
an IP ACL for use with this command, use the ip access-list command. Refer to the section “ACL
overview” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Security Configuration Guide. To configure an IP prefix list, use
the ip prefix-list command. Refer to “Defining IP prefix lists” on page 340.
The ip route-source ACL | prefix name parameter matches based on the source of a route (the IP
address of the neighbor from which the Brocade device learned the route).
The metric num parameter compares the route MED (metric) to the specified value.
The next-hop address-filter-list parameter compares the IP address of the route next hop to the
specified IP address filters. The filters must already be configured.
The nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast parameter specifies whether you want the route
map to match on multicast routes, unicast routes, or both route types.
344
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
NOTE
By default, route maps apply to both unicast and multicast traffic.
The route-type internal | external-type1 | external-type2 parameter applies only to OSPF routes.
This parameter compares the route type to the specified value.
The tag tag-value parameter compares the route tag to the specified value.
Match examples using ACLs
The following sections show some detailed examples of how to configure route maps that include
match statements that match on ACLs.
Matching based on AS-path ACL
To construct a route map that matches based on AS-path ACL 1, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#route-map PathMap permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap PathMap)#match as-path 1
Syntax: match as-path num
The num parameter specifies an AS-path ACL and can be a number from 1 through 199. You can
specify up to five AS-path ACLs. To configure an AS-path ACL, use the ip as-path access-list
command. Refer to “Defining an AS-path ACL” on page 335.
Matching based on community ACL
To construct a route map that matches based on community ACL 1, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#ip community-list 1 permit 123:2
Brocade(config)#route-map CommMap permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap CommMap)#match community 1
Syntax: match community string
The string parameter specifies a community list ACL. To configure a community list ACL, use the ip
community-list command. Refer to “Defining a community ACL” on page 339.
Matching based on destination network
To construct match statements for a route map that match based on destination network, use the
following method. You can use the results of an IP ACL or an IP prefix list as the match condition.
Brocade(config)#route-map NetMap permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap NetMap)#match ip address 1
Syntax: match ip address name-or-num
Syntax: match ip address prefix-list name
The name-or-num parameter with the first command specifies an IP ACL and can be a number from
1 through 199 or the ACL name if it is a named ACL. To configure an IP ACL, use the ip access-list or
access-list command. Refer to the chapter “Rule-Based IP ACLs” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Security
Configuration Guide.
The name parameter with the second command specifies an IP prefix list name. To configure an IP
prefix list, refer to “Defining IP prefix lists” on page 340.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
345
Filtering
Matching based on next-hop router
To construct match statements for a route map that match based on the IP address of the next-hop
router, use either of the following methods. You can use the results of an IP ACL or an IP prefix list
as the match condition.
To construct a route map that matches based on the next-hop router, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)#route-map HopMap permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap HopMap)#match ip next-hop 2
Syntax: match ip next-hop num
Syntax: match ip next-hop prefix-list name
The num parameter with the first command specifies an IP ACL and can be a number from 1
through 199 or the ACL name if it is a named ACL. To configure an IP ACL, use the ip access-list or
access-list command. Refer to the chapter “Rule-Based IP ACLs” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Security
Configuration Guide.
The name parameter with the second command specifies an IP prefix list name. To configure an IP
prefix list, refer to “Defining IP prefix lists” on page 340.
Matching based on the route source
To match a BGP4 route based on its source, use the match ip route-source statement. Here is an
example.
Brocade(config)#access-list 10 permit 192.168.6.0 0.0.0.255
Brocade(config)#route-map bgp1 permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp1)#match ip route-source 10
The first command configures an IP ACL that matches on routes received from 192.168.6.0/24.
The remaining commands configure a route map that matches on all BGP4 routes advertised by
the BGP4 neighbors whose addresses match addresses in the IP prefix list. You can add a set
statement to change a route attribute in the routes that match. You also can use the route map as
input for other commands, such as the neighbor and network commands and some show
commands.
Syntax: match ip route-source ACL | prefix name
The ACL | prefix name parameter specifies the name or ID of an IP ACL, or an IP prefix list.
Matching on routes containing a specific set of communities
Brocade software enables you to match routes based on the presence of a community name or
number in a route, and to match when a route contains exactly the set of communities you specify.
To match based on a set of communities, configure a community ACL that lists the communities,
then compare routes against the ACL, as shown in the following example.
Brocade(config)#ip community-list standard std_1 permit 12:34 no-export
Brocade(config)#route-map bgp2 permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp2)#match community std_1 exact-match
346
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
The first command configures a community ACL that contains community number 12:34 and
community name no-export. The remaining commands configure a route map that matches the
community attributes field in BGP4 routes against the set of communities in the ACL. A route
matches the route map only if the route contains all the communities in the ACL and no other
communities.
Syntax: match community ACL exact-match
The ACL parameter specifies the name of a community list ACL. You can specify up to five ACLs.
Separate the ACL names or IDs with spaces.
Here is another example.
Brocade(config)#ip community-list standard std_2 permit 23:45 56:78
Brocade(config)#route-map bgp3 permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp3)#match community std_1 std_2 exact-match
These commands configure an additional community ACL, std_2, that contains community
numbers 23:45 and 57:68. Route map bgp3 compares each BGP4 route against the sets of
communities in ACLs std_1 and std_2. A BGP4 route that contains either but not both sets of
communities matches the route map. For example, a route containing communities 23:45 and
57:68 matches. However, a route containing communities 23:45, 57:68 and 12:34, or
communities 23:45, 57:68, 12:34, and no-export does not match. To match, the route
communities must be the same as those in exactly one of the community ACLs used by the match
community statement.
Setting parameters in the routes
Use the following command to define a set statement that prepends an AS number to the AS path
on each route that matches the corresponding match statement.
Brocade(config-routemap GET_ONE)#set as-path prepend 65535
Syntax: set [as-path [prepend as-num,as-num,...]] | [automatic-tag] | [comm-list ACL delete] |
[community num:num | num | internet | local-as | no-advertise | no-export] |
[dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time]] [[default] interface null0 | [ip
[default] next hop ip-addr] [ip next-hop peer-address] | [local-preference num] | [metric [+
| - ]num | none] | [metric-type type-1 | type-2] | [metric-type internal] | [next-hop
ip-addr] | [nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast] | [origin igp | incomplete] | [tag
tag-value] | [weight num]
The as-path prepend num,num,... parameter adds the specified AS numbers to the front of the
AS-path list for the route.
The automatic-tag parameter calculates and sets an automatic tag value for the route.
NOTE
This parameter applies only to routes redistributed into OSPF.
The comm-list parameter deletes a community from a BGP4 route community attributes field.
The community parameter sets the community attribute for the route to the number or well-known
type you specify.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
347
Filtering
The dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] parameter sets route dampening
parameters for the route. The half-life parameter specifies the number of minutes after which the
route penalty becomes half its value. The reuse parameter specifies how low a route penalty must
become before the route becomes eligible for use again after being suppressed. The suppress
parameter specifies how high a route penalty can become before the Layer 3 switch suppresses
the route. The max-suppress-time parameter specifies the maximum number of minutes that a
route can be suppressed regardless of how unstable it is. For information and examples, refer to
“Route flap dampening configuration” on page 354.
The [default] interface null0 parameter redirects the traffic to the specified interface. You can send
the traffic to the null0 interface, which is the same as dropping the traffic. You can specify more
than one interface, in which case the Layer 3 switch uses the first available port. If the first port is
unavailable, the Layer 3 switch sends the traffic to the next port in the list. If you specify default,
the route map redirects the traffic to the specified interface only if the Layer 3 switch does not
already have explicit routing information for the traffic. This option is used in Policy-Based Routing
(PBR).
The ip [default] next hop ip-addr parameter sets the next-hop IP address for traffic that matches a
match statement in the route map. If you specify default, the route map sets the next-hop gateway
only if the Layer 3 switch does not already have explicit routing information for the traffic. This
option is used in Policy-Based Routing (PBR).
The ip next-hop peer-address parameter sets the BGP4 next hop for a route to the specified
neighbor address.
The local-preference num parameter sets the local preference for the route. You can set the
preference to a value from 0 through 4294967295.
The metric [+ | - ]num | none parameter sets the MED (metric) value for the route. The default MED
value is 0. You can set the preference to a value from 0 through 4294967295.
•
•
•
•
set metric num – Sets the route metric to the number you specify.
set metric +num – Increases route metric by the number you specify.
set metric -num – Decreases route metric by the number you specify.
set metric none – Removes the metric from the route (removes the MED attribute from the
BGP4 route).
The metric-type type-1 | type-2 parameter changes the metric type of a route redistributed into
OSPF.
The metric-type internal parameter sets the route's MED to the same value as the IGP metric of the
BGP4 next-hop route. The parameter does this when advertising a BGP4 route to an EBGP
neighbor.
The next-hop ip-addr parameter sets the IP address of the route next hop router.
The nlri multicast | unicast | multicast unicast parameter redistributes routes into the multicast
Routing Information Base (RIB) instead of the unicast RIB.
NOTE
Setting the NLRI type to multicast applies only when you are using the route map to redistribute
directly-connected routes. Otherwise, the set option is ignored.
The origin igp | incomplete parameter sets the route origin to IGP or INCOMPLETE.
The tag tag-value parameter sets the route tag. You can specify a tag value from 0 through
4294967295.
348
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
NOTE
This parameter applies only to routes redistributed into OSPF.
NOTE
You also can set the tag value using a table map. The table map changes the value only when the
Layer 3 switch places the route in the IP route table instead of changing the value in the BGP route
table. Refer to “Using a table map to set the tag value” on page 350.
The weight num parameter sets the weight for the route. You can specify a weight value from
0 through 4294967295.
Setting a BP4 route MED to the same value as the IGP metric of the next-hop route
To set a route's MED to the same value as the IGP metric of the BGP4 next-hop route, when
advertising the route to a neighbor, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#access-list 1 permit 192.168.9.0 0.0.0.255
Brocade(config)#route-map bgp4 permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp4)#match ip address 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp4)#set metric-type internal
The first command configures an ACL that matches on routes with destination network
192.168.9.0. The remaining commands configure a route map that matches on the destination
network in ACL 1, then sets the metric type for those routes to the same value as the IGP metric of
the BGP4 next-hop route.
Syntax: set metric-type internal
Setting the next hop of a BGP4 route
To set the next hop address of a BGP4 route to a neighbor address, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)#route-map bgp5 permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp5)#match ip address 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp5)#set ip next-hop peer-address
These commands configure a route map that matches on routes whose destination network is
specified in ACL 1, and sets the next hop in the routes to the neighbor address (inbound filtering) or
the local IP address of the BGP4 session (outbound filtering).
Syntax: set ip next-hop peer-address
The value that the software substitutes for peer-address depends on whether the route map is
used for inbound filtering or outbound filtering:
• When you use the set ip next-hop peer-address command in an inbound route map filter,
peer-address substitutes for the neighbor IP address.
• When you use the set ip next-hop peer-address command in an outbound route map filter,
peer-address substitutes for the local IP address of the BGP4 session.
NOTE
You can use this command for a peer group configuration.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
349
Filtering
Deleting a community from a BGP4 route
To delete a community from a BGP4 route community attributes field, enter commands such as the
following.
Brocade(config)#ip community-list standard std_3 permit 12:99 12:86
Brocade(config)#route-map bgp6 permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp6)#match ip address 1
Brocade(config-routemap bgp6)#set comm-list std_3 delete
The first command configures a community ACL containing community numbers 12:99 and 12:86.
The remaining commands configure a route map that matches on routes whose destination
network is specified in ACL 1, and deletes communities 12:99 and 12:86 from those routes. The
route does not need to contain all the specified communities in order for them to be deleted. For
example, if a route contains communities 12:86, 33:44, and 66:77, community 12:86 is deleted.
Syntax: set comm-list ACL delete
The ACL parameter specifies the name of a community list ACL.
Using a table map to set the tag value
Route maps that contain set statements change values in routes when the routes are accepted by
the route map. For inbound route maps (route maps that filter routes received from neighbors), this
means that the routes are changed before they enter the BGP4 route table.
For tag values, if you do not want the value to change until a route enters the IP route table, you can
use a table map to change the value. A table map is a route map that you have associated with the
IP routing table. The Layer 3 switch applies the set statements for tag values in the table map to
routes before adding them to the route table.
To configure a table map, you configure the route map, then identify it as a table map. The table
map does not require separate configuration. You create it simply by calling an existing route map a
table map. You can have one table map.
NOTE
Use table maps only for setting the tag value. Do not use table maps to set other attributes. To set
other route attributes, use route maps or filters.
To create a route map and identify it as a table map, enter commands such as following. These
commands create a route map that uses an address filter. For routes that match the address filter,
the route map changes the tag value to 100. This route map is then identified as a table map. As a
result, the route map is applied only to routes that the Layer 3 switch places in the IP route table.
The route map is not applied to all routes. This example assumes that address filter 11 has already
been configured.
Brocade(config)#route-map TAG_IP permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap TAG_IP)#match address-filters 11
Brocade(config-routemap TAG_IP)#set tag 100
Brocade(config-routemap TAG_IP)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#table-map TAG_IP
350
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
Configuring cooperative BGP4 route filtering
By default, the Layer 3 switch performs all filtering of incoming routes locally, on the Layer 3 switch
itself. You can use cooperative BGP4 route filtering to cause the filtering to be performed by a
neighbor before it sends the routes to the Layer 3 switch. Cooperative filtering conserves resources
by eliminating unnecessary route updates and filter processing. For example, the Layer 3 switch
can send a deny filter to its neighbor, which the neighbor uses to filter out updates before sending
them to the Layer 3 switch. The neighbor saves the resources it would otherwise use to generate
the route updates, and the Layer 3 switch saves the resources it would use to filter out the routes.
When you enable cooperative filtering, the Layer 3 switch advertises this capability in its Open
message to the neighbor when initiating the neighbor session. The Open message also indicates
whether the Layer 3 switch is configured to send filters, receive filters or both, and the types of
filters it can send or receive. The Layer 3 switch sends the filters as Outbound Route Filters (ORFs)
in Route Refresh messages.
To configure cooperative filtering, perform the following tasks on the Layer 3 switch and on its
BGP4 neighbor:
• Configure the filter.
NOTE
The current release supports cooperative filtering only for filters configured using IP prefix lists.
• Apply the filter as in inbound filter to the neighbor.
• Enable the cooperative route filtering feature on the Layer 3 switch. You can enable the Layer 3
switch to send ORFs to the neighbor, to receive ORFs from the neighbor, or both. The neighbor
uses the ORFs you send as outbound filters when it sends routes to the Layer 3 switch.
Likewise, the Layer 3 switch uses the ORFs it receives from the neighbor as outbound filters
when sending routes to the neighbor.
• Reset the BGP4 neighbor session to send and receive ORFs.
• Perform these steps on the other device.
NOTE
If the Layer 3 switch has inbound filters, the filters are still processed even if equivalent filters have
been sent as ORFs to the neighbor.
Enabling cooperative filtering
To configure cooperative filtering, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ip prefix-list Routesfrom1234 deny 10.20.0.0/24
Brocade(config)#ip prefix-list Routesfrom1234 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.2.3.4 prefix-list Routesfrom1234 in
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.2.3.4 capability orf prefixlist send
The first two commands configure statements for the IP prefix list Routesfrom1234. The first
command configures a statement that denies routes to 10.20.20./24. The second command
configures a statement that permits all other routes. (Once you configure an IP prefix list
statement, all routes not explicitly permitted by statements in the prefix list are denied.)
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
351
Filtering
The next two commands change the CLI to the BGP4 configuration level, then apply the IP prefix list
to neighbor 10.2.3.4. The last command enables the Layer 3 switch to send the IP prefix list as an
ORF to neighbor 10.2.3.4. When the Layer 3 switch sends the IP prefix list to the neighbor, the
neighbor filters out the 10.20.0.x routes from its updates to the Layer 3 switch. (This assumes that
the neighbor also is configured for cooperative filtering.)
The ip-addr | peer-group-name parameter specifies the IP address of a neighbor or the name of a
peer group of neighbors.
The send | receive parameter specifies the support you are enabling:
• send – The Layer 3 switch sends the IP prefix lists to the neighbor.
• receive – The Layer 3 switch accepts filters from the neighbor.
If you do not specify the capability, both capabilities are enabled.
The prefixlist parameter specifies the type of filter you want to send to the neighbor.
NOTE
The current release supports cooperative filtering only for filters configured using IP prefix lists.
Sending and receiving ORFs
Cooperative filtering affects neighbor sessions that start after the filtering is enabled, but do not
affect sessions that are already established.
To activate cooperative filtering, reset the session with the neighbor. This is required because the
cooperative filtering information is exchanged in Open messages during the start of a session.
To place a prefix-list change into effect after activating cooperative filtering, perform a soft reset of
the neighbor session. A soft reset does not end the current session, but sends the prefix list to the
neighbor in the next route refresh message.
NOTE
Make sure cooperative filtering is enabled on the Layer 3 switch and on the neighbor before you
send the filters.
To reset a neighbor session and send ORFs to the neighbor, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.2.3.4
This command resets the BGP4 session with neighbor 10.2.3.4 and sends the ORFs to the
neighbor. If the neighbor sends ORFs to the Layer 3 switch, the Layer 3 switch accepts them if the
send capability is enabled.
To perform a soft reset of a neighbor session and send ORFs to the neighbor, enter a command
such as the following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.2.3.4 soft in prefix-list
Syntax: clear ip bgp neighbor ip-addr [soft in prefix-filter]
If you use the soft in prefix-filter parameter, the Layer 3 switch sends the updated IP prefix list to
the neighbor as part of its route refresh message to the neighbor.
352
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Filtering
NOTE
If the Layer 3 switch or the neighbor is not configured for cooperative filtering, the command sends
a normal route refresh message.
Displaying cooperative filtering information
You can display the following cooperative filtering information:
• The cooperative filtering configuration on the Layer 3 switch.
• The ORFs received from neighbors.
To display the cooperative filtering configuration on the Layer 3 switch, enter a command such as
the following. The line shown in bold type shows the cooperative filtering status.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 10.10.10.1
1
IP Address: 10.10.10.1, AS: 65200 (IBGP), RouterID: 10.10.10.1
State: ESTABLISHED, Time: 0h0m7s, KeepAliveTime: 60, HoldTime: 180
RefreshCapability: Received
CooperativeFilteringCapability: Received
Messages:
Open
Update KeepAlive Notification Refresh-Req
Sent
: 1
0
1
0
1
Received: 1
0
1
0
1
Last Update Time: NLRI
Withdraw
NLRI
Withdraw
Tx: ----Rx: ----Last Connection Reset Reason:Unknown
Notification Sent:
Unspecified
Notification Received: Unspecified
TCP Connection state: ESTABLISHED
Byte Sent:
110, Received: 110
Local host: 10.10.10.2, Local Port: 8138
Remote host: 10.10.10.1, Remote Port: 179
ISentSeq:
460 SendNext:
571 TotUnAck:
0
TotSent:
111 ReTrans:
0 UnAckSeq:
571
IRcvSeq:
7349 RcvNext:
7460 SendWnd:
16384
TotalRcv:
111 DupliRcv:
0 RcvWnd:
16384
SendQue:
0 RcvQue:
0 CngstWnd:
5325
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr
To display the ORFs received from a neighbor, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 10.10.10.1 received prefix-filter
ip prefix-list 10.10.10.1: 4 entries
seq 5 permit 10.10.0.0/16 ge 18 le 28
seq 10 permit 10.20.10.0/24
seq 15 permit 10.30.0.0/8 le 32
seq 20 permit 10.40.0.0/16 ge 18
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr received prefix-filter
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
353
Route flap dampening configuration
Route flap dampening configuration
A “route flap” is the change in a route state, from up to down or down to up. When a route state
changes, the state change causes changes in the route tables of the routers that support the route.
Frequent changes in a route state can cause Internet instability and add processing overhead to
the routers that support the route.
Route flap dampening is a mechanism that reduces the impact of route flap by changing a BGP4
router response to route state changes. When route flap dampening is configured, the Layer 3
switch suppresses unstable routes until the route state changes reduce enough to meet an
acceptable degree of stability. The Brocade implementation of route flap dampening is based on
RFC 2439.
Route flap dampening is disabled by default. You can enable the feature globally or on an individual
route basis using route maps.
NOTE
The Layer 3 switch applies route flap dampening only to routes learned from EBGP neighbors.
The route flap dampening mechanism is based on penalties. When a route exceeds a configured
penalty value, the Layer 3 switch stops using that route and also stops advertising it to other
routers. The mechanism also allows a route penalties to reduce over time if the route stability
improves. The route flap dampening mechanism uses the following parameters:
• Suppression threshold – Specifies the penalty value at which the Layer 3 switch stops using
the route. Each time a route becomes unreachable or is withdrawn by a BGP4 UPDATE from a
neighbor, the route receives a penalty of 1000. By default, when a route has a penalty value
greater than 2000, the Layer 3 switch stops using the route. Thus, by default, if a route goes
down more than twice, the Layer 3 switch stops using the route. You can set the suppression
threshold to a value from 1 through 20000. The default is 2000.
• Half-life – Once a route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty decreases exponentially and
decreases by half after the half-life period. The default half-life period is 15 minutes. The
software reduces route penalties every five seconds. For example, if a route has a penalty of
2000 and does not receive any more penalties (it does not go down again) during the half-life,
the penalty is reduced to 1000 after the half-life expires. You can configure the half-life to be
from 1 through 45 minutes. The default is 15 minutes.
• Reuse threshold – Specifies the minimum penalty a route can have and still be suppressed by
the Layer 3 switch. If the route's penalty falls below this value, the Layer 3 switch
un-suppresses the route and can use it again. The software evaluates the dampened routes
every ten seconds and un-suppresses the routes that have penalties below the reuse
threshold. You can set the reuse threshold to a value from 1 through 20000. The default is
750.
• Maximum suppression time – Specifies the maximum number of minutes a route can be
suppressed regardless of how unstable the route has been before this time. You can set the
parameter to a value from
1 through 20000 minutes. The default is four times the half-life. When the half-life value is set
to its default (15 minutes), the maximum suppression time defaults to 60 minutes.
You can configure route flap dampening globally or for individual routes using route maps. If you
configure route flap dampening parameters globally and also use route maps, the settings in the
route maps override the global values.
354
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Route flap dampening configuration
Globally configuring route flap dampening
To enable route flap dampening using the default values, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#dampening
Syntax: dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time]
The half-life parameter specifies the number of minutes after which the route penalty becomes half
its value. The route penalty allows routes that have remained stable for a while despite earlier
instability to eventually become eligible for use again. The decay rate of the penalty is proportional
to the value of the penalty. After the half-life expires, the penalty decays to half its value. Thus, a
dampened route that is no longer unstable can eventually become eligible for use again. You can
configure the half-life to be from 1 - 45 minutes. The default is 15 minutes.
The reuse parameter specifies how low a route penalty must become before the route becomes
eligible for use again after being suppressed. You can set the reuse threshold to a value from 1
through 20000. The default is 750 (0.75, or three-fourths, of the penalty assessed for a one
“flap”).
The suppress parameter specifies how high a route penalty can become before the Layer 3 switch
suppresses the route. You can set the suppression threshold to a value from 1 through 20000. The
default is 2000 (two “flaps”).
The max-suppress-time parameter specifies the maximum number of minutes that a route can be
suppressed regardless of how unstable it is. You can set the maximum suppression time to a value
from 1 through 20000 minutes. The default is four times the half-life setting. Thus, if you use the
default half-life of 15 minutes, the maximum suppression time is 60 minutes.
The following example shows how to change the dampening parameters.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#dampening 20 200 2500 40
This command changes the half-life to 20 minutes, the reuse threshold to 200, the suppression
threshold to 2500, and the maximum number of minutes a route can be dampened to 40.
NOTE
To change any of the parameters, you must specify all the parameters with the command. If you want
to leave some parameters unchanged, enter their default values.
Using a route map to configure route flap dampening
for specific routes
Route maps enable you to fine tune route flap dampening parameters for individual routes. To
configure route flap dampening parameters using route maps, configure BGP4 address filters for
each route you want to set the dampening parameters for, then configure route map entries that
set the dampening parameters for those routes. The following sections show examples.
To configure address filters and a route map for dampening specific routes, enter commands such
as the following.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
355
Route flap dampening configuration
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#address-filter 9 permit 10.157.22.0 255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#address-filter 10 permit 10.157.23.0 255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#exit
Brocade(config)#route-map DAMPENING_MAP permit 9
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP)#match address-filters 9
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP)#set dampening 10 200 2500 40
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP)#exit
Brocade(config)#route-map DAMPENING_MAP permit 10
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP)#match address-filters 10
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP)#set dampening 20 200 2500 60
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#dampening route-map DAMPENING_MAP
The address-filter commands in this example configure two BGP4 address filters, for networks
10.157.22.0 and 10.157.23.0. The first route-map command creates an entry in a route map called
“DAMPENING_MAP”. Within this entry of the route map, the match command matches based on
address filter 9, and the set command sets the dampening parameters for the route that matches.
Thus, for BGP4 routes to 10.157.22.0, the Layer 3 switch uses the route map to set the dampening
parameters. These parameters override the globally configured dampening parameters.
The commands for the second entry in the route map (instance 10 in this example) perform the
same functions for route 10.157.23.0. Notice that the dampening parameters are different for
each route.
Using a route map to configure route flap dampening for
a specific neighbor
You can use a route map to configure route flap dampening for a specific neighbor by performing
the following tasks:
• Configure an empty route map with no match or set statements. This route map does not
specify particular routes for dampening but does allow you to enable dampening globally when
you refer to this route map from within the BGP configuration level.
• Configure another route map that explicitly enables dampening. Use a set statement within the
route map to enable dampening. When you associate this route map with a specific neighbor,
the route map enables dampening for all routes associated with the neighbor. You also can use
match statements within the route map to selectively perform dampening on some routes from
the neighbor.
NOTE
You still need to configure the first route map to enable dampening globally. The second route
map does not enable dampening by itself; it just applies dampening to a neighbor.
•
Apply the route map to the neighbor.
To enable route flap dampening for a specific BGP4 neighbor, enter commands such as the
following.
356
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Route flap dampening configuration
Brocade(config)#route-map DAMPENING_MAP_ENABLE permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP_ENABLE)#exit
Brocade(config)#route-map DAMPENING_MAP_NEIGHBOR_A permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP_NEIGHBOR_A)#set dampening
Brocade(config-routemap DAMPENING_MAP_NEIGHBOR_A)#exit
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#dampening route-map DAMPENING_MAP_ENABLE
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.10.10.1 route-map in
DAMPENING_MAP_NEIGHBOR_A
In this example, the first command globally enables route flap dampening. This route map does not
contain any match or set statements. At the BGP configuration level, the dampening route-map
command refers to the DAMPENING_MAP_ENABLE route map created by the first command, thus
enabling dampening globally.
The third and fourth commands configure a second route map that explicitly enables dampening.
Notice that the route map does not contain a match statement. The route map implicitly applies to
all routes. Since the route map will be applied to a neighbor at the BGP configuration level, the
route map will apply to all routes associated with the neighbor.
Although the second route map enables dampening, the first route map is still required. The
second route map enables dampening for the neighbors to which the route map is applied.
However, unless dampening is already enabled globally by the first route map, the second route
map has no effect.
The last two commands apply the route maps. The dampening route-map command applies the
first route map, which enables dampening globally. The neighbor command applies the second
route map to neighbor 10.10.10.1. Since the second route map does not contain match statements
for specific routes, the route map enables dampening for all routes received from the neighbor.
Removing route dampening from a route
You can un-suppress routes by removing route flap dampening from the routes. The Layer 3 switch
allows you to un-suppress all routes at once or un-suppress individual routes.
To un-suppress all the suppressed routes, enter the following command at the Privileged EXEC level
of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ip bgp damping
Syntax: clear ip bgp damping [ip-addr ip-mask]
The ip-addr parameter specifies a particular network.
The ip-mask parameter specifies the network mask.
To un-suppress a specific route, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp damping 10.157.22.0 255.255.255.0
This command un-suppresses only the routes for network 10.157.22.0/24.
Removing route dampening from neighbor routes
suppressed due to aggregation
You can selectively unsuppress more-specific routes that have been suppressed due to
aggregation, and allow the routes to be advertised to a specific neighbor or peer group.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
357
Route flap dampening configuration
Here is an example.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#aggregate-address 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 summary-only
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#show ip bgp route 10.1.0.0/16 longer
Number of BGP Routes matching display condition : 2
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.1.0.0/16
0.0.0.0
101
32768 BAL
AS_PATH:
2
10.1.44.0/24
10.2.0.1
1
101
32768 BLS
AS_PATH:
The aggregate-address command configures an aggregate address. The summary-only parameter
prevents the Layer 3 switch from advertising more specific routes contained within the aggregate
route. The show ip bgp route command shows that the more specific routes aggregated into
10.1.0.0/16 have been suppressed. In this case, the route to 10.1.44.0/24 has been suppressed.
The following command indicates that the route is not being advertised to the Layer 3 switch BGP4
neighbors.
Brocade#show ip bgp route 10.1.44.0/24
Number of BGP Routes matching display condition : 1
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.1.44.0/24
10.2.0.1
1
101
32768 BLS
AS_PATH:
Route is not advertised to any peers
If you want to override the summary-only parameter and allow a specific route to be advertised to a
neighbor, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)#ip prefix-list Unsuppress1 permit 10.1.44.0/24
Brocade(config)#route-map RouteMap1 permit 1
Brocade(config-routemap RouteMap1)#match ip prefix-list Unsuppress1
Brocade(config-routemap RouteMap1)#exit
Brocade(config)#router bgp
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.1.0.2 unsuppress-map RouteMap1
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.1.0.2 soft-out
The ip prefix-list command configures an IP prefix list for network 10.1.44.0/24, which is the route
you want to unsuppress. The next two commands configure a route map that uses the prefix list as
input. The neighbor command enables the Layer 3 switch to advertise the routes specified in the
route map to neighbor 10.1.0.2. The clear command performs a soft reset of the session with the
neighbor so that the Layer 3 switch can advertise the unsuppressed route.
Syntax: [no] neighbor ip-addr | peer-group-name unsuppress-map map-name
The following command verifies that the route has been unsuppressed.
358
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Route flap dampening configuration
Brocade#show ip bgp route 10.1.44.0/24
Number of BGP Routes matching display condition : 1
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.1.44.0/24
10.2.0.1
1
101
32768 BLS
AS_PATH:
Route is advertised to 1 peers:
10.1.0.2(4)
Displaying and clearing route flap dampening statistics
The software provides many options for displaying and clearing route flap statistics. To display the
statistics, use either of the following methods.
Displaying route flap dampening statistics
To display route dampening statistics or all the dampened routes, enter the show ip bgp
flap-statistics command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp flap-statistics
Total number of flapping routes: 414
Status Code >:best d:damped h:history *:valid
Network
From
Flaps Since
h> 192.50.206.0/23
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13
h> 192.168.192.0/20
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13
h> 192.168.165.0/24
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13
h> 192.168.208.0/23
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13
h> 192.168.0.0/16
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13
*> 192.168.220.0/24
10.90.213.77
1
0 :1 :4
Reuse
0 :0 :0
0 :0 :0
0 :0 :0
0 :0 :0
0 :0 :0
0 :0 :0
Path
65001
65001
65001
65001
65001
65001
4355
4355
4355
4355
4355
4355
1 701
1 7018
1 7018
1 701
1 701
701 62
Syntax: show ip bgp flap-statistics [regular-expression regular-expression | address mask
[longer-prefixes] | neighbor ip-addr]
The regular-expression regular-expression parameter is a regular expression. The regular
expressions are the same ones supported for BGP4 AS-path filters. Refer to “Using regular
expressions to filter” on page 336.
The address mask parameter specifies a particular route. If you also use the optional
longer-prefixes parameter, then all statistics for routes that match the specified route or have a
longer prefix than the specified route are displayed. For example, if you specify 10.157.0.0 longer,
then all routes with the prefix 10.157. or that have a longer prefix (such as 10.157.22.) are
displayed.
The neighbor ip-addr parameter displays route flap dampening statistics only for routes learned
from the specified neighbor. You also can display route flap statistics for routes learned from a
neighbor by entering the following command: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr flap-statistics.
Table 63 shows the field definitions for the display output.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
359
Generating traps for BGP
TABLE 63
Route flap dampening statistics
Field
Description
Total number of flapping routes
Total number of routes in the Layer 3 switch BGP4 route table that have
changed state and thus have been marked as flapping routes.
Status code
Indicates the dampening status of the route, which can be one of the following:
> – This is the best route among those in the BGP4 route table to the route
destination.
• d – This route is currently dampened, and thus unusable.
• h – The route has a history of flapping and is unreachable now.
• * – The route has a history of flapping but is currently usable.
•
Network
The destination network of the route.
From
The neighbor that sent the route to the Layer 3 switch.
Flaps
The number of flaps (state changes) the route has experienced.
Since
The amount of time since the first flap of this route.
Reuse
The amount of time remaining until this route will be un-suppressed and thus
be usable again.
Path
Shows the AS-path information for the route.
You also can display all the dampened routes by entering the show ip bgp dampened-paths
command.
Clearing route flap dampening statistics
To clear route flap dampening statistics, use the following CLI method.
NOTE
Clearing the dampening statistics for a route does not change the dampening status of the route.
To clear all the route dampening statistics, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Syntax: clear ip bgp flap-statistics [regular-expression regular-expression | address mask |
neighbor ip-addr]
The parameters are the same as those for the show ip bgp flap-statistics command (except the
longer-prefixes option is not supported). Refer to “Displaying route flap dampening statistics” on
page 359.
NOTE
The clear ip bgp damping command not only clears statistics but also un-suppresses the routes.
Refer to “Displaying route flap dampening statistics” on page 359.
Generating traps for BGP
You can enable and disable SNMP traps for BGP. BGP traps are enabled by default.
To enable BGP traps after they have been disabled, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)#snmp-server enable traps bgp
360
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
Syntax: [no] snmp-server enable traps bgp
Use the no form of the command to disable BGP traps.
Displaying BGP4 information
You can display the following configuration information and statistics for the BGP4 protocol on the
router:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Summary BGP4 configuration information for the router
Active BGP4 configuration information (the BGP4 information in the running-config)
CPU utilization statistics
Neighbor information
Peer-group information
Information about the paths from which BGP4 selects routes
Summary BGP4 route information
The router BGP4 route table
Route flap dampening statistics
Active route maps (the route map configuration information in the running-config)
BGP4 graceful restart neighbor information
Displaying summary BGP4 information
You can display the local AS number, the maximum number of routes and neighbors supported,
and some BGP4 statistics.
To view summary BGP4 information for the router, enter the show ip bgp summary command at any
CLI prompt.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
361
Displaying BGP4 information
Brocade#show ip bgp summary
BGP4 Summary
Router ID: 10.0.0.1
Local AS Number : 4
Confederation Identifier : not configured
Confederation Peers: 4 5
Maximum Number of Paths Supported for Load Sharing : 1
Number of Neighbors Configured : 11
Number of Routes Installed : 2
Number of Routes Advertising to All Neighbors : 8
Number of Attribute Entries Installed : 6
Neighbor Address AS# State
Time
Rt:Accepted Filtered Sent
10.2.3.4
200
ADMDN
0h44m56s
0
0
0
10.0.0.2
5
ADMDN
0h44m56s
0
0
0
10.1.0.2
5
ESTAB
0h44m56s
1
11
0
10.2.0.2
5
ESTAB
0h44m55s
1
0
0
10.3.0.2
5
ADMDN
0h25m28s
0
0
0
10.4.0.2
5
ADMDN
0h25m31s
0
0
0
10.5.0.2
5
CONN
0h 0m 8s
0
0
0
10.7.0.2
5
ADMDN
0h44m56s
0
0
0
10.10.0.1
4
ADMDN
0h44m56s
0
0
0
10.10.0.1
4
ADMDN
0h44m56s
0
0
0
10.150.150.150
0
ADMDN
0h44m56s
0
0
0
ToSend
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
Table 64 lists the field definitions for the command output.
TABLE 64
362
BGP4 summary information
Field
Description
Router ID
The Layer 3 switch router ID.
Local AS Number
The BGP4 AS number the router is in.
Confederation Identifier
The AS number of the confederation the Layer 3 switch is in.
Confederation Peers
The numbers of the local autonomous systems contained in the confederation.
This list matches the confederation peer list you configure on the Layer 3 switch.
Maximum Number of Paths
Supported for Load Sharing
The maximum number of route paths across which the device can balance traffic
to the same destination. The feature is enabled by default but the default number
of paths is 1. You can increase the number from 2 through 4 paths. Refer to
“Changing the maximum number of paths for BGP4 load sharing” on page 305.
Number of Neighbors
Configured
The number of BGP4 neighbors configured on this Layer 3 switch.
Number of Routes Installed
The number of BGP4 routes in the router BGP4 route table.
To display the BGP4 route table, refer to “Displaying the BGP4 route table” on
page 380.
Number of Routes Advertising
to All Neighbors
The total of the RtSent and RtToSend columns for all neighbors.
Number of Attribute Entries
Installed
The number of BGP4 route-attribute entries in the router route-attributes table. To
display the route-attribute table, refer to “Displaying BGP4 route-attribute entries”
on page 386.
Neighbor Address
The IP addresses of this router BGP4 neighbors.
AS#
The AS number.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 64
BGP4 summary information (Continued)
Field
Description
State
The state of this router neighbor session with each neighbor. The states are from
this router perspective of the session, not the neighbor perspective. The state
values are based on the BGP4 state machine values described in RFC 1771 and
can be one of the following for each router:
• IDLE – The BGP4 process is waiting to be started. Usually, enabling BGP4 or
establishing a neighbor session starts the BGP4 process.
A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is
clearing or removing routes.
• ADMND – The neighbor has been administratively shut down. Refer to
“Administratively shutting down a session with a BGP4 neighbor” on
page 302.
A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is
clearing or removing routes.
• CONNECT – BGP4 is waiting for the connection process for the TCP neighbor
session to be completed.
• ACTIVE – BGP4 is waiting for a TCP connection from the neighbor.
NOTE: If the state frequently changes between CONNECT and ACTIVE, there may
be a problem with the TCP connection.
• OPEN SENT – BGP4 is waiting for an Open message from the neighbor.
• OPEN CONFIRM – BGP4 has received an OPEN message from the neighbor
and is now waiting for either a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION message. If the
router receives a KEEPALIVE message from the neighbor, the state changes
to Established. If the message is a NOTIFICATION, the state changes to Idle.
• ESTABLISHED – BGP4 is ready to exchange UPDATE packets with the
neighbor.
If there is more BGP data in the TCP receiver queue, a plus sign (+) is also
displayed.
NOTE: If you display information for the neighbor using the show ip bgp neighbors
ip-addr command, the TCP receiver queue value will be greater than 0.
Operational States:
Additional information regarding the BGP operational states described above may
be added as follows:
• (+) – is displayed if there is more BGP4 data in the TCP receiver queue.
Note: If you display information for the neighbor using the show ip bgp
neighbors ip-addr command, the TCP receiver queue value will be greater
than 0.
• (-) – indicates that the session has gone down and the software is clearing
or removing routes.
• (*) – indicates that the inbound or outbound policy is being updated for the
peer.
• (s) – indicates that the peer has negotiated restart, and the session is in a
stale state.
• (r) – indicates that the peer is restarting the BGP4 connection, through
restart.
• (^) – on the standby MP indicates that the peer is in the ESTABLISHED state
and has received restart capability (in the primary MP).
• (<) – indicates that the device is waiting to receive the “End of RIB” message
the peer.
Time
The time that has passed since the state last changed.
Accepted
The number of routes received from the neighbor that this router installed in the
BGP4 route table. Usually, this number is lower than the RoutesRcvd number.
The difference indicates that this router filtered out some of the routes received in
the UPDATE messages.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
363
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 64
BGP4 summary information (Continued)
Field
Filtered
Description
The routes or prefixes that have been filtered out:
If soft reconfiguration is enabled, this field shows how many routes were
filtered out (not placed in the BGP4 route table) but retained in memory.
• If soft reconfiguration is not enabled, this field shows the number of BGP4
routes that have been filtered out.
•
Sent
The number of BGP4 routes that the Layer 3 switch has sent to the neighbor.
ToSend
The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has queued to send to this neighbor.
Displaying the active BGP4 configuration
To view the active BGP4 configuration information contained in the running-config without
displaying the entire running-config, use the following CLI method.
To display the device active BGP4 configuration, enter the show ip bgp config command at any level
of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp config
Current BGP configuration:
router bgp
address-filter 1 deny any
any
as-path-filter 1 permit ^65001$
local-as 65002
maximum-paths 4
neighbor pg1 peer-group
neighbor pg1 remote-as 65001
neighbor pg1 description "Brocade group 1"
neighbor pg1 distribute-list out 1
neighbor 192.168.100.1 peer-group pg1
neighbor 192.168.101.1 peer-group pg1
neighbor 192.168.102.1 peer-group pg1
neighbor 192.168.201.1 remote-as 65101
neighbor 192.168.201.1 shutdown
neighbor 192.168.220.3 remote-as 65432
network 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0
network 10.2.2.0 255.255.255.0
redistribute connected
Syntax: show ip bgp config
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
You can display CPU utilization statistics for BGP4 and other IP protocols.
To display CPU utilization statistics for BGP4 for the previous one-second, one-minute, five-minute,
and fifteen-minute intervals, enter the show process cpu command at any level of the CLI.
364
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
Brocade#show process cpu
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
ARP
0.01
0.03
BGP
0.04
0.06
GVRP
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
5Min(%)
0.09
0.08
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.22
0.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
9
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
If the software has been running less than 15 minutes (the maximum interval for utilization
statistics), the command indicates how long the software has been running. Here is an example.
Brocade#show process cpu
The system has only been up for 6 seconds.
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
5Min(%)
ARP
0.01
0.00
0.00
BGP
0.00
0.00
0.00
GVRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.01
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.00
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
To display utilization statistics for a specific number of seconds, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade#show process cpu 2
Statistics for last 1 sec and 80 ms
Process Name
Sec(%)
Time(ms)
ARP
0.00
0
BGP
0.00
0
GVRP
0.00
0
ICMP
0.01
1
IP
0.00
0
OSPF
0.00
0
RIP
0.00
0
STP
0.01
0
VRRP
0.00
0
When you specify how many seconds’ worth of statistics you want to display, the software selects
the sample that most closely matches the number of seconds you specified. In this example,
statistics are requested for the previous two seconds. The closest sample available is actually for
the previous 1 second plus 80 milliseconds.
Syntax: show process cpu [num]
The num parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 1 through 900. If you use
this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics only for the specified number of seconds. If
you do not use this parameter, the command lists the usage statistics for the previous one-second,
one-minute, five-minute, and fifteen-minute intervals.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
365
Displaying BGP4 information
Displaying summary neighbor information
To display summary neighbor information, enter a command such as the following at any level of
the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.211 routes-summary
1
IP Address: 192.168.4.211
Routes Accepted/Installed:1, Filtered/Kept:11, Filtered:11
Routes Selected as BEST Routes:1
BEST Routes not Installed in IP Forwarding Table:0
Unreachable Routes (no IGP Route for NEXTHOP):0
History Routes:0
NLRIs Received in Update Message:24, Withdraws:0 (0), Replacements:1
NLRIs Discarded due to
Maximum Prefix Limit:0, AS Loop:0
Invalid Nexthop:0, Invalid Nexthop Address:0.0.0.0
Duplicated Originator_ID:0, Cluster_ID:0
Routes Advertised:0, To be Sent:0, To be Withdrawn:0
NLRIs Sent in Update Message:0, Withdraws:0, Replacements:0
Peer Out of Memory Count for:
Receiving Update Messages:0, Accepting Routes(NLRI):0
Attributes:0, Outbound Routes(RIB-out):0
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors [ip-addr] | [routes-summary]
Table 65 lists the field definitions for the command output.
TABLE 65
366
BGP4 route summary information for a neighbor
Field
Description
IP Address
The IP address of the neighbor
Routes Received
How many routes the Layer 3 switch has received from the neighbor during the
current BGP4 session:
• Accepted/Installed – Indicates how many of the received routes the Layer 3
switch accepted and installed in the BGP4 route table.
• Filtered/Kept – Indicates how many routes were filtered out, but were
nonetheless retained in memory for use by the soft reconfiguration feature.
• Filtered – Indicates how many of the received routes were filtered out.
Routes Selected as BEST
Routes
The number of routes that the Layer 3 switch selected as the best routes to their
destinations.
BEST Routes not Installed in IP
Forwarding Table
The number of routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4 routes
to their destinations, but were nonetheless not installed in the IP route table
because the Layer 3 switch received better routes from other sources (such as
OSPF, RIP, or static IP routes).
Unreachable Routes
The number of routes received from the neighbor that are unreachable because
the Layer 3 switch does not have a valid RIP, OSPF, or static route to the next
hop.
History Routes
The number of routes that are down but are being retained for route flap
dampening purposes.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 65
BGP4 route summary information for a neighbor (Continued)
Field
Description
NLRIs Received in Update
Message
The number of routes received in Network Layer Reachability (NLRI) format in
UPDATE messages:
• Withdraws – The number of withdrawn routes the Layer 3 switch has
received.
• Replacements – The number of replacement routes the Layer 3 switch has
received.
NLRIs Discarded due to
Indicates the number of times the Layer 3 switch discarded an NLRI for the
neighbor due to the following reasons:
• Maximum Prefix Limit – The Layer 3 switch configured maximum prefix
amount had been reached.
• AS Loop – An AS loop occurred. An AS loop occurs when the BGP4 AS-path
attribute contains the local AS number.
• Invalid Nexthop – The next hop value was not acceptable.
• Duplicated Originator_ID – The originator ID was the same as the local
router ID.
• Cluster_ID – The cluster list contained the local cluster ID, or contained the
local router ID (see above) if the cluster ID is not configured.
Routes Advertised
The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has advertised to this neighbor:
To be Sent – The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has queued to send
to this neighbor.
• To be Withdrawn – The number of NLRIs for withdrawing routes the Layer 3
switch has queued up to send to this neighbor in UPDATE messages.
•
NLRIs Sent in Update Message
The number of NLRIs for new routes the Layer 3 switch has sent to this neighbor
in UPDATE messages:
• Withdraws – The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has sent to the
neighbor to withdraw.
• Replacements – The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has sent to the
neighbor to replace routes the neighbor already has.
Peer Out of Memory Count for
Statistics for the times the Layer 3 switch has run out of BGP4 memory for the
neighbor during the current BGP4 session:
• Receiving Update Messages – The number of times UPDATE messages
were discarded because there was no memory for attribute entries.
• Accepting Routes(NLRI) – The number of NLRIs discarded because there
was no memory for NLRI entries. This count is not included in the
Receiving Update Messages count.
• Attributes – The number of times there was no memory for BGP4 attribute
entries.
• Outbound Routes(RIB-out) – The number of times there was no memory to
place a “best” route into the neighbor's route information base
(Adj-RIB-Out) for routes to be advertised.
Displaying BGP4 neighbor information
To view BGP4 neighbor information including the values for all the configured parameters, enter
the following command.
NOTE
The display shows all the configured parameters for the neighbor. Only the parameters that have
values different from their defaults are shown.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
367
Displaying BGP4 information
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 10.4.0.2
1
IP Address: 10.4.0.2, AS: 5 (EBGP), RouterID: 10.10.0.1
Description: neighbor 10.4.0.2
State: ESTABLISHED, Time: 0h1m0s, KeepAliveTime: 0, HoldTime: 0
PeerGroup: pg1
Multihop-EBGP: yes, ttl: 1
RouteReflectorClient: yes
SendCommunity: yes
NextHopSelf: yes
DefaultOriginate: yes (default sent)
MaximumPrefixLimit: 90000
RemovePrivateAs: : yes
RefreshCapability: Received
Route Filter Policies:
Distribute-list: (out) 20
Filter-list: (in) 30
Prefix-list: (in) pf1
Route-map: (in) setnp1 (out) setnp2
Messages:
Open
Update KeepAlive Notification Refresh-Req
Sent
: 1
1
1
0
0
Received: 1
8
1
0
0
Last Update Time: NLRI
Withdraw
NLRI
Withdraw
Tx: 0h0m59s
--Rx: 0h0m59s
--Last Connection Reset Reason:Unknown
Notification Sent:
Unspecified
Notification Received: Unspecified
TCP Connection state: ESTABLISHED
Local host: 10.4.0.1, Local Port: 179
Remote host: 10.4.0.2, Remote Port: 8053
ISentSeq:
52837276 SendNext:
52837392 TotUnAck:
0
TotSent:
116 ReTrans:
0 UnAckSeq:
52837392
IRcvSeq: 2155052043 RcvNext: 2155052536 SendWnd:
16384
TotalRcv:
493 DupliRcv:
0 RcvWnd:
16384
SendQue:
0 RcvQue:
0 CngstWnd:
1460
This example shows how to display information for a specific neighbor, by specifying the neighbor IP
address with the command. None of the other display options are used; thus, all of the information
is displayed for the neighbor. The number in the far left column indicates the neighbor for which
information is displayed. When you list information for multiple neighbors, this number makes the
display easier to read.
The TCP statistics at the end of the display show status for the TCP session with the neighbor. Most
of the fields show information stored in the Layer 3 switch Transmission Control Block (TCB) for the
TCP session between the Layer 3 switch and its neighbor. These fields are described in detail in
section 3.2 of RFC 793, “Transmission Control Protocol Functional Specification”.
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors [ip-addr [advertised-routes [detail [ip-addr[/mask-bits]]]] |
[attribute-entries [detail]] | [flap-statistics] | [last-packet-with-error] | [received
prefix-filter] |
[received-routes] | [routes [best] | [detail [best] | [not-installed-best] | [unreachable]] |
[rib-out-routes [ip-addr/mask-bits | ip-addr net-mask | detail]] | [routes-summary]]
The ip-addr option lets you narrow the scope of the command to a specific neighbor.
The advertised-routes option displays only the routes that the Layer 3 switch has advertised to the
neighbor during the current BGP4 neighbor session.
368
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
The attribute-entries option shows the attribute-entries associated with routes received from the
neighbor.
The flap-statistics option shows the route flap statistics for routes received from or sent to the
neighbor.
The last-packet-with-error option displays the last packet from the neighbor that contained an error.
The packet's contents are displayed in decoded (human-readable) format.
The received prefix-filter option shows the Outbound Route Filters (ORFs) received from the
neighbor. This option applies to cooperative route filtering.
The received-routes option lists all the route information received in route updates from the
neighbor since the soft reconfiguration feature was enabled. Refer to “Using soft reconfiguration”
on page 391.
The routes option lists the routes received in UPDATE messages from the neighbor. You can specify
the following additional options:
• best – Displays the routes received from the neighbor that the Layer 3 switch selected as the
best routes to their destinations.
• not-installed-best – Displays the routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4
routes to their destinations, but were nonetheless not installed in the IP route table because
the Layer 3 switch received better routes from other sources (such as OSPF, RIP, or static IP
routes).
• unreachable – Displays the routes that are unreachable because the Layer 3 switch does not
have a valid RIP, OSPF, or static route to the next hop.
• detail – Displays detailed information for the specified routes. You can refine your information
request by also specifying one of the options above (best, not-installed-best, or unreachable).
The rib-out-routes option lists the route information base (RIB) for outbound routes. You can display
all the routes or specify a network address.
The routes-summary option displays a summary of the following information:
• Number of routes received from the neighbor
• Number of routes accepted by this Layer 3 switch from the neighbor
• Number of routes this Layer 3 switch filtered out of the UPDATES received from the neighbor
and did not accept
• Number of routes advertised to the neighbor
• Number of attribute entries associated with routes received from or advertised to the neighbor.
Table 66 lists the field definitions for the command output.
TABLE 66
BGP4 neighbor information
Field
Description
IP Address
The IP address of the neighbor.
AS
The AS the neighbor is in.
EBGP/IBGP
Whether the neighbor session is an IBGP session, an EBGP session, or a
confederation EBGP session:
• EBGP – The neighbor is in another AS.
• EBGP_Confed – The neighbor is a member of another sub-AS in the same
confederation.
• IBGP – The neighbor is in the same AS.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
369
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 66
BGP4 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
RouterID
The neighbor router ID.
Description
The description you gave the neighbor when you configured it on the Layer 3
switch.
State
The state of the router session with the neighbor. The states are from this router
perspective of the session, not the neighbor perspective. The state values are
based on the BGP4 state machine values described in RFC 1771 and can be one
of the following for each router:
• IDLE – The BGP4 process is waiting to be started. Usually, enabling BGP4 or
establishing a neighbor session starts the BGP4 process.
A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is
clearing or removing routes.
• ADMND – The neighbor has been administratively shut down. Refer to
“Administratively shutting down a session with a BGP4 neighbor” on
page 302.
A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is
clearing or removing routes.
• CONNECT – BGP4 is waiting for the connection process for the TCP neighbor
session to be completed.
• ACTIVE – BGP4 is waiting for a TCP connection from the neighbor.
NOTE: If the state frequently changes between CONNECT and ACTIVE, there may
be a problem with the TCP connection.
• OPEN SENT – BGP4 is waiting for an Open message from the neighbor.
• OPEN CONFIRM – BGP4 has received an OPEN message from the neighbor
and is now waiting for either a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION message. If the
router receives a KEEPALIVE message from the neighbor, the state changes
to Established. If the message is a NOTIFICATION, the state changes to Idle.
• ESTABLISHED – BGP4 is ready to exchange UPDATE messages with the
neighbor.
If there is more BGP data in the TCP receiver queue, a plus sign (+) is also
displayed.
NOTE: If you display information for the neighbor using the show ip bgp neighbors
ip-addr command, the TCP receiver queue value will be greater than 0.
370
Time
The amount of time this session has been in its current state.
KeepAliveTime
The keep alive time, which specifies how often this router sends keep alive
messages to the neighbor. Refer to “Changing the Keep Alive Time and Hold Time”
on page 304.
HoldTime
The hold time, which specifies how many seconds the router will wait for a
KEEPALIVE or UPDATE message from a BGP4 neighbor before deciding that the
neighbor is dead. Refer to “Changing the Keep Alive Time and Hold Time” on
page 304.
PeerGroup
The name of the peer group the neighbor is in, if applicable.
Multihop-EBGP
Whether this option is enabled for the neighbor.
RouteReflectorClient
Whether this option is enabled for the neighbor.
SendCommunity
Whether this option is enabled for the neighbor.
NextHopSelf
Whether this option is enabled for the neighbor.
DefaultOriginate
Whether this option is enabled for the neighbor.
MaximumPrefixLimit
Lists the maximum number of prefixes the Layer 3 switch will accept from this
neighbor.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 66
BGP4 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
RemovePrivateAs
Whether this option is enabled for the neighbor.
RefreshCapability
Whether this Layer 3 switch has received confirmation from the neighbor that the
neighbor supports the dynamic refresh capability.
CooperativeFilteringCapabilit
y
Whether the neighbor is enabled for cooperative route filtering.
Distribute-list
Lists the distribute list parameters, if configured.
Filter-list
Lists the filter list parameters, if configured.
Prefix-list
Lists the prefix list parameters, if configured.
Route-map
Lists the route map parameters, if configured.
Messages Sent
The number of messages this router has sent to the neighbor. The display shows
statistics for the following message types:
• Open
• Update
• KeepAlive
• Notification
• Refresh-Req
Messages Received
The number of messages this router has received from the neighbor. The
message types are the same as for the Message Sent field.
Last Update Time
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Lists the last time updates were sent and received for the following:
NLRIs
Withdraws
•
•
371
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 66
372
BGP4 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
Last Connection Reset
Reason
The reason the previous session with this neighbor ended. The reason can be one
of the following.
Reasons described in the BGP specifications:
• Message Header Error
• Connection Not Synchronized
• Bad Message Length
• Bad Message Type
• OPEN Message Error
• Unsupported Version Number
• Bad Peer AS Number
• Bad BGP Identifier
• Unsupported Optional Parameter
• Authentication Failure
• Unacceptable Hold Time
• Unsupported Capability
• UPDATE Message Error
• Malformed Attribute List
• Unrecognized Well-known Attribute
• Missing Well-known Attribute
• Attribute Flags Error
• Attribute Length Error
• Invalid ORIGIN Attribute
• Invalid NEXT_HOP Attribute
• Optional Attribute Error
• Invalid Network Field
• Malformed AS_PATH
• Hold Timer Expired
• Finite State Machine Error
• Rcv Notification
Last Connection Reset
Reason (cont.)
Reasons specific to the Brocade implementation:
• Reset All Peer Sessions
• User Reset Peer Session
• Port State Down
• Peer Removed
• Peer Shutdown
• Peer AS Number Change
• Peer AS Confederation Change
• TCP Connection KeepAlive Timeout
• TCP Connection Closed by Remote
• TCP Data Stream Error Detected
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 66
BGP4 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
Notification Sent
If the router receives a NOTIFICATION message from the neighbor, the message
contains an error code corresponding to one of the following errors. Some errors
have subcodes that clarify the reason for the error. Where applicable, the subcode
messages are listed underneath the error code messages.
Message Header Error:
• Connection Not Synchronized
• Bad Message Length
• Bad Message Type
• Unspecified
Open Message Error:
• Unsupported Version
• Bad Peer As
• Bad BGP Identifier
• Unsupported Optional Parameter
• Authentication Failure
• Unacceptable Hold Time
• Unspecified
Update Message Error:
• Malformed Attribute List
• Unrecognized Attribute
• Missing Attribute
• Attribute Flag Error
• Attribute Length Error
• Invalid Origin Attribute
• Invalid NextHop Attribute
• Optional Attribute Error
• Invalid Network Field
• Malformed AS Path
• Unspecified
Hold Timer Expired
Finite State Machine Error
Cease
Unspecified
Notification Received
See above.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
373
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 66
374
BGP4 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
TCP Connection state
The state of the connection with the neighbor. The connection can have one of the
following states:
• LISTEN – Waiting for a connection request.
• SYN-SENT – Waiting for a matching connection request after having sent a
connection request.
• SYN-RECEIVED – Waiting for a confirming connection request
acknowledgment after having both received and sent a connection request.
• ESTABLISHED – Data can be sent and received over the connection. This is
the normal operational state of the connection.
• FIN-WAIT-1 – Waiting for a connection termination request from the remote
TCP, or an acknowledgment of the connection termination request previously
sent.
• FIN-WAIT-2 – Waiting for a connection termination request from the remote
TCP.
• CLOSE-WAIT – Waiting for a connection termination request from the local
user.
• CLOSING – Waiting for a connection termination request acknowledgment
from the remote TCP.
• LAST-ACK – Waiting for an acknowledgment of the connection termination
request previously sent to the remote TCP (which includes an
acknowledgment of its connection termination request).
• TIME-WAIT – Waiting for enough time to pass to be sure the remote TCP
received the acknowledgment of its connection termination request.
• CLOSED – There is no connection state.
Byte Sent
The number of bytes sent.
Byte Received
The number of bytes received.
Local host
The IP address of the Layer 3 switch.
Local port
The TCP port the Layer 3 switch is using for the BGP4 TCP session with the
neighbor.
Remote host
The IP address of the neighbor.
Remote port
The TCP port the neighbor is using for the BGP4 TCP session with the Layer 3
switch.
ISentSeq
The initial send sequence number for the session.
SendNext
The next sequence number to be sent.
TotUnAck
The number of sequence numbers sent by the Layer 3 switch that have not been
acknowledged by the neighbor.
TotSent
The number of sequence numbers sent to the neighbor.
ReTrans
The number of sequence numbers that the Layer 3 switch retransmitted because
they were not acknowledged.
UnAckSeq
The current acknowledged sequence number.
IRcvSeq
The initial receive sequence number for the session.
RcvNext
The next sequence number expected from the neighbor.
SendWnd
The size of the send window.
TotalRcv
The number of sequence numbers received from the neighbor.
DupliRcv
The number of duplicate sequence numbers received from the neighbor.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 66
BGP4 neighbor information (Continued)
Field
Description
RcvWnd
The size of the receive window.
SendQue
The number of sequence numbers in the send queue.
RcvQue
The number of sequence numbers in the receive queue.
CngstWnd
The number of times the window has changed.
Displaying route information for a neighbor
You can display routes based on the following criteria:
• A summary of the routes for a specific neighbor.
• The routes received from the neighbor that the Layer 3 switch selected as the best routes to
their destinations.
• The routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4 routes to their destinations, but
were nonetheless not installed in the IP route table because the Layer 3 switch received better
routes from other sources (such as OSPF, RIP, or static IP routes).
• The routes that are unreachable because the Layer 3 switch does not have a valid RIP, OSPF, or
static route to the next hop.
• Routes for a specific network advertised by the Layer 3 switch to the neighbor.
• The Routing Information Base (RIB) for a specific network advertised to the neighbor. You can
display the RIB regardless of whether the Layer 3 switch has already sent it to the neighbor.
To display route information for a neighbor, use the following CLI methods.
Displaying summary route information
To display summary route information, enter a command such as the following at any level of the
CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 10.1.0.2 routes-summary
1
IP Address: 10.1.0.2
Routes Accepted/Installed:1, Filtered/Kept:11, Filtered:11
Routes Selected as BEST Routes:1
BEST Routes not Installed in IP Forwarding Table:0
Unreachable Routes (no IGP Route for NEXTHOP):0
History Routes:0
NLRIs Received in Update Message:24, Withdraws:0 (0), Replacements:1
NLRIs Discarded due to
Maximum Prefix Limit:0, AS Loop:0
Invalid Nexthop:0, Invalid Nexthop Address:0.0.0.0
Duplicated Originator_ID:0, Cluster_ID:0
Routes Advertised:0, To be Sent:0, To be Withdrawn:0
NLRIs Sent in Update Message:0, Withdraws:0, Replacements:0
Peer Out of Memory Count for:
Receiving Update Messages:0, Accepting Routes(NLRI):0
Attributes:0, Outbound Routes(RIB-out):0
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
375
Displaying BGP4 information
Table 67 lists the field definitions for the command output.
TABLE 67
BGP4 route summary information for a neighbor
Field
Description
Routes Received
How many routes the Layer 3 switch has received from the neighbor during
the current BGP4 session:
• Accepted/Installed – Indicates how many of the received routes the
Layer 3 switch accepted and installed in the BGP4 route table.
• Filtered – Indicates how many of the received routes the Layer 3 switch
did not accept or install because they were denied by filters on the Layer
3 switch.
Routes Selected as BEST Routes
The number of routes that the Layer 3 switch selected as the best routes to
their destinations.
BEST Routes not Installed in IP
Forwarding Table
The number of routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4
routes to their destinations, but were nonetheless not installed in the IP route
table because the Layer 3 switch received better routes from other sources
(such as OSPF, RIP, or static IP routes).
Unreachable Routes
The number of routes received from the neighbor that are unreachable
because the Layer 3 switch does not have a valid RIP, OSPF, or static route to
the next hop.
History Routes
The number of routes that are down but are being retained for route flap
dampening purposes.
NLRIs Received in Update
Message
The number of routes received in Network Layer Reachability (NLRI) format in
UPDATE messages:
• Withdraws – The number of withdrawn routes the Layer 3 switch has
received.
• Replacements – The number of replacement routes the Layer 3 switch
has received.
NLRIs Discarded due to
Indicates the number of times the Layer 3 switch discarded an NLRI for the
neighbor due to the following reasons:
• Maximum Prefix Limit – The Layer 3 switch configured maximum prefix
amount had been reached.
• AS Loop – An AS loop occurred. An AS loop occurs when the BGP4
AS-path attribute contains the local AS number.
• Invalid Nexthop – The next hop value was not acceptable.
• Duplicated Originator_ID – The originator ID was the same as the local
router ID.
• Cluster_ID – The cluster list contained the local cluster ID, or contained
the local router ID (see above) if the cluster ID is not configured.
Routes Advertised
376
The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has advertised to this neighbor:
To be Sent – The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has queued to
send to this neighbor.
• To be Withdrawn – The number of NLRIs for withdrawing routes the Layer
3 switch has queued up to send to this neighbor in UPDATE messages.
•
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 67
BGP4 route summary information for a neighbor (Continued)
Field
Description
NLRIs Sent in Update Message
The number of NLRIs for new routes the Layer 3 switch has sent to this
neighbor in UPDATE messages:
• Withdraws – The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has sent to the
neighbor to withdraw.
• Replacements – The number of routes the Layer 3 switch has sent to the
neighbor to replace routes the neighbor already has.
Peer Out of Memory Count for
Statistics for the times the Layer 3 switch has run out of BGP4 memory for the
neighbor during the current BGP4 session:
• Receiving Update Messages – The number of times UPDATE messages
were discarded because there was no memory for attribute entries.
• Accepting Routes(NLRI) – The number of NLRIs discarded because there
was no memory for NLRI entries. This count is not included in the
Receiving Update Messages count.
• Attributes – The number of times there was no memory for BGP4
attribute entries.
• Outbound Routes(RIB-out) – The number of times there was no memory
to place a “best” route into the neighbor's route information base
(Adj-RIB-Out) for routes to be advertised.
Displaying advertised routes
To display the routes the Layer 3 switch has advertised to a specific neighbor for a specific network,
enter a command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.211 advertised-routes
There are 2 routes advertised to neighbor 192.168.4.211
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST I:IBGP L:LOCAL
Network
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight
1
10.0.0.0/24
192.168.2.102
12
32768
2
10.1.1.0/24
192.168.2.102
0
32768
Status
BL
BL
You also can enter a specific route, as in the following example.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.211 advertised 10.1.1.0/24
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST I:IBGP L:LOCAL
Network
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight
1
10.1.1.0/24
192.168.2.102
0
32768
Status
BL
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr advertised-routes [ip-addr/prefix]
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
Displaying the best routes
To display the routes received from a specific neighbor that are the “best” routes to their
destinations, enter a command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.211 routes best
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes best
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
377
Displaying BGP4 information
Displaying the best routes that were nonetheless not installed in the IP route table
To display the BGP4 routes received from a specific neighbor that are the “best” routes to their
destinations but are not installed in the Layer 3 switch IP route table, enter a command such as the
following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.211 routes not-installed-best
Each of the displayed routes is a valid path to its destination, but the Layer 3 switch received
another path from a different source (such as OSPF, RIP, or a static route) that has a lower
administrative distance. The Layer 3 switch always selects the path with the lowest administrative
distance to install in the IP route table.
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes not-installed-best
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
Displaying the routes whose destinations are unreachable
To display BGP4 routes whose destinations are unreachable using any of the BGP4 paths in the
BGP4 route table, enter a command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.211 routes unreachable
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes unreachable
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
Displaying the Adj-RIB-Out for a neighbor
To display the Layer 3 switch current BGP4 Routing Information Base (Adj-RIB-Out) for a specific
neighbor and a specific destination network, enter a command such as the following at any level of
the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.211 rib-out-routes 192.168.1.0/24
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST I:IBGP L:LOCAL
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.1.1.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
101
32768 BL
The Adj-RIB-Out contains the routes that the Layer 3 switch either has most recently sent to the
neighbor or is about to send to the neighbor.
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr rib-out-routes [ip-addr/prefix]
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
Displaying peer group information
You can display configuration information for peer groups.
To display peer-group information, enter a command such as the following at the Privileged EXEC
level of the CLI.
378
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
Brocade#show ip bgp peer-group pg1
1
BGP peer-group is pg
Description: peer group abc
SendCommunity: yes
NextHopSelf: yes
DefaultOriginate: yes
Members:
IP Address: 192.168.10.10, AS: 65111
Syntax: show ip bgp peer-group [peer-group-name]
Only the parameters that have values different from their defaults are listed.
Displaying summary route information
To display summary statistics for all the routes in the Layer 3 switch BGP4 route table, enter a
command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp routes summary
Total number of BGP routes (NLRIs) Installed
Distinct BGP destination networks
Filtered BGP routes for soft reconfig
Routes originated by this router
Routes selected as BEST routes
BEST routes not installed in IP forwarding table
Unreachable routes (no IGP route for NEXTHOP)
IBGP routes selected as best routes
EBGP routes selected as best routes
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
20
20
100178
2
19
1
1
0
17
Syntax: show ip bgp routes summary
Table 68 lists the field definitions for the command output.
TABLE 68
BGP4 summary route information
Field
Description
Total number of BGP routes (NLRIs)
Installed
The number of BGP4 routes the Layer 3 switch has installed in the BGP4
route table.
Distinct BGP destination networks
The number of destination networks the installed routes represent. The
BGP4 route table can have multiple routes to the same network.
Filtered BGP routes for soft reconfig
The number of route updates received from soft-reconfigured neighbors or
peer groups that have been filtered out but retained. For information
about soft reconfiguration, refer to “Using soft reconfiguration” on
page 391.
Routes originated by this router
The number of routes in the BGP4 route table that this Layer 3 switch
originated.
Routes selected as BEST routes
The number of routes in the BGP4 route table that this Layer 3 switch has
selected as the best routes to the destinations.
BEST routes not installed in IP
forwarding table
The number of BGP4 routes that are the best BGP4 routes to their
destinations but were not installed in the IP route table because the Layer
3 switch received better routes from other sources (such as OSPF, RIP, or
static IP routes).
Unreachable routes (no IGP route for
NEXTHOP)
The number of routes in the BGP4 route table whose destinations are
unreachable because the next hop is unreachable.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
379
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 68
BGP4 summary route information (Continued)
Field
Description
IBGP routes selected as best routes
The number of “best” routes in the BGP4 route table that are IBGP routes.
EBGP routes selected as best routes
The number of “best” routes in the BGP4 route table that are EBGP routes.
Displaying the BGP4 route table
BGP4 uses filters you define as well as the algorithm described in “How BGP4 selects a path for a
route” on page 283 to determine the preferred route to a destination. BGP4 sends only the
preferred route to the router IP table. However, if you want to view all the routes BGP4 knows about,
you can display the BGP4 table using either of the following methods.
To view the BGP4 route table, enter the following command.
Brocade#show ip bgp routes
Total number of BGP Routes: 97371
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.0.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 80
2
10.4.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
3
10.60.212.0/22
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 1 189
4
10.6.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 3356 7170 1455
5
10.8.1.0/24
192.168.4.106
0
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001
Syntax: show ip bgp routes [[network] ip-addr] | num| [age secs] | [as-path-access-list num] |
[best] | [cidr-only] | [community num | no-export | no-advertise | internet | local-as] |
[community-access-list num] | [community-list num | [detail option] | [filter-list num,
num,...] | [next-hop ip-addr] | [no-best] | [not-installed-best] | [prefix-list string] |
[regular-expression regular-expression] | [route-map map-name] | [summary] |
[unreachable]
The ip-addr option displays routes for a specific network. The network keyword is optional. You can
enter the network address without entering “network” in front of it.
The num option specifies the table entry with which you want the display to start. For example, if
you want to list entries beginning with table entry 100, specify 100.
The age secs parameter displays only the routes that have been received or updated more recently
than the number of seconds you specify.
The as-path-access-list num parameter filters the display using the specified AS-path ACL.
The best parameter displays the routes received from the neighbor that the Layer 3 switch selected
as the best routes to their destinations.
The cidr-only option lists only the routes whose network masks do not match their class network
length.
380
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
The community option lets you display routes for a specific community. You can specify local-as,
no-export, no-advertise, internet, or a private community number. You can specify the community
number as either two five-digit integer values of 1 through 65535, separated by a colon (for
example, 12345:6789) or a single long integer value.
The community-access-list num parameter filters the display using the specified community ACL.
The community-list option lets you display routes that match a specific community filter.
The detail option lets you display more details about the routes. You can refine your request by also
specifying one of the other display options after the detail keyword.
The filter-list option displays routes that match a specific address filter list.
The next-hop ip-addr option displays the routes for a given next-hop IP address.
The no-best option displays the routes for which none of the routes to a given prefix were selected
as the best route. The IP route table does not contain a BGP4 route for any of the routes listed by
the command.
The not-installed-best option displays the routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4
routes to their destinations, but were nonetheless not installed in the IP route table because the
Layer 3 switch received better routes from other sources (such as OSPF, RIP, or static IP routes).
The prefix-list string parameter filters the display using the specified IP prefix list.
The regular-expression regular-expression option filters the display based on a regular expression.
Refer to “Using regular expressions to filter” on page 336.
The route-map map-name parameter filters the display using the specified route map. The software
displays only the routes that match the match statements in the route map. The software
disregards the route map set statements.
The summary option displays summary information for the routes.
The unreachable option displays the routes that are unreachable because the Layer 3 switch does
not have a valid RIP, OSPF, or static route to the next hop.
Displaying the best BGP4 routes
To display all the BGP4 routes in the Layer 3 switch BGP4 route table that are the best routes to
their destinations, enter a command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp routes best
Searching for matching routes, use ^C to quit...
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.0.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 80
2
10.4.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
3
10.60.212.0/22
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 1 189
4
10.6.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 3356 7170 1455
5
10.2.0.0/16
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
381
Displaying BGP4 information
Syntax: show ip bgp routes best
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
Displaying the best BGP4 routes that are not in the IP route table
When the Layer 3 switch has multiple routes to a destination from different sources (such as BGP4,
OSPF, RIP, or static routes), the Layer 3 switch selects the route with the lowest administrative
distance as the best route, and installs that route in the IP route table.
To display the BGP4 routes that are the “best” routes to their destinations but are not installed in
the Layer 3 switch IP route table, enter a command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp routes not-installed-best
Searching for matching routes, use ^C to quit...
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
192.168.4.0/24
192.168.4.106
0
100
0
bE
AS_PATH: 65001
Each of the displayed routes is a valid path to its destination, but the Layer 3 switch received
another path from a different source (such as OSPF, RIP, or a static route) that has a lower
administrative distance. The Layer 3 switch always selects the path with the lowest administrative
distance to install in the IP route table.
Notice that the route status in this example is the new status, “b”. Refer to Table 69 on page 383
for a description.
Syntax: show ip bgp routes not-installed-best
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
NOTE
To display the routes that the Layer 3 switch has selected as the best routes and installed in the IP
route table, display the IP route table using the show ip route command.
Displaying BGP4 routes whose destinations are unreachable
To display BGP4 routes whose destinations are unreachable using any of the BGP4 paths in the
BGP4 route table, enter a command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp routes unreachable
Searching for matching routes, use ^C to quit...
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.8.8.0/24 192.168.5.1
0
101
0
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
Syntax: show ip bgp routes unreachable
For information about the fields in this display, refer to Table 69 on page 383. The fields in this
display also appear in the show ip bgp display.
382
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
Displaying information for a specific route
To display BGP4 network information by specifying an IP address within the network, enter a
command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp 10.3.4.0
Number of BGP Routes matching display condition : 1
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 10.3.4.0/24
192.168.4.106
100
0
65001 4355 1 1221 ?
Last update to IP routing table: 0h11m38s, 1 path(s) installed:
Gateway
Port
192.168.2.1
1/2/1
Route is advertised to 1 peers:
10.20.20.2(65300)
Syntax: show ip bgp [route] ip-addr/prefix [longer-prefixes] | ip-addr
If you use the route option, the display for the information is different, as shown in the following
example.
Brocade#show ip bgp route 10.3.4.0
Number of BGP Routes matching display condition : 1
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.3.4.0/24
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1 1221
Last update to IP routing table: 0h12m1s, 1 path(s) installed:
Gateway
Port
192.168.2.1
1/2/1
Route is advertised to 1 peers:
10.20.20.2(65300)
These displays show the following information.
TABLE 69
BGP4 network information
Field
Description
Number of BGP Routes
matching display condition
The number of routes that matched the display parameters you entered. This is
the number of routes displayed by the command.
Status codes
A list of the characters the display uses to indicate the route status. The status
code appears in the left column of the display, to the left of each route. The
status codes are described in the command output.
NOTE: This field appears only if you do not enter the route option.
Prefix
The network address and prefix.
Next Hop
The next-hop router for reaching the network from the Layer 3 switch.
Metric
The value of the route MED attribute. If the route does not have a metric, this
field is blank.
LocPrf
The degree of preference for this route relative to other routes in the local AS.
When the BGP4 algorithm compares routes on the basis of local preferences,
the route with the higher local preference is chosen. The preference can have a
value from 0 through 4294967295.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
383
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 69
BGP4 network information (Continued)
Field
Description
Weight
The value that this router associates with routes from a specific neighbor. For
example, if the router receives routes to the same destination from two BGP4
neighbors, the router prefers the route from the neighbor with the larger weight.
Path
The route AS path.
NOTE: This field appears only if you do not enter the route option.
Origin code
A character the display uses to indicate the route origin. The origin code
appears to the right of the AS path (Path field). The origin codes are described
in the command output.
NOTE: This field appears only if you do not enter the route option.
Status
The route status, which can be one or more of the following:
A – AGGREGATE. The route is an aggregate route for multiple networks.
B – BEST. BGP4 has determined that this is the optimal route to the
destination.
•
•
NOTE: If the “b” is shown in lowercase, the software was not able to install the
route in the IP route table.
• b – NOT-INSTALLED-BEST. The routes received from the neighbor are the
best BGP4 routes to their destinations, but were nonetheless not installed
in the IP route table because the Layer 3 switch received better routes
from other sources (such as OSPF, RIP, or static IP routes).
• C – CONFED_EBGP. The route was learned from a neighbor in the same
confederation and AS, but in a different sub-AS within the confederation.
• D – DAMPED. This route has been dampened (by the route dampening
feature), and is currently unusable.
• H – HISTORY. Route dampening is configured for this route, and the route
has a history of flapping and is unreachable now.
• I – INTERNAL. The route was learned through BGP4.
• L – LOCAL. The route originated on this Layer 3 switch.
• M – MULTIPATH. BGP4 load sharing is enabled and this route was selected
as one of the best ones to the destination. The best route among the
multiple paths also is marked with “B”.
NOTE: If the “m” is shown in lowercase, the software was not able to install the
route in the IP route table.
• S – SUPPRESSED. This route was suppressed during aggregation and
thus is not advertised to neighbors.
NOTE: This field appears only if you enter the route option.
Displaying route details
Here is an example of the information displayed when you use the detail option. In this example,
the information for one route is shown.
Brocade#show ip bgp routes detail
Total number of BGP Routes: 2
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED
1
Prefix: 10.5.0.0/24, Status: BME, Age: 0h28m28s
NEXT_HOP: 10.1.1.2, Learned from Peer: 10.1.0.2 (5)
LOCAL_PREF: 101, MED: 0, ORIGIN: igp, Weight: 10
AS_PATH: 5
Adj_RIB_out count: 4, Admin distance 20
384
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
These displays show the following information.
TABLE 70
BGP4 route information
Field
Description
Total number of BGP Routes
The number of BGP4 routes.
Status codes
A list of the characters the display uses to indicate the route status. The status
code is appears in the left column of the display, to the left of each route. The
status codes are described in the command output.
Prefix
The network prefix and mask length.
Status
The route status, which can be one or more of the following:
A – AGGREGATE. The route is an aggregate route for multiple networks.
B – BEST. BGP4 has determined that this is the optimal route to the
destination.
•
•
NOTE: If the “b” is shown in lowercase, the software was not able to install the
route in the IP route table.
• b – NOT-INSTALLED-BEST. The routes received from the neighbor are the
best BGP4 routes to their destinations, but were nonetheless not installed
in the IP route table because the Layer 3 switch received better routes from
other sources (such as OSPF, RIP, or static IP routes).
• C – CONFED_EBGP. The route was learned from a neighbor in the same
confederation and AS, but in a different sub-AS within the confederation.
• D – DAMPED. This route has been dampened (by the route dampening
feature), and is currently unusable.
• H – HISTORY. Route dampening is configured for this route, and the route
has a history of flapping and is unreachable now.
• I – INTERNAL. The route was learned through BGP4.
• L – LOCAL. The route originated on this Layer 3 switch.
• M – MULTIPATH. BGP4 load sharing is enabled and this route was selected
as one of the best ones to the destination. The best route among the
multiple paths also is marked with “B”.
NOTE: If the “m” is shown in lowercase, the software was not able to install the
route in the IP route table.
• S – SUPPRESSED. This route was suppressed during aggregation and thus
is not advertised to neighbors.
Age
The last time an update occurred.
Next_Hop
The next-hop router for reaching the network from the Layer 3 switch.
Learned from Peer
The IP address of the neighbor that sent this route.
Local_Pref
The degree of preference for this route relative to other routes in the local AS.
When the BGP4 algorithm compares routes on the basis of local preferences,
the route with the higher local preference is chosen. The preference can have a
value from 0 through 4294967295.
MED
The route metric. If the route does not have a metric, this field is blank.
Origin
The source of the route information. The origin can be one of the following:
EGP – The routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through EGP.
IGP – The routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through IGP.
INCOMPLETE – The routes came from an origin other than one of the
above. For example, they may have been redistributed from OSPF or RIP.
When BGP4 compares multiple routes to a destination to select the best route,
IGP is preferred over EGP and both are preferred over INCOMPLETE.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
•
•
•
385
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 70
BGP4 route information (Continued)
Field
Description
Weight
The value that this router associates with routes from a specific neighbor. For
example, if the router receives routes to the same destination from two BGP4
neighbors, the router prefers the route from the neighbor with the larger weight.
Atomic
Whether network information in this route has been aggregated and this
aggregation has resulted in information loss.
NOTE: Information loss under these circumstances is a normal part of BGP4
and does not indicate an error.
Aggregation ID
The router that originated this aggregator.
Aggregation AS
The AS in which the network information was aggregated. This value applies
only to aggregated routes and is otherwise 0.
Originator
The originator of the route in a route reflector environment.
Cluster List
The route-reflector clusters through which this route has passed.
Learned From
The IP address of the neighbor from which the Layer 3 switch learned the route.
Admin Distance
The administrative distance of the route.
Adj_RIB_out
The number of neighbors to which the route has been or will be advertised. This
is the number of times the route has been selected as the best route and placed
in the Adj-RIB-Out (outbound queue) for a BGP4 neighbor.
Communities
The communities the route is in.
Displaying BGP4 route-attribute entries
The route-attribute entries table lists the sets of BGP4 attributes stored in the router memory. Each
set of attributes is unique and can be associated with one or more routes. In fact, the router
typically has fewer route attribute entries than routes. To display the route-attribute entries table,
use one of the following methods.
To display the IP route table, enter the following command.
Brocade#show ip bgp attribute-entries
Syntax: show ip bgp attribute-entries
Here is an example of the information displayed by this command. A zero value indicates that the
attribute is not set.
Brocade#show ip bgp attribute-entries
Total number of BGP Attribute
1
Next Hop :192.168.11.1
Originator:0.0.0.0
Aggregator:AS Number :0
Local Pref:100
AS Path
:(65002) 65001 4355
2
Next Hop :192.168.11.1
Originator:0.0.0.0
Aggregator:AS Number :0
Local Pref:100
AS Path
:(65002) 65001 4355
386
Entries: 7753
Metric
:0
Cluster List:None
Router-ID:0.0.0.0
Communities:Internet
2548 3561 5400 6669 5548
Metric
:0
Cluster List:None
Router-ID:0.0.0.0
Communities:Internet
2548
Origin:IGP
Atomic:FALSE
Origin:IGP
Atomic:FALSE
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
Table 71 lists the field definitions for the command output.
TABLE 71
BGP4 route-attribute entries information
Field
Description
Total number of BGP Attribute
Entries
The number of routes contained in this router BGP4 route table.
Next Hop
The IP address of the next hop router for routes that have this set of attributes.
Metric
The cost of the routes that have this set of attributes.
Origin
The source of the route information. The origin can be one of the following:
• EGP – The routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through EGP.
• IGP – The routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through IGP.
• INCOMPLETE – The routes came from an origin other than one of the
above. For example, they may have been redistributed from OSPF or RIP.
When BGP4 compares multiple routes to a destination to select the best route,
IGP is preferred over EGP and both are preferred over INCOMPLETE.
Originator
The originator of the route in a route reflector environment.
Cluster List
The route-reflector clusters through which this set of attributes has passed.
Aggregator
Atomic
Aggregator information:
AS Number shows the AS in which the network information in the attribute
set was aggregated. This value applies only to aggregated routes and is
otherwise 0.
• Router-ID shows the router that originated this aggregator.
•
Whether the network information in this set of attributes has been aggregated
and this aggregation has resulted in information loss:
• TRUE – Indicates information loss has occurred
• FALSE – Indicates no information loss has occurred
NOTE: Information loss under these circumstances is a normal part of BGP4
and does not indicate an error.
Local Pref
The degree of preference for routes that use this set of attributes relative to
other routes in the local AS.
Communities
The communities that routes with this set of attributes are in.
AS Path
The autonomous systems through which routes with this set of attributes have
passed. The local AS is shown in parentheses.
Displaying the routes BGP4 has placed in the
IP route table
The IP route table indicates the routes it has received from BGP4 by listing “BGP” as the route type.
To display the IP route table, enter the following command.
Brocade#show ip route
Syntax: show ip route [ip-addr | num | bgp | ospf | rip]
Here is an example of the information displayed by this command. Notice that most of the routes in
this example have type “B”, indicating that their source is BGP4.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
387
Displaying BGP4 information
Brocade#show ip route
Total number of IP routes: 50834
B:BGP D:Directly-Connected O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static
Network Address NetMask
Gateway
10.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
192.168.13.2
10.4.0.0
255.0.0.0
192.168.13.2
10.20.0.0
255.255.128.0
192.168.13.2
10.1.0.0
255.255.0.0
0.0.0.0
10.10.11.0
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
10.2.97.0
255.255.255.0
192.168.13.2
10.3.63.0
255.255.255.0
192.168.13.2
10.7.123.0
255.255.255.0
192.168.13.2
10.5.252.0
255.255.254.0
192.168.13.2
10.6.42.0
255.255.254.0
192.168.13.2
remaining 50824 entries not shown...
Port
1/1/1
1/1/1
1/1/1
1/1/1
1/1/4
1/1/1
1/1/1
1/1/1
1/1/1
1/1/1
Cost
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
Type
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
Displaying route flap dampening statistics
To display route dampening statistics or all the dampened routes, enter the following command at
any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp flap-statistics
Total number of flapping routes: 414
Status Code >:best d:damped h:history *:valid
Network
From
Flaps Since
Reuse
Path
h> 192.168.206.0/23
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13 0 :0 :0 65001 4355 1 701
h> 192.168.192.0/20
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13 0 :0 :0 65001 4355 1 7018
h> 192.168.165.0/24
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13 0 :0 :0 65001 4355 1 7018
h> 192.168.208.0/23
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13 0 :0 :0 65001 4355 1 701
h> 192.168.0.0/16
10.90.213.77
1
0 :0 :13 0 :0 :0 65001 4355 1 701
*> 192.168.220.0/24
10.90.213.77
1
0 :1 :4 0 :0 :0 65001 4355 701 62
Syntax: show ip bgp flap-statistics [regular-expression regular-expression | address mask
[longer-prefixes] | neighbor ip-addr | filter-list num...]
The regular-expression regular-expression parameter is a regular expression. The regular
expressions are the same ones supported for BGP4 AS-path filters. Refer to “Using regular
expressions to filter” on page 336.
The address mask parameter specifies a particular route. If you also use the optional
longer-prefixes parameter, then all statistics for routes that match the specified route or have a
longer prefix than the specified route are displayed. For example, if you specify 10.157.0.0 longer,
then all routes with the prefix 10.157 or that have a longer prefix (such as 10.157.22) are
displayed.
The neighbor ip-addr parameter displays route flap dampening statistics only for routes learned
from the specified neighbor. You also can display route flap statistics for routes learned from a
neighbor by entering the following command: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr flap-statistics.
The filter-list num parameter specifies one or more filters. Only the routes that have been
dampened and that match the specified filters are displayed.
Table 72 lists the field definitions for the command output.
388
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying BGP4 information
TABLE 72
Route flap dampening statistics
Field
Description
Total number of flapping routes
The total number of routes in the Layer 3 switch BGP4 route table that have
changed state and thus have been marked as flapping routes.
Status code
Indicates the dampening status of the route, which can be one of the following:
> – This is the best route among those in the BGP4 route table to the route
destination.
• d – This route is currently dampened, and thus unusable.
• h – The route has a history of flapping and is unreachable now.
• * – The route has a history of flapping but is currently usable.
•
Network
The destination network of the route.
From
The neighbor that sent the route to the Layer 3 switch.
Flaps
The number of flaps (state changes) the route has experienced.
Since
The amount of time since the first flap of this route.
Reuse
The amount of time remaining until this route will be un-suppressed and thus
be usable again.
Path
Shows the AS-path information for the route.
You also can display all the dampened routes by entering the following command.
show ip bgp dampened-paths.
Displaying the active route map configuration
To view the device active route map configuration (contained in the running-config) without
displaying the entire running-config, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show route-map
route-map permitnet4 permit 10
match ip address prefix-list plist1
route-map permitnet1 permit 1
match ip address prefix-list plist2
route-map setcomm permit 1
set community 1234:2345 no-export
route-map test111 permit 111
match address-filters 11
set community 11:12 no-export
route-map permit1122 permit 12
match ip address 11
route-map permit1122 permit 13
match ip address std_22
This example shows that the running-config contains six route maps. Notice that the match and set
statements within each route map are listed beneath the command for the route map itself. In this
simplified example, each route map contains only one match or set statement.
To display the active configuration for a specific route map, enter a command such as the following,
which specifies a route map name.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
389
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
Brocade#show route-map setcomm
route-map setcomm permit 1
set community 1234:2345 no-export
This example shows the active configuration for a route map called “setcomm“.
Syntax: show route-map [map-name]
Displaying BGP4 graceful restart neighbor information
Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display BGP4 restart information for BGP4 neighbors.
Brocade# show ip bgp neighbors
Total number of BGP Neighbors: 6
1
IP Address: 10.50.50.10, AS: 20 (EBGP), RouterID: 10.10.10.20
State: ESTABLISHED, Time: 0h0m18s, KeepAliveTime: 60, HoldTime: 180
KeepAliveTimer Expire in 34 seconds, HoldTimer Expire in 163 seconds
Minimum Route Advertisement Interval: 0 seconds
RefreshCapability: Received
GracefulRestartCapability: Received
Restart Time 120 sec, Restart bit 0
afi/safi 1/1, Forwarding bit 0
GracefulRestartCapability: Sent
Restart Time 120 sec, Restart bit 0
afi/safi 1/1, Forwarding bit 1
Messages:
Open
Update KeepAlive Notification Refresh-Req
The text in bold is the BGP4 restart information for the specified neighbor.
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
The following sections describe ways to update route information with a neighbor, reset the session
with a neighbor, and close a session with a neighbor.
Whenever you change a policy (ACL, route map, and so on) that affects the routes that the Layer 3
switch learns from a BGP4 neighbor or peer group of neighbors, you must enter a command to
place the changes into effect. The changes take place automatically, but only affect new route
updates. To make changes retroactive for routes received or sent before the changes were made,
you need to enter a clear command.
You can update the learned routes using either of the following methods:
• Request the complete BGP4 route table from the neighbor or peer group. You can use this
method if the neighbor supports the refresh capability (RFCs 2842 and 2858).
• Clear (reset) the session with the neighbor or peer group. This is the only method you can use if
the neighbor does not support the refresh capability.
Each of these methods is effective, but can be disruptive to the network. The first method adds
overhead while the Layer 3 switch learns and filters the neighbor or group entire route table, while
the second method adds more overhead while the devices re-establish their BGP4 sessions.
You also can clear and reset the BGP4 routes that have been installed in the IP route table. Refer to
“Clearing and resetting BGP4 routes in the IP route table” on page 397.
390
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
Using soft reconfiguration
The soft reconfiguration feature places policy changes into effect without resetting the BGP4
session. Soft reconfiguration does not request the neighbor or group to send its entire BGP4 table,
nor does the feature reset the session with the neighbor or group. Instead, the soft reconfiguration
feature stores all the route updates received from the neighbor or group. When you request a soft
reset of inbound routes, the software performs route selection by comparing the policies against
the stored route updates, instead of requesting the neighbor BGP4 route table or resetting the
session with the neighbor.
When you enable the soft reconfiguration feature, it sends a refresh message to the neighbor or
group if the neighbor or group supports dynamic refresh. Otherwise, the feature resets the
neighbor session. This step is required to ensure that the soft reconfiguration feature has a
complete set of updates to use, and occurs only once, when you enable the feature. The feature
accumulates all the route updates from the neighbor, eliminating the need for additional refreshes
or resets when you change policies in the future.
To use soft reconfiguration:
• Enable the feature.
• Make the policy changes.
• Apply the changes by requesting a soft reset of the inbound updates from the neighbor or
group.
Use the following CLI methods to configure soft configuration, apply policy changes, and display
information for the updates that are filtered out by the policies.
Enabling soft reconfiguration
To configure a neighbor for soft reconfiguration, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#neighbor 10.10.200.102 soft-reconfiguration inbound
This command enables soft reconfiguration for updates received from 10.10.200.102. The
software dynamically refreshes or resets the session with the neighbor, then retains all route
updates from the neighbor following the reset.
Syntax: [no] neighbor ip-addr | peer-group-name soft-reconfiguration inbound
NOTE
The syntax related to soft reconfiguration is shown. For complete command syntax, refer to “Adding
BGP4 neighbors” on page 292.
Placing a policy change into effect
To place policy changes into effect, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.10.200.102 soft in
This command updates the routes by comparing the route policies against the route updates that
the Layer 3 switch has stored. The command does not request additional updates from the
neighbor or otherwise affect the session with the neighbor.
Syntax: clear ip bgp neighbor ip-addr | peer-group-name soft in
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
391
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
NOTE
If you do not specify “in”, the command applies to both inbound and outbound updates.
NOTE
The syntax related to soft reconfiguration is shown. For complete command syntax, refer to
“Dynamically refreshing routes” on page 394.
Displaying the filtered routes received from the neighbor or peer group
When you enable soft reconfiguration, the Layer 3 switch saves all updates received from the
specified neighbor or peer group. This includes updates that contain routes that are filtered out by
the BGP4 route policies in effect on the Layer 3 switch. To display the routes that have been filtered
out, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp filtered-routes
Searching for matching routes, use ^C to quit...
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.0.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
EF
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 80
2
10.4.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
EF
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
3
10.60.212.0/22
192.168.4.106
100
0
EF
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 1 189
The routes displayed by the command are the routes that the Layer 3 switch BGP4 policies filtered
out. The Layer 3 switch did not place the routes in the BGP4 route table, but did keep the updates.
If a policy change causes these routes to be permitted, the Layer 3 switch does not need to request
the route information from the neighbor, but instead uses the information in the updates.
Syntax: show ip bgp filtered-routes [ip-addr] | [as-path-access-list num] | [detail] | [prefix-list
string]
The ip-addr parameter specifies the IP address of the destination network.
The as-path-access-list num parameter specifies an AS-path ACL. Only the routes permitted by the
AS-path ACL are displayed.
The detail parameter displays detailed information for the routes. (The example above shows
summary information.) You can specify any of the other options after detail to further refine the
display request.
The prefix-list string parameter specifies an IP prefix list. Only the routes permitted by the prefix list
are displayed.
NOTE
The syntax for displaying filtered routes is shown. For complete command syntax, refer to “Displaying
the BGP4 route table” on page 380.
392
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
Displaying all the routes received from the neighbor
To display all the route information received in route updates from a neighbor since you enabled
soft reconfiguration, enter a command such as the following at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.4.106 received-routes
There are 97345 received routes from neighbor 192.168.4.106
Searching for matching routes, use ^C to quit...
Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTALLED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED
E:EBGP H:HISTORY I:IBGP L:LOCAL M:MULTIPATH S:SUPPRESSED F:FILTERED
Prefix
Next Hop
Metric
LocPrf
Weight Status
1
10.0.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 80
2
10.4.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 1
3
10.60.212.0/22
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
AS_PATH: 65001 4355 701 1 189
4
10.6.0.0/8
192.168.4.106
100
0
BE
Syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr received-routes [detail]
The detail parameter displays detailed information for the routes. The example above shows
summary information.
NOTE
The syntax for displaying received routes is shown. For complete command syntax, refer to
“Displaying BGP4 neighbor information” on page 367.
NOTE
The show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr received-routes syntax supported in previous software releases
is changed to the following syntax: show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes.
Dynamically requesting a route refresh from
a BGP4 neighbor
You can easily apply changes to filters that control BGP4 routes received from or advertised to a
neighbor, without resetting the BGP4 session between the Layer 3 switch and the neighbor. For
example, if you add, change, or remove a BGP4 address filter that denies specific routes received
from a neighbor, you can apply the filter change by requesting a route refresh from the neighbor. If
the neighbor also supports dynamic route refreshes, the neighbor resends its Adj-RIB-Out, its table
of BGP4 routes. Using the route refresh feature, you do not need to reset the session with the
neighbor.
The route refresh feature is based on the following specifications:
• RFC 2842. This RFC specifies the Capability Advertisement, which a BGP4 router uses to
dynamically negotiate a capability with a neighbor.
• RFC 2858 for Multi-protocol Extension.
NOTE
The Brocade implementation of dynamic route refresh supports negotiation of IP version 4
unicasts only.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
393
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
• RFC 2918, which describes the dynamic route refresh capability
The dynamic route refresh capability is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. When the Layer
3 switch sends a BGP4 OPEN message to a neighbor, the Layer 3 switch includes a Capability
Advertisement to inform the neighbor that the Layer 3 switch supports dynamic route refresh.
NOTE
The option for dynamically refreshing routes received from a neighbor requires the neighbor to
support dynamic route refresh. If the neighbor does not support this feature, the option does not
take effect and the software displays an error message. The option for dynamically re-advertising
routes to a neighbor does not require the neighbor to support dynamic route refresh.
To use the dynamic refresh feature, use either of the following methods.
Dynamically refreshing routes
The following sections describe how to dynamically refresh BGP4 routes to place new or changed
filters into effect.
To request a dynamic refresh of all routes from a neighbor, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#clear ip bgp neighbor 192.168.1.170 soft in
This command asks the neighbor to send its BGP4 table (Adj-RIB-Out) again. The Layer 3 switch
applies its filters to the incoming routes and adds, modifies, or removes BGP4 routes as necessary.
Syntax: clear ip bgp neighbor all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num [soft-outbound | soft [in |
out]]
The all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num option specifies the neighbor. The ip-addr parameter
specifies a neighbor by its IP interface with the Layer 3 switch. The peer-group-name specifies all
neighbors in a specific peer group. The as-num parameter specifies all neighbors within the
specified AS. The all parameter specifies all neighbors.
The soft-outbound parameter updates all outbound routes by applying the new or changed filters,
but sends only the existing routes affected by the new or changed filters to the neighbor.
The soft [in | out] parameter specifies whether you want to refresh the routes received from the
neighbor or sent to the neighbor:
• soft in does one of the following:
- If you enabled soft reconfiguration for the neighbor or peer group, soft in updates the
routes by comparing the route policies against the route updates that the Layer 3 switch
has stored. Soft reconfiguration does not request additional updates from the neighbor or
otherwise affect the session with the neighbor. Refer to “Using soft reconfiguration” on
page 391.
-
If you did not enable soft reconfiguration, soft in requests the neighbor entire BGP4 route
table (Adj-RIB-Out), then applies the filters to add, change, or exclude routes.
-
If a neighbor does not support dynamic refresh, soft in resets the neighbor session.
• soft out updates all outbound routes, then sends the Layer 3 switch entire BGP4 route table
(Adj-RIB-Out) to the neighbor, after changing or excluding the routes affected by the filters.
If you do not specify in or out, the Layer 3 switch performs both options.
394
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
NOTE
The soft-outbound parameter updates all outbound routes by applying the new or changed filters,
but sends only the existing routes affected by the new or changed filters to the neighbor. The soft
out parameter updates all outbound routes, then sends the Layer 3 switch entire BGP4 route table
(Adj-RIB-Out) to the neighbor, after changing or excluding the routes affected by the filters. Use
soft-outbound if only the outbound policy is changed.
To dynamically resend all the Layer 3 switch BGP4 routes to a neighbor, enter a command such as
the following.
Brocade(config-bgp-router)#clear ip bgp neighbor 192.168.1.170 soft out
This command applies its filters for outgoing routes to the Layer 3 switch BGP4 route table
(Adj-RIB-Out), changes or excludes routes accordingly, then sends the resulting Adj-RIB-Out to the
neighbor.
NOTE
The Brocade Layer 3 switch does not automatically update outbound routes using a new or changed
outbound policy or filter when a session with the neighbor goes up or down. Instead, the Layer 3
switch applies a new or changed policy or filter when a route is placed in the outbound queue
(Adj-RIB-Out).
To place a new or changed outbound policy or filter into effect, you must enter a clear ip bgp neighbor
command regardless of whether the neighbor session is up or down. You can enter the command
without optional parameters or with the soft out or soft-outbound option. Either way, you must
specify a parameter for the neighbor (ip-addr, as-num, peer-group-name, or all).
Displaying dynamic refresh information
You can use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display information for dynamic refresh
requests. For each neighbor, the display lists the number of dynamic refresh requests the Layer 3
switch has sent to or received from the neighbor and indicates whether the Layer 3 switch received
confirmation from the neighbor that the neighbor supports dynamic route refresh.
The RefreshCapability field indicates whether this Layer 3 switch has received confirmation from
the neighbor that the neighbor supports the dynamic refresh capability. The statistics in the
Message Sent and Message Received rows under Refresh-Req indicate how many dynamic
refreshes have been sent to and received from the neighbor. The statistic is cumulative across
sessions.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
395
Updating route information and resetting a neighbor session
Brocade#show ip bgp neighbors 10.4.0.2
1
IP Address: 10.4.0.2, AS: 5 (EBGP), RouterID: 10.10.10.1
Description: neighbor 10.4.0.2
State: ESTABLISHED, Time: 0h1m0s, KeepAliveTime: 0, HoldTime: 0
PeerGroup: pg1
Mutihop-EBGP: yes, ttl: 1
RouteReflectorClient: yes
SendCommunity: yes
NextHopSelf: yes
DefaultOriginate: yes (default sent)
MaximumPrefixLimit: 90000
RemovePrivateAs: : yes
RefreshCapability: Received
Route Filter Policies:
Distribute-list: (out) 20
Filter-list: (in) 30
Prefix-list: (in) pf1
Route-map: (in) setnp1 (out) setnp2
Messages:
Open
Update KeepAlive Notification Refresh-Req
Sent
: 1
1
1
0
0
Received: 1
8
1
0
0
Last Update Time: NLRI
Withdraw
NLRI
Withdraw
Tx: 0h0m59s
--Rx: 0h0m59s
--Last Connection Reset Reason:Unknown
Notification Sent:
Unspecified
Notification Received: Unspecified
TCP Connection state: ESTABLISHED
Byte Sent:
115, Received: 492
Local host: 10.4.0.1, Local Port: 179
Remote host: 10.4.0.2, Remote Port: 8053
ISentSeq:
52837276 SendNext:
52837392 TotUnAck:
0
TotSent:
116 ReTrans:
0 UnAckSeq:
52837392
IRcvSeq: 2155052043 RcvNext: 2155052536 SendWnd:
16384
TotalRcv:
493 DupliRcv:
0 RcvWnd:
16384
SendQue:
0 RcvQue:
0 CngstWnd:
1460
Closing or resetting a neighbor session
You can close a neighbor session or resend route updates to a neighbor.
If you make changes to filters or route maps and the neighbor does not support dynamic route
refresh, use the following methods to ensure that neighbors contain only the routes you want them
to contain:
• If you close a neighbor session, the Layer 3 switch and the neighbor clear all the routes they
learned from each other. When the Layer 3 switch and neighbor establish a new BGP4 session,
they exchange route tables again. Use this method if you want the Layer 3 switch to relearn
routes from the neighbor and resend its own route table to the neighbor.
• If you use the soft-outbound option, the Layer 3 switch compiles a list of all the routes it would
normally send to the neighbor at the beginning of a session. However, before sending the
updates, the Brocade Layer 3 switch also applies the filters and route maps you have
configured to the list of routes. If the filters or route maps result in changes to the list of routes,
the Layer 3 switch sends updates to advertise, change, or even withdraw routes on the
396
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Clearing traffic counters
neighbor as needed. This ensures that the neighbor receives only the routes you want it to
contain. Even if the neighbor already contains a route learned from the Layer 3 switch that you
later decided to filter out, using the soft-outbound option removes that route from the
neighbor.
You can specify a single neighbor or a peer group.
To close a neighbor session and thus flush all the routes exchanged by the Layer 3 switch and the
neighbor, enter the following command.
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor all
Syntax: clear ip bgp neighbor all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num [soft-outbound | soft [in |
out]]
The all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num option specifies the neighbor. The ip-addr parameter
specifies a neighbor by its IP interface with the Layer 3 switch. The peer-group-name specifies all
neighbors in a specific peer group. The as-num parameter specifies all neighbors within the
specified AS. The all parameter specifies all neighbors.
To resend routes to a neighbor without closing the neighbor session, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.0.0.1 soft out
Clearing and resetting BGP4 routes in the IP route table
To clear BGP4 routes from the IP route table and reset the routes, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp routes
Syntax: clear ip bgp routes [ip-addr/prefix-length]
NOTE
The clear ip bgp routes command has the same effect as the clear ip route command, but applies
only to routes that come from BGP4.
Clearing traffic counters
You can clear the counters (reset them to 0) for BGP4 messages. To do so, use one of the following
methods.
To clear the BGP4 message counter for all neighbors, enter the following command.
Brocade#clear ip bgp traffic
Syntax: clear ip bgp traffic
To clear the BGP4 message counter for a specific neighbor, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.0.0.1 traffic
To clear the BGP4 message counter for all neighbors within a peer group, enter a command such
as the following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor PeerGroup1 traffic
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
397
Clearing route flap dampening statistics
Syntax: clear ip bgp neighbor all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num traffic
The all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num option specifies the neighbor. The ip-addr parameter
specifies a neighbor by its IP interface with the Layer 3 switch. The peer-group-name specifies all
neighbors in a specific peer group. The as-num parameter specifies all neighbors within the
specified AS. The all parameter specifies all neighbors.
Clearing route flap dampening statistics
To clear route flap dampening statistics, use the following CLI method.
NOTE
Clearing the dampening statistics for a route does not change the dampening status of the route.
To clear all the route dampening statistics, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Syntax: clear ip bgp flap-statistics [regular-expression regular-expression | address mask |
neighbor ip-addr]
The parameters are the same as those for the show ip bgp flap-statistics command (except the
longer-prefixes option is not supported). Refer to “Displaying route flap dampening statistics” on
page 359.
NOTE
The clear ip bgp damping command not only clears statistics but also un-suppresses the routes.
Refer to “Displaying route flap dampening statistics” on page 359.
Removing route flap dampening
You can un-suppress routes by removing route flap dampening from the routes. The Layer 3 switch
allows you to un-suppress all routes at once or un-suppress individual routes.
To un-suppress all the suppressed routes, enter the following command at the Privileged EXEC level
of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ip bgp damping
Syntax: clear ip bgp damping [ip-addr ip-mask]
The ip-addr parameter specifies a particular network.
The ip-mask parameter specifies the network mask.
To un-suppress a specific route, enter a command such as the following.
Brocade#clear ip bgp damping 10.157.22.0 255.255.255.0
This command un-suppresses only the routes for network 10.157.22.0/24.
398
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Clearing diagnostic buffers
Clearing diagnostic buffers
The Layer 3 switch stores the following BGP4 diagnostic information in buffers:
• The first 400 bytes of the last packet that contained an error
• The last NOTIFICATION message either sent or received by the Layer 3 switch
To display these buffers, use options with the show ip bgp neighbors command. Refer to
“Displaying BGP4 neighbor information” on page 367.
This information can be useful if you are working with Brocade Technical Support to resolve a
problem. The buffers do not identify the system time when the data was written to the buffer. If you
want to ensure that diagnostic data in a buffer is recent, you can clear the buffers. You can clear
the buffers for a specific neighbor or for all neighbors.
If you clear the buffer containing the first 400 bytes of the last packet that contained errors, all the
bytes are changed to zeros. The Last Connection Reset Reason field of the BGP neighbor table also
is cleared.
If you clear the buffer containing the last NOTIFICATION message sent or received, the buffer
contains no data.
You can clear the buffers for all neighbors, for an individual neighbor, or for all the neighbors within
a specific peer group.
To clear these buffers for neighbor 10.0.0.1, enter the following commands.
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.0.0.1 last-packet-with-error
Brocade#clear ip bgp neighbor 10.0.0.1 notification-errors
Syntax: clear ip bgp neighbor all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num
last-packet-with-error | notification-errors
The all | ip-addr | peer-group-name | as-num option specifies the neighbor. The ip-addr parameter
specifies a neighbor by its IP interface with the Layer 3 switch. The peer-group-name specifies all
neighbors in a specific peer group. The as-num parameter specifies all neighbors within the
specified AS. The all parameter specifies all neighbors.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
399
Clearing diagnostic buffers
400
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Chapter
8
IPv6
Table 73 lists the IPv6 features Brocade ICX 6650 devices support. These features are supported
in the Layer 2 and full Layer 3 software images, except where explicitly noted.
TABLE 73
Supported IPv6 features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
IPv6 static routes
Yes
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels
Yes
ECMP load sharing
Yes
Static IPv6 route configuration
You can configure a static IPv6 route to be redistributed into a routing protocol, but you cannot
redistribute routes learned by a routing protocol into the static IPv6 routing table.
Before configuring a static IPv6 route, you must enable the forwarding of IPv6 traffic on the Layer 3
switch using the ipv6 unicast-routing command and enable IPv6 on at least one interface by
configuring an IPv6 address or explicitly enabling IPv6 on that interface. For more information on
performing these configuration tasks, refer to the section “Configuring IPv4 and IPv6 protocol
stacks” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Administration Guide.
Configuring a static IPv6 route
To configure a static IPv6 route for a destination network with the prefix 2001:db8::0/32, a
next-hop gateway with the global address 2001:db8:0:ee44::1, and an administrative distance of
110, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 route 2001:db8::0/32 2001:db8:0:ee44::1 distance 110
Syntax: ipv6 route dest-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length next-hop-ipv6-address [metric] [distance number]
To configure a static IPv6 route for a destination network with the prefix 2001:db8::0/32 and a
next-hop gateway with the link-local address 2001:db8::1 that the Layer 3 switch can access
through Ethernet interface 1/1/3, enter the following command.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 route 2001:db8::0/32 ethernet 1/1/3 2001:db8::1
Syntax: ipv6 route dest-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length [ ethernet stack-unit/slot/port | ve num ]
next-hop-ipv6-address [metric] [distance number]
To configure a static IPv6 route for a destination network with the prefix 2001:db8::0/32 and a
next-hop gateway that the Layer 3 switch can access through tunnel 1, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 route 2001:db8::0/32 tunnel 1
Syntax: ipv6 route dest-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length interface port [metric] [distance number]
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
401
Static IPv6 route configuration
Table 74 describes the parameters associated with this command and indicates the status of each
parameter.
TABLE 74
Static IPv6 route parameters
Parameter
Configuration details
Status
The IPv6 prefix and prefix length
of the route’s destination
network.
You must specify the dest-ipv6-prefix
parameter in hexadecimal using
16-bit values between colons as
documented in RFC 2373.
You must specify the prefix-length
parameter as a decimal value. A
slash mark (/) must follow the
ipv6-prefix parameter and precede
the prefix-length parameter.
Mandatory for all static IPv6 routes.
The route’s next-hop gateway,
You can specify the next-hop gateway
which can be one of the following: as one of the following types of IPv6
addresses:
• The IPv6 address of a
next-hop gateway.
• A global address.
• A tunnel interface.
• A link-local address.
If you specify a global address, you do
not need to specify any additional
parameters for the next-hop gateway.
If you specify a link-local address, you
must also specify the interface
through which to access the address.
You can specify one of the following
interfaces:
• An Ethernet interface.
• A tunnel interface.
• A virtual interface (VE).
If you specify an Ethernet interface,
also specify the port number
associated with the interface. If you
specify a VE or tunnel interface, also
specify the VE or tunnel number.
You can also specify the next-hop
gateway as a tunnel interface. If you
specify a tunnel interface, also
specify the tunnel number.
Mandatory for all static IPv6 routes.
The route’s metric.
You can specify a value from 1 – 16.
Optional for all static IPv6 routes. (The
default metric is 1.)
The route’s administrative
distance.
You must specify the distance
keyword and any numerical value.
Optional for all static IPv6 routes. (The
default administrative distance is 1.)
A metric is a value that the Layer 3 switch uses when comparing this route to other static routes in
the IPv6 static route table that have the same destination. The metric applies only to routes that
the Layer 3 switch has already placed in the IPv6 static route table.
402
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels
The administrative distance is a value that the Layer 3 switch uses to compare this route with
routes from other route sources that have the same destination. (The Layer 3 switch performs this
comparison before placing a route in the IPv6 route table.) This parameter does not apply to routes
that are already in the IPv6 route table. In general, a low administrative distance indicates a
preferred route. By default, static routes take precedence over routes learned by routing protocols.
If you want a dynamic route to be chosen over a static route, you can configure the static route with
a higher administrative distance than the dynamic route.
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels
NOTE
This feature is supported only with the IPv6 Layer 3 PROM and the full Layer 3 image.
To enable communication between isolated IPv6 domains using the IPv4 infrastructure, you can
manually configure IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels that provide static point-point connectivity.
As shown in Figure 29, these tunnels encapsulate an IPv6 packet within an IPv4 packet.
FIGURE 29
IPv6 over an IPv4 tunnel
IPv6 Traffic Over IPv4 Tunnel
IPv6 Host
IPv6 Header
IPv6
Network
IPv4
Network
IPv6
Network
Dual-Stack L3 Switch
IPv6 Data
IPv4 Header
Dual-Stack L3 Switch
IPv6 Header
IPv6 Data
IPv6 Header
IPv6 Host
IPv6 Data
In general, a manually configured tunnel establishes a permanent link between switches in IPv6
domains. A manually configured tunnel has explicitly configured IPv4 addresses for the tunnel
source and destination.
This tunneling mechanism requires that the Layer 3 switch at each end of the tunnel run both IPv4
and IPv6 protocol stacks. The Layer 3 switches running both protocol stacks, or dual-stack routers,
can interoperate directly with both IPv4 and IPv6 end systems and routers. Refer to to the section
“Configuring IPv4 and IPv6 protocol stacks” in the Brocade ICX 6650 Administration Guide.
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnel configuration notes
• The local tunnel configuration must include both source and destination addresses.
• The remote side of the tunnel must have the opposite source/destination pair.
• A tunnel interface supports static and dynamic IPv6 configuration settings and routing
protocols.
• Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) is not currently supported with IPv6 tunnels. Make sure
tunnel endpoints do not have duplicate IP addresses.
• Neighbor Discovery (ND) is not supported with IPv6 tunnels.
• If a tunnel source port is a multi-homed IPv4 source, the tunnel will use the first IPv4 address
only. For proper tunnel operation, use the ip address option.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
403
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels
Configuring a manual IPv6 tunnel
You can use a manually configured tunnel to connect two isolated IPv6 domains. You should deploy
this point-to-point tunnelling mechanism if you need a permanent and stable connection.
To configure a manual IPv6 tunnel, enter commands such as the following on a Layer 3 Switch
running both IPv4 and IPv6 protocol stacks on each end of the tunnel.
Brocade(config)#interface tunnel 1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)#tunnel source ethernet 1/1/1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)#tunnel destination 198.168.100.1
Brocade(config-tnif-1)#tunnel mode ipv6ip
Brocade(config-tnif-1)#ipv6 enable
This example creates tunnel interface 1 and assigns a link local IPv6 address with an automatically
computed EUI-64 interface ID to it. The IPv4 address assigned to Ethernet interface 1/1/1 is used
as the tunnel source, while the IPv4 address 192.168.100.1 is configured as the tunnel
destination. The tunnel mode is specified as a manual IPv6 tunnel. Finally, the tunnel is enabled.
Note that instead of entering ipv6 enable, you could specify an IPv6 address, for example, ipv6
address 2001:b78:384d:34::/64 eui-64, which would also enable the tunnel.
Syntax: [no] interface tunnel number
For the number parameter, specify a value between 1–8.
Syntax: [no] tunnel source ipv4-address | ethernet port | loopback number | ve number
The tunnel source can be an IP address or an interface.
For ipv4-address, use 8-bit values in dotted decimal notation.
The ethernet | loopback | ve parameter specifies an interface as the tunnel source. If you specify
an Ethernet interface, also specify the port number associated with the interface. If you specify a
loopback, VE, or interface, also specify the loopback, VE, or number, respectively.
Syntax: [no] tunnel destination ipv4-address
Specify the ipv4-address parameter using 8-bit values in dotted decimal notation.
Syntax: [no] tunnel mode ipv6ip
ipv6ip indicates that this is an IPv6 manual tunnel.
Syntax: ipv6 enable
The ipv6 enable command enables the tunnel. Alternatively, you could specify an IPv6 address,
which would also enable the tunnel.
Syntax: ipv6 address ipv6-prefix/prefix-length [eui-64]
The ipv6 address command enables the tunnel. Alternatively, you could enter ipv6 enable, which
would also enable the tunnel.
Specify the ipv6-prefix parameter in hexadecimal format using 16-bit values between colons as
documented in RFC 2373.
Specify the prefix-length parameter as a decimal value. A slash mark (/) must follow the ipv6-prefix
parameter and precede the prefix-length parameter. The eui-64 keyword configures the global
address with an EUI-64 interface ID in the low-order 64 bits. The interface ID is automatically
constructed in IEEE EUI-64 format using the interface’s MAC address.
404
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels
Clearing IPv6 tunnel statistics
You can clear statistics (reset all fields to zero) for all IPv6 tunnels or for a specific tunnel interface.
For example, to clear statistics for tunnel 1, enter the following command at the Privileged EXEC
level or any of the Config levels of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ipv6 tunnel 1
To clear statistics for all IPv6 tunnels, enter the following command.
Brocade#clear ipv6 tunnel
Syntax: clear ipv6 tunnel [number]
The number parameter specifies the tunnel number.
Displaying IPv6 tunnel information
Use the commands in this section to display the configuration, status, and counters associated
with IPv6 tunnels.
Displaying a summary of tunnel information
To display a summary of tunnel information, enter the following command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 tunnel
IP6 Tunnels
Tunnel Mode
Packet Received
1
configured
0
2
configured
0
Packet Sent
0
22419
Syntax: show ipv6 tunnel
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 75
IPv6 tunnel summary information
Field
Description
Tunnel
The tunnel interface number.
Mode
The tunnel mode. Possible modes include the following:
configured – Indicates a manually configured tunnel.
•
Packet Received
The number of packets received by a tunnel interface. Note that this is
the number of packets received by the CPU. It does not include the
number of packets processed in hardware.
Packet Sent
The number of packets sent by a tunnel interface. Note that this is the
number of packets sent by the CPU. It does not include the number of
packets processed in hardware.
Displaying tunnel interface information
To display status and configuration information for tunnel interface 1, enter the following command
at any level of the CLI.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
405
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels
Brocade#show interfaces tunnel 1
Tunnel1 is up, line protocol is up
Hardware is Tunnel
Tunnel source ve 30
Tunnel destination is 10.2.2.10
Tunnel mode ipv6ip
No port name
MTU 1480 bytes, encapsulation IPV4
Syntax: show interfaces tunnel number
The number parameter indicates the tunnel interface number for which you want to display
information.
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 76
IPv6 tunnel interface information
Field
Tunnel interface status
Line protocol status
Hardware is tunnel
Tunnel source
Description
The status of the tunnel interface can be one of the following:
up – The tunnel mode is set and the tunnel interface is enabled.
down – The tunnel mode is not set.
administratively down – The tunnel interface was disabled with the
disable command.
•
•
•
The status of the line protocol can be one of the following:
up – IPv4 connectivity is established.
down – The line protocol is not functioning and is down.
•
•
The interface is a tunnel interface.
The tunnel source can be one of the following:
An IPv4 address
The IPv4 address associated with an interface/port.
•
•
Tunnel destination
The tunnel destination can be an IPv4 address.
Tunnel mode
The tunnel mode can be the following:
• ipv6ip – indicates a manually configured tunnel
Port name
The port name configured for the tunnel interface.
MTU
The setting of the IPv6 maximum transmission unit (MTU).
Displaying interface level IPv6 settings
To display Interface level IPv6 settings for tunnel interface 1, enter the following command at any
level of the CLI.
406
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels
Brocade#show ipv6 inter tunnel 1
Interface Tunnel 1 is up, line protocol is up
IPv6 is enabled, link-local address is 2001:db8::3:4:2 [Preferred]
Global unicast address(es):
2001:db8::1 [Preferred], subnet is 2001:db8::/64
2001:db8::1 [Preferred], subnet is 2001:db8::/64
Joined group address(es):
2001:db8::1:ff04:2
2001:db8::5
2001:db8::1:ff00:1
2001:db8::2
2001:db8::1
MTU is 1480 bytes
ICMP redirects are enabled
No Inbound Access List Set
No Outbound Access List Set
OSPF enabled
The display command above reflects the following configuration.
Brocade#show running-config interface tunnel 1
!
interface tunnel 1
port-name ManualTunnel1
tunnel mode ipv6ip
tunnel source loopback 1
tunnel destination 10.1.1.1
ipv6 address 2001:db8::1/64
ipv6 address 2001:db8::1/64
ipv6 ospf area 0
This display shows the following information.
TABLE 77
Interface level IPv6 tunnel information
Field
Interface Tunnel status
Line protocol status
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
Description
The status of the tunnel interface can be one of the following:
up – IPv4 connectivity is established.
down – The tunnel mode is not set.
administratively down – The tunnel interface was disabled with the
disable command.
•
•
•
The status of the line protocol can be one of the following:
up – IPv6 is enabled through the ipv6 enable or ipv6 address
command.
• down – The line protocol is not functioning and is down.
•
407
ECMP load sharing for IPv6
ECMP load sharing for IPv6
The IPv6 route table selects the best route to a given destination from among the routes in the
tables maintained by the configured routing protocols (BGP4, OSPF, static, and so on). The IPv6
route table can contain more than one path to a given destination. When this occurs, the Brocade
device selects the path with the lowest cost for insertion into the routing table. If more than one
path with the lowest cost exists, all of these paths are inserted into the routing table, subject to the
configured maximum number of load sharing paths (by default 4). The device uses Equal-Cost
Multi-Path (ECMP) load sharing to select a path to a destination.
When a route is installed by routing protocols or configured static route for the first time, and the
IPv6 route table contains multiple, equal-cost paths to that route, the device checks the IPv6
neighbor for each next hop. Every next hop where the link layer address has been resolved will be
stored in hardware. The device will initiate neighbor discovery for the next hops whose link layer
addresses are not resolved. The hardware will hash the packet and choose one of the paths. The
number of paths would be updated in hardware as the link layer gets resolved for a next hop.
If the path selected by the device becomes unavailable, the IPv6 neighbor should change state and
trigger the update of the destination in the hardware.
Brocade devices support network-based ECMP load-sharing methods for IPv6 traffic. The Brocade
device distributes traffic across equal-cost paths based on a XOR of some bits from the MAC source
address, MAC destination address, IPv6 source address, IPv6 destination address, IPv6 flow label,
IPv6 next header. The software selects a path based on a calculation involving the maximum
number of load-sharing paths allowed and the actual number of paths to the destination network.
This is the default ECMP load-sharing method for IPv6.
You can manually disable or enable ECMP load sharing for IPv6 and specify the number of
equal-cost paths the device can distribute traffic across. In addition, you can display information
about the status of ECMP load-sharing on the device.
408
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
ECMP load sharing for IPv6
Disabling or re-enabling ECMP load sharing for IPv6
ECMP load sharing for IPv6 is enabled by default. To disable the feature, enter the following
command.
Brocade(config)#no ipv6 load-sharing
If you want to re-enable the feature after disabling it, you must specify the number of load-sharing
paths. The maximum number of paths the device supports is a value from 2–8. By entering a
command such as the following, iPv6 load-sharing will be re-enabled.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 load-sharing 4
Syntax: [no] ipv6 load-sharing num
The num parameter specifies the number of paths and can be from 2-8. The default is 4.
Changing the maximum load sharing paths for IPv6
By default, IPv6 ECMP load sharing allows traffic to be balanced across up to four equal paths. You
can change the maximum number of paths the device supports to a value from 2-8.
To change the number of ECMP load sharing paths for IPv6, enter a command such as the
following.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 load-sharing 6
Syntax: [no] ipv6 load-sharing [num]
The num parameter specifies the number of paths and can be from 2-8. The default is 4.
Enabling support for network-based ECMP
load sharing for IPv6
Network-based ECMP load sharing is supported. In this configuration, traffic is distributed across
equal-cost paths based on the destination network address. Routes to each network are stored in
CAM and accessed when a path to a network is required. Because multiple hosts are likely to
reside on a network, this method uses fewer CAM entries.
Displaying ECMP load-sharing information for IPv6
To display the status of ECMP load sharing for IPv6, enter the following command.
Brocade#show ipv6
Global Settings
unicast-routing enabled, hop-limit 64
No Inbound Access List Set
No Outbound Access List Set
Prefix-based IPv6 Load-sharing is Enabled, Number of load share paths: 4
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
409
ECMP load sharing for IPv6
410
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing
53-1002603-01
Chapter
9
VRRP and VRRP-E
Table 78 lists the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) and Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol Extended (VRRP-E) features Brocade ICX 6650 devices support.
NOTE
VRRP and VRRP-E is supported Brocade ICX 6650 devices that are running the full Layer 3 image.
TABLE 78
Supported VRRP and VRRP-E features
Feature
Brocade ICX 6650
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
(VRRP)
Yes
VRRP timer scaling
Yes
VRRP Extended (VRRP-E)
Yes
IPv6 VRRP-E
Yes
IPv6 VRRP v3
Yes
VRRP-E slow start timer
Yes
VRRP-E timer scale
Yes
Forcing a Master router to abdicate to a
standby router
Yes
* Refers to support for only IPv6 modules for these devices.
This chapter describes how to configure Brocade Layer 3 switches with the following router
redundancy protocols:
• Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) – The standard router redundancy protocol
described in RFC 2338. The Brocade ICX 6650 devices support VRRP version 2 (v2) and VRRP
version 3 (v3). VRRP v2 supports the IPv4 environment, and VRRP v3 supports the IPv6
environment.
• VRRP Extended (VRRP-E) – An enhanced version of VRRP that overcomes limitations in the
standard protocol. The Brocade ICX 6650 devices support VRRP-E v2 and VRRP-E v3. VRRP-E
v2 supports the IPv4 environment, and VRRP-E v3 supports the IPv6 environment.
NOTE
VRRP and VRRP-E are separate protocols. You cannot use them together.
NOTE
You can use a Brocade Layer 3 switch configured for VRRP with another Brocade Layer 3 switch or
a third-party router that is also configured for VRRP. However, you can use only a Brocade Layer 3
switch configured for VRRP-E only with another Brocade Layer 3 switch that also is configured for
VRRP-E.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
411
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
NOTE
The maximum number of supported VRRP or VRRP-E router instances is 254 for IPv4 environments.
The maximum number of supported VRRP or VRRP-E router instances is 128 for IPv6 environments.
For a summary of how these two router redundancy protocols differ, refer to “Comparison of VRRP
and VRRP-E” on page 420.
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
The following sections describe VRRP and VRRP-E. The protocols both provide redundant paths for
IP addresses. However, the protocols differ in a few important ways. For clarity, each protocol is
described separately.
VRRP overview
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) provides redundancy to routers within a LAN. VRRP
allows you to provide alternate router paths for a host without changing the IP address or MAC
address by which the host knows its gateway. Consider the situation shown in Figure 30.
FIGURE 30
Switch 1 is the Host1 default gateway but is a single point of failure
Internet
or
Enterprise Intranet
Internet
or
Enterprise Intranet
e 1/1/2
e 1/1/3
Switch 1
Switch 2
e 1/1/6 192.168.5.1
Switch 2
e 1/1/5
Host1
Default Gateway
192.168.5.1
Switch 1 is the host default gateway out of the subnet. If this interface goes down, Host1 is cut off
from the rest of the network. Switch 1 is thus a single point of failure for Host1’s access to other
networks.
412
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
If Switch 1 fails, you could configure Host1 to use Switch 2. Configuring one host with a different
default gateway might not require too much extra administration. However, consider a more
realistic network with dozens or even hundreds of hosts per subnet; reconfiguring the default
gateways for all the hosts is impractical. It is much simpler to configure a VRRP virtual router on
Switch 1 and Switch 2 to provide a redundant path for the hosts.
Figure 31 shows the same example network shown in Figure 30, but with a VRRP virtual router
configured on Switch 1 and Switch 2.
FIGURE 31
Switch 1 and Switch 2 configured as VRRP virtual routers for redundant network access for Host1
Internet
or
enterprise Intranet
Switch1
VRID1
e 1/1/6
Switch1 = Master
IP address = 192.168.5.1
MAC address = 00-00-00-00-01-01
Priority = 255
Internet
or
enterprise Intranet
e 1/1/3
e 1/1/2
192.168.5.3
192.168.5.1
Owner
Switch2
e 1/1/5
VRID1
Switch2 = Backup
IP address = 192.168.5.1
MAC address = 00-00-00-00-01-01
Priority = 100
Host1
Default Gateway
192.168.5.1
The dashed box in Figure 31 represents a VRRP virtual router. When you configure a virtual router,
one of the configuration parameters is the virtual router ID (VRID), which can be a number from 1
through 255. In this example, the VRID is 1.
NOTE
You can provide more redundancy by also configuring a second VRID with Switch 2 as the Owner and
Switch 1 as the Backup. This type of configuration is sometimes called Multigroup VRRP.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
413
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
Virtual router ID
A virtual router ID (VRID) consists of one Master router and one or more Backup routers. The
Master router is the router that owns the IP addresses you associate with the VRID. For this reason,
the Master router is sometimes called the “Owner”. Configure the VRID on the router that owns the
default gateway interface. The other router in the VRID does not own the IP addresses associated
with the VRID but provides the backup path if the Master router becomes unavailable.
Virtual router MAC address
Notice the MAC address associated with VRID1 in Figure 31. The first five octets of the address are
the standard MAC prefix for VRRP packets, as described in RFC 2338. The last octet is the VRID.
The VRID number becomes the final octet in the virtual MAC address associated with the virtual
router.
When you configure a VRID, the software automatically assigns its MAC address. When a VRID
becomes active, the Master router broadcasts a gratuitous ARP request containing the virtual
router MAC address for each IP address associated with the virtual router. In Figure 31, Switch 1
sends a gratuitous ARP request with MAC address 00-00-5E-00-01-01 and IP address
192.168.5.1. Hosts use the virtual router MAC address in routed traffic they send to their default
IP gateway (in this example, 192.168.5.1).
Virtual router IP address
VRRP does not use virtual IP addresses. Thus, there is no virtual IP address associated with a
virtual router. Instead, you associate the virtual router with one or more real interface IP addresses
configured on the router that owns the real IP addresses. In Figure 31, the virtual router with
VRID1 is associated with real IP address 192.168.5.1, which is configured on interface e1/1/6 on
Switch 1. VRIDs are interface-level parameters, not system-level parameters, so the IP address you
associate with the VRID must already be a real IP address configured on the Owner interface.
NOTE
You can associate a virtual router with a virtual interface. A virtual interface is a named set of
physical interfaces.
When you configure the Backup router for the VRID, specify the same IP address as the one you
specify on the Owner. This is the IP address used by the host as its default gateway. The IP
address cannot also exist on the Backup router. The interface on which you configure the VRID on
the Backup router must have an IP address in the same subnet.
NOTE
If you delete a real IP address used by a VRRP entry, the VRRP entry also is deleted automatically.
NOTE
When a Backup router takes over forwarding responsibilities from a failed Master router, the Backup
forwards traffic addressed to the VRID MAC address, which the host believes is the MAC address of
the router interface for its default gateway. However, the Backup router cannot reply to IP pings sent
to the IP addresses associated with the VRID. Because the IP addresses are owned by the Owner,
if the Owner is unavailable, the IP addresses are unavailable as packet destinations.
414
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
Master negotiation
The routers within a VRID use the VRRP priority values associated with each router to determine
which router becomes the Master. When you configure the VRID on a router interface, you specify
whether the router is the Owner of the IP addresses you plan to associate with the VRID or a
Backup router. If you indicate that the router is the Owner of the IP addresses, the software
automatically sets the router VRRP priority for the VRID to 255, the highest VRRP priority. The
router with the highest priority becomes the Master.
Backup routers can have a priority from 3 through 254, which you assign when you configure the
VRID on the Backup router interfaces. The default VRRP priority for Backup routers is 100.
Because the router that owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID always has the highest
priority, when all the routers in the virtual router are operating normally, the negotiation process
results in the Owner of the VRID IP addresses becoming the Master router. Thus, the VRRP
negotiation results in the normal case, in which the host’s path to the default route is to the router
that owns the interface for that route.
Hello messages
Virtual routers use Hello messages for negotiation to determine the Master router. Virtual routers
send Hello messages to IP Multicast address 224.0.0.18. The frequency with which the Master
sends Hello messages is the Hello interval. Only the Master sends Hello messages. However, a
Backup router uses the Hello interval you configure for the Backup router if it becomes the Master.
The Backup routers wait for a period of time called the dead interval for a Hello message from the
Master. If a Backup router does not receive a Hello message by the time the dead interval expires,
the Backup router assumes that the Master router is dead and negotiates with the other Backup
routers to select a new Master router. The Backup router with the highest priority becomes the new
Master.
Master and Owner backup routers
If the Owner becomes unavailable, but then comes back online, the Owner again becomes the
Master router. The Owner becomes the Master router again because it has the highest priority.
The Owner always becomes the Master again when the Owner comes back online.
NOTE
If you configure a track port on the Owner and the track port is down, the Owner priority is changed
to the track priority. In this case, the Owner does not have a higher priority than the Backup router
that is acting as the Master router and the Owner therefore does not resume its position as the
Master router. For more information about track ports, refer to “Track ports and track priority” on
page 416.
By default, if a Backup is acting as the Master, and the original Master is still unavailable, another
Backup can “preempt” the Backup that is acting as the Master. This can occur if the new Backup
router has a higher priority than the Backup router that is acting as the Master. You can disable
this behavior. When you disable preemption, a Backup router that has a higher priority than the
router that is currently acting as the Master does not preempt the new Master by initiating a new
Master negotiation. Refer to “Backup preempt configuration” on page 440.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
415
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
NOTE
Regardless of the setting for the preempt parameter, the Owner always becomes the Master again
when it comes back online.
Track ports and track priority
The Brocade implementation of VRRP enhances the protocol by giving a VRRP router the capability
to monitor the state of the interfaces on the other end of the route path through the router. For
example, in Figure 31 on page 413, interface e1/1/6 on Switch 1 owns the IP address to which
Host1 directs route traffic on its default gateway. The exit path for this traffic is through the
Switch 1 e1/1/2 interface.
Suppose interface e1/1/2 goes down. Even if interface e1/1/6 is still up, Host1 is cut off from
other networks. In conventional VRRP, Switch 1 would continue to be the Master router despite the
unavailability of the exit interface for the path the router is supporting. However, if you configure
interface e1/1/6 to track the state of interface e1/1/2, if e1/1/2 goes down, interface e1/1/6
responds by changing the Switch 1 VRRP priority to the value of the track priority. In the
configuration shown in Figure 31 on page 413, the Switch 1 priority changes from 255 to 20. One
of the parameters contained in the Hello messages the Master router sends to its Backup routers is
the Master router priority. If the track port feature results in a change in the Master router priority,
the Backup routers quickly become aware of the change and initiate a negotiation to become the
Master router.
In Figure 31 on page 413, the track priority results in the Switch 1 VRRP priority becoming lower
than the Switch 2 VRRP priority. As a result, when Switch 2 learns that it now has a higher priority
than Switch 1, Switch 2 initiates negotiation to become the Master router and becomes the new
Master router, thus providing an open path for the Host1 traffic. To take advantage of the track
port feature, make sure the track priorities are always lower than the VRRP priorities. The default
track priority for the router that owns the VRID IP addresses is 2. The default track priority for
Backup routers is 1. If you change the track port priorities, make sure you assign a higher track
priority to the Owner of the IP addresses than the track priority you assign on the Backup routers.
Suppression of RIP advertisements for backed-up interfaces
The Brocade implementation also enhances VRRP by allowing you to configure the protocol to
suppress RIP advertisements for the backed-up paths from Backup routers. Normally, a VRRP
Backup router includes route information for the interface it is backing up in RIP advertisements.
As a result, other routers receive multiple paths for the interface and might sometimes
unsuccessfully use the path to the Backup router rather than the path to the Master router. If you
enable the Brocade implementation of VRRP to suppress the VRRP Backup routers from
advertising the backed-up interface in RIP, other routers learn only the path to the Master router for
the backed-up interface.
Authentication
The Brocade implementations of VRRP and VRRP-E can use simple passwords to authenticate
VRRP and VRRP-E packets. VRRP-E can also use HMAC-MD5-96 to authenticate VRRP-E packets.
VRRP and VRRP-E authentication is configured on the router interfaces. The VRRP authentication
configuration of every router interface must match. For example, if you want to use simple
passwords to authenticate VRRP traffic within a router, you must configure VRRP simple password
authentication with the same password on all of the participating router interfaces.
416
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
NOTE
The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication type is supported for VRRP-E, but not supported for VRRP.
Independent operation of VRRP alongside RIP, OSPF, and BGP4
VRRP operation is independent of RIP, OSPF, and BGP4; therefore, RIP, OSPF, and BGP4 are not
affected if VRRP is enabled on one of these interfaces.
Dynamic VRRP configuration
All VRRP global and interface parameters take effect immediately. You do not need to reset the
system to place VRRP configuration parameters into effect.
VRRP-E overview
The most important difference between VRRP and VRRP-E is that all VRRP-E routers are Backup
routers; there is no Owner router. VRRP-E overcomes the limitations in standard VRRP by removing
the Owner.
The following points explain how VRRP-E differs from VRRP:
• Owners and Backup routers
- VRRP has an Owner and one or more Backup routers for each VRID. The Owner is the
router on which the VRID's IP address is also configured as a real address. All the other
routers supporting the VRID are Backup routers.
-
VRRP-E does not use Owners. All routers are Backup routers for a given VRID. The router
with the highest priority becomes the Master. If there is a tie for highest priority, the router
with the highest IP address becomes the Master. The elected Master owns the virtual IP
address and answers pings and ARP requests.
• VRID's IP address
- VRRP requires that the VRID’s IP address also be a real IP address configured on the
VRID's interface on the Owner.
-
VRRP-E requires only that the VRID be in the same subnet as an interface configured on
the VRID's interface. VRRP-E does not allow you to specify a real IP address configured on
the interface as the VRID IP address.
• VRID's MAC address
- VRRP uses the source MAC address as a virtual MAC address defined as
00-00-5E-00-01-vrid, where vrid is the VRID. The Master owns the virtual MAC address.
-
VRRP-E uses the MAC address of the interface as the source MAC address. The MAC
address is 02-E0-52-hash-value-vrid, where hash-value is a two-octet hashed value for the
IP address and vrid is the VRID.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
417
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
• Hello packets
- VRRP sends Hello messages to IP Multicast address 224.0.0.18.
- VRRP-E uses UDP to send Hello messages in IP multicast messages. The Hello packets
use the MAC address of the interface and the IP address as the source addresses. The
destination MAC address is 00-00-00-00-00-02, and the destination IP address is
224.0.0.2 (the well-known IP multicast address for “all routers”). Both the source and
destination UDP port number is 8888. VRRP-E messages are encapsulated in the data
portion of the packet.
• Track ports and track priority
- VRRP changes the priority of the VRID to the track priority, which typically is lower than the
VRID priority and lower than the VRID priorities configured on the Backup routers. For
example, if the VRRP interface priority is 100 and a tracked interface with track priority 20
goes down, the software changes the VRRP interface priority to 20.
-
VRRP-E reduces the priority of a VRRP-E interface by the amount of a tracked interface
priority if the tracked interface link goes down. For example, if the VRRP-E interface
priority is 200 and a tracked interface with track priority 20 goes down, the software
changes the VRRP-E interface priority to 180. If another tracked interface goes down, the
software reduces the VRID priority again, by the amount of the tracked interface track
priority.
• VRRP-E can use HMAC-MD5-96 for authenticating VRRP-E packets. VRRP can use only simple
passwords.
418
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
VRRP and VRRP-E overview
Figure 32 shows an example of a VRRP-E configuration.
FIGURE 32
Switch 1 and Switch 2 are configured to provide dual redundant network access for the host
Internet
VRID 1
Switch 1 = Master
Virtual IP address 192.168.5.254
Priority = 110
Track Port = e 1/1/2
Track Priority = 20
e 1/1/2
e 1/1/3
Switch 1
e 1/1/6
Switch 2
192.168.5.2
e 1/1/5 192.168.5.3
VRID 1
Switch 2 = Backup
Virtual IP address 192.168.5.254
Priority = 100 (Default)
Track port = e 1/1/3
Track priority = 20
VRID 2
Switch 2 = Master
Virtual IP address 192.168.5.253
Priority = 110
Track Port = e 1/1/3
Track Priority = 20
VRID 2
Switch 1 = Backup
Virtual IP address 192.168.5.253
Priority = 100 (Default)
Track Port = e 1/1/2
Track Priority = 20
Host1
Default Gateway
192.168.5.254
Host2
Default Gateway
192.168.5.254
Host3
Default Gateway
192.168.5.253
Host4
Default Gateway
192.168.5.253
In this example, Switch 1 and Switch 2 use VRRP-E to load share as well as provide redundancy to
the hosts. The load sharing is accomplished by creating two VRRP-E groups. Each group has its
own virtual IP addresses. Half of the clients point to VRID 1's virtual IP address as their default
gateway and the other half point to VRID 2's virtual IP address as their default gateway. This
organization enables some of the outbound Internet traffic to go through Switch 1 and the rest to
go through Switch 2.
Switch 1 is the Master router for VRID 1 (backup priority = 110) and Switch 2 is the Backup router
for VRID 1 (backup priority = 100). Switch 1 and Switch 2 both track the uplinks to the Internet. If
an uplink failure occurs on Switch 1, its backup priority is decremented by 20 (track priority = 20),
so that all traffic destined to the Internet is sent through Switch 2 instead.
Similarly, Switch 2 is the Master router for VRID 2 (backup priority = 110) and Switch 1 is the
Backup router for VRID 2 (backup priority = 100). Switch 1 and Switch 2 are both tracking the
uplinks to the Internet. If an uplink failure occurs on Switch 2, its backup priority is decremented by
20 (track priority = 20), so that all traffic destined to the Internet is sent through Switch 1 instead.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
419
Comparison of VRRP and VRRP-E
ARP behavior with VRRP-E
In the VRRP-E implementation, the source MAC address of the gratuitous Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) request sent by the VRRP-E Master router is the VRRP-E virtual MAC address. When
the router (either the Master or Backup router) sends an ARP request or reply packet, the sender’s
MAC address becomes the MAC address of the interface on the router. When an ARP request
packet for the virtual router IP address is received by the Backup router, it is forwarded to the
Master router to resolve the ARP request. Only the Master router answers the ARP request for the
virtual router IP address.
Comparison of VRRP and VRRP-E
This section compares router redundancy protocols.
VRRP
VRRP is a standards-based protocol, described in RFC 2338. The Brocade implementation of VRRP
contains the features in RFC 2338. The Brocade implementation also provides the following
additional features:
• Track ports – A Brocade feature that enables you to diagnose the health of all the Layer 3
switch ports used by the backed-up VRID, instead of only the port connected to the client
subnet. Refer to “Track ports and track priority” on page 416.
• Suppression of RIP advertisements on Backup routers for the backed-up interface – You can
enable the Layer 3 switches to advertise only the path to the Master router for the backed-up
interface. Normally, a VRRP Backup router includes route information for the interface it is
backing up in RIP advertisements.
Brocade Layer 3 switches configured for VRRP can interoperate with third-party routers using VRRP.
VRRP-E
VRRP-E is a Brocade protocol that provides the benefits of VRRP without the limitations. VRRP-E is
unlike VRRP in the following ways:
• There is no “Owner” router. You do not need to use an IP address configured on one of the
Layer 3 switches as the virtual router ID (VRID), which is the address you are backing up for
redundancy. The VRID is independent of the IP interfaces configured in the Layer 3 switches.
As a result, the protocol does not have an “Owner” as VRRP does.
• There is no restriction on which router can be the default Master router. In VRRP, the “Owner”
(the Layer 3 switch on which the IP interface that is used for the VRID is configured) must be
the default Master.
Brocade Layer 3 switches configured for VRRP-E can interoperate only with other Brocade Layer 3
switches.
420
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Comparison of VRRP and VRRP-E
Architectural differences between VRRP and VRRP-E
The protocols have the following architectural differences.
Management protocol
• VRRP – VRRP routers send VRRP Hello and Hello messages to IP Multicast address
224.0.0.18.
• VRRP-E – VRRP-E sends messages to destination MAC address 01-00-5E-00-00-02 and
destination IP address 224.0.0.2 (the standard IP multicast address for “all routers”).
Virtual router IP address (the address you are backing up)
• VRRP – The virtual router IP address is the same as an IP address or virtual interface
configured on one of the Layer 3 switches, which is the “Owner” and becomes the default
Master.
• VRRP-E – The virtual router IP address is the gateway address you want to back up, but does
not need to be an IP interface configured on one of the Layer 3 switch ports or a virtual
interface.
Master and Backup routers
• VRRP – The “Owner” of the IP address of the VRID is the default Master and has the highest
priority (255). The precedence of the Backup routers is determined by their priorities. The
default Master is always the Owner of the IP address of the VRID.
• VRRP-E – The Master and Backup routers are selected based on their priority. You can
configure any of the Layer 3 switches to be the Master by giving it the highest priority. There is
no Owner.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
421
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters
Table 79 lists the VRRP and VRRP-E parameters. Most of the parameters and default values are
the same for both protocols. The exceptions are noted in the table.
TABLE 79
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
Protocol
The Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) based on
RFC 2338 or VRRP-Extended, the Brocade-enhanced
implementation of VRRP.
Disabled
page 425
page 430
VRRP or
VRRP-E router
The Brocade Layer 3 switch active participation as a VRRP
or VRRP-E router. Enabling the protocol does not activate
the Layer 3 switch for VRRP or VRRP-E. You must activate
the switch as a VRRP or VRRP-E router after you configure
the VRRP or VRRP-E parameters.
Inactive
page 425
page 430
Virtual Router
ID (VRID)
The ID of the virtual router you are creating by configuring
multiple routers to back up an IP interface. You must
configure the same VRID on each router that you want to
use to back up the address.
None
page 414
page 425
page 430
This is the address you are backing up.
VRRP – The virtual router IP address must be a real
IP address configured on the VRID interface on one
of the VRRP routers. This router is the IP address
Owner and is the default Master.
• VRRP-E – The virtual router IP address must be in
the same subnet as a real IP address configured on
the VRRP-E interface, but cannot be the same as a
real IP address configured on the interface.
None
page 414
page 425
page 430
The source MAC address in VRRP or VRRP-E packets sent
from the VRID interface, and the destination for packets
sent to the VRID:
• VRRP – A virtual MAC address defined as
00-00-00-00-01-vrid for IPv4 VRRP, and
00-00-00-00-02-vrid for VRRP v3. The Master owns
the virtual MAC address.
• VRRP-E – A virtual MAC address defined as
00-00-00-hash-value-vrid for IPv4 VRRP-E and IPv6
VRRP-E, where hash-value is a two-octet hashed
value for the IP address and vrid is the ID of the
virtual router.
Not configurable
page 414
Virtual Router
IP address
VRID MAC
address
422
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters
•
NOTE: Only one of
the protocols
can be
enabled at a
time.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters
TABLE 79
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
Authentication
type
The type of authentication the VRRP or VRRP-E interfaces
use to validate VRRP or VRRP-E packets.
• No authentication – The interfaces do not use
authentication. This is the VRRP default.
• Simple – The interface uses a simple text-string as a
password in packets sent on the interface. If the
interface uses simple password authentication, the
VRID configured on the interface must use the same
authentication type and the same password.
• HMAC-MD5-96 (VRRP-E only) – The interface uses
HMAC-MD5-96 authentication for VRRP-E packets.
No authentication
page 416
page 433
Whether the router is an Owner or a Backup.
Owner (VRRP only) – The router on which the real IP
address used by the VRID is configured.
• Backup – Routers that can provide routing services
for the VRID but do not have a real IP address
matching the VRID.
VRRP – The Owner is
always the router that
has the real IP
address used by the
VRID. All other
routers for the VRID
are Backups.
VRRP-E – All routers
for the VRID are
Backups.
page 435
A numeric value that determines a Backup router’s
preferability for becoming the Master for the VRID. During
negotiation, the router with the highest priority becomes
the Master.
• VRRP – The Owner has the highest priority (255);
other routers (backups) can have a priority from 3
through 254.
• VRRP-E – All routers are Backups and have the same
priority by default.
If two or more Backups are tied with the highest priority,
the Backup interface with the highest IP address
becomes the Master for the VRID.
VRRP v2 and IPv6
VRRP v3 - The value
is 255 for the Owner
and 100 for the
Backups.
page 435
A router that is running RIP normally advertises routes to
a backed-up VRID even when the router is not currently
the active router for the VRID. Suppression of these
advertisements helps ensure that other routers do not
receive invalid route paths for the VRID.
Disabled
page 436
One second (VRRP
v2 and VRRP-E v2,
and IPv6 VRRP-E)
1000 milliseconds
(VRRP v3).
page 415
page 437
NOTE: HMAC-MD5-96 authentication is only supported
for IPv4 or IPv6 VRRP-E. HMAC-MD5-96 is not
supported by VRRP. Authentication is not
supported for VRRP v3.
Router type
Backup priority
Suppression of
RIP
advertisements
•
VRRP-E v2 and IPv6
VRRP-E v3 -The value
is 100 for all
Backups.
NOTE: Suppression of RIP advertisements is not
supported for VRRP v3 and VRRP-E v3.
Hello interval
The number of seconds or milliseconds between Hello
messages from the Master to the Backups for a given
VRID. The interval can be from 1 through 84 seconds for
VRRP v2, VRRP-E v2, and IPv6 VRRP-E. The interval for
VRRP v3 can be from 100 through 8400 milliseconds.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
423
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters
TABLE 79
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
Dead interval
The number of seconds or milliseconds a Backup waits for
a Hello message from the Master for the VRID before
determining that the Master is no longer active.
If the Master does not send a Hello message before the
dead interval expires, the Backups negotiate (compare
priorities) to select a new Master for the VRID.
The dead interval
calculation for VRRP
v6 or VRRP-E v6 is:
Dead Interval: ( 3 X
Hello Interval ) +
Skew Time
page 415
page 438
Skew Time is 256 Priority X Hello
Interval / 256.
For VRRP v3, the
default is 3600
milliseconds. The
configurable range is
from 100 through
8400 milliseconds.
For VRRP-E v3, the
default is 3600
milliseconds. The
configurable range is
from 1 through 84
seconds.
Backup Hello
interval
The number of seconds between Hello messages from a
Backup to the Master.
The message interval can be from 60 through 3600
seconds.
You must enable the Backup to send the messages. The
messages are disabled by default on Backups. The
current Master (whether the VRRP Owner or a Backup)
sends Hello messages by default.
Disabled
60 seconds when
enabled
page 415
page 438
Track port
Another Layer 3 switch port or virtual interface whose link
status is tracked by the VRID interface.
If the link for a tracked interface goes down, the VRRP or
VRRP-E priority of the VRID interface is changed, causing
the devices to renegotiate for the Master.
None
page 416
page 439
VRRP – 2
VRRP-E – 5
page 416
page 439
NOTE: Track port is not supported by VRRP v3.
Track priority
A VRRP or VRRP-E priority value assigned to the tracked
ports. If a tracked port link goes down, the VRID port
VRRP or VRRP-E priority changes:
• VRRP – The priority changes to the value of the
tracked port priority.
• VRRP-E – The VRID port priority is reduced by the
amount of the tracked port priority.
NOTE: Track priority is not supported by VRRP v3.
Backup
preempt mode
Prevents a Backup with a higher VRRP priority from taking
control of the VRID from another Backup that has a lower
priority but has already assumed control of the VRID.
Enabled
page 440
Timer scale
Adjusts the timers for the Hello interval, Dead interval,
Backup Hello interval, and Hold-down interval.
1
page 440
NOTE: The timer scale is not supported for IPv6 VRRP v3.
424
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic VRRP parameter configuration
TABLE 79
VRRP and VRRP-E parameters (Continued)
Parameter
Description
Default
For more
information
VRRP-E slow
start timer
Causes a specified amount of time to elapse between the
time the original Master is restored and when it takes over
from the Backup. This interval allows time for OSPF
convergence when the Master is restored. For VRRP-E
only.
Disabled
page 441
Short-path
forwarding
Enables VRRP-E extension for server virtualization. If
enabled, the traffic that is destined to the clients travels
through the short-path forwarding path to reach the client
(as shown in Figure 33 on page 443). Any packets coming
from the local subnet of the virtual IP address are
forwarded either by the VRRP-E master router or VRRP-E
backup router depending on which router received the
packets.
Disabled
page 436
Note regarding disabling VRRP or VRRP-E
If you disable VRRP or VRRP-E, the Layer 3 switch removes all the configuration information for the
disabled protocol from the running-config file. Moreover, when you save the configuration to the
startup-config file after disabling one of these protocols, all the configuration information for the
disabled protocol is removed from the startup-config file.
The CLI displays a warning message such as the following.
Brocade Router1(config-vrrp-router)#no router vrrp
router vrrp mode now disabled. All vrrp config data will be lost when writing to
flash!
If you have disabled the protocol but have not yet saved the configuration to the startup-config file
and reloaded the software, you can restore the configuration information by re-entering the
command to enable the protocol (for example, router vrrp). If you have already saved the
configuration to the startup-config file and reloaded the software, the information is gone.
If you are testing a VRRP or VRRP-E configuration and are likely to disable and re-enable the
protocol, you may want to make a backup copy of the startup-config file containing the protocol
configuration information. This way, if you remove the configuration information by saving the
configuration after disabling the protocol, you can restore the configuration by copying the backup
copy of the startup-config file onto the flash memory.
Basic VRRP parameter configuration
To implement a simple VRRP configuration using all the default values, enter the commands shown
in the following sections.
Configuration rules for VRRP
• The interfaces of all routers in a VRID must be in the same IP subnet.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
425
Basic VRRP parameter configuration
• The IP addresses associated with the VRID must already be configured on the router that will
be the Owner.
• An IP address associated with the VRID must be on only one router.
• The Hello interval must be set to the same value on the Owner and Backup routers for the
VRID.
• The dead interval must be set to the same value on the Owner and Backup routers for the
VRID.
• The track priority on a router must be lower than the router VRRP priority. Also, the track
priority on the Owner must be higher than the track priority on the Backup routers.
NOTE
When you use the router vrrp command or the ipv6 router vrrp command to enter the VRRP
configuration mode, the command prompt does not change and results in the following general
configuration command prompt: Brocade(config)#. This differs from entering the VRRP extended
mode, where entering the router vrrp-extended command results in a command prompt such as the
following: (config-VRRP-E-router)#. For IPv6 VRRP extended mode, when entering the ipv6
router vrrp-extended command, this results in a command prompt such as the following:
(config-ipv6-VRRP-E-router)#.
Configuring the Owner for IPv4 VRRP
To configure the VRRP Owner router for IPv4, enter the following commands on the router.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Router1(config)#router vrrp
Router1(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip-address 192.168.5.1
Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#owner
Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#ip-address 192.168.5.1
Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#activate
Syntax: [no] router vrrp
Syntax: [no] ip-address ip-addr
Syntax: [no] ip vrrp vrid num
Syntax: [no] owner [track-priority value]
Syntax: [no] activate
The ip-addr variable specifies the IPv4 address of the Owner router.
The IP address you assign to the Owner must be an IP address configured on an interface that
belongs to the virtual router.
The num variable specifies the virtual router ID.
The track-priority value option changes the track-port priority for this interface and the VRID from
the default (2) to a value from 1 through the maximum VRID supported by the device.
Configuring the Owner for IPv6 VRRP
To configure the VRRP Owner router for IPv6, enter the following commands on the router.
426
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic VRRP parameter configuration
NOTE
You must first configure the ipv6 unicast-routing command at the global configuration level to
enable IPv6 VRRP on the router.
Brocade Router1(config)# ipv6 unicast-routing
Brocade Router1(config)# ipv6 router vrrp
Brocade Router1(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)# ipv6-address 3013::1/64
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)# ipv6 vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)# owner
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)# ipv6-address 3013::1
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)# activate
VRRP router 1 for this interface is activating
Syntax: [no] ipv6 unicast-routing
Syntax: [no] ipv6 router vrrp
Syntax: [no] ipv6-address ipv6-address
Syntax: [no] ipv6 vrrp vrid num
Syntax: [no] owner
Syntax: [no] activate
The num variable specifies the virtual router ID.
The ipv6-addr variable specifies the IPv6 address of the Owner router.
The IP address you assign to the Owner must be an IP address configured on an interface that
belongs to the virtual router.
The ipv6 router vrrp command enables IPv6 VRRP v3 routing on the interface. All IPv6 VRRP router
instances for a VRID are also enabled on the interface.
When the no ipv6 router vrrp command is enabled, all IPv6 VRRP router instances for a specific
VRID are deleted from the interface, and the running configuration is lost when writing to flash. You
must enable the write memory command to save your configuration. The following message is
displayed when the no ipv6 router vrrp command is enabled.
Router1(config)#no ipv6 router vrrp
ipv6 router vrrp is disabled. All vrrp (ipv6) config data will be lost when
writing to flash!!
Configuring a Backup for IPv4 VRRP
To configure the VRRP Backup router for IPv4, enter the following commands.
Brocade Router2(config)#router vrrp
Brocade Router2(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip-address 192.168.5.3
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#backup
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#advertise backup
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#ip-address 192.168.5.1
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#activate
VRRP router 2 for interface is activating
Syntax: [no] router vrrp
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
427
Basic VRRP parameter configuration
Syntax: [no] ip-address ip-addr
Syntax: [no] ip vrrp vrid num
Syntax: [no] backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
Syntax: [no] advertise backup
Syntax: [no] activate
When you configure a Backup router, the router interface on which you are configuring the VRID
must have a real IP address that is in the same subnet as the address associated with the VRID by
the Owner. However, the address cannot be the same.
The num variable specifies the virtual router ID.
The priority value option specifies the VRRP priority for this virtual router. You can specify a value
from 3 through 254. The default is 100.
The track-priority value option specifies that VRRP monitors the state of the interface. You can
specify a value from 3 through 254. The default is 100.
By default, Backup routers do not send Hello messages to advertise themselves to the Master. The
advertise backup command is used to enable a Backup router to send Hello messages to the
Master.
Configuring a Backup for IPv6 VRRP
To configure the VRRP Backup router for IPv6, enter the following commands.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Router2(config)# ipv6 router vrrp
Router2(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ipv6-address 2001:db8::3/64
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ipv6 vrrp vrid 1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# backup
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# advertise backup
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# ipv6-address 2001:db8::1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# activate
When you configure a Backup router, the router interface on which you are configuring the VRID
must have a real IP address that is in the same subnet as the address associated with the VRID by
the Owner. However, the address cannot be the same.
Syntax: [no] ipv6 router vrrp
Syntax: [no] ipv6-address ipv6-addr
Syntax: [no] ipv6 vrrp vrid num
Syntax: [no] backup [priority value]
Syntax: [no] advertise backup
Syntax: [no] activate
The ipv6-addr variable specifies the IPv6 address of the Backup router.
The num variable specifies the virtual router ID.
The priority value option specifies the IPv6 VRRP priority for this virtual Backup router. You can
specify a value from 3 through 254. The default is 100.
428
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic VRRP parameter configuration
By default, Backup routers do not send Hello messages to advertise themselves to the Master. The
advertise backup command is used to enable a Backup router to send Hello messages to the
Master.
Configuration considerations for IPv6 VRRP v3 and
IPv6 VRRP-E v3 support on Brocade devices
Consider the following when enabling IPv6 VRRP v3 mode and IPv6 VRRP-E v3 mode on devices:
• You can configure only one protocol (Layer 3 VSRP, VRRP, or VRRP-E) on a router at a single
time. However, VRRP or VRRP-E can be configured with IPv4 and IPv6 concurrently on a router.
• Scale timer configuration does not affect timer values, nor does it scale timer values for virtual
routers configured with sub-second time values for IPv6 VRRP and IPv4 VRRP v3 modes.
• Abdication of a VRRP Owner router in an IPv6 environment is not supported. Abdication of an
Owner router is a Brocade-specific enhancement to VRRP. Abdication of an Owner router is
possible by changing the Owner’s priority, or by configuring track ports for an Owner router.
-
For IPv6 VRRP v3 only, the tracking port configuration is not allowed if the router is
configured as the VRRP Owner. This conforms to RFC 5798.
-
For the IPv6 VRRP v3 Owner router only, the priority configuration is not allowed. The
Owner router priority is always 255. This conforms to RFC 5798.
• Hitless switchover is not supported for IPv6 VRRP and IPv6 VRRP-E environments.
• Interoperability is not supported for a VRID when VRRP routers are configured as VRRP v2 or
v3.
• Brocade does not recommend that you re-use the same VRID across IPv6 VRRP-E and IPv4
VRRP-E if they are in the same broadcast domain.
• There is no specified restriction for configuring VRRP or VRRP-E instances if they are within the
maximum VRID range. The maximum number of supported VRRP or VRRP-E router instances is
254 for IPv4 environments. The maximum number of supported VRRP or VRRP-E router
instances is 128 for IPv6 environments.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
429
Basic VRRP-E parameter configuration
Basic VRRP-E parameter configuration
The following sections describe the configuration of the parameters specific to IPv4 and IPv6
VRRP-E.
Configuration rules for VRRP-E
Consider the following rules when configuring VRRP-E:
•
•
•
•
•
The interfaces of all routers in a VRID must be in the same IP subnet.
The IP address associated with the VRID cannot be configured on any of the Layer 3 switches.
The Hello interval must be set to the same value on all the Layer 3 switches.
The dead interval must be set to the same value on all the Layer 3 switches.
The track priority for a VRID must be lower than the VRRP-E priority.
Configuring IPv4 VRRP-E
VRRP-E is configured at the interface level. To implement a simple IPv4 VRRP-E configuration using
all the default values, enter commands such as the following on each Layer 3 switch.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Router2(config)#router vrrp-extended
Router2(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/5
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip-address 192.168.5.3
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip vrrp-extended vrid 1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#backup
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#advertise backup
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#ip-address 192.168.5.254
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#activate
Syntax: [no] router vrrp-extended
Syntax: [no] ip-address ip-address
Syntax: [no] ip vrrp-extended vrid vrid
Syntax: [no] backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
Syntax: [no] advertise backup
Syntax: [no] activate
The vrid variable specifies the virtual router ID.
The ip-addr variable specifies the IPv4 address of the router.
You must identify a VRRP-E router as a Backup before you can activate the virtual router on a
Brocade device. However, after you configure the virtual router, you can use the backup command
to change its priority or track priority.
The priority value option specifies the IPv4 VRRP-E priority for this virtual Backup router. You can
specify a value from 3 through 254. The default is 100.
The track-priority value option changes the track port priority of a Backup router. You can specify a
value from 1 through 254. The default is 2.
430
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Basic VRRP-E parameter configuration
NOTE
You also can use the enable command to activate the configuration. This command does the same
thing as the activate command.
Configuring IPv6 VRRP-E
To implement an IPv6 VRRP-E configuration using all the default values, enter the following
commands.
NOTE
You must first configure the ipv6 unicast-routing command at the global configuration level to
enable IPv6 VRRP-E on the router.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
10
Brocade
Brocade
Router2(config)# ipv6 unicast-routing
Router2(config)# ipv6 router vrrp-extended
Router2(config-ipv6-VRRP-E-router)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ipv6-address 2001:db8::2/64
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ipv6 vrrp-extended vrid 1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# backup priority 50 track-priority
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# ipv6-address 2001:db8::99
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# activate
Syntax: [no] ipv6 unicast-routing
Syntax: ipv6 router vrrp-extended
Syntax: [no] ipv6-address ipv6-addr
Syntax: ipv6 vrrp-extended vrid vrid
Syntax: [no] backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
Syntax: [no] activate
The vrid variable specifies the virtual router ID.
The ipv6-addr variable specifies the IPv6 address of the router.
You must identify a VRRP-E router as a Backup before you can activate the virtual router on a
Brocade device. However, after you configure the virtual router, you can use the backup command
to change its priority or track priority.
The priority value option specifies the IPv6 VRRP-E priority for this virtual Backup router. You can
specify a value from 3 through 254. The default is 100.
The track-priority value option changes the track port priority of a Backup router. You can specify a
value from 1 through 254. The default is 2.
NOTE
You also can use the enable command to activate the configuration. This command does the same
thing as the activate command.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
431
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
When the no ipv6 router vrrp-extended command is enabled, all IPv6 VRRP-E instances for a
specific VRID are deleted from the interface, and the running configuration is lost when writing to
flash. You must enable the write memory command to save your configuration. The following
message is displayed when the no ipv6 router vrrp-extended command is enabled.
Brocade Router2(config)#no ipv6 router vrrp-extended
ipv6 router VRRP-E is disabled. All VRRP-E (ipv6) config data will be lost when
writing to flash!!
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
You can modify the following VRRP and VRRP-E parameters on an individual VRID basis. These
parameters apply to both protocols:
• Authentication type (if the interfaces on which you configure the VRID use authentication)
• Router type (Owner or Backup)
NOTE
For VRRP, change the router type only if you have moved the real IP address from one router to
another or you accidentally configured the IP address Owner as a Backup.
For VRRP-E, the router type is always Backup. You cannot change the type to Owner.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Suppression of RIP advertisements on Backup routes for the backed-up interface
Hello interval
Dead interval
Backup Hello messages and message timer (Backup advertisement)
Track port
Track priority
Backup preempt mode
Timer scale
VRRP-E slow start timer
Refer to “VRRP and VRRP-E parameters” on page 422 for a summary of the parameters and their
defaults.
432
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
VRRP and VRRP-E authentication types
This section describes VRRP and VRRP-E authentication parameters.
Configuring authentication type
The Brocade implementation of VRRP and VRRP-E supports the following authentication types for
authenticating VRRP and VRRP-E traffic:
• No authentication – The interfaces do not use authentication. This is the default for VRRP and
VRRP-E.
• Simple – The interfaces use a simple text-string as a password in packets sent on the
interface. If the interfaces use simple password authentication, the VRID configured on the
interfaces must use the same authentication type and the same password.
VRRP-E also supports the following authentication type:
• HMAC-MD5-96 – The interfaces use HMAC-MD5-96 authentication for VRRP-E packets.
NOTE
HMAC-MD5-96 authentication is not supported for VRRP.
To configure the VRID interface on Switch 1 for simple password authentication using the password
“ourpword”, enter the following commands.
Configuring Switch 1
Brocade Switch1(config)#inter e 1/1/6
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp auth-type simple-text-auth
ourpword
VRRP syntax
Syntax: auth-type no-auth | simple-text-auth auth-data
The auth-type no-auth option indicates that the VRID and the interface it is configured on do not
use authentication.
The simple-text-auth auth-data option indicates that the VRID and the interface it is configured on
use a simple text password for authentication. The auth-data variable is the password. If you use
this variable, make sure all interfaces on all the routers supporting this VRID are configured for
simple password authentication and use the same password.
NOTE
For VRRP v3, authentication is deprecated by RFC 5768.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
433
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
VRRP-E syntax
For IPv4 VRRP-E:
Syntax: ip vrrp-extended auth-type no-auth | simple-text-auth auth-data | md5-auth [0 |1] key
For IPv6 VRRP-E:
Syntax: ipv6 vrrp-extended auth-type no-auth | simple-text-auth auth-data | md5-auth [0 |1] key
The values for the no-auth and simple-text-auth auth-data options are the same as for VRRP.
The md5-auth option configures the interface to use HMAC-MD5-96 for VRRP-E authentication.
The key variable is the MD5 encryption key, which can be up to 64 characters long. The optional [0
|1] parameter configures whether the MD5 password is encrypted, as follows:
• If you do not enter this parameter and enter the key as clear text, the key appears encrypted in
the device configuration and command outputs.
• If you enter 0 and enter the key as clear text, the key appears as clear text in the device
configuration and command outputs.
• If you enter 1 and enter the key in encrypted format, the key appears in encrypted format in the
device configuration and command outputs.
Syslog messages for VRRP-E HMAC-MD5-96 authentication
If an interface is configured with HMAC-MD5-96 authentication, all VRRP-E packets received on this
interface are authenticated with the HMAC-MD5-96 algorithm using the shared secret key
configured on the interface.
If a packet is received that fails this HMAC-MD5-96 authentication check, the packet gets dropped.
Additionally, if syslog is enabled, a syslog message is generated to notify the administrator about
an authentication failure. The message includes the VRID received in the packet's VRRP message
and the interface on which the packet was received. These syslog messages will be rate limited to
20 log messages within a span of 5 minutes, starting from the first packet received that fails the
HMAC-MD5-96 authentication check.
434
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
VRRP router type
A VRRP interface is either an Owner or a Backup router for a given VRID. By default, the Owner
becomes the Master. A Backup router becomes the Master only if the Master becomes
unavailable.
A VRRP-E interface is always a Backup router for its VRID. The Backup router with the highest VRRP
priority becomes the Master.
This section describes how to specify the interface type, how to change the type for VRRP, and how
to set or change the interface VRRP or VRRP-E priority and track priority for the VRID.
NOTE
You can force a VRRP Master router to abdicate (give away control) of the VRID to a Backup router
by temporarily changing the Master VRRP priority to a value less than the Backup. Refer to “Forcing
a Master router to abdicate to a Backup router” on page 445.
NOTE
The Owner type is not applicable to VRRP-E.
NOTE
The IP addresses you associate with the Owner must be real IP addresses on the interface on which
you configure the VRID.
When you configure a Backup router, the router interface on which you are configuring the VRID
must have a real IP address that is in the same subnet as the address associated with the VRID by
the Owner. However, the address cannot be the same.
Configuring Router 1 as VRRP VRID Owner
To configure Router1 as a VRRP VRID Owner, enter the following commands.
Brocade Router1(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#owner
Configuring Router 2 as VRRP Backup
To configure Router2 as a VRRP Backup for the same VRID, and set its VRRP priority, enter the
following commands.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Router2(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/5
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#backup priority 120
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#advertise backup
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
435
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
Configuring an IPv6 VRRP v3 interface as a Backup for a VRID
To configure an IPv6 VRRP v3 interface as a Backup for a VRID, and set its VRRP priority and track
priority, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
10
Brocade
Router2(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/5
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)# ipv6 vrrp vrid 1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)# backup priority 50 track-priority
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#advertise backup
Configuring an IPv6 VRRP-E v3 interface as a Backup for a VRID
To configure an IPv6 VRRP-E v3 interface as a Backup for a VRID, and set its VRRP-E priority and
track priority, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
10
Brocade
Router2(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/1)#ipv6 vrrp-extended vrid 1
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/1-vrid-1)#backup priority 50 track-priority
Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/1-vrid-1)#advertise backup
VRRP v2 and IPv6 VRRP v3 syntax
Syntax: owner [track-priority value]
The track-priority value option changes the track port priority for this interface and VRID from the
default (2) to a value from 1 through 254.
Syntax: backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
The priority value option specifies the VRRP priority for this interface and VRID. You can specify a
value from 3 through 254. The default is 100.
The track-priority value option is the same as with the owner [track-priority value] command.
VRRP-E v2 and IPv6 VRRP-E v3 syntax
Syntax: backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
The software requires you to identify a VRRP-E interface as a Backup for its VRID before you can
activate the interface for the VRID. However, after you configure the VRID, you can use this
command to change its priority or track priority. The option values are the same as for VRRP.
Suppression of RIP advertisements
NOTE
Suppression of RIPng advertisements on Backup routers for the backup interface is not supported
by IPv6 VRRP v3 and IPv6 VRRP-E v3.
Normally, a VRRP or VRRP-E Backup includes route information for the virtual IP address (the
backed-up interface) in RIP advertisements. As a result, other routers receive multiple paths for
the backed-up interface and might sometimes unsuccessfully use the path to the Backup router
rather than the path to the Master.
You can prevent the Backup routers from advertising route information for the backed-up interface
by enabling suppression of the advertisements.
436
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
Suppressing RIP advertisements for the backed-up
interface in Router 2
To suppress RIP advertisements for the backed-up interface in Router 2, enter the following
commands.
Brocade Router2(config)#router rip
Brocade Router2(config-rip-router)#use-vrrp-path
Syntax: use-vrrp-path
The syntax is the same for VRRP and VRRP-E.
Hello interval configuration
The Master periodically sends Hello messages to the Backup routers. The Backup routers use the
Hello messages as verification that the Master is still online. If the Backup routers stop receiving
the Hello messages for the period of time specified by the dead interval, the Backup routers
determine that the Master router is dead. At this point, the Backup router with the highest priority
becomes the new Master router.
NOTE
The default dead interval is three times the Hello interval plus the Skew time. Generally, if you
change the Hello interval, you also should change the dead interval on the Backup routers.
To change the Hello interval on the Master to 10 seconds, enter the following commands.
Brocade Router1(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#hello-interval 10
Syntax: [no] hello-interval seconds
The seconds variable specifies the Hello interval value from 1 through 84 seconds for VRRP v2,
VRRP-E v2, and IPv6 VRRP-E. The default is 1 second.
To change the Hello interval on the Master to 200 milliseconds for IPv6 VRRP v3, enter the
following commands.
Brocade Router1(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)# ipv6 vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)# hello-interval 200
Syntax: [no] hello-interval milliseconds
The milliseconds variable can be from 100 through 8400 milliseconds. The default is 1000
milliseconds.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
437
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
Dead interval configuration
The dead interval is the number of seconds a Backup router waits for a Hello message from the
Master before determining that the Master is dead. When Backup routers determine that the
Master is dead, the Backup with the highest priority becomes the new Master.
If the value for the dead interval is not configured, then the current dead interval is equal to three
times the Hello interval plus the Skew time (where Skew time is equal to (256 - priority) divided by
256).
To change the dead interval on a Backup to 30 seconds, enter the following commands.
Brocade Router2(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#dead-interval 30
Syntax: dead-interval value
The value variable is from 1 through 84 seconds for VRRP v2 and VRRP-E v2. For other versions,
the value variable is from 100 through 8400 milliseconds. The default is 3600 milliseconds.
NOTE
If the dead-interval command is not configured on a VRRP v3 interface, then a zero value is
displayed in the output of the show ipv6 VRRP-Extended command.
Backup Hello message state and interval
NOTE
The advertise backup command is supported by IPv4 VRRP v2, and IPv6 VRRP v3 and IPv6 VRRP-E
v3.
By default, Backup routers do not send Hello messages to advertise themselves to the Master. You
can enable these messages if desired and also change the message interval.
To enable a Backup router to send Hello messages to the Master, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#router vrrp
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#advertise backup
Syntax: [no] advertise backup
When you enable a Backup to send Hello messages, the Backup sends a Hello message to the
Master every 60 seconds by default. You can change the interval to be up to 3600 seconds. To
change the Hello message interval, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#router vrrp
Brocade(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#backup-hello-interval 180
Syntax: [no] backup-hello-interval num
The num variable specifies the message interval and can be from 60 through 3600 seconds. The
default is 60 seconds.
The syntax is the same for VRRP v2 and IPv6 VRRP v3, and VRRP-E v2 and IPv6 VRRP-E v3.
438
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
Track port configuration
NOTE
Track port is not supported by VRRP v3.
You can configure the VRID on one interface to track the link state of another interface on the Layer
3 switch. This capability is quite useful for tracking the state of the exit interface for the path for
which the VRID is providing redundancy. Refer to “Track ports and track priority” on page 416.
To configure interface 1/1/6 on Router 1 to track interface 1/1/2, enter the following commands.
Brocade Router1(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#track-port ethernet 1/1/2
Syntax: track-port ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num
The syntax is the same for VRRP and VRRP-E.
Track priority configuration
NOTE
Track priority is not supported by IPv6 VRRP v3.
When you configure a VRID to track the link state of other interfaces, and one of the tracked
interfaces goes down, the software changes the VRRP or VRRP-E priority of the VRID interface:
• For VRRP, the software changes the priority of the VRID to the track priority, which typically is
lower than the VRID priority and lower than the VRID priorities configured on the Backups. For
example, if the VRRP interface priority is 100 and a tracked interface with track priority 60
goes down, the software changes the VRRP interface priority to 60.
• For VRRP-E, the software reduces the VRID priority by the amount of the priority of the tracked
interface that went down. For example, if the VRRP-E interface priority is 100 and a tracked
interface with track priority 60 goes down, the software changes the VRRP-E interface priority
to 40. If another tracked interface goes down, the software reduces the VRID priority again, by
the amount of the tracked interface track priority.
The default track priority for an Owner for VRRP v2, IPv6 VRRP v3, and VRRP-E v2 and IPv6 VRRP-E
v3 is 2. The default track priority for Backup routers is 1.
You enter the track priority as a value with the owner or backup command. Refer to “Track port
configuration” on page 439.
Syntax: owner [track-priority value]
Syntax: backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
The syntax is the same for VRRP and VRRP-E.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
439
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
Backup preempt configuration
By default, a Backup that has a higher priority than another Backup that has become the Master
can preempt the Master, and take over the role of Master. If you want to prevent this behavior,
disable preemption.
Preemption applies only to Backups and takes effect only when the Master has failed and a
Backup has assumed ownership of the VRID. The feature prevents a Backup with a higher priority
from taking over as Master from another Backup that has a lower priority but has already become
the Master of the VRID.
Preemption is especially useful for preventing flapping in situations where there are multiple
Backups and a Backup with a lower priority than another Backup has assumed ownership, because
the Backup with the higher priority was unavailable when ownership changed.
If you enable the non-preempt mode (thus disabling the preemption feature) on all the Backups,
the Backup that becomes the Master following the disappearance of the Master continues to be
the Master. The new Master is not preempted.
NOTE
In VRRP, regardless of the setting for the preempt parameter, the Owner always becomes the Master
again when it comes back online.
To disable preemption on a Backup, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade Router1(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Router1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#non-preempt-mode
Syntax: [no] non-preempt-mode
The syntax is the same for VRRP and VRRP-E.
Changing the timer scale
NOTE
Changing the timer scale is supported for IPv4 VRRP v2, IPv4 VRRP-E v2, and IPv6 VRRP-E v3. It is
not supported for IPv6 VRRP v3.
To achieve sub-second failover times, you can shorten the duration of all scale timers for VSRP,
VRRP, and VRRP-E by adjusting the timer scale. The timer scale is a value used by the software to
calculate the timers. By default, the scale value is 1. If you increase the timer scale, each timer’s
value is divided by the scale value. Using the timer scale to adjust timer values enables you to
easily change all the timers while preserving the ratios among their values. Table 80 shows timer
scale values.
TABLE 80
Timer
Timer scale
Timer value
Hello interval
1
1 second
2
0.5 seconds
1
3 seconds
2
1.5 seconds
Dead interval
440
Time scale values
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
TABLE 80
Time scale values (Continued)
Timer
Timer scale
Timer value
Backup Hello interval
1
60 seconds
2
30 seconds
1
2 seconds
2
1 second
Hold-down interval
If you configure the device to receive its timer values from the Master, the Backup also receives the
timer scale value from the Master.
To change the timer scale, enter a command such as the following at the global CONFIG level of the
CLI.
Brocade(config)# scale-timer 2
This command changes the scale to 2. All VSRP, VRRP, and VRRP-E timer values will be divided by
2.
Syntax: [no] scale-timer num
The num variable specifies the multiplier. You can specify a timer scale from 1 through 10.
However, Brocade recommends the timer scale of 1 or 2 for VRRP and VRRP-E.
NOTE
Be cautious when configuring the scale-timer command in a VRRP or VRRP-E scaled environment.
VSRP, VRRP, and VRRP-E are time-sensitive protocols and system behavior cannot be predicted
when the timers are scaled.
VRRP-E slow start timer
In a VRRP-E configuration, if a Master router goes down, the Backup router with the highest priority
takes over after expiration of the dead interval. When the original Master router comes back up
again, it takes over from the Backup router (which became the Master router when the original
Master router went down). By default, this transition from Backup back to Master takes place
immediately. However, you can configure the VRRP-E slow start timer feature, which causes a
specified amount of time to elapse between the time the Master is restored and when it takes over
from the Backup. This interval allows time for OSPF convergence when the Master is restored.
To set the IPv4 VRRP-E slow start timer to 30 seconds, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#router vrrp-extended
Brocade(config-VRRP-E-router)#slow-start 30
To set the IPv6 VRRP-E slow start timer to 60 seconds, enter the following commands.
Brocade(config)#ipv6 router vrrp-extended
Brocade(config-ipv6-VRRP-E-router)#slow-start 60
Syntax: [no] slow-start seconds
The seconds variable specifies a value from 1 through 255.
If the Master subsequently comes back up again, the amount of time specified by the VRRP-E slow
start timer elapses (in the IPv4 example, 30 seconds) before the Master takes over from the
Backup.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
441
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
The VRRP-E slow start timer is effective only if the VRRP-E Backup router detects another VRRP-E
Master (Standby) router. It is not effective during the initial bootup. The slow start timer is effective
on a Backup router if the priority of the Backup router is equal to the configured priority on the
Backup state router.
NOTE
The VRRP-E slow start timer applies only to VRRP-E configurations. It does not apply to VRRP
configurations.
VRRP-E Extension for Server Virtualization
VRRP-E is enhanced with the VRRP-E Extension for Server Virtualization feature so that the Brocade
device attempts to bypass the VRRP-E Master router and directly forward packets to their
destinations through interfaces on the Backup router.
Figure 33 shows an example of VRRP-E Extension for Server Virtualization. As shown, the virtual
servers are dynamically moved between Host Server 1 and Host Server 2. Each time the virtual
server is activated, it can be on a different Host Server, and sometimes the traffic crosses the WAN
two times before it reaches the client. For example, in the VRRP-E implementation (without VRRP-E
Extension for Server Virtualization), traffic from Virtual server 1 to the client at 10.0.0.X was
switched to the VRRP-E Master router, then routed back to the VRRP-E Backup router, and then
routed to the client (the normal forwarding path).
Short-path forwarding configuration notes
• The VRRP-E Master router and Backup router must have routes to all destinations. You should
utilize dynamic routing protocols such as Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) on all routers;
otherwise, you must configure the static routes.
• Although it is not required, it is recommended that interfaces on different routers with the
same VRID have the same SPF configuration. This ensures that the SPF behavior is retained
after a failover. Different VRIDs, however, can have different SPF configurations.
442
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
FIGURE 33
VRRP-E Extension for short-path forwarding
To Clients
10.32.0.X
To Clients
10.0.0.X
R1
WAN Link
VRRPE Master
10.71.2.1
VRRPE Backup
WAN Link
ing
Normal forward
Short-path-forwarding
enabled
Host Server 2
(with virtualization software)
Host Server 1
(with virtualization software)
Virtual server 3
GW: 10.71.2.1
Virtual server 1
GW: 10.71.2.1
Virtual Servers can move
between Host Server 1
and Host Server 2
Virtual server 4
GW: 10.71.2.1
Virtual server 2
GW: 10.71.2.1
VRRP-E Extension for short-path forwarding example
Under the VRRP-E VRID configuration level, there is an option to enable short-path forwarding. To
enable short-path forwarding, enter the following commands.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
(config)# router vrrp-extended
(config)# interface ve 10
(config-vif-10)# ip-address 10.10.10.25/24
(config-vif-10)# ip vrrp-extended vrid 10
(config-vif-10-vrid-10)# backup priority 50
(config-vif-10-vrid-10)# ip-address 10.10.10.254
(config-vif-10-vrid-10)# short-path-forwarding
(config-vif-10-vrid-10)# activate
Syntax: [no] short-path-forwarding [revert-priority value]
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
443
Additional VRRP and VRRP-E parameter configuration
The revert-priority value parameter uses the priority value as the threshold to determine whether
the short-path forwarding (SPF) behavior is effective. Typically, when short-path forwarding is
enabled, the Backup router enforces SPF. For each port that goes down, the current priority of the
VRRP-E router is lowered by the number specified in the track-port command. When the current
priority is lower than the threshold, the SPF behavior is temporarily suspended and reverts back to
the pre-SPF VRRP-E forwarding behavior. The value range is from 1 through 255.
Displaying short-path forwarding combinations
When short-path forwarding ( SPF) is configured, the output of the following show commands
include the SPF information:
• show run
• show ip vrrp-e brief
• show ip vrrp-e vrid vrid
The following example displays information about VRID 1 when only short-path forwarding is
configured.
Brocade# show ip vrrp-e vrid 1
VRID 1
Interface ethernet v100
state backup
administrative-status enabled
priority 110
current priority 90
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3500 msec
preempt-mode true
virtual ip address 10.1.1.3
virtual mac address 02e0.5289.7001
advertise backup: disabled
master router 10.1.1.1 expires in 00:00:02.6
track-port 1/1/13(down)
short-path-forwarding enabled
The following example displays information about VRID 1 when short-path forwarding and
revert-priority are configured.
Brocade# show ip vrrp-e vrid 1
VRID 1
Interface ethernet v100
state backup
administrative-status enabled
priority 110
current priority 90
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3500 msec
preempt-mode true
virtual ip address 10.1.1.3
virtual mac address 0000.0089.7001
advertise backup: disabled
master router 10.1.1.1 expires in 00:00:02.7
track-port 1/1/13(down)
short-path-forwarding enabled
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Forcing a Master router to abdicate to a Backup router
Forcing a Master router to abdicate to a Backup router
NOTE
Forcing a Master router to abdicate to a Backup router is not supported for IPv6 VRRP, IPv4 VRRP-E,
and IPv6 VRRP-E. It is only supported for IPv4 VRRP.
You can force a VRRP Master to abdicate (give away control) of a VRID to a Backup router by
temporarily changing the Master priority to a value less than that of the Backup router.
The VRRP Owner always has priority 255. You can use this feature to temporarily change the Owner
priority to a value from 1 through 254.
NOTE
When you change the VRRP Owner priority, the change takes effect only for the current power cycle.
The change is not saved to the startup-config file when you save the configuration and is not retained
across a reload or reboot. Following a reload or reboot, the VRRP Owner again has priority 255.
To change the Master priority, enter commands such as the following.
Brocade(config)# interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)# ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)# owner priority 99
Syntax: [no] owner priority num
The num variable specifies the new priority and can be a number from 1 through 254.
When the command is enabled, the software changes the priority of the Master to the specified
priority. If the new priority is lower than at least one Backup priority for the same VRID, the Backup
router takes over and becomes the new Master until the next software reload or system reset.
To verify the change, enter the following command from any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip vrrp
Total number of VRRP routers defined: 1
Interface ethernet v3
auth-type simple text password
VRID 3
state backup
administrative-status enabled
mode non-owner(backup)
priority 110
current priority 110
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3500 msec
preempt-mode true
ip-address 192.168.3.1
virtual mac address 0000.0000.0103
advertise backup: enabled
next hello sent in 00:00:26.1
master router 192.168.3.1 expires in 00:00:02.7
track-port 1/1/1-1/1/4(up)
This example shows that even though this Layer 3 switch is the Owner of the VRID (“mode owner”),
the Layer 3 switch priority for the VRID is 110 and the state is now “backup” instead of “active”. In
addition, the administrative status is “enabled”.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
445
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
To change the Master priority back to the default Owner priority 255, enter no followed by the
command you entered to change the priority. For example, to change the priority of a VRRP Owner
back to 255 from 110, enter the following command.
Brocade(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#no owner priority 110
You cannot set the priority to 255 using the owner priority command.
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
You can display the following information for VRRP or VRRP-E:
•
•
•
•
Summary configuration and status information
Detailed configuration and status information
VRRP and VRRP-E statistics
CPU utilization statistics
Displaying summary information
To display summary information for a Layer 3 switch for VRRP, enter the show ip vrrp brief
command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ip vrrp brief
Total number of VRRP routers defined: 1
Interface VRID CurPri P State Master addr
Backup addr
VIP
1/1/6
1
255 P Init
192.163.5.1
192.168.5.3 192.168.5.1
To display summary information for IPv6 VRRP, enter the show ipv6 vrrp brief command at any level
of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 vrrp brief
Total number of VRRP routers defined: 1
Interface
VRID CurPri P State Master addr
Backup addr
VIP
1/1/5
1
255
P Master Master addr: Local
Backup addr: 2001:db8:212:f2ff:fea8:3900
VIP
: 2001:db8::1
446
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
To display summary information for IPv6 VRRP-E v3 , enter the show ipv6 vrrp-extended brief
command at any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 vrrp-extended brief
Total number of VRRP-Extended routers defined: 3
Interface
VRID CurPri P State Master addr
Backup addr
VIP
1/1/1
1
100
P Master Master addr: Local
Backup addr: 2001:db8:212:f2ff:fea8:5b00
VIP
: 2001:db8:1::100
1/1/2
2
150
P Master Master addr: Local
Backup addr: 2001:db8:212:f2ff:fea8:5b00
VIP
: 2001:db8:2::100
v51
100 100
P Master Master addr: Local
Backup addr: 2001:db8:212:f2ff:fea8:5b00
VIP
: 2001:db8:51::100
Syntax for IPv4 VRRP v2 and IPv6 VRRP v3:
Syntax: show ip vrrp brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num | stat | vrid num
Syntax: show ipv6 vrrp brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num | stat | vrid num
Syntax for IPv4 VRRP-E v2 and IPv6 VRRP-E v3:
Syntax: show ip vrrp-extended brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num | stat | vrid
num
Syntax: show ipv6 vrrp-extended brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num | stat |
vrid num
The brief option displays the summary information. If you do not use this option, detailed
information is displayed instead. Refer to “Displaying detailed information” on page 448.
The ethernet slotnum option is required on chassis devices if you specify a port number.
The ethernet portnum option specifies an Ethernet port. If you use this option, the command
displays VRRP or VRRP-E information only for the specified port.
The ve num option specifies a virtual interface. If you use this option, the command displays VRRP
or VRRP-E information only for the specified virtual interface.
The stat option displays statistics. Refer to “Displaying statistics” on page 454.
The vrid num option specifies the virtual router ID. Enter a value from 1 through 255.
Table 81 shows a description of the output for the show ip vrrp brief and show ip vrrp-extended
brief commands.
TABLE 81
CLI display of VRRP or VRRP-E summary information
Field
Description
Total number of VRRP (or
VRRP-Extended) routers
defined
The total number of VRIDs configured on this Layer 3 switch.
Interface
The interface on which VRRP or VRRP-E is configured. If VRRP or VRRP-E is
configured on multiple interfaces, information for each interface is listed separately.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
NOTE: The total applies only to the protocol the Layer 3 switch is running. For
example, if the Layer 3 switch is running VRRP-E, the total applies only to
VRRP-E routers.
447
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
TABLE 81
CLI display of VRRP or VRRP-E summary information (Continued)
Field
Description
VRID
The VRID configured on this interface. If multiple VRIDs are configured on the
interface, information for each VRID is listed in a separate row.
CurPri
The current VRRP or VRRP-E priority of this Layer 3 switch for the VRID.
P
Whether the backup preempt mode is enabled. If the backup preempt mode is
enabled, this field contains a “P”. If the mode is disabled, this field is blank.
State
This Layer 3 switch VRRP or VRRP-E state for the VRID. The state can be one of the
following:
• Init – The VRID is not enabled (activated). If the state remains Init after you
activate the VRID, make sure that the VRID is also configured on the other
routers and that the routers can communicate with each other.
NOTE: If the state is Init and the mode is incomplete, make sure you have specified
the IP address for the VRID.
• Backup – This Layer 3 switch is a Backup for the VRID.
• Master – This Layer 3 switch is the Master for the VRID.
Master addr
IP address of the router interface that is currently Master for the VRID.
Backup addr
IP addresses of router interfaces that are currently Backups for the VRID.
VIP
The virtual IP address that is being backed up by the VRID.
Displaying detailed information
To display detailed VRRP or VRRP-E information, enter the show ip vrrp command at any level of the
CLI.
Brocade#show ip vrrp
Total number of VRRP routers defined: 1
Interface ethernet v3
auth-type simple text password
VRID 3
state master
administrative-status enabled
mode owner
priority 255
current priority 255
track-priority 150
hello-interval 1000 msec
ip-address 192.168.3.1
virtual mac address 0000.5e00.0103
advertise backup: disabled
next hello sent in 00:00:00.7
backup router 192.168.3.2 expires in 00:02:41.3
track-port 1/1/14(up)
448
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
The following example is for a VRRP Backup.
Brocade#show ip vrrp
Total number of VRRP routers defined: 1
Interface ethernet v3
auth-type simple text password
VRID 3
state backup
administrative-status enabled
mode non-owner(backup)
priority 110
current priority 110
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3500 msec
preempt-mode true
ip-address 192.168.3.1
virtual mac address 0000.0000.0103
advertise backup: enabled
next hello sent in 00:00:26.1
master router 192.168.3.1 expires in 00:00:02.7
track-port 1/2/1-1/2/4(up)
The following example is for a VRRP-E Master.
Brocade#show ip vrrp-extended
Total number of VRRP-Extended routers defined: 50
Interface ethernet v201
auth-type simple text password
VRID 201
state master
administrative-status enabled
priority 220
current priority 220
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3100 msec
preempt-mode true
virtual ip address 10.201.201.5
virtual mac address 0000.00d7.82c9
advertise backup: enabled
next hello sent in 00:00:00.1
backup router 10.201.201.4 expires in 00:02:45.2
backup router 10.201.201.3 expires in 00:02:47.6
track-port 1/1/5*1/1/24(up)
Syntax: show ip vrrp brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num | stat
Syntax: show ip vrrp-extended brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num | stat
The brief option displays summary information. Refer to “Displaying summary information” on
page 446.
The ethernet portnum option specifies an Ethernet port. If you use this option, the command
displays VRRP or VRRP-E information only for the specified port. Also, you must specify the slotnum
variable on chassis devices.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
449
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
The ve num option specifies a virtual interface. If you use this option, the command displays VRRP
or VRRP-E information only for the specified virtual interface.
The stat option displays statistics. Refer to “Displaying statistics” on page 454.
Table 82 shows a description of the output for the show ip vrrp and show ip vrrp-extended
commands.
TABLE 82
CLI display of VRRP or VRRP-E detailed information
Field
Description
Total number of VRRP (or
VRRP-Extended) routers defined
The total number of VRIDs configured on this Layer 3 switch.
NOTE: The total applies only to the protocol the Layer 3 switch is running. For
example, if the Layer 3 switch is running VRRP-E, the total applies only
to VRRP-E routers.
Interface parameters
Interface
The interface on which VRRP, VRRP v3, VRRP-E, or IPv6 VRRP-E is configured.
If VRRP, VRRP v3, VRRP-E, or IPv6 VRRP-E is configured on multiple interfaces,
information for each interface is listed separately.
auth-type
The authentication type enabled on the interface.
VRID parameters
VRID
The VRID configured on this interface. If multiple VRIDs are configured on the
interface, information for each VRID is listed separately.
state
This Layer 3 switch VRRP, VRRP v3, VRRP-E, or IPv6 VRRP-E state for the VRID.
The state can be one of the following:
• initialize – The VRID is not enabled (activated). If the state remains
“initialize” after you activate the VRID, make sure that the VRID is also
configured on the other routers and that the routers can communicate
with each other.
NOTE: If the state is “initialize” and the mode is incomplete, make sure you
have specified the IP address for the VRID.
• backup – This Layer 3 switch is a Backup for the VRID.
• master – This Layer 3 switch is the Master for the VRID.
administrative-status
mode
The administrative status of the VRID. The administrative status can be one of
the following:
• disabled – The VRID is configured on the interface but VRRP or VRRP-E
has not been activated on the interface.
• enabled – VRRP, VRRP v3, VRRP-E, or IPv6 VRRP-E has been activated on
the interface.
Indicates whether the Layer 3 switch is the Owner or a Backup for the VRID.
NOTE: If “incomplete” appears after the mode, configuration for this VRID is
incomplete. For example, you might not have configured the virtual IP
address that is being backed up by the VRID.
NOTE: This field applies only to VRRP or VRRP v3. All Layer 3 switches
configured for VRRP-E are Backups.
priority
450
The device preferability for becoming the Master for the VRID. During
negotiation, the router with the highest priority becomes the Master.
If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface
with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
TABLE 82
CLI display of VRRP or VRRP-E detailed information (Continued)
Field
Description
current priority
The current VRRP, VRRP v3, VRRP-E, or IPv6 VRRP-E priority of this Layer 3
switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority
(refer to the priority field) for the following reason:
The current priority can differ from the configured priority in the VRID if the
VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has
gone down. Refer to “Track ports and track priority” on page 416.
hello-interval
The configured value for the Hello interval. This is the amount of time, in
milliseconds, between Hello messages from the Master to the Backups for a
given VRID.
NOTE: In some VRRP command outputs, Hello interval timers are displayed in
seconds instead of milliseconds.
dead interval
The configured value for the dead interval. This is the amount of time, in
milliseconds, that a Backup waits for a Hello message from the Master for the
VRID before determining that the Master is no longer active.
If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires,
the Backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new Master for the VRID.
NOTE: If the value is 0, then you have not configured this parameter.
NOTE: This field does not apply to VRRP Owners.
NOTE: All timer fields (Hello interval, dead interval, current dead interval, and
so on) are displayed in milliseconds.
current dead interval
The current value of the dead interval. This value is equal to the value
configured for the dead interval.
If the value for the dead interval is not configured, then the current dead
interval is equal to three times the Hello interval plus Skew time (where Skew
time is equal to 256 minus priority divided by 256).
NOTE: This field does not apply to VRRP Owners.
preempt mode
Whether the backup preempt mode is enabled.
NOTE: This field does not apply to VRRP Owners.
virtual ip address
The virtual IP addresses that this VRID is backing up. The address can be an
IPv4 or IPv6 address.
virtual mac address
The virtual MAC addresses for the VRID. The MAC address can be an IPv4 or
IPv6 address.
advertise backup
The IP addresses of Backups that have advertised themselves to this Layer 3
switch by sending Hello messages.
NOTE: Hello messages from Backups are disabled by default. You must
enable the Hello messages on the Backup for the Backup to advertise
itself to the current Master. Refer to “Hello messages” on page 415.
backup router ip-addr expires in
time
The IP addresses of Backups that have advertised themselves to this Master
by sending Hello messages.
The time value indicates how long before the Backup expires. A Backup
expires if you disable the advertise backup option on the Backup or the
Backup becomes unavailable. Otherwise, the Backup next Hello message
arrives before the Backup expires. The Hello message resets the expiration
timer.
An expired Backup does not necessarily affect the Master. However, if you
have not disabled the advertise backup option on the Backup, then the
expiration may indicate a problem with the Backup.
NOTE: This field applies only when Hello messages are enabled on the
Backups (using the advertise backup option).
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
451
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
TABLE 82
CLI display of VRRP or VRRP-E detailed information (Continued)
Field
Description
next hello sent in time
How long until the Backup sends its next Hello message.
NOTE: This field applies only when this Layer 3 switch is the Master and the
Backup is configured to send Hello messages (the advertise backup
option is enabled).
master router ip-addr expires in
time
The IP address of the Master and the amount of time until the Master dead
interval expires. If the Backup does not receive a Hello message from the
Master by the time the interval expires, either the IP address listed for the
Master will change to the IP address of the new Master, or this Layer 3 switch
itself will become the Master.
NOTE: This field applies only when this Layer 3 switch is a Backup.
track port
The interfaces that the VRID interface is tracking. If the link for a tracked
interface goes down, the VRRP, VRRP v3, VRRP-E, or IPv6 VRRP-E priority of the
VRID interface is changed, causing the devices to renegotiate for Master.
NOTE: This field is displayed only if track interfaces are configured for this
VRID.
Displaying detailed information for an individual VRID
You can display information about the settings configured for a specified VRRP Virtual Router ID
(VRID). To display information about VRID 1, enter the show ip vrrp vrid command.
Brocade#show ip vrrp vrid 2
VRID 2
Interface ethernet v2
state master
administrative-status enabled
version v2
mode non-owner(backup)
priority 100
current priority 100
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3600 msec
preempt-mode true
ip-address 10.1.1.5
virtual mac address 0000.0000.0102
advertise backup: disabled
next hello sent in 00:00:01.0
To display information about the settings configured for a specified IPv6 VRRP VRID, enter the show
ipv6 vrrp vrid command.
452
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
Brocade#show ipv6 vrrp vrid 1
VRID 1
Interface ethernet 5
state backup
administrative-status enabled
version v3
mode non-owner(backup)
priority 100
current priority 100
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3000 msec
preempt-mode true
ip-address 2001:db8:a7a7::1
virtual mac address 0000.0000.0201
advertise backup: enabled
next hello sent in 00:00:38.0
track-port 1/1/5(up)
master router 2001:db8:212:f2ff:fea8:5b00 timer expires in 00:00:02.6
Syntax: show ip vrrp vrid num [ethernet num | ve num]
Syntax: show ipv6 vrrp vrid num [ethernet num | ve num]
The num variable specifies the VRID.
The ethernet num | ve num options specify an interface on which the VRID is configured. If you
specify an interface, VRID information is displayed for that interface only. Otherwise, information is
displayed for all the interfaces on which the specified VRID is configured.
Table 83 shows a description of the output for the show ip vrrp vrid command.
TABLE 83
Output from the show ip vrrp vrid command
Field
Description
VRID
The specified VRID.
Interface
The interface on which VRRP is configured.
State
This Layer 3 switch VRRP state for the VRID. The state can be one of the
following:
• Init – The VRID is not enabled (activated). If the state remains Init after
you activate the VRID, make sure that the VRID is also configured on the
other routers and that the routers can communicate with each other.
NOTE: If the state is Init and the mode is incomplete, make sure you have
specified the IP address for the VRID.
• Backup – This Layer 3 switch is a Backup for the VRID.
• Master – This Layer 3 switch is the Master for the VRID.
priority
The configured VRRP priority of this Layer 3 switch for the VRID.
current priority
The current VRRP priority of this Layer 3 switch for the VRID.
track priority
The new VRRP priority that the router receives for this VRID if the interface goes
down.
hello interval
How often the Master router sends Hello messages to the Backups.
dead interval
The amount of time a Backup waits for a Hello message from the Master before
determining that the Master is dead.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
453
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
TABLE 83
Output from the show ip vrrp vrid command (Continued)
Field
Description
current dead interval
The current value of the dead interval. This value is equal to the value
configured for the dead interval.
If the value for the dead interval is not configured, then the current dead
interval is equal to three times the Hello interval plus Skew time (where Skew
time is equal to 256 minus priority divided by 256).
NOTE: This field does not apply to VRRP Owners.
preempt mode
Whether the backup preempt mode is enabled. If the backup preempt mode is
enabled, this field contains “true”. If the mode is disabled, this field contains
“false”.
advertise backup
Whether Backup routers send Hello messages to the Master.
Displaying statistics
To display statistics on most Brocade devices, enter the show ip vrrp stat command at any level of
the CLI.
Brocade#show ip vrrp stat
Interface ethernet 1/1/5
rxed vrrp header error count = 0
rxed vrrp auth error count = 0
rxed vrrp auth passwd mismatch error count = 0
rxed vrrp vrid not found error count = 0
VRID 1
rxed arp packet drop count = 0
rxed ip packet drop count = 0
rxed vrrp port mismatch count = 0
rxed vrrp ip address mismatch count = 0
rxed vrrp hello interval mismatch count = 0
rxed vrrp priority zero from master count = 0
rxed vrrp higher priority count = 0
transitioned to master state count = 1
transitioned to backup state count = 1
To display IPv6 VRRP-E v3 statistics on a device, enter the following command at any level of the
CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 vrrp-extended stat ve 51
Interface ethernet v51
rxed vrrp header error count = 0
rxed vrrp auth error count = 0
rxed vrrp auth passwd mismatch error count = 0
rxed vrrp vrid not found error count = 0
VRID 100
rxed arp packet drop count = 0
rxed ip packet drop count = 0
rxed vrrp port mismatch count = 0
rxed vrrp ip address mismatch count = 0
rxed vrrp hello interval mismatch count = 0
rxed vrrp priority zero from master count = 0
rxed vrrp higher priority count = 0
454
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
Table 84 shows a description of the output for the show ip vrrp stat and show ip vrrp- extended stat
commands.
TABLE 84
CLI display of VRRP or VRRP-E statistics
Field
Description
Interface statistics
Interface
The interface on which VRRP or VRRP-E is configured. If VRRP or VRRP-E is
configured on more than one interface, the display lists the statistics
separately for each interface.
rxed vrrp header error count
The number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that had a
header error.
rxed vrrp auth error count
The number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that had an
authentication error.
rxed vrrp auth passwd mismatch
error count
The number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that had a
password value that does not match the password used by the interface for
authentication.
rxed vrrp vrid not found error
count
The number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that
contained a VRID that is not configured on this interface.
VRID statistics
rxed arp packet drop count
The number of ARP packets addressed to the VRID that were dropped.
rxed ip packet drop count
The number of IP packets addressed to the VRID that were dropped.
rxed vrrp port mismatch count
The number of packets received that did not match the configuration for the
receiving interface.
rxed vrrp ip address mismatch
count
The number of packets received that did not match the configured IP
addresses.
rxed vrrp hello interval mismatch
count
The number of packets received that did not match the configured Hello
interval.
rxed vrrp priority zero from
master count
Indicates that the current Master has resigned.
rxed vrrp higher priority count
The number of VRRP or VRRP-E packets received by the interface that had a
higher backup priority for the VRID than this Layer 3 switch backup priority for
the VRID.
transitioned to master state
count
The number of times this Layer 3 switch has changed from the backup state to
the master state for the VRID.
transitioned to backup state
count
The number of times this Layer 3 switch has changed from the master state to
the backup state for the VRID.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
455
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
Clearing VRRP or VRRP-E statistics
To clear VRRP or VRRP-E statistics, enter the clear ip vrrp-stat command at the Privileged EXEC
level or any configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ip vrrp-stat
Syntax: clear ip vrrp-stat
To clear IPv6 VRRP v3 or IPv6 VRRP-E v3 statistics, enter the following command at the Privileged
EXEC level or any configuration level of the CLI.
Brocade#clear ipv6 vrrp-stat
Syntax: clear ipv6 vrrp-stat
Displaying CPU utilization statistics
To display CPU utilization statistics for the previous one-second, one-minute, five-minute, and
fifteen-minute intervals, enter the following command at any level of the CLI. In the following output
example, IPv6 protocols are also displayed.
Brocade#show process cpu
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
ARP
0.02
0.02
BGP
0.00
0.00
DOT1X
0.00
0.00
GVRP
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.01
0.01
IP
0.09
0.12
OSPF
0.05
0.07
RIP
0.00
0.00
STP
0.68
0.86
VRRP
0.42
0.54
5Min(%)
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.11
0.07
0.00
0.78
0.50
15Min(%)
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.08
0.06
0.00
0.57
0.37
Runtime(ms)
15532
0
0
0
8608
72959
85015
98
568586
357133
Process Name
IPv6
ICMP6
ND6
RIPng
OSPFv3
IPV6_RX
5Min(%)
0.99
0.06
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.21
15Min(%)
1.40
0.04
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.14
Runtime(ms)
917973
38508
6691
45
1515
143506
5Sec(%)
1.23
0.04
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.16
1Min(%)
1.49
0.05
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.21
If the software has been running less than 15 minutes (the maximum interval for utilization
statistics), the command indicates how long the software has been running, as shown in the
following example.
456
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information
Brocade#show process cpu
The system has only been up for 6 seconds.
Process Name
5Sec(%)
1Min(%)
5Min(%)
ARP
0.01
0.00
0.00
BGP
0.00
0.00
0.00
GVRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
ICMP
0.01
0.00
0.00
IP
0.00
0.00
0.00
OSPF
0.00
0.00
0.00
RIP
0.00
0.00
0.00
STP
0.00
0.00
0.00
VRRP
0.00
0.00
0.00
15Min(%)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Runtime(ms)
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
To display utilization statistics for a specific number of seconds, enter a command such as the
following. In the following output example, IPv6 protocols are also displayed for a specific number
of seconds.
Brocade#show process cpu 2
Statistics for last 1 sec and 999 ms
Process Name
Sec(%)
Time(ms)
ARP
0.01
0
BGP
0.00
0
DOT1X
0.00
0
GVRP
0.00
0
ICMP
0.01
0
IP
0.04
0
OSPF
0.07
1
RIP
0.00
0
STP
0.97
19
VRRP
0.53
10
Statistics for last 1 sec and 999 ms
Process Name
Sec(%)
Time(ms)
IPv6
0.09
1
ICMP6
0.05
1
ND6
0.00
0
RIPng
0.00
0
OSPFv3
0.00
0
IPV6_RX
0.04
0
When you specify how many seconds of statistics you want to display, the software selects the
sample that most closely matches the number of seconds you specified. In this example, statistics
are requested for the previous two seconds. The closest sample available is for the previous 1
second plus 80 milliseconds.
Syntax: show process cpu [num]
The num variable specifies the number of seconds and can be a value from 1 through 900. If you
use this variable, the command lists the usage statistics only for the specified number of seconds.
If you do not use this variable, the command lists the usage statistics for the previous one-second,
one-minute, five-minute, and fifteen-minute intervals.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
457
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information for IPv6
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information for IPv6
You can display information for IPv6 VRRP or VRRP-E v3.
Displaying detailed information for IPv6 VRRP v3 and
IPv6 VRRP-E v3
To display information for an IPv6 VRRP Owner, enter the show ipv6 vrrp command at any level of
the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 vrrp
Total number of VRRP routers defined: 25
Interface ethernet v52
auth-type no authentication
VRID 52
state master
administrative-status enabled
version v3
mode owner
priority 255
current priority 255
track-priority 5
hello-interval 1000 msec
ipv6-address 2001:db8::52:3
virtual mac address 0000.0000.0234
advertise backup: disabled
next hello sent in 00:00:00.1
backup router 2001:db8:224:38ff:fec8:5a40 expires in 00:02:03.1
To display information for an IPv6 VRRP Backup, enter the show ipv6 vrrp command at any level of
the CLI.
458
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Displaying VRRP and VRRP-E information for IPv6
Brocade#show ipv6 vrrp
Total number of VRRP routers defined: 26
Interface ethernet v52
auth-type no authentication
VRID 52
state backup
administrative-status enabled
version v3
mode non-owner(backup)
priority 101
current priority 20
track-priority 20
hello-interval 100 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 300 msec
preempt-mode true
ipv6-address 2001:db8::52:3
virtual mac address 0000.0000.0234
advertise backup: enabled
next hello sent in 00:00:36.5
master router 2001:db8:768e:f8ff:fe33:8600 expires in 00:00:00.2
track-port 1/1/3*1/1/8(down) v41(up)
Syntax: show ipv6 vrrp brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | stat [ethernet
stack-unit/slotnum/portnum| ve num] | vrid num
To display detailed information for IPv6 VRRP-E, enter the show ipv6 vrrp-extended command at
any level of the CLI.
Brocade#show ipv6 vrrp-extended
Total number of VRRP-Extended routers defined: 1
Interface ethernet v201
auth-type md5 authentication
VRID 201
state master
administrative-status enabled
priority 100
current priority 100
hello-interval 1000 msec
dead-interval 0 msec
current dead-interval 3600 msec
preempt-mode true
virtual ipv6 address 2001:db8::201:5
virtual mac address 0200.0002.bac9
advertise backup: enabled
next hello sent in 00:00:01.0
Syntax: show ipv6 vrrp-extended brief | ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | stat [ethernet
stack-unit/slotnum/portnum| ve num] | vrid num
For more information on the field descriptions for the show ipv6 vrrp command and the show ipv6
vrrp -extended command, refer to “CLI display of VRRP or VRRP-E detailed information” on
page 450.
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
459
Configuration examples
Configuration examples
The following sections contain the CLI commands for implementing the VRRP and VRRP-E
configurations shown in Figure 31 on page 413 and Figure 32 on page 419.
VRRP example
To implement the VRRP configuration shown in Figure 31 on page 413, use the following method.
Configuring Switch 1
To configure VRRP Switch 1, enter the following commands.
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Brocade
Switch1(config)#router vrrp
Switch1(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip-address 192.168.5.1/24
Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#owner track-priority 20
Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#track-port ethernet 1/1/2
Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#ip-address 192.168.5.1
Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#activate
NOTE
When you configure the Master (Owner), the address you enter with the ip-address command must
already be configured on the interface.
Configuring Switch 2
To configure Switch 2 in Figure 31 on page 413 after enabling VRRP, enter the following
commands.
Brocade Switch2(config)#router vrrp
Brocade Switch2(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/5
Brocade Switch2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip-address 192.168.5.3/24
Brocade Switch2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5)#ip vrrp vrid 1
Brocade Switch2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#backup priority 100
track-priority 19
Brocade Switch2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#track-port ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade Switch2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#ip-address 192.168.5.1
Brocade Switch2(config-if-e10000-1/1/5-vrid-1)#activate
The backup command specifies that this router is a VRRP Backup for virtual router VRID1. The IP
address entered with the ip-address command is the same IP address as the one entered when
configuring Switch 1. In this case, the IP address cannot also exist on Switch 2, but the interface
on which you are configuring the VRID Backup must have an IP address in the same subnet. By
entering the same IP address as the one associated with this VRID on the Owner, you are
configuring the Backup to back up the address, but you are not duplicating the address.
460
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuration examples
NOTE
When you configure a Backup router, the router interface on which you are configuring the VRID
must have a real IP address that is in the same subnet as the address associated with the VRID by
the Owner. However, the address cannot be the same.
The priority parameter establishes the router VRRP priority in relation to the other VRRP routers in
this virtual router. The track-priority parameter specifies the new VRRP priority that the router
receives for this VRID if the interface goes down. Refer to “Track ports and track priority” on
page 416.
The activate command activates the VRID configuration on this interface. The interface does not
provide backup service for the virtual IP address until you activate the VRRP configuration.
Alternatively, you can use the enable command. The activate and enable commands do the same
thing.
Syntax: router vrrp
Syntax: ip vrrp vrid vrid
Syntax: owner [track-priority value]
Syntax: backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
Syntax: track-port ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num
Syntax: ip-address ip-addr
Syntax: activate
VRRP-E example
To implement the VRRP-E configuration shown in Figure 32 on page 419, use the following CLI
method.
Configuring Switch 1
To configure VRRP Switch 1 in Figure 32 on page 419, enter the following commands.
Brocade Switch1(config)#router vrrp-extended
Brocade Switch1(config)#interface ethernet 1/1/6
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip-address 192.168.5.2/24
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp-extended vrid 1
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#backup priority 110 track-priority
20
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#track-port ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#ip-address 192.168.5.254
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#activate
VRRP router 1 for this interface is activating
Brocade Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp-e vrid 2
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#backup priority 100 track-priority
20
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#track-port ethernet 1/1/4
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#ip-address 192.168.5.253
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#activate
VRRPE router 2 for this interface is activating
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
461
Configuration examples
NOTE
The address you enter with the ip-address command cannot be the same as a real IP address
configured on the interface.
Configuring Switch 2
To configure Switch 2, enter the following commands.
Brocade-Switch1(config)#router vrrp-extended
Brocade-Switch1(config-vrrpe-router)#interface ethernet 1/2/1
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip address 192.168.5.3/24
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp-extended vrid 1
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#backup priority 100 track-priority
20
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#track-port ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#ip-address 192.168.5.254
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-1)#activate
VRRPE router 1 for this interface is activating
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6)#ip vrrp-e vrid 2
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#backup priority 110 track-priority
20
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#track-port ethernet 1/1/3
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#ip-address 192.168.5.253
Brocade-Switch1(config-if-e10000-1/1/6-vrid-2)#activate
VRRPE router 2 for this interface is activating
The backup command specifies that this router is a VRRP-E Backup for virtual router VRID1. The IP
address entered with the ip-address command is the same IP address as the one entered when
configuring Switch 1. In this case, the IP address cannot also exist on Switch 2, but the interface
on which you are configuring the VRID Backup must have an IP address in the same subnet. By
entering the same IP address as the one associated with this VRID on the Owner, you are
configuring the Backup to back up the address, but you are not duplicating the address.
NOTE
When you configure a Backup router, the router interface on which you are configuring the VRID
must have a real IP address that is in the same subnet as the address associated with the VRID by
the Owner. However, the address cannot be the same.
The priority parameter establishes the router VRRP-E priority in relation to the other VRRP-E routers
in this virtual router. The track-priority parameter specifies the new VRRP-E priority that the router
receives for this VRID if the interface goes down. Refer to “Track ports and track priority” on
page 416.
The activate command activates the VRID configuration on this interface. The interface does not
provide backup service for the virtual IP address until you activate the VRRP-E configuration.
Alternatively, you can use the enable command. The activate and enable commands do the same
thing.
Syntax: router vrrp-extended
Syntax: ip vrrp-extended vrid vrid
Syntax: backup [priority value] [track-priority value]
Syntax: track-port ethernet stack-unit/slotnum/portnum | ve num
462
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Configuration examples
Syntax: ip-address ip-addr
Syntax: activate
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
463
Configuration examples
464
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Index
Numerics
31-bit subnet mask, 23
A
access policies, ACL and IP, 10
ACL
and IP access policies, 10
deny | permit, 199
using as input to the OSPF distribution list, 197
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
changing the aging period, 37
configuration, 35
configuring forwarding parameters, 40
creating static entries, 39
enabling on an interface, 38
enabling the proxy, 38, 39
enabling the proxy globally, 38
how it works, 35
rate limiting
ARP packets, 36
ARP
cache and static table, 6
displaying entries, 7, 118, 129
ARP ping
setting the wait time, 74
B
boot image
configuring, 75
BootP
changing the IP address used for requests, 66
changing the number of hops, 67
configuration, 65
relay parameters, 65
Border Gateway Protocol 4 (BGP4)
adding a loopback interface, 292
adding a peer group, 299
adding BGP4 neighbors, 292
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
advertising the default route, 310
aggregated routes advertised to BGP4 neighbors, 323
applying a peer group to a neighbor, 302
AS-Path comparison, 315
AS-path filtering, 334
basic configuration tasks, 291
changing administrative distances, 313
changing next-hop update timer (optional), 304
changing the default local preference, 309
changing the keep alive and hold time (optional), 304
changing the maximum number of paths for load
sharing, 305
changing the metric used for route redistribution, 310
changing the router ID, 291
clearing and resetting BGP4 routes in the IP route
table, 397
clearing diagnostic buffers, 399
clearing route flap dampening statistics, 360, 398
clearing traffic counters, 397
closing or resetting a neighbor session, 396
configuration and activation, 287
configuration notes for BGP4 autonomous systems,
320
configuration steps for BGP null 0 routing, 326
configuring a BGP confederation, 321
configuring a peer group, 301
configuring cooperative BGP4 route filtering, 351
configuring graceful restart, 324
configuring multi-exit discriminators (MEDs), 316
configuring timers for graceful restart (optional), 324
customizing load sharing, 307
defining a community ACL, 339
defining a community filter, 338
defining an AS-path ACL, 335
defining an AS-path filter, 335
defining IP prefix lists, 340
defining neighbor distribute lists, 341
defining route maps, 342
disabling or re-enabling re-advertisement of routes to
neighbors, 332
displaying all routes received from neighbor, 393
displaying and clearing route flap dampening
statistics, 359
displaying cooperative filtering information, 353
displaying CPU utilization statistics, 364
465
displaying dynamic refresh information, 395
displaying filtered routes, 392
displaying graceful restart neighbor information, 390
displaying information, 361
displaying information for a specific route, 383
displaying peer group information, 378
displaying recursive route lookups, 311
displaying route flap dampening statistics, 388
displaying route information for a neighbor, 375
displaying route-attribute entries, 386
displaying routes BGP4 has placed in route table, 387
displaying routes whose destinations are unreachable,
382
displaying summary BGP4 information, 361
displaying summary neighbor information, 366
displaying summary route information, 379
displaying the active configuration, 364
displaying the active route map configuration, 389
displaying the best BGP4 routes, 381, 382
displaying the BGP4 route table, 380
dynamically requesting a route refresh from a
neighbor, 393
enabling fast external failover, 305
enabling next-hop recursion, 310
enabling on the router, 291
encryption of MD5 authentication keys, 297
entering the route map into the software, 343
example of autonomous systems, 282
filtering communities, 338
generating traps, 360
graceful restart, 287
KEEPALIVE messages from BGP4 routers, 286
match examples using ACLs, 345
MED favoring, 316
message types, 285
modifying redistribution parameters, 330
NOTIFICATION messages from BGP4 routers, 286
null0 routing, 325
OPEN messages exchanged with BGP4 routers, 285
overview, 282
parameter changes, 289
parameters, 288
peer group configuration rules, 299
redistributing connected routes, 330
redistributing IBGP routes into RIP and OSPF, 332
redistributing OSPF external routes, 331
redistributing RIP routes, 331
redistributing static routes, 332
relationship between the BGP4 route table and IP route
table, 282
removing route dampening from a neighbor route, 357
removing route dampening from a route, 357
466
removing route flap dampening, 398
requiring the first AS to be the neighbor AS, 315
resetting a neighbor session, 390
route flap dampening configuration, 354
route reflection parameter configuration, 317
route reflector configuration, 319
router ID comparison, 315
selecting a path for a route, 283
setting parameters in the routes, 347
setting the local AS number, 292
show commands for BGP null 0 routing, 328
shutting down a session with a BGP4 neighbor, 302
special characters for regular expressions, 336
specific IP address filtering, 333
specifying a list of networks to advertise, 307
specifying a route map name, 308
specifying the match conditions, 344
UPDATE messages from BGP4 routers, 286
updating route information, 390
updating using soft reconfiguration, 391
using a route map to configure route flap dampening,
355, 356
using a table map to set the rag value, 350
using regular expressions to filter, 336
using the IP default route as a valid next hop, 309
C
command
address-filter, 333
advertise backup, 438
aggregate-address, 323, 358
area, 181, 230, 252
arp, 39, 134
as-path filter, 335
as-path-filter, 336, 337
as-path-ignore, 315
auto-cost reference-bandwidth, 194, 234, 245
bgp-redistribute-internal, 332
bootfile, 75
bootp-relay-max-hops, 67
clear ip bgp damping, 357, 398
clear ip bgp flap-statistics, 360, 398
clear ip bgp neighbor, 352, 391
clear ip bgp neighbor all, 394, 399
clear ip bgp routes, 397
clear ip bgp traffic, 397
clear ip dhcp-server binding, 74
clear ip ospf, 213, 214
clear ip ospf neighbor, 212
clear ip ospf redistribution, 213
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
clear ip ospf topology, 213
clear ip route, 124
clear ip tunnel, 112
clear ip vrrp-stat, 456
clear ipsec statistics, 254
clear ipv6 rip route, 163
clear ipv6 tunnel, 405
client-to-client-reflection, 320
community-filter, 338
compare-routerid, 316
confederation identifier, 322
confederation peers, 322
dampening, 355
database-overflow-interval, 210
dead-interval, 438
default-information-originate, 205, 242, 310
default-local-preference, 309
default-metric, 148, 237, 310
deny redistribute, 195
deploy, 76
dhcp-default-router, 76
dhcp-server pool, 75
distance, 146, 314
distance external, 207
distribute-list, 197
distribute-list prefix-list, 162, 239
distribute-list route-map, 241
dns-server, 76
domain-name, 76
dont-advertise-connected, 150
excluded-address, 76
graceful-restart, 211, 324
graceful-restart restart-time, 212
graceful-restart restart-timer, 324
hello-interval, 437
interface loopback, 292
interface tunnel, 404
ip access-list extended, 199
ip access-list standard, 197
ip address, 88, 103
ip arp-age, 37
ip as-path access-list, 335
ip community-list extended, 339
ip community-list standard, 339
ip default-gateway, 89
ip default-network, 54
ip dhcp-server, 75
ip dhcp-server mgmt, 74
ip dhcp-server relay-agent-echo enable, 75
ip directed-broadcast, 41
ip dns server-address, 26, 89
ip forward-protocol udp, 64
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
ip helper-use-responder-ip, 66
ip icmp echo broadcast-request, 43
ip icmp redirects, 45
ip irdp, 60
ip load-sharing, 58
ip local-proxy-arp, 39
ip mtu, 30
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, 187
ip ospf database-filter all out, 188
ip ospf network non-broadcast, 188
ip ospf network point-to-point, 211
ip pim-sparse, 106
ip prefix-list, 340
ip proxy-arp, 38
ip proxy-arp enable, 38
ip radius source-interface ethernet, 33
ip redirect, 45
ip rip filter-group, 152
ip rip learn-default, 138
ip rip poison-reverse, 138, 150
ip route, 48, 49, 133, 201
ip router-id, 31, 291
ip sntp source-interface ethernet, 34
ip source-route, 42
ip ssh source-interface ethernet, 35
ip tacacs source-interface ethernet, 33
ip tftp source-interface ethernet, 33
ip ttl, 41, 91
ip vrrp auth-type no-auth | simple-text-auth, 433
ip vrrp-extended vrid, 462
ipv6 address, 404
ipv6 enable, 404
ipv6 ospf area, 231, 246
ipv6 ospf authentication ipsec disable, 253
ipv6 ospf authentication ipsec spi, 251
ipv6 rip default-information, 160
ipv6 rip enable, 158
ipv6 rip metric-offset, 161
ipv6 router ospf, 229
ipv6 router rip, 158
ipv6 unicast-routing, 431
keepalive, 105
key-rollover-interval, 250, 254
learn-default, 149
lease, 76
local-as, 322
log-status-change, 247
match community, 345, 347
match ip address, 345
match ip address prefix-list, 345
match ip next-hop, 346
match ip next-hop prefix-list, 346
467
match ip route-source, 346
maximum-paths, 307
med-missing-as-worst, 317
metric-type, 207, 237
mtu-exceed, 29
multipath ebgp, 307
neighbor, 149, 293, 301, 302, 319, 341, 391
netbios-name-server, 77
network, 77, 308
next-bootstrap-server, 77
next-hop-enable-default, 309
next-hop-recursion, 313
no ip icmp unreachable, 44
offset-list, 145
owner priority, 446
permit redistribute, 195
poison-local-routes, 163
poison-reverse, 162
prefix-list, 239
rarp, 62
readvertise, 332
redistribute, 161
redistribute connected, 330
redistribute ospf match external, 331
redistribute rip, 331
redistribute static, 332
redistribution, 138
redistribution bgp, 196
route-map, 343
route-map allowInternalRoutes, 241
router bgp, 288, 356
router ospf, 139, 210
router rip, 136, 144
router vrrp, 426, 461
router vrrp-extended, 430, 431, 462
set ip next-hop peer-address, 349
set metric-type internal, 349
slow-start, 441
snmp-server trap ospf, 208
snmp-server trap-source ethernet, 35
summary-address, 183, 204, 238
system-max gre-tunnels, 104
system-max ip-static-arp, 40
tftp-server, 77
timers keep-alive, 304
timers lsa-group-pacing, 208, 245
timers spf, 206, 243
traceroute, 27, 90
tunnel destination, 404
tunnel mode gre ip, 102
tunnel mode ipv6ip, 404
tunnel path-mtu-discovery age-timer, 106
468
tunnel path-mtu-discovery disable, 105
tunnel source, 101, 404
update-time, 305
use-vrrp-path, 151
vendor-class, 77
virtual-link-if-address interface ethernet, 232
vrrp-extended vrid, 431
command output
IPv6 tunnel interface information, 406
show ARP, 119
show arp, 129
show interface tunnel, 109
show ip, 114, 128
show ip bgp attribute-entries, 387
show ip bgp flap-statistics, 359, 388
show ip bgp neighbors, 366, 369, 376
show ip bgp route, 383
show ip bgp routes detail, 385
show ip bgp routes summary, 379
show ip bgp summary, 362
show ip cache, 121
show ip dhcp-server address pools, 79
show ip dhcp-server binding, 78
show ip dhcp-server flash, 80
show ip interface, 117
show ip ospf area, 217
show ip ospf database external-link-state, 222
show ip ospf interface, 219
show ip ospf neighbor, 218
show ip ospf routes, 220
show ip ospf trap, 226
show ip rip, 153
show ip route summary, 124
show ip static-arp, 120
show ip traffic, 126, 130
show ip tunnel traffic, 110
show ip vrrp, 447
show ip vrrp brief, 450
show ip vrrp stat, 455
show ip vrrp vrid, 453
show ip vrrp-extended, 447, 450
show ipsec policy, 275
show ipv6 ospf area, 255, 277
show ipv6 ospf database, 257
show ipv6 ospf database extensive, 259
show ipv6 ospf interface, 262, 263, 279
show ipv6 ospf memory, 265
show ipv6 ospf neighbor, 265
show ipv6 ospf neighbor router-id, 266
show ipv6 ospf redistribute route, 268
show ipv6 ospf routes, 269
show ipv6 ospf spf node area, 271
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link, 273
show ipv6 ospf virtual-neighbor, 273
show ipv6 rip, 164
show ipv6 rip route, 165
configuration
DNS resolver, 25
IP addresses, 19
IP load sharing, 55
IP parameters on Layer 2 switches, 88
manual IPv6 tunnel, 404
packet parameters, 28
route learning and advertising, 160
static routes, 45
TFTP server, 77
CPU utilization
displaying OSPF statistics, 215
displaying statistics, 154
displaying statistics for VRRP and VRRP-E, 456
CPU utilization statistics
displaying, 115
D
DHCP
changing the IP address used for requests, 66
client-based auto-configuration, 82
configuration, 65
displaying configuration information, 86
log messages, 87
relay parameters, 65
DHCP assist
configuring, 91
how it works, 92
DHCP server
disabling or re-enabling auto-configuration, 86
disabling or re-enabling auto-update, 86
supported options, 85
displaying on Layer 2 switches, 128
DNS
using to initiate a trace route, 27
DNS resolver
configuring, 25
DNS server address
defining, 26
domain list
defining, 27
domain name
defining, 26
Domain Name Server (DNS)
configuring, 89
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
defining an entry, 89
using to initiate a trace route, 89
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
CLI commands, 71
configuration flow chart, 70
configuration notes, 68
configuring on a device, 71
default server settings, 71
description of, 67
disabling on the management port, 74
option 82 support, 68
removing leases, 74
E
EMCP load sharing for IPv6, 408
encapsulation, changing the type, 28
F
feature support
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP4), 281
IPv6 configuration, 401
Fibre Channel Association, xv
G
GRE statistics, clearing, 112
GRE tunnels
changing the maximum number supported, 104
configuration considerations, 98
configuration tasks, 100
configuring GRE link keepalive, 104
displaying information, 108, 110
enabling IPv4 multicast routing, 106
example point-to-point configuration, 107
GRE, support with other features, 98
I
ICMP
disabling redirect messages, 44
ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP)
configuration, 58
enabling globally, 59
enabling on an individual port, 60
469
parameters, 59
Interface
dhcp-gateway-list, 95
interface loopback, 292
interface ve, 22
ip address, 20
ip arp-age, 37
ip bootp-gateway, 66
ip dhcp-client enable, 86
ip encapsulation snap, 28
ip follow ve, 22
ip helper-address, 65
ip irdp, 60
ip local-proxy-arp, 39
ip metric, 145
ip mtu, 30
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, 187
ip ospf database-filter all out, 188
ip ospf network non-broadcast, 188
ip ospf network point-to-point, 211
ip proxy-arp enable | disable, 38
ip rip filter-group in | out, 152
ip rip learn-default, 149
ip rip poison-reverse, 138, 150
ip rip v1-only | v1-compatible-v2 | v2-only, 136, 144
ip vrrp-extended auth-type no-auth | simple-text-auth,
434
ipv6 ospf area, 231
ipv6 rip default-information only | originate, 160
ipv6 rip enable, 158
ipv6 rip metric-offset, 161
ipv6 rip metric-offset out, 161
ipv6 rip summary-address, 160
no ip address, 23
track-port ethernet, 461
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
disabling messages, 43
IP
basic configuration, 2
basic parameters and defaults (Layer 2), 17
basic parameters and defaults (Layer 3), 11
configuration overview, 2
configuring load sharing, 55
displaying global configuration information, 113
displaying Layer 3 switch information, 113
displaying network mask information, 113
global parameters (Layer 3 switches), 11
global parameters for Layer 2 switch, 17
interface parameters (Layer 2), 19
interface parameters (Layer 3), 15
Layer 4 session table, 9
ip, 335
470
IP access policies, 10
IP address
assigning to a Layer 2 switch, 88
assigning to a loopback interface, 21
assigning to a virtual interface, 21
assigning to an Ethernet port, 20
deleting, 23
IP address pool
configuring the lease duration, 76
IP addresses
configuring, 19
IP configuration
displaying information and statistics, 113
IP Follow
configuring on a virtual routing interface, 22
IP forwarding cache, 8
IP forwarding cache, displaying, 121
IP helper
configuring an address, 64, 66
IP information, 128
displaying global configuration, 128
IP interface information, displaying, 117
IP interface redundancy protocols, 10
IP interfaces
Layer 2 switches, 4
Layer 3 switches, 3
IP load sharing
changing the number of ECMP paths, 58
how it works, 57
path cost parameters, 56
path costs in IP route table, 55
static route, OSPF, and BGP4, 57
IP multicast protocols, 10
IP packet
flow through a Layer 3 switch, 5
IP packets
disabling forwarding, 41
IP parameters
configuring on Layer 2 switches, 88
IP route exchange protocols, 9
IP route table, 7
IP route table, displaying, 122
IP routes
clearing, 124
IP static routes
enabling redistribution into RIP, 136
IP subnet broadcasts, enabling support, 42
IP traffic
displaying statistics, 129
IPv4
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
enabling multicast routing on GRE tunnels, 106
GRE packet, 95
multicast routing over GRE tunnels, 97
point-to-point GRE tunnels, 95
IPv6
advertising address summaries, 160
clearing RIPng routes, 163
clearing tunnel statistics, 405
configuring a manual tunnel, 404
displaying ECMP load-sharing information, 409
displaying interface-level settings, 406
displaying tunnel information, 405
ECMP load sharing, 408
static route parameters, 402
IPv6 over IPv4 tunnels, 403
ipv6 rip summary-address, 160
L
Layer 2
enabling or disabling, 139
Layer 2 switch
basic IP parameters and defaults, 17
configuring IP parameters, 88
displaying IP information, 128
interface IP parameters, 19
IP global parameters, 17
Layer 3
modifying and displaying parameter limits, 134
Layer 3 switch
basic IP parameters and defaults, 11
configuring a default network route, 54
configuring to drop IP packets, 49
IP global parameters, 11
IP interface parameters, 15
load balancing, configuring using multiple static routes, 49
log messages for DHCP, 87
M
management IP address
configuring and specifying the default gateway, 88
Maximum Transmision Unit (MTU)
changing, 28
changing on an individual port, 30
path discovery (RFC 1191) support, 30
Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU)
globally changing, 29
MTU
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
changing the value for a tunnel interface, 104
configuring path discovery, 105
path discovery, 96
multicast protocols
displaying information, 110
N
network routes
configuring default, 54
O
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
differences between version 2 and version 3, 228
overview, 168
point-to-point links, 169
OSPF
assigning a totally stubby area, 180
assigning an area range, 183
assigning areas, 179
assigning interfaces to an area, 184
assigning virtual links, 189
auth-change-wait-time, 185
authentication-key, 185
block flooding of outbound LSAs, 187
changing administrative distance, 207
changing the reference bandwidth, 194
changing the reference bandwidth for the cost, 192
changing the timer for authentication changes, 186
clearing information, 212
clearing information for areas, 213
clearing redistributed routes from the routing table,
213
clearing topology information, 213
CLI commands, 214
configirng group Link State Advertisement (LSA)
pacing, 208
configuration, 177
configuring a non-broadcast interface, 188
configuring a point-to-point link, 211
configuring default route origination, 205
configuring external route summarization, 204
configuring graceful restart, 211
cost, 185
dead-interval, 185
defining redistribution filters, 194
designated router election in multi-access networks,
170
471
designated routers in multi-access networks, 170
disabling or re-enabling load sharing, 202
displaying ABR information, 225
displaying area information, 216
displaying data in an LSA, 224
displaying graceful restart information, 226
displaying information, 214
displaying interface information, 218, 219
displaying link state information, 223
displaying route information, 220
displaying trap status, 225
displaying virtual link information, 224
displaying virtual neighbor information, 224
dynamic activation and configuration, 175
dynamic memory, 176
enabling on the router, 178
enabling route redistribution, 200
encrypted display of the authentication string or MD5
authentication key, 186
external LSA reduction, 172
global parameters, 177
graceful restart, 176
hello-interval, 185
interface parameters, 178, 184
MD5-authentication activation wait time, 185
MD5-authentication key ID and key, 185
modifying interface defaults, 184
modifying SPF timers, 206
modifying the default metric for redistribution, 200
modifying the exit overflow interval, 210
modifying the redistribution metric type, 207
modifying the standard compliance setting, 210
modifying traps generated, 208
modifying virtual link parameters, 191
Not-So-Stubby-Area (NSSA), 181
preventing specific routes from being installed in the IP
route table, 197
priority, 185
resetting, 179
RFC 1583 and 2178 compliance, 171
specifying Syslog messages to log, 209
transit-delay, 186
using a standard ACL as input to the distribution list,
197
OSPF (IPv6)
administrative distance, 244
assigning a totally stubby area, 230
assigning a virtual link source address, 232
assigning areas, 230
assigning interfaces to an area, 231
changing the key rollover timer, 254
changing the reference bandwidth for the cost on
472
interfaces, 234
clearing IPSec statistics, 254
configuration, 229
configuring a default route origination, 242
configuring a distribution list, 239
configuring administrative distance based on route
type, 244
configuring distribution list using a route map, 241
configuring external route summarization, 238
configuring IPSec, 248
configuring IPSec for a virtual link, 252
configuring IPSec for an area, 252
configuring route redistribution, 235
configuring the LSA pacing interval, 245
configuring virtual links, 231
default route origination, 242
disabling IPSec on an interface, 253
disabling or re-enabling event logging, 247
displaying database information, 256
displaying information, 254
displaying IPSec configuration for an area, 277
displaying IPSec for a virtual link, 279
displaying memory usage, 264
displaying neighbor information, 265
displaying redistributed routes, 267
displaying route information, 268
displaying SPF information, 270
displaying virtual link information, 273
displaying virtual neighbor information, 273
enabling, 229
external route summarization, 238
filtering routes, 239
implementing Internet Protocol Security (IPSec), 247
interface and area IPsec considerations, 250
IPSec examples, 274
link state advertisement types, 228
modifying external link state database limit, 245
modifying interface defaults, 246
modifying shortest path first timers, 243
modifying the default metric for redistributed routes,
237
modifying the exit overflow interval, 245
modifying the metric type for redistrib uted routes, 237
modifying virtual link parameters, 233
overview, 227
shortest path first timers, 243
showing IPsec policy, 275
showing IPSec statistics, 276
specifying the key rollover time, 250
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
P
packet parameters, configuring, 28
path MTU discovery, 96
R
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP)
changing the maximum number of supported entries,
62
configuration, 61
creating static entries, 62
disabling, 61
how it differs from BootP and DHCP, 61
RIP
suppression of advertisements, 436
route, 343
route learning
configuring, 160
with Routing Information Protocol (RIP), 148
Routemap
match, 344
match as-path, 345
match community, 345
match community exact-match, 347
match ip address, 345
match ip address prefix-list, 345
match ip next-hop, 346
match ip next-hop prefix-list, 346
match ip route-source, 346
set, 347
set comm-list delete, 350
set ip next-hop peer-address, 349
set metric-type internal, 349
Router
activate, 461
address-filter, 333
aggregate-address, 323
always-compare-med, 316
area, 180, 181, 190, 191, 230, 231, 233
area | nssa | default-information-originate, 182
area | range, 183
area virtual-link, 232
as-path-filter, 335
as-path-ignore, 315
auto-cost reference-bandwidth, 194, 235, 245
bgp-redistribute-internal, 332
client-to-client-reflection, 320
cluster-id, 319
community-filter, 338
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
compare-routerid, 316
confederation identifier, 322
confederation peers, 322
dampening, 355
database-overflow-interval, 210
default-information-originate, 206, 242, 310
default-local-preference, 309
default-metric, 148, 200, 310
deny | permit redistribute, 196
distance, 146, 207, 244, 314
distribute-list, 197
distribute-list prefix-list, 239
distribute-list prefix-list in | out, 162
distribute-list route-map, 241
enforce-first-as, 315
fast-external-fallover, 305
filter permit | deny, 152
interface ethernet, 136
ip-address, 461
ipv6 router ospf, 229
ipv6 router rip, 158
learn-default, 149
local-as, 292, 322
log, 210
log-status-change, 247
maximum-paths, 307
med-missing-as-worst, 317
metric-type, 207, 237
multipath, 307
neighbor, 293, 301
neighbor distribute-list, 341
neighbor password, 298
neighbor peer-group, 301, 302
neighbor permit | deny, 149
neighbor route-reflector-client, 319
neighbor shutdown, 304
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound, 391
neighbor unsuppress-map, 358
network, 308
next-hop-enable-default, 309
next-hop-recursion, 313
offset-list in | out offset, 145
permit | deny redistribute, 137, 147
poison-local-routes, 163
poison-reverse, 163
readvertise, 332
redestribute connected, 330
redistribute bgp, 235, 236
redistribute bgp | connected | isis | ospf | static, 162
redistribute connected, 330
redistribute ospf, 331
redistribute rip, 331
473
redistribute static, 332
redistribution, 138, 148, 196, 201
rfc1583-compatibility, 210
router vrrp, 461
slow-start, 441
snmp-server trap ospf, 209
summary address, 183
summary-address, 204, 238
timers, 159
timers keep-alive hold-time, 304
timers lsa-group-pacing, 208, 245
timers spf, 206, 243
update-time, 149, 305
use-vrrp-path, 151, 437
virtual-link-if-address interface ethernet, 232
router ID, changing, 31
Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
applying route filter to an interface, 152
changing the administrative distance, 146
changing the cost of routes learned on a port, 144
changing the redistribution metric, 148
changing the route loop prevention method, 138, 150
configuration, 136
configuring a neighbor filter, 149
configuring a redistribution filter, 137
configuring an offset list, 145
configuring metric parameters, 144
configuring redistribution, 146
configuring redistribution filters, 146
configuring route filters, 151
denying route advertisements, 150
disabling poison-reverse, 150
displaying filters, 153
enabling, 136, 144
enabling learning of default routes, 138
enabling redistribution, 138, 148
enabling redistribution of IP static routes, 136
global parameters, 142
interface parameters, 143
overview, 141
parameter configuration, 144
parameters and defaults, 142
removing a redistribution deny filter, 148
route learning and advertising parameters, 148
suppressing route advertisement on a VRRP or VRRP-E
backup interface, 151
Routing Information Protocol Next Generation (RIPng)
clearing routes from the IPv6 route table, 163
configuration, 158
configuring poison reverse parameters, 162
controlling distribution of routes, 162
displaying configuration, 163
474
displaying routing table, 164, 165
enabling, 158
overview, 157
redistributing routes, 161
route learning and advertising parameters, 160
timers, 159
routing protocols
enabling or disabling, 139
S
show, 359, 449
show command
ip ospf database external-link-state advertise, 224
ipv6 inter tunnel, 406
show arp, 118, 129
show default value, 135
show interfaces tunnel, 406
show ip, 86, 128
show ip address, 86
show ip bgp, 383
show ip bgp attribute-entries, 386
show ip bgp config, 364
show ip bgp filtered-routes, 392
show ip bgp flap-statistics, 359, 388
show ip bgp neighbors, 353, 366, 375, 390, 393, 395
show ip bgp peer-group, 378
show ip bgp route, 311, 313
show ip bgp route o, 328
show ip bgp routes, 380
show ip bgp routes best, 381
show ip bgp routes not-installed-best, 382
show ip bgp routes summary, 379
show ip bgp routes unreachable, 382
show ip bgp summary, 361
show ip cache, 121
show ip dhcp-server address-pool, 78
show ip dhcp-server binding, 78
show ip dhcp-server flash, 79
show ip dhcp-server summary, 80
show ip interface, 108, 117
show ip interface tunnel, 109
show ip ospf area, 216
show ip ospf border-routers, 225
show ip ospf config, 214
show ip ospf database external-link-state, 222
show ip ospf database link-state, 223
show ip ospf interface, 188, 218, 219
show ip ospf neighbor, 217
show ip ospf neighbors, 226
show ip ospf redistribute route, 221
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
show ip ospf routes, 220
show ip ospf trap, 225
show ip ospf virtual-link, 224
show ip ospf virtual-neighbor, 224
show ip pim flow, 111
show ip pim interface, 111
show ip pim mcache, 111
show ip pim nbr, 111
show ip rip, 153
show ip route, 108, 122, 387
show ip route static, 328
show ip route summary, 124
show ip traffic, 124, 129
show ip tunnel traffic, 109
show ip vrrp brief, 446
show ip vrrp stat, 454
show ip vrrp vrid, 452
show ipsec policy, 275
show ipsec sa, 274
show ipsec statistics, 254, 276
show ipv6, 409
show ipv6 ospf area, 255, 277
show ipv6 ospf database, 256
show ipv6 ospf database extensive, 258
show ipv6 ospf interface, 278
show ipv6 ospf memory, 264
show ipv6 ospf neighbor, 265
show ipv6 ospf neighbor router-id, 266
show ipv6 ospf redistribute route, 268
show ipv6 ospf route, 239, 240, 241
show ipv6 ospf routes, 268
show ipv6 ospf spf node area, 270
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link, 273, 279
show ipv6 ospf virtual-neighbor, 273
show ipv6 rip, 163
show ipv6 rip route, 164, 165
show ipv6 tunnel, 405
show ipv6 vrrp, 458
show ipv6 vrrp brief, 446
show ipv6 vrrp-extended, 459
show ipv6 vrrp-extended brief, 447
show process cpu, 115, 117, 154, 155, 215, 365,
457
show route-map, 389
show run, 87
show statistics, 112
show statistics tunnel, 110
static ARP
adding an entry, 134
static IP route
adding, 133
static IP routes
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
configuring to the same destination, 50
static IPv6 route parameters, 402
static route
adding to the destination network, 46
and port states, 47
configuration, 45
configuring, 47
configuring to a tunnel destination, 103
IP parameters, 46
types, 45
Syslog
messages for VRRP-E authentication, 434
messages related to GRE IP tunnels, 98
T
TFTP server, configuring, 77
Time to Live (TTL)
changing the threshold, 41, 90
trace route
using DNS to initiate, 27
Tunnel
ipv6 address, 404
ipv6 enable, 404
tunnel destination, 404
tunnel mode ipv6ip, 404
tunnel source, 404
tunnel interface
applying an ACL or PBR on a FastIron X series module,
103
changing the MTU value, 104
configuring an IP address, 103
configuring the destination address, 102
configuring the source address or source interface,
101
creating, 101
enabling GRE encapsulation, 102
U
UDP
configuring broadcast parameters, 62
enabling forwarding for an application, 63
V
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)
475
additional configuration, 432
archtectural differences between VRRP-E, 421
authentication, 416
authentication types, 433
backup preempt configuration, 440
basic configuration, 425
changing the timer scale, 440
clearing statistics, 456
comparison to VRRP-E, 420
configuration considerations for IPv6 version 3, 429
configuration examples, 460
configuring a backup for IPv4, 427
configuring a backup for IPv6, 428
configuring the Hello interval, 437
configuring the owner for IPv6, 426
dead interval configuration, 438
disabling, 425
displaying information, 446
displaying information for IPv6, 459
displaying statistics, 454
forcing a master router to abdicate to a standby router,
445
hello messages, 415
master negotiation, 415
overview, 412
parameters, 422
router type, 435
suppression of RIP advertisements, 416
track port configuration, 439
track ports and track priority, 416
track priority configuration, 439
Virtual Router ID (VRID), 414
virtual router IP address, 414
virtual router MAC address, 414
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRP-E)
overview, 417
VLAN
router-interface ve, 22
VRID
advertise backup, 438
backup, 436, 439, 461
backup-hello-interval, 438
hello-interval, 437
ip vrrp vrid, 461
non-preempt-mode, 440
owner, 436, 439, 461
owner priority | track-priority, 445
track-port ethernet, 439
VRRP-E
authentication types, 433
configuration examples, 461
configuring IPv4, 430
476
configuring IPv6, 431
parameter configuration, 430
parameters, 422
server virtualization, 442
short-path forwarding, 442
slow start timer configuration, 441
Syslog messages for authentication, 434
Z
zero-based IP subnet broadcasts, 42
Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide
53-1002603-01
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Author : Brocade Technical Publications Create Date : 2012:09:28 10:41:32Z Modify Date : 2012:09:28 12:01:25-07:00 XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 9.0.0 (Windows) Creator Tool : FrameMaker 9.0 Metadata Date : 2012:09:28 12:01:25-07:00 Format : application/pdf Title : Brocade ICX 6650 Layer 3 Routing Configuration Guide, 07.5.00 Creator : Brocade Technical Publications Document ID : uuid:383979e3-f295-46be-a6f7-2cc38ccca4a3 Instance ID : uuid:c7bbb9ca-9a3d-4286-9018-de9f135f2f47 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 494 Warning : [Minor] Ignored duplicate Info dictionaryEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools